-• -^ 










Xp 











%. j£ /V 





&• 



*°^ 






A* ^ 








/. 


* " * °* 1 


-. ■ 




: 


cP 


^ 
^ 





^ 



^, 



^ 






rv ^ 







I 



The 

LUMBER INSPECTION RULES 



Containing rules governing the manufacture and inspection 

of the different kinds of lumber, weights of lumber, 

comparative strength of building timbers 

and other information useful to the 

buyer and consumer of lumber. 



COMPILED BY 

S. C. STAILEY 



for sale by 

The Lumber Inspection Rules Co. 

Room 406e— 30 Church St. 

New York City 



ONE DOLLAR PER COPY 

POSTPAID 



published by a. d. beeken 
94 chambers street 

NEW YORK 



x <^6> 



<b* 



Copyright 1915, 
by 

THE LUMBER INSPECTION RULES CO. 



NOV 29 1915 

©CLA4S7584-; 



INDEX. 



— (Brown and White). 

nardwood Mfrs. Asso. of U. S 14 6 

ADVERTISEMENTS. 

American Creosoting- Company.... 1 

Robert Dollar 174 

R. V. Gibson 72 

W. R. Grace & Company 1^ 

Strable Lumber & Salt Co 53 

Trexler Lumber Company 2 

..ASS WOOD — (Hardware Mfrs. Assn. 

of U. S.) 149 

BUCKEYE — (Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. 

of U. S.) 150 

BEECH — (Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. of 

U. S.) 157 

BIRCH— (Hardwood .Mfrs. Asso. of 
U. S.) 

White Birch 158 

Red Birch 159 

CYPRESS. 

New York Lumber Trade Associa- 
tion 

Southern Cypress Mfrs. Associa- 
tion 91 

CEDAR. 

N. W. Cedarmen's Association.... 59 

West Coast Lumber Mfrs. Asso.... 1S5 
Pacific Coast Lumber Insp. Bureau. 

Cedar Shingles 200 

Port Orford Cedar 197 

Red Cedar 199 

COTTONWOOD— (Hard woo<l Mfrs. 

Asso. of U. S.) 140 

CTIKSTNUT— (Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. 

of U. S.) 147 

CHERRY — (Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. of 

U. S. ) 1 •". 1 

CEILING. 

Long Leaf Yellow Pino 11 

North Carolina Pine 29 

Cypress 96 

Poplar 182 

Cottonwood 142 

Gum L46 

Fir 179. 203 

Spruce (Western) 183 

Redwood 90 

Red Cedar 199 

kiai (Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. of U. S.) 159 
PIR. 

Western Pine Mfrs. Association.... 73 

West Coast Lbr. Mfrs. Asso 175 

Pacific Lumber inspection Bureau. 189 

Domestic last No. 6 189 

<; List — Export Shipment 201 

FU m >RING. 

Long Leaf Yellow Pino 10 

North Carolina Pine 29 

Maple 52 



Birch 52 

Beech 52 

Oak 55 

White Pine (Idaho) 79 

Cypress 95 

Northern Pine 113 

Spruce 113 

i.iraek 113 

Poplar 132 

Gum 146 

Fir 179. 194, 203 

Spruce (Western) In:; 

Redwood 90 

Red Cedar 199 

GUM. 

HardWOOd Mt'rs. Ass- of U. S 143 

Quartered Sawed Gum 14 5 

Blaok Cum 146 

HEMLOCK. 

Northern Hemlock & Hardwood 

Mfrs. A.SSO 60 

West Coast Lumber Mfrs. Asso.... 

Western Hemlock 186 

HARDWi M >i>s. 

HardWOOd Mfrs. Asso. of U. S 124 

HICKORY and Pecan. 

Hardwood Mfrs A.sso. of U. S 152 

Vehicle and Wagon Stock 160 

LARCH. 

Western Pine Mfrs. Association... 73 
LATH. 

Vciiow pine 18 

1 (.unlock 66 

White Pine I Idaho) 88 

White Pine (Northern Pine Mfrs. 

Ass... i L23 

Spruce (Western) 185 

Fir 195 

M [SCELLANE< >US [NFt (RMATION. 
Strength Values Structural Tim- 
bers U. s. For- st Circular No. 

189 ,; T 

Important W Is of U. S 210 

U. s. Specifications Portland < '• 

ment 219 

Navy Department Specifications 

Yellow Cine 89 -PI 222 

Weights. 

< "\ press Lumber 226 

Washington Red Cedar Shing ts. 226 

Shingles and Lath 226 

Number of Shingles Cor a roof 226 

Nails Required in Carpenter Work 

Xails to the Pound 226 

Number Lath Required for a Room. 226 

Figure Plastering 227 

Figure Stone and Brick Work 221 

Specifications Railroad Ties 227 

and Weights of Poles: 

Round Chestnut Poles 228 



I 



INDEX- 

Cypress Poles 228 

Octagonal Poles 228 

Southern Juniper Poles 228 

Cross Arms, Insulator Pine and 

Brackets 229 

Weights, Sash, Door and Blinds. . . . 229 

Table Weights and Measures 230 

Ready Reckoner 231 

MAPLE FLOORING. 

Maple Flooring Mfrs. Asso 52 

MAPLE. 

Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. of U. S 155 

White Maple 157 

Maple Axles 162 

MAHOGANY — (Hardwood Mfrs. 
Asso. of U. S.). 

Cuban 1«« 

Mexican and African 169 

NORTH CAROLINA PINE— (N. C. 

Pine Asso.) 25 

Weights 25 

Rough and Drest Lumber 28 

Flooring, Ceiling, Partition 29 

Base, Casing, Bevel and Drop 

Siding 29 

Factory Flooring & Roofers 30 

Air Dried N. C. Pine 30 

Patterns Worked Stock 31, 32 

NORTHERN PINE. 

Northern Pine Mfrs. Asso 104 

OAK FLOORING 5* 

Handling, Laying and Scraping. . 56 

Finish and Care 57 

OAK. 

Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. of U. S. 

Plain Sawed — Red and White... 133 

Quartered — Red and White 135 

Construction Oak 137 

White Oak Wagon Spokes 164 

POPLAR — Bay (Tupelo). 

Southern Cypress Mfrs. Asso 91 

Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. of U. S 127 

PECAN — (Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. of 

U. S.) 152 

PARTITION. 

Long Leaf Yellow Pine 12 

North Carolina Pine 29 

Poplar 133 

Cottonwood 142 

Fir 179 

Spruce (Western) 183 

SPRUCE. 

Spruce Mfrs. Association G 

Northern Pine Mfrs. Asso 104 

West Coast Lumber Mfrs. Asso.... 183 

Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau. 195 
SYCAMORE — (Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. 
of U. S.) 

Plain Sawed 153 

Quartered Sawed 1 1 . . , , 154 



Continued. 

SHINGLES. 

Cypress kM 

Cedar 59 

Cypress 96 

Red Cedar 200 

SIDING. 

Long Leaf Yellow Pine 12 

North Carolina Pine 29 | 

Idaho White Pine 77 ' 

Redwood ... f . v , 90, | 

Northern Pinei&Jiuce, Tamarack, ill 

Poplar 131 

Cottonwood 142 

Fir 179 

Spruce (Western) 183 

Red Cedar 185, 199 

TIES. 

Oak (sawed) 139 

WHITE PINE. 

Tonawanda Asso.. Grading. .. . . . 47 

Idaho White Pine (Western Pine 
Mfrs. Asso.) 73 

WESTERN SOFT PINE. 

(Western Pine Mfrs. Asso.) 

WALNUT. 

(Hardwood Mfrs. Asso. of U. S.). 

WEIGHTS. 

Long Leaf and Short Leaf Pine 

Drest Stock 

North Carolina Pine Drest Stock. 

Oak Flooring 55 

Hemlock Lumber 60 

Redwod 90 

Cypress 96 

Poplar — Bay (Tupelo) 98 

Red Cedar Shingles 226 

Lath 226 

Poles 228 

Doors, Sash and Blinds 229 

YELLOW PINE. 

Long Leaf (Interstate Rules 1905). 3 
Southern Lumber & Timber Asso- 
ciation, Rules '83 

Short Leaf (N. Y. Lumber Trade 

Asso.) 

Southern Pine Association 

Weights Dressed Stock 

Yellow Pine Finishing 

Flooring 10 

Ceiling 11 

Drop and Bevel Siding 12 

Moulding and Casing 13 

Common Boards and Shiplap... 13 

Dimension and Heavy Joist 15 

Standard Sizes Dressed Lumber. . 17 

Heavy Flooring 17 

Patterns Drest Stock 18 to 24 

Density Grading by A. T. North 33 

Loblolly Pine 34, 35 

Short Leaf Pine 36. 37 

Long Leaf Pine 39, 43 



73 



150 



7 
25 



224 

4 

7 
7 
9 



« 



IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT 

FROM STOCK 

at our NEWARK, N. J. plant 

CREOSOTED 

Lumber 
Piling 
Ties 
Wood Block 



We'll give you and the lumber the 
proper treatment 



Send your inquiries to 

American Creosoting Company 

17 Battery Place, New York City 

PHONES: RECTOR 3795 

2a. 



The Essentials of Satisfaction in Buying 

YELLOW PINE or FIR 
TIMBER 

- — ARE 

Quality—Service—Price 



TRY US WITH YOUR NEXT ORDER 

18,000,000 FEET IN OUR JERSEY YARD 
AT YOUR SERVICE 

COMPLETE WORKING FACILITIES 



Trexler Lumber Co. 

THE PROMPTEST SHIPPERS OF YELLOW PINE 
Telegraph and Mail Address 

Newark, N. J. 
Phones: Market 4500, 4501, 4502 

2b. 



YELLOW PINE INSPECTION RULES 

Known as The Interstate Rules of 1905 

Approved in conference of committees from 
The New York Yellow Pine Exchange, The 
New York Lumber Trade Association, The 
Philadelphia Lumbermen's Exchange, The 
Baltimore Lumberman's Exchange, The South 
Carolina Lumber Association, and The 
Georgia Inter-State Saw Mill Association, 
December 10th. 1904. 



Adopted by The New York Lumber Trade 
Association; The Georgia Inter-State Saw 
Mill Association; The Yellow Pine Ex- 
change of New York; The Phila- 
delphia Lumbermen's Exchange; 
Lumber Exchange of Baltimore. 
As the Official Rules of those respective 
Associations; effective after February 1. 



GENERAL RULES 

All lumber must be sound, commercial 
long leaf yellow pine (pine combining large 
coarse knots with coarse grain is excluded 
under these rules), well manufactured, full 
to size and saw butted, and shall be free 
from the following defects — unsound, loose 
and hollow knots, worm holes and knot holes, 
through shakes or round shakes that show 
on the surface; and shall be square edge un- 
less otherwise specified. 

A through shake is hereby defined to be 
through or connected from side to side, or 
edge to edge, or side to edge. 

In the measurement of dressed lumber the 
width and thickness of the lumber before 
dressing must be taken — less than one inch 
thick shall be measured ias one inch. 

The ' measurement of wane shall always 
apply to the lumber in the rough. 

"All lumber grading higher than the grade 
for which it is sold shall be accepted as of 
the grade sold." 

♦Resolved, That the rules of inspection for 
Long Leaf Yellow Pine lumber, as formed at 
Savannah and amended at New York, and 
known as the 1905 rules, be reaffirmed by 
this meeting; but with the understanding 
that the first paragraph of the General Rules 
is not to be construed to admit Short Leaf 
Pine in Long Leaf shipments. 



♦The Georgia-Florida Saw Mill Association 
in lieu of this clause adopted the following: 

Resolved. That it is the sense of this Asso- 
ciation that Short Leaf Pine should never 
be shipped by a member of this Association 
on orders calling for Long Leaf Pine. 



CLASSIFICATION 

- Flooring 

Flooring shall embrace four, five and six 
quarter inches in thickness by three to six 
inches in width, excluding 1^x6. For ex- 
ample: 1x3, 4, 5 and 6; 114x3, 4, 5 and 6; 
l%x3, 4 and 5. 

Boards 

Boards shall embrace all thicknesses under 
one and a half inches by over 6 Inches wide. 
For example: %, 1, l 1 ^ and 1% inches thick 
by over six inches wide. 

Plank 

Plank shall embrace all sizes from one 
and one-half to under six inches in thickness 
by six inches and over in width. For ex- 
ample: 1%, 2, 2V 2 , 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4y 2 , 5. 5^4, 
5% by 6 and over in width. 

Scantling 

Scantling shall embrace all sizes exceeding 
iy 2 and under 6 inches in thickness, and 
from 2 to under 6 inches in width. For 
example: 2x2. 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 3x3, 3x4, 3x5, 
4x4, 4x5 and 5x5. 

Dimension 

Dimension sizes shall embrace all sizes 6 
inches and up in thickness by 6 inches and 
up in width. -For example: 6x6, 6x7, 7x7, 
7x8, 8x9 and up. 

Stepping 

Stepping shall embrace one to two and a 
half inches in thickness by seven inches and 
ud in width. For example: 1, 1*4, IV2, 2 
and 2^x7 and up, in width. 

Rough Edge or Flitch. 

Rough Edge or Flitch shall embrace all 
sizes one inch and up in thickness by eight 
inches and up in width, sawed on two sides 
only. For example: 1, IV2, 2, 3, 4 and up 
thick by eight inches and up wide, sawed 
on two sides only. 

INSPECTION 

Standard 

All lumber shall be sound, sap no objec- 
tion. Wane may be allowed one-eighth of 
the width of the piece measured across face 
of wane, extending one-fourth of the length 



on one corner or its equivalent on two or 
more corners, provided that not over 10 per 
cent, of the pieces of any one size shall 
show such wane. 

Merchantable. 

All sizes under 9 inches shall show some 
heart entire length on one side; sizes 9 inches 
and over shall show some heart the entire 
length on two opposite sides. Wane may be 
allowed one-eighth of the width of the piece 
measured across face of wane, and extending 
one-fourth of the length of the piece on one 
corner or its equivalent on two or more 
corners; provided, that not over 10 per cent, 
of the pieces of any one size shall show such 
wane. 

Prime 

Flooring shall show one heart face, regard- 
less of sap on opposite side, free from 
through or round shakes or knots exceeding 
one inch in diameter, or more than four in a 
board on the face side. 

Boards seven inches and under wide shall 
show one heart face and two-thirds heart on 
opposite side; over seven inches wide shall 
show two-thirds heart on both sides, all free 
from round or through shakes, large or un- 
sound knots. 

Plank seven Inches and under wide shall 
show one heart face, over seven inches wide 
shall show two-thirds heart on both sides, all 
free from round or through shakes, large or 
unsound knots. 

Scantling shall show three corners heart, 
free from through or round shakes or un- 
sound knots. 

Dimension Sizes. — All square lumber shall 
show two-thirds heart on two sides, and not 
less than one-half heart on two other sides. 
Other sizes shall show two-thirds heart on 
faces and show heart two-thirds of length on 
edges, excepting when the width exceeds the 
thickness by three inches or over, then it 
shall show heart on the edge for one-half 
the length. 

Stepping shall show three corners heart, 
free from shakes and all knots exceeding 
half inch in diameter, and not more than 
six in a board. 

Rough Edge or Flitch shall be sawed from 
good heart timber, and shall be measured in 
the middle, on the narrow face, free from 
injurious shakes or unsound knots. 

All stock to be well and truly manufac- 
tured, full to size and saw butted. 

Wane on not over 5 per cent, of the pieces 
in any one size shall be allowed as on mer- 
chantable quality. 

Where terms one-half and two-thirds heart 
are used they shall be construed as referring 
to the area of the face on which measured. 



in the dressing of lumber, when not other- 
wise specified, one-eighth inch shall be con- 
strued as taken off by each planer cut. 

1910 Rules for Inspection of 

SHORT LEAF PINE, PLANK, AND DEMENT 
SION SIZES 
PROPOSED BY 
New York Lumber Trade Association 
Yellow Pine Exchange of New York 
Savannah Board of Trade 
Lumber Exchange of Baltimore 
Brunswick Board of Trade 
Eastern States Retail Lumber Dealers' Asso- 
ciation 
Lumbermen's Exchange of Philadelphia 
Charleston, South Carolina, Dealers 

AT A CONFERENCE HELD IN WASHING- 
TON, MAY 25th, 1910. 

Effective after December 13, 1910. 

1. Plank shall embrace all sizes from 1^ 
inch to under 6 inch in thickness by 6 inch 
and over in width, for example: Wi inch, 2 
inch, 2^4 inch, 2y 2 inch, 3 inch, 3*4 inch, BY 2 
inch, 4 inch, 4^4 inch, 4^ inch, 5 inch, 5^ 
inch, 5^ inch, 5% inch, by 6 inch and over 
in width. 

Dimensions. 

2. Dimension sizes shall embrace all sizes] 
6 inch and up in thickness, by 6 inch and upj 
in width, for example: 6x6 inches, 6x7 } 
inches, 7x7 inches, 7x8 inches, 8x9 inches, 
and up. 

3. All lumber must be well manufactured, 
full to sizes and sawbutted, and shall be free, 
from the following defects: Wane, rot, un- 
sound, loose and hollow knots, worm holes 
and knot holes, through shakes or round 
shakes that show on the surface, except as J 
hereinafter provided for. 

4. A through shake is hereby defined to I 
be through or connected from side to side,.| 
or edge to edge, or side to edge. 

5. Wane may be allowed V& of the width I 
of the piece measured across face of wane, 
and extending *4 of the length of the piece 
on one corner or its equivalent on two or ; 
more corners, provided that not more than 
ten per cent, of the pieces in one size shall 
show such wane. 

6. Knots otherwise sound but containing 
twig holes not more than % inch in diameter 
not to be considered defects. Knots having 



lecayed surface not over 1 Inch In diameter 
ind % inch deep not to be considered de- 
fects. 

7. Large or branch knots no defect if 
:ound, unless bunched or so frequent as to 
naterially impair the strength of the piece. 

8. A limited amount of pin worm holes 
veil scattered in sound sap not to be con- 
sidered a defect. Blue or stained sap, if 
sound, no defect. 

9. In the measurement of dressed lumber, 
:he width and thickness of the lumber be- 
fore dressing must be taken. 



CYPRESS INSPECTION RULES. 

Lumber. 

All lumber shall be 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 
ind 20 feet in length (except Tank Stock), 
., 1^4, iy 2 , 2, 2y 2 , 3, 3%, and 4 inches 
hick, and be classed as Tank Stock, First 
ind Second Clear, Select, Shop, and Mer- 
ihantable. 

Tank Stock shall be 5 inches and over 
p width, 1% to 3 inches thick, and 8 feet 
md over long. It may have sap 1 inch 
vide on one side to extend not over half 
he length and half the thickness of the 
»iece, and sound knots that do not impair 
ts usefulness for tank purposes. 

First and *Second Clear shall be 8 inches 
md over in width, and clear up to 9 inches. 
D ieces 10 to 12 inches wide may have two 
ound standard knots of 1*4 inches in di- 
meter and 3 inches of sound bright sap, 
md for every 3 inches in width over 12 
nches an additional standard knot and an 
additional inch of sound bright sap. Pieces 
rider than 10 inches may be half sound 
•right sap if free from other defects. 

Selects shall be 7 inches and over in 
ridth, will admit two standard knots of 
V± inches in diameter in pieces 10 inches 
r under in width, and an additional stand - 
rd knot for every 2 inches in width above 
inches. Sound sap not to be considered 

defect. 

Above grades must be free of shake and 
eck. 

Shop to be 7 inches or over in width, 
nd includes all lumber that will not go 
nto above grades, but that will cut for 
hop use so as to work three-fourths with- 
ut waste. 

Merchantable Common may be any width, 
dmitting sap, knots, and shakes, or peck 
rhen the strength is not impaired. 

Dressed Lumber. 

All stock, after being worked, shall be 
livided into five classes: "Clear Heart." 



"A," "B," "O," and "D." and the sev- 
eral grades shall be defined as follows: 

"Which shall be in lengths 10 to 20 
feet." 

"Clear Heart" must be clear of all sap or 
knots, and without blemish. 

"A" must have heart face, but may have 
1 inch of sap on thin edge, and may con- 
tain one small knot, and may have bright 
sap one-fourth its width for 6 inches from 
one end, or a check in one end, and not 
exceeding 6 inches in length. 

"B" may have one-third of the face 
bright sap, if otherwise clear, or, in lieu 
of one-third sap, can contain two small 
sound knots, and may have checks at one 
end not over 9 inches long. 

"C" may be all bright sap, or may have 
one to five knots, the whole not aggregat- 
ing over 3 inches, or knots or other defects 
that can be removed in two cuts, with 
waste not exceeding 12 inches in length, 
or three pin-worm holes, and may have 
check or split at one end not exceeding 12 
inches in length. 

"D" may have stain sap, also pin-worm 
holes, unsound knots, shake, split, or other 
defects that will not impair its usefulness 
to exceed one-third. 

Shingles. 

"Bests." — A dimension shingle; each 
width separately bunched; 16 inches long; 
five butts to measure 2 inches; all heart; 
free of shakes, knots, and other defects. 

"Primes."— A dimension shingle; each 
width separately bunched; 16 long; five butts 
to measure 2 inches: admitting tight knots 
and sap; free of shakes and other defects. 

"Extra xAx." — A random width shingle. 
3 inches and over in width, and may admit 
shingle 14 inches long. Free from unsound 
knots and shakes 10 inches from butt. 

"Clippers." — A random width shingle, not 
good enough to be included in above grades. 

All sales are made in accordance with 
above rules. 

SPRUCE MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIA- 
TION'S RULES FOR GRADING. 

[Adopted by the New York Lumber Trade 
Association April 13, 1910.] 

FIRSTS AND SECONDS. 

Thickness, 1, 1^4. 1%, 2 and 3 inches. 

Widths, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 inches. 

Lengths, 10 foot and up. 

Shall contain all the best of the log and 
shall be practically clear one face and both 
edges. Two or three pencil knots proportion- 



al to width of piece, or wane, equal in width 
to half thickness and not over one-fourth of 
the length of the piece admitted on face side 
of 15 per cent, of pieces. Bright sap is no 
defect. Small knots admitted on reverse 
side. Season checks or splits equal in length 
to half width of piece admitted. 

SELECTS. 

Thickness, 1, 1^4, 1V 2 , 2 and 3 inches. 

Widths, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 inches. 

Lengths, 10 foot and up. 

May contain any number of small tight 
knots varying in size from lead pencil to 
silver quarter, according to width of piece, 
quality rather than quantity of knots govern, 
but edges must be free of knots. Bright sap 
no defect and very slight sap stain admissi- 
ble. Wane or bark on one side equal in 
amount to half the thickness and one-third 
of the length of the piece admitted on not 
over 15 per cent, of pieces. Season checks or 
splits equal in length to two-thirds the width 
of the piece admitted. 

DRESSING. 

Thickness, 1, 1*4, 1Y 2 , 2 and 3 inches. 

Widths, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 inches. 

Lengths, 10 foot and up. 

Small tight knots and large sound knots 
admitted without limit as to number, but 
character must be such that they must not 
null or tear out in planing. Large mule ear 
or horn knots not admitted. Slight sap stain, 
but no black sap admitted. Wane or bark 
on one side equal in amount to half the thick- 
ness and one-half the length of the piece 
admitted on not over 15 per cent, of pieces. 
Season checks or splits equal in length to 
width of the piece admitted. Must have good 
smooth edges and in general be of such char- 
acter that it will show smooth when planed. 

MERCHANTABLE. 

Boards. 

Thickness, 1, 1*4, and 1V 2 inches. 

Widths. 4, 6, 8. 10 and 12 inches. 

Lengths. 8 foot and up. 

Knots of every size admitted but no rot- 
ten knots or knot holes. Slight heart check 
or shake admitted on one side only. Small 
amount of black or discolored sap admitted. 
Wane or bark on one side equal to half the 
thickness and one-half the length of the piece 



admitted. Season checks or splits equal in 
length to width of piece admitted. No rot 
or other defect which will impair the gen- 
eral soundness of the piece is allowed. 

Dimensions. 

Thickness. 2 inches and over. 

Any width and any length. 

Will admit of no defect which materially 
impairs its strength. Straight check and 
heart shake admitted, but no rotten knots or 
rotten wood. 

BOX. 

Thickness, 1, 1*4, 1%, and 2 inches. 

Widths, 4 inches and up. 

Lengths, 6 foot and up. Not over 5 per 
cent. 6 foot. 

Large black knots, knots not sound in char- 
acter, knot holes, heart checks or shakes, 
black sap and small amount of hard red wood 
admitted. Wane or bark equal to half the 
thickness and one-quarter of the length on 
the face or equal to 20 per cent, of the piece, 
on the back, admitted. Season checks or 
splits equal to one-third the length of the 
piece admitted. Pin worms and scattering 
grub holes admitted. This grade is designed 
for boxes and crating and some waste or bad 
material is allowed. 

MILL CULLS. 

Thickness, 1, 1}4,.1%, and 2 inches. 

Widths, 4 inches and up. 

Lengths, 6 foot and up. 

This grade will carry red rot, dote, heart 
checks, shakes and all other defects to which 
spruce is heir. Soft rot and other defects 
which render the board worthless in char 
acter are not admitted. General character of 
grade designed for cheap crating, boxing or 
sheathing. 

SIZES OF DRESSED STOCK. 

1-inch D1S or D2S 3/16-inch scant in thick 
ness. 

1%-inch and 1%-inch Select and Clear D1S 
or D2S %-inch scant in thickness. 

2-inch and 3-inch D1S or D2S V± -inch scant 
in thickness. 

1, 1%, 1^. 2. and 3-inch by 3-inch to 8- 
inch wide, DIE or D2E %-inch scant in 
width. 

1, iy 4 . and 1%-inch by 9-inch to 12-inch 
width, DIE or D2E y 2 -mch scant in width, 

Matched or T & G stock %-inch scant face 
width. 



SOUTHERN PINE ASSOCIATION 

WEIGHTS OF YELLOW PINE 



WHEN WORKED TO STANDARD SIZE 



LONG LEAF PINE DISTRICT. SHORT LEAF PINE DISTRICT 



DRY 

Mooring, i%e 

flooring, i% 6 

x3tf 
*looring,i% 6 

&f. . . 
filing, }i. ... 

filing, A 

>iling, y%.... 
Idling, y K .. 



i 


O'er' 

gS- 

0*"" 


h 


•u 


n 




* 

o 




S«o 






o 


u to 
c- 











5 a 


a. 



...2400 
...1000 
...1200 
...1500 
...1800 



artition. % .... 19C0 

iding, from inch stock.. .1100 
-idlng, from 1# in. stock.. 1400 

)rop Siding to ^ ,.1900 

-loulded Casine, 

4J4 to SY A 2000 

-loulded Base, from 8, 10, 

12 in. stock.... 2100 

7 inish, inch, S 1 S or S 2 

Sto i% 6 2600 

'inish, \%,\ l A and 2 in., S 
1 Sor S 2 S to Stand- 
ard Thickness . 2800 

finish. 1, 1%, VA and'2in., 

| rough 3400 

SHIPP'NG DRY 
Jhiplap and D & MHi 5 . ..2500 

Irooved Roofing ^ig 2600 

Som. Boards and Fencing. 
1x4, 6,8 or 10 in., SI Sor 

, 2S !%«,...• ••- -2700 

;ora. Boards, 1x12 S 1 S or 

2Stoi% 6 ... 2800 

^om.Boards and Fencing. 

1x4, 6, 8 or 10 in., rough 3400 
:om. Boards, 1x12, rough 3500 
' It.*, 2x6 and 2x8, S 1 S 1 E 

to 1* ...2700 

>£x4, 2x6 and 2x8, rough . . . .3400 
11,2x10 and 2x12, S 1 6 1 E to 

IK - 2800 

>.xl0 and 2x12, rough 3500 

GREEN 

1x14 and 3x12, S 1 S 1 E.. ..3800 

>xl4and 3x12, rough...... 4500 

»x4 and 6x6, S 1 S 1 E. 3800 

*x4 and 6x6, rough 4500 

i >xS and over, rough ... 4500 

^x8 and over, S4S J800 



DRY 

Flooring, *%< 

x2#.- 
Flooring, i% 6 

x3K 
Flooring, l%e 

*sx r ... . 

Ceiling, K-- • 
Ceiling. %... 
Ceiling, Y%... 
Ceiling, &.-• 
Partition, % 



Plastering, Lath, dry 550 

Byrkit Lath, dry.. 1800 



...2000 

...2200 

... 900 
...1100 
...1400 
...1700 
...1800 
Siding, from inch stock.. 1000 
Siding, from IK in- stock 1250 
Drop Siding, J^and Mould- 
ed Casing . 1800 

Moulded Base. ...... .2000 

Finish, inch, S 1 S or S 2 S 2500 
Finish, 1%, VA and 2 

inch, SI Sor S2S 2700 

Finish, 1, IK, VA and 2 in. 
rough.. .^.. ., .. ...3200 

SHIPPING DRY 

Shiplap and D & M- ..2300 
Grooved Roofing . ...2400 

Com. Boards'and Fencing 

1x4,6,8,10 in.,S 1 S or 

2 S to i% e • - 2500 

Com. Boards, 1x12, SIS 

or 2 S to i% 6 2600 

Com. Boards and Fencing, 

1x4, 6, 8, 10 in., rough. .3300 
Com. Boards, 1x12, rough 3400 
2x4, 2x6 and 2x8. S 1 S 1 E 

to IK- - ^2500 

2x4. 2x6 and 2x8 rough. .3300 
2x10 and 2x12, S 1 S 1 E to 

IK 2600 

2x10 and 2x12, rough .3300 

GREEN 

2x14 and 3x12, S 1 S 1 E...3500 

2x14 and 3x12, rough 4200 

3x4 and 6x6, S 1 S 1 E- . • .3500 

4x4 and 6x8, rough 4200 

8x8 and over, rough 4200 

Plastering Lath, dry.. . . 500 
Byrkit Lath, dry 1650 



GRADING RULES 

FOR 

YELLOW PINE LUMBER 



Copyright 1915 by 
Southern Pine Association, New Orleans, La. 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 



Yellow Pine Lumber shall be graded and 
classified according to the following rules 
and specifications as to quality, and dressed 
stock shall conform to the subjoined table 
of standard sizes — except where otherwise 
expressly stipulated between buyer and 
seller. 

2. Recognized defects in Yellow Pine are 
knots, knot holes, splits (either from sea- 
soning, ring hearts or rough handling), shake, 
wane, red heart, pith, rot, rotten streaks, 
worm holes, pitch streaks, pitch pockets, 
torn grain, loosened grain, seasoning checks, 
sap stains and defect in manufacturing. 

KNOTS 

3. Knots shall be classified as pin, stand- 
ard and large, as to size; and round and 
spike as to form; and as sound, loose, en- 
cased, pith and rotten as to quality. 

4. A pin knot is sound and not over y 2 - 
inch in diameter. 

5. A standard knot is sound and not 
over l 1 /^ inches in diameter. 

6. A large knot is one any size over \y% 
inches in diameter. 

7. A round knot is oval or circular in 
form. 

8. A spike knot is one sawn in a length- 
wise direction. 

The mean or average diameter of knots 
shall be considered in applying and con- 
struing the rules except dimension. 

9. A sound knot is one solid across its 
face, is as hard as the wood it is in, may 
be either red or black, and is so fixed by 
growth or position that it will retain its 
place in the piece. 

10. A loose knot is one not held firmly 
in place by growth or position. 

11. A pith knot is a sound knot with a 
pith hole not more than ^4-inch in diameter 
in the center. 

12. An encased knot is one surrounded 
wholly or in part by pitch or bark which 
may show on one or both sides of the piece. 
If grown fast to the board at any point on 
one or both sides of the piece or is so 
fixed by growth or position that it will re- 
tain its place in the piece it shall be con- 



sidered a sound knot. (See Sections 9 and 

16.) ,. . 

13. A rotten knot is one not as hard as 
the wood it is in. 

PITCH 

14. Pitch pockets are openings between 
the grain of the wood containing more or 
less pitch or bark, and shall be classified 
as small, standard and large pitch pockets. 

15. A small pitch pocket is one not 
over y% of an inch wide. 

A standard pitch pocket is one not over 
% of an inch wide, or 3 inches in length. 

A large pitch pocket is one over % of an 
inch wide or over 3 inches in length. 

16. A pitch pocket showing open on both 
sides of the piece, y 8 of an inch or more 
in width, shall be considered the same as a 
knot-hole of equal size. 

17. A pitch streak is a well-defined ac- 
cumulation of pitch at one point in the 
piece, and when not sufficient to develop a 
well-defined streak, or where fiber between 
grains is not saturated with pitch, it shall 
not be considered a defect. 

18. A small pitch streak shall be equi- 
valent to not over one-twelfth the width 
and one-sixth the length of the piece It is 
in. 

A standard pitch streak shall be equi- 
valent to not over one-sixth the width and 
one-third of the length of the piece it is in. 

WANE 

19. Wane is bark, or the lack of bark 
or a decrease of wood from any cause on 
the edge of the piece. 

SAP 

20. Bright sap shall not be considered a 
defect in any of the grades provided for 
and described in these rules. The restric- 
tion or exclusion of bright sap constitutes 
a special class of material which can only 
be secured by special contract. 

21. Sap stain shall not be considered a 
defect in any of the grades of Common 
Lumber. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

22. Firm red heart shall not be con- 
sidered a defect in any of the grades of 
Common Lumber. 

23. Defects in rough stock caused by im- 
proper manufacture and drying will reduce 
grades, unless they can be removed in 
dressing such stock to standard sizes. 

24. All stock except Dimension, shall be 
inspected on the face side to determine the 
grade. Stock surfaced one side, the dressed 



surface shall be considered the face side.l 
Stock rough or dressed two sides, or common! 
boards center matched or ship-lapped and 1 
S. 2 S., the best face shall be considered the 
face side, but the reverse side of all such 
stock should not be more than one grad< 
lower. 

25. Imperfect manufacture in dresse 
stock, such as torn grain, loosened grain 
slight skips in dressing, wane, broken knots, 
mismatched, insufficient tongue or groove oi 
Flooring, Ceiling, Drop Siding, etc., shall b 
considered defects, and will reduce gra< 
according as they are slight or serious in| 
their effects on the use of the stock. 

26. Pieces of Flooring, Drop Siding oH 
Partition with 3/16-inch or more of tongue; 
and pieces of Ceiling with %-inch or more 
of tongue; and pieces of Shiplap with 5/16- 
inch of lap will be admitted in any grade. 
Pieces of Flooring, Drop Siding, Ceiling or 
Partition, having not less than 1/16-inch 
tongue will be admitted in No. 2 Common. 
Pieces of Shiplap having less than 5/16-inch 
and not less than %-inch lap shall be ad- 
mitted in No. 2 Common, 1/16-inch lap ad- 
mitted in No. 3 Common Shiplap. 

27. In all grades of D and Better, Floor- 
ing, and No. 1 Common and Better, Ceiling, 
Drop Siding, etc., wane on the reverse side, 
equivalent to one-third the width and one- 
sixth the length of any piece, provided the 
wane does not extend into the tongue, nor 
over one-half the thickness below the groove, 
is admissible. 

28. Chipped grain consists in a part ofl 
the surface being chipped or broken out itti 
small particles below the line of the cutu 
and as usually found should not be classed" 
as torn grain and shall not be considered a 
defect. 

29. Torn grain consists in a part of the 
wood being torn out in dressing. It occurs 
around knots and curly places, and 
four distinct characters — slight, mediu: 
heavy and deep. 

Slight torn grain should not exceed 1/3$ 
of an inch in depth, medium 1/16 of an 
inch, and heavy % of an inch. Any tor* 
grain heavier than y s of an inch shall be-, 
termed deep. 

30. Loosened grain consists in a point of 
one grain being torn loose from the nexl 
grain. It occurs on the heart side of thl 
piece, and is a serious defect, especially in 
Flooring. 

31. The grade of all regular stock shaly 
be determined by the number, character, 
position and location of the defects visible 
in any piece. The enumerated defects here- 
in described admissible in any grade are in- 
tended to be descriptive of the coarsest 
pieces such grades may contain. 

32. Lumber and timber sawed for specific 
8 



irs 



purposes must be inspected with a view to 
its adaptability for the use intended. Ma- 
terial not conforming to standard sizes, for 
Agricultural Implement Companies, Wagon 
Companies, Car Manufacturing Companies, 
Railway Companies, etc., shall be governed 
by special contract and inspection. 

33. The standard lengths are multiples of 
two feet, four to twenty-four feet inclusive, 
for Boards, Fencing, Dimension, Joists and 
Timbers; multiples of one foot, four to 
twenty feet, inclusive, for Finishing, Floor- 
ing, Ceiling, Siding, Partition, Casing, Base, 
Window and Door Jambs — except as herein- 
after specified. Longer or shorter lengths 
than those herein specified are special. Spe- 
cial fractional lengths, when ordered, will be 
counted as the next higher standard length. 

34. The standard of widths for lumber, 
S. 1 S. or S. 2 S. or rough, excluding Dimen- 
sion, shall be multiples of 1 inch — 3 inches 
and up in width. 

35. On stock width shipments of No. 1 
Common and Better lumber, either rough or 
dressed one or two sides, no piece should be 
counted as standard width that is more than 
*4 -inch scant on 8-inch and under; %-inch 
scant on 9 and 10-inch, or ^-inch scant on 
11 and 12-inch or wider. Such pieces should 
be measured as the next lower standard 
width and not reduced in grade. (For 
widths of No. 2 Boards and Fencing see 
Sees. 70 and 71.) (For Dimension see Sees. 
84 and 91.) 

36. Yellow Pine shall be classified as to 
grain as Edge Grain and Flat Grain. Edge 
Grain has been variously designated as rift 
sawn, vertical grain, quarter sawn, all be- 
ing commercially synonymous terms. Edge 
grain stock is especially desirable for Floor- 
ing and admits no piece in which the angle 
of the grain exceeds 45 degrees from verti- 
cal at any point. 

37. All dressed stock shall be measured 
and sold strip count, viz. : full size of rough 
material necessarily used in its manufac- 
ture. 

All sizes 1 inch or less in thickness shall 
be counted as 1 inch thick. 

38. In standard manufacture of Factory 
Flooring, Decking or thick dressed and 
matched stock, and stock grooved for splines, 
and for thick Shiplap, the finished width 
shall be %-inch less over all than the count 
or measured width of the rough material 
used in manufacture, and the tongue and lap 
shall be measured to determine the finished 
width, and face measure shall no longer be 
standard. 

39. Equivalent means equal, and in con- 
struing and applying these rules, the defects 
allowed, whether specified or not, are under- 
stood to be equivalent in damaging effect to 



those mentioned applying to stock under 
consideration. 

No arbitrary rules for the inspection of 
lumber can be maintained with satisfaction. 
The variations from any given rule are 
numerous and suggested by practical common 
sense, so nothing more definite than the gen- 
eral features of different grades should be 
attempted by rules of inspection. The fol- 
lowing, therefore, are submitted as the gen- 
eral characteristics of the different grades. 

Dumber must be accepted on grade in the 
form in which it was shipped. Any subse- 
quent change in manufacture or mill work 
will prohibit an inspection for the adjust- 
ment of claims, except with the consent of 
all parties interested. 

40. The foregoing general observations 
shall apply to and govern the application of 
the following rules: 

DRESSED YELLOW PINE FINISHING. 

Sizes. Finishing shall be dressed to the 
following: 1-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13/16; 
114 -inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 1/16; iy 2 -inch 
S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 5/16; 2-inch S. 1 S. or 
2 S. to 1%-inches. These thicknesses also 
apply when S. 4 S. 1x4 — S. 4 S. shall be 3y 2 
inches wide finished; 1x5 — S. 4 S. shall be 
4!/2 inches wide; 1x6 — 5% inches; 1x7 — 6% 
inches; 1x8 — 7% inches; 1x9 — 8y 2 inches; 
1x10— 9% inches; lxll— 10y 2 inches; 1x12— 
11 % inches. The foregoing widths shall also 
apply to stock thicker than 1 inch. 

Widths. On stock width shipments of all 
finishing lumber, either rough or dressed one 
or two sides, no piece should be counted as 
standard width that is more than 14-inch 
scant on 8-inch and under; %-inch scant on 
9 or 10-inch, or i^-inch scant on 11 or 12- 
inch or wider. Such pieces should be meas- 
ured as the next lower standard width and 
not reduced in grade. 

Lengths. Standard Lengths are 4 to 20 
feet and in shipments of mixed lengths, 5% 
of 8 or 9 foot in grade of C and Better shall 
be admitted. 

The above per cent is allowed in all ship- 
ments of mixed lengths even though the 
number of feet of each length in the order 
for such shipment be specifically stated, 4, 
5, 6 and 7 ft. not to be included except by 
special agreement. 

Grades. A, B and C. 

41. A Finishing. Inch, 1*4, iy 2 and 2-inch 
dressed one or two sides up to and includ- 
ing 8 inches wide, must show one face 
practically clear of all defects, 9 or 10 
inches wide, in addition to the equivalent of 
one split in end not more than 6 inches 
long, will admit any one of the following 
defects; one small pitch pocket; one pin 
knot; pitch streak or sap stain not to ex- 



9 



ceed the equivalent of 6 square Inches. 
One-third of any shipment of 11 and 12- 
inch, in addition to the equivalent of one 
split in end which should not exceed in 
length the width of the piece, will admit 
any one of the following defects or its 
equivalent: three pin knots; one standard 
knot; three small pitch pockets; one stand- 
ard pitch pocket; one small pitch streak; 
small seasoning checks; sap stain equivalent 
to 8 square inches is allowed. (See Sec. 31.) 
13-inch and wider will admit two of the 
above defects or their equivalent. Pieces 
otherwise admissible, which have loosened or 
torn grain on the face side, shall be put in 
a lower grade. 

42. B Finishing. Inch, 1%, IV2 and 2- 
inch dressed one or two sides up to and 
including 10 inches in width, in addition to 
the equivalent of one split in end which 
should not exceed in length the width of 
the piece, will admit any two of the fol- 
lowing or their equivalent of combined de- 
fects: slight torn grain; three pin knots; 
one standard knot; three small pitch pock- 
ets; one standard pitch pocket; one standard 
pitch streak; 5% of sap-stain; wane not to 
exceed 1 inch in width, ^-inch in depth and 
one-sixth the length of the piece; small 
seasoning checks. 

11-inch and wider will admit three of the 
above defects or their equivalent; but sap 
stain shall not exceed 10%. 

43. C Finishing. Up to and including 10- 
inch in width will admit in addition to the 
equivalent of one split in end which should 
not exceed in length the width of the piece, 
any two of the following or their equivalent 
of combined defects: 25% of sap stain; 25% 
firm red heart; two standard pitch streaks; 
medium torn grain in three places in one 
piece; slight shake; seasoning checks that 
do not show an opening through; two stand- 
ard pitch pockets; six small pitch pockets; 
two standard knots; six pin knots; wane one 
inch in width, one-half inch in depth and 
one-third the length of the piece. Defective 
dressing or slight skips in dressing will 
also be allowed that does not prevent its 
use as finish without waste. 11 and 12- 
inch will admit one additional defect or 
its equivalent. Fieces wider than 12 inches 
will admit two additional defects to those 
admitted in 10-inch or their equivalent, ex- 
cept sap stain, which shall not be increased. 

Pieces otherwise as good as B, will admit 
of 20 pin worm holes. 

43%. Special. In case both sides are de- 
sired A, B or C grade, or free from all 
defects, special contract must be made. De- 
fective dressing or slight skips in dressing 
on the reverse side of Finshing are admis- 
sible. (See Sections 24, 25 and 39.) 



j 44. Panel Shop. Panel shop is 10 inches 
and 12 inches wide, all lengths from 8 to 20 
feet or longer. Must be practically free 
from pitch streaks. May contain any kind 
of defects that can be removed by cross- 
cutting the board. Such defects must bei 
limited in number and location so that cross- 
cutting to remove them will not use more 
than one-quarter of the length of the piece \ 
and the residue of the piece shall be suit- ' 
able for Nos. 1 and 2 panel, and all lengths 
18 inches and longer, but such residue shall 
not be considered to be of any special stock 
length, but will represent the balance of 
the board after the defects as above named 
have been removed. 

No. 1 Panels must be practically free from 
defects on both sides and well manufactured. 

No. 2 Panels up to 24 inches long will 
admit any one of the following defects which 
may show on both sides: one small sound 
knot not to exceed ^-inch in diameter, one 
small pitch streak, one small pitch pocket 
the equivalent of %-inch wide and 1/16-inch 
deep, slight sap stain, slight defect in manu- 
facture. Panels over 24 inches long will ad- 
mit two of the above knots, or pitch pockets 
if not grouped. 

FLOORING. 

Sizes. D and Better, 1x3, 1x4 and 1x6 
inches shall be worked to 13/16x2^4, 3^4 and 
oVi inches; 1%-inch Flooring shall be worked 
to 1 3/32 inches thick; 1%-inch Flooring to 

1 11/32 inches thick, the same width and 
the same matching as 1-inch stock. (See cut 
on page 32.) 

Lengths. Standard lengths 4 to 20 foot, 
with not to exceed 5% of 8-foot or 9-foot 
lengths in mixed length shipments of B 
and Better, and in addition 5% of 6- foot 
or 7-foot in C, D and No. 1 Common, and 
in addition 5% of 4-foot or 5-foot in No. 2 
Common. 

The above per cent is allowed in all 
shipments of mixed lengths even though 
the number of feet of each length in the 
order for such shipments be specifically 
stated. 

Grades. A, B, C, D, No. 1 Common, No. 

2 Common and No. 3 Sheathing (or No. 3 
Tommon Flooring) Flat Grain; and A, B, C, 
D and No. 1 Common Edge Grain. 

Special Section. Defects named in Floor- 
ing are based upon a piece manufactured 
from 1x4 — 12 feet and pieces larger or 
smaller than this will take a greater or 
less number of^. defects, proportioned to 
their size on this basis. Except that stand- 
ard knots shall not exceed 1 14-inch in 
diameter in 3-inch flooring. 

45. A Flat Flooring must be practically 



10 



free from defects on the face side and 
well manufactured. 

46. B Flat Flooring" will admit any two 
of the following or their equivalent of 
combined defects: 15% sap stain; 15% 
firm red heart; three pin knots; one stand- 
ard knot; three small pitch pockets; one 
standard pitch pocket; one standard pitch 
streak; slight torn grain; small seasoning 
checks; six pin worm holes. 

47. C Flat Flooring will admit any two 
of the following defects or their equivalent 
of combined defects: 25% of sap stain; 
25% of firm red heart; two standard pitch 
streaks; medium torn grain, or other ma- 
chine defects that will lay without waste; 
slight shake that does not go through or 
seasoning checks that do not show an open- 
ing through; two standard pitch pockets; 
six small pitch pockets; two standard knots 
or six pin knots: 12 pin worm holes. 

48. Edge Grain Flooring shall take the 
same inspection as Flat Grain except as to 
the angle of the grain. (See Sec. 36.) 

49. Heart Face Edge Grain shall be free 
from sap on face side. 

50. D Flat" Flooring will admit the fol- 
lowing defects or their equivalent of com- 
bined defects; sound knots not over one- 
half the cross section of the piece in the 
rough at any one point throughout its 
length; three pitch knots; pitch; pitch pock- 
ets; sap stain; firm red heart; seasoning 
checks that do not show an opening 
through; shake that does not go through; a 
limited number of pin worm holes well 
scattered; loosened or heavy torn grain, or 
other machine defects that will lay with- 
out waste. 

Pieces otherwise as good as B may have 
one defect (like a knot hole) that can be 
cut out by wasting iy 2 inches of the 
length of the piece, provided both pieces 
are 16 inches or over in length after cut- 
ting out such defects. 

50^. No. 1 Common Flooring is the com- 
bined grade of C and D flooring, and will 
admit all pieces that will not grade B and 
are better than No. 2 Common. 

51. No. 2 Common Flooring admits all 
pieces that will not grade as good as D 
flooring, that can be used for cheap floors 
without a waste of more than one-fourth 
the length of any one piece. (See Sec. 
26.) 

52. No, 3 Sheathing (or No. 3 Common 
Flooring), will admit all pieces that can- 
not be used as No. 2 Common Flooring, 
but are still available as cheap sheathing 
or lathing without a waste of more than 
one-fourth the length of any one piece. 

53. Center Matched Flooring (or S. 2 S. 
and C. M.)» shall be required to come up 



co grade on face side only, and the defects 
admissible on the reverse side of standard 
matched shall be allowed. 

53^. No. 1 Common Factory Flooring 
will admit of sound knots, not over one-half 
the cross-section of the piece at any point 
throughout the length; pitch pockets; sap 
stain; shakes that do not go through; 
firm red heart; seasoning checks which do 
not show an opening through the piece; 
wane one-fourth inch deep on the face; a 
limited number of pin worm holes well 
scattered; loosened or heavy torn grain or 
other machine defects which will lay with- 
out waste; and pitch knots which will not 
cause a leakage of grain. (See Sees. 38 
and 117.) 

CEILING. 

Sizes. Ceiling shall be worked to the 
following: %-inch Ceiling, 5/16-inch; %- 
inch Ceiling, 7/16-inch; %-inch Ceiling, 
9/16-inch; %-inch Ceiling, 11/16-inch. Same 
width as Flooring. The bead on all Ceil- 
ing and Partition shall be depressed 1/32 
of an inch below surface line of piece. 
(For drawings scaled to actual size see 
pages following these rules.) 

Lengths. Standard lengths are 4 to 20 
feet. 5% of 8 or 9 feet is allowed in 
mixed length shipments of B and Better 
Ceiling and in addition 5% of 6 or 7 feet 
in No. 1 Common; and in addition 5% of 4 
or 5 feet in No. 2 Common. 

The above per cent is allowed in all ship- 
ments of mixed lengths, even though the 
number of feet of each length in the order 
for such shipment be specifically stated. 

Grades: A, B, No. 1 and No." 2 Common. 

Special Section. Defects named in Ceil- 
ing are based upon a piece manufactured 
from 1x4 — 12 feet and pieces larger or 
smaller than this will take a greater or 
less number of defects, proportioned to 
their size on this basis. 

54. A Ceiling must be practically free 
from defects on the face side, and well 
manufactured. 

55. B Ceiling will admit of any two of 
the following defects or their equivalent of 
combined defects: Slight torn grain; three 
pin knots: one standard knot; three small 
pitch pockets; one standard pitch pocket; 
one small pitch streak; small seasoning 
checks; 15% sap stain; 15% firm red heart; 
six pin worm holes. 

56. No. 1 Common Ceiling will admit the 
following defects or their equivalent of 
combined defects: Sound knots not over 
one-half the cross-section of piece in the 
rough: sap stain; pitch streaks; pitch pock- 
ets; firm red heart; slight shake; heavy 
torn grain; seasoning checks that do not 



11 



show an opening through; defects in manu- 
facture that will lay without waste; a 
limited number of pin worm holes well 
scattered. 

Pieces otherwise as good as B may have 
one defect (like a knot hole) that can be 
cut out by wasting iy 2 inches of the 
length of the piece, provided both pieces 
are 16 inches or over in length after cutting 
out such defects. 

57. No. 2 Common Ceiling admits of all 
pieces not as good as No. 1 Common that 
can be used without waste of more than 
one-fourth the length of any one piece. 
(See Sec. 26.) 

WAGON BOTTOMS. 

Sizes. Unless otherwise ordered (See Sec. 
32), shall be made in sets of 38 and 42 
inches face, and from stock 4 inches or 
over in width. Standard thickness shall be 
13/16-inch. 

Grades: A and B. 

58. Wagon Bottoms, unless otherwise or- 
dered (see Sec. 32), shall be graded the 
same as A and B Flat Flooring. 

DROP SIDING. 

Sizes. D and M shall be worked to 
%x3^i and 5^ inches face, 3Y 2 and 5y 2 
inches over all. Worked Shiplap to %x3- 
inch face, 3% inches over all, %x5-inch 
face, 5% inches over all. Patterns that 
are not shown in Yellow Pine Manufac- 
turers' Association Moulding Book of Janu- 
ary, 1908, Edition, are considered special. 

Lengths. Standard lengths 4 to 20 feet, 
5% of 8 or 9 feet is allowed in mixed 
length shipments of B and Better Drop 
Siding, and in addition 5% of 6 or 7 feet in 
No. 1 Common, and in addition 5% of 4 
or 5 feet in No. 2 Common. 

The above per cent is allowed in all ship- 
ments of mixed lengths, even though the 
number of feet of each length in the order 
for such shipment be specifically stated. 

Grades: A, B, No. 1 and No. 2 Com- 
mon. 

Special Section. Defects named in Drop 
Siding are based upon a piece manufac- 
tured from 1x6 — 12 feet, and pieces larger 
or smaller than this will take a greater 
or less number of defects, proportioned to 
their size on this basis. 

For Grades of 8-inch Barn Siding (see 
Sections 69 and 71). (For Size see Sec. 
111.) 

59. A Drop Siding must be practically 
free from defects on the face side and 
well manufactured. 



60. B Drop Siding will admit any two 
of the following defects, or their equiva- 
lent of combined defects: medium 1 torn 
grain; three pin knots; one standard knot; 
15% sap stain; 15% firm red heart; small 
seasoning checks; 6 pin worm holes, or any 
one of the above defects combined with 
one of the following: three small pitch 
pockets, or one small pitch streak. 

61. No. 1 Common Drop Siding will ad- 
mit one standard pitch streak or one stand- 
ard pitch pocket or their equivalent; and 
in addition, sound knots not over one-half 
the width of piece in the rough; sap stain; 
firm red heart; slight shake; heavy torn 
grain; defects in manufacture that will 
lay without waste; seasoning checks that 
do not show an opening through; a limited 
number of pin worm holes, well scattered. 

Pieces otherwise as good as B may have 
one defect (like a knot hole) that can be 
cut out by wasting 1*£ inches of the length 
of the piece, provided both pieces are 16 
inches or over in length after cutting out 
such defects. 

62. No. 2 Common Drop Siding admits 
of all pieces not as good as No. 1 Com- 
mon that can be used without waste of 
more than one-fourth the length of any 
one piece. 

BEVEL SIDING. 

Sizes. To be made from stock S. 4 S. 
worked to 13/16x3 % and 5^ and resawed 
on a bevel. 

Lengths. Standard lengths 4 to 20 feet. 
5% of 8 or 9 feet is allowed in mixed 
length shipments of B and Better Bevel 
Siding, and in addition 5% of 6 or 7 feet 
in No. 1 Common; and in addition 5% of 
4 or 5 feet in No. 2 Common. 

The above per cent is allowed in all 
shipments of mixed lengths, even though 
the number of feet of each length in the 
order for such shipment be specifically 
stated. 

Grades: A, B, No. 1 and No. 2 Com- 
mon. 

63. Bevel Siding shall be graded accord- 
ing to the rules for Drop Siding, and will 
admit in addition slight imperfections on 
the thin edge, which will be covered by 
the lap when laid 2% and 4% inches to 
the weather. 

PARTITION. 

Sizes. Partition shall be worked to %x 
3% and 5% inches. (For drawing scaled to 
actual size, see page 32.) 

Lengths. Same percentage of short lengths 
allowed as in Ceiling. 

Grades: A, B, No. 1 and No. 2 Com- 



12 



64. Partition shall be graded according 
to Ceiling rules, and must meet the re- 
quirements of the specified grades on the 
face side only, but the reverse side shall 
not be more than one grade lower and shall 
not cause waste in No. 1 Common and Bet- 
ter. 

MOULDED CASING AND BASE, WINDOW 
AND DOOR JAMBS. 

Sizes of Moulded Casing and Base. Shall 
l>e worked to %-inch, as per patterns shown 
in Yellow Pine Manufacturers' Association 
Moulding Book, 1908 Edition. (See Section 
37.) For Widths of Plain Casing, see 
Finishing S. 4 S. 

Window and Door Jambs. (See Section 
37.) Dressed, Rabbeted and Plowed as or- 
dered. 

Grades: A, B and C. 

65. A Moulded Casing and Base must be 
practically free from defects on the face 
side and well manufactured. 

66. B Casing or Base shall admit the 
same defects as are admissible in the same 
widths of B Finishing, except wane. (See 
Sec. 42.) 

66%. C Casing or Base shall admit the 
same defects as are admissible in the same 
widths of C Finishing, except wane. (See 
Sec. 43.) 

67. Window and Door Jamb shall be 
graded the same as Moulded Casing and 
Base. (See Section 37 for width.) 

67%. B and Better Mouldings. One- 
third of any item may contain any one of 
the following defects or its equivalent: 
One pin knot; small pitch pockets; pitch 
one inch wide; six inches long; slight sap 
stain covering six inches of the length of 
the piece; three pin worm holes; slight de- 
fects in dressing. (See Sec. 31.) Stand- 
ard lengths: 8 feet and longer and in 
shipments of mixed lengths, 5% or 6 or 7 
feet shall be admitted, even though the 
number of feet of each length in such 
shipment be specifically stated. Sizes as 
per Southern Pine Manufacturers' Association 
Moulding Book, 1915 Edition. 

COMMON BOARDS, SHIPLAP AND BARN 
SIDING. 

Sizes of Boards. 1-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 
13/16, 1^4-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 1/16, 
1 %-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 5/16. These 
thicknesses also apply when S. 4 S. 

Widths. On stock width shipments of 
No. 1 Common, either rough or dressed one 
or two sides, no piece should be counted as 
standard width that is more than %-inch 



scant on 8-inch and under; %-inch scant on 
9 or 10 inch, or %-inch scant on 11 or 12 
inch or wider. Pieces narrower than this 
should be measured as the next lower stand- 
ard width and not reduced in grade. Ma- 
terial when ordered worked two faces to 
serve two purposes like grooved roofing 
S. 2 S., shiplap S. 2 S., center matched 
S. 2 S., or one face worked to a pattern, 
like barn siding, shall be inspected from 
the best face, l^-inch and 1%-inch Com- 
mon shall take the same inspection as 1- 
inch boards. 

Boards 1x8 S. 4 S. shall be worked 7y 2 
inches wide; 1x9 — 8% inches; 1x10 — 9% 
inches; lxll — 10% inches; 1x12 — 11*4 inches. 

Sizes of No. 1 Common D. & M. and Barn 
Siding. 8, 10 and 12-inch shall be worked 
to %x7%, 9% and 11% inches. (See cut, 
following- these rules, for standard bead for 
barn siding.) Shiplap worked to %-inch 
thick, face same width as D. & M.' and barn 
siding. 

Standard lengths are multiples of two 
feet, four to 24 feet, inclusive, but lengths 
shorter than 10 feet shall not be included 
in miscellaneous or mixed length shipments 
except by agreement. 

Grades: No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4 
Common. 

68. No. 1 Common Boards, dressed one 
or two sides, will admit any number of 
sound knots, the mean or average diameter 
of any one knot shall not be more than 
one-fourth of the cross-section if located on 
the edge, and shall not be more than one- 
third of the cross-section if located away 
from the edge; two pith knots; the equiva- 
lent of one split not to exceed in length 
the width of the piece; torn grain; pitch; 
pitch pockets; slight shake; sap stain; sea- 
soning checks; firm red heart; wane %-inch 
deep on edge, not exceeding 1% inches 
wide and one-third the length of the piece 
or its equivalent, and a limited number of 
pin worm holes well scattered, or defects 
equivalent to the above. 

69. No. 1 Common Shiplap or D. & M. 
and Barn Siding shall be graded by rules 
governing No. 1 Common Boards, except as 
to wane, which shall not be so deep as to 
extend into the tongue or one-half the 
thickness of the top lip on the groove in 
D. & M., or over one-half the thickness of 
the lap in Shiplap on the face side. (See 
Sec. 26.) 

GROOVED ROOFING. 

Sizes of Grooved Roofing. 10 and 12 inch 
S. 1 S. and 2 E. shall be worked to 13/16x 
9% and ll 1 ^ inches. 

Size of Groove. %-inch wide, %-inch 



IS 



A 



deep and located 1 3/16 inches from x>uter 
edge of the groove to edge of board. 

Standard lengths are multiples of 2 feet, 
4 to 24 feet, inclusive, but lengths shorter 
than 10 feet shall not be included in miscel- 
laneous or mixed lengths' shipments except 
by agreement. 

70. Grooved Roofing shall be graded by 
rules governing No. 1 Common Boards, 
omitting the pith knots, worm holes, splits 
and seasoning checks that show an opening 
through. 

No. 2 COMMON BOARDS, D. & -M v or 

SHIPLAP, GROOVED ROOFING AND 

BARN SIDING. 

Sizes. 1-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13/16. 
114-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 1/16, iy 2 -ineh 
S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 5/16. These thick- 
nesses also apply when S. 4 S. Shiplap 
D. & M. and Barn Siding worked to %-incb 
thick. 

"Widths. On stock width shipments of 
No. 2 Common, either rough or dressed one 
or two sides, no piece should be counted as 
standard width that is more than ^-inch 
scant on 8-inch and under; % on 9 or 10- 
inch and %-inch on 11 and 12-inch or wider. 
Pieces narrower than this should be meas- 
ured as the next lower standard of width 
and not reduced in grades. 

Standard lengths are multiples of two 
feet, four to 24 feet, inclusive, but lengths 
shorter than 10 feet shall not be included 
in miscellaneous or mixed length shipments 
except by agreement. 

71. No. 2 Common Boards, dressed one 
or two sides, No. 2 Common Shiolap, 
Grooved Roofing, D. & M. and Barn Sidiner, 
will admit knots, not necessarily sound, 
and the mean or average diameter of any 
one knot shall not be more than one-third 
of the cross-section if located on the edge, 
and shall not be more than one-half of the 
cross-section if located away from the edge; 
if sound, may extend one-half the cross- 
section if located on the edse: worm holes; 
splits one-fourth the length of the piece: 
through rotten streaks one-fourth the length 
of the piece, or its equivalent of unsound 
red heart; through heart shakes, or wane 
two inches wide; one-half the length of the 
piece, or defects equivalent to the above. 

A knot hole three inches in diameter will 
be admitted, Divided niece is otherwise as 
good as No. 1 Common. 

72. No. 3 Common Boards. No. 3 Com- 
mon Shinlap (see Sec. 26) D. & M. and 
Barn Siding is defective lumber, and will 
admit of coarse knots, knot holes, very 
wormy pieces, red rot and other defects 



that will not prevent Its use as a whole 
for cheap sheathing, or cutting three-fourths 
its length as No. 2 Common. 

73. No. 4 Boards shall include all pieces 
that fall below the grade of No. 3 Common. 
It is the lowest recognized grade and it is 
offered on its merits as defective lumber, 
mill inspection to be final. 

74. Miscut 1-inch Common Boards which 
do not fall below %-inch in thickness shall 
be admitted in No. 2 Common, provided the 
grade of such thin stock is otherwise as 
good as No. 1 Common. 

FENCING. 3, 4, 5 AND 6 INCHES WIDE. 

1 

Sizes. 1-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13/16, 
114 -inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 1/16, iy 2 -inch 
S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 5/16. These thick- 
nesses also apply when S. 4 S. 

When 6-inch Fencing is S. 2 S. & C. M., 
the finished thickness shall be %-inch and 
inspected under Flooring rules. 

Widths. On stock width shipments of 3, 
4, 5 and 6-inch No. 1 Common, no piece 
shall be counted as standard width that is 
more than V± -inch scant in width. Pieces 
narrower than this should be measured as 
the next lower standard width and not re- 
duced in grade. 

Standard lengths are multiples of two 
feet, four to 24 feet, inclusive, but lengths 
shorter than 10-foot shall not be included 
in miscellaneous or mixed length shipments 
except bv agreement. 

Grades: No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4 
Common. 

75. No. 1 Fencing will admit the fol- 
lowing defects or their equivalent: Sound 
knots, the mean or average diameter of any 
one knot shall not be more than one-half 
the cross-section of the piece at any point 
throughout its length; three pith knots; 
wane one-half inch deep on edge not ex- 
ceeding l 1 /? inches wide and one-half the 
length of the piece; torn grain; pitch; pitch 
nockets: sap stain; seasoning checks; slight 
shake: firm red heart and a limited number 
of small worm holes, well scattered, and 
the equivalent of one split the width of the 
piece. 

No. 2 FENCING. 

Sizes. 1-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13/16- 
inch. 

Widths. In 3. 4. 5 and 6 inch No. 2 
Common stock, no niece shall be counted as 
standard width that is more than 5^-inch 
scant in width. Such nieces should be 
measured ns the nwt lower standard of 
wi*+h. °nd n«t reduced in erade. 

76. No. 2 Fencing, in addition to the de- 
fects allowed in No. 1 Common, will admit 



14 



the following defects or their equivalent: 
Knots, not necessarily sound, the mean or 
average diameter of any one knot shall not 
be more than one-half the cross-section if 
located on the edge, and shall not be more 
th;in two-thirds of the cross-section if lo- 
cated away from the edge; one split one- 
fourth the length of the piece; worm holes, 
through rotten streak one-fourth the length 
of the piece, or the equivalent of unsound 
red heart; shake or wane, but must not cut 
to waste. 

A. knot hole 1% inches in diameter or its 
equivalent in small hollow knots will be 
allowed, provided the piece is otherwise as 
good as No. 1 Common. 

77. No. 3 Fencing is defective lumber, 
and will admit of coarse knots, knot holes, 
very wormy pieces, red rot and other de- 
fects that will not prevent its use as a 
whole for cheap sheathing, or cutting three- 
fourths its length as No. 2 Common. 

78. No. 4 Fencing shall include all pieces 
that fall below the grade of No. 3 Com- 
mon. It is the lowest recognized grade, 
and it is offered on its merits as defective 
lumber, mill inspection to be final. 

79. Miscut 1-inch Common Fencing which 
does not fall below %-inch in thickness 
shall be admitted in No. 2 Common, pro- 
vided the grade of such thin stock is other- 
wise as good as No. 1 Common. 

DIMENSION AND HEAVY JOIST. 

Sizes. Dimension shall be worked to the 
following: 2x4 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to l%x 
3% inches; 2x6 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to l%x 
5% inches; 2x8 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to l%x 
iy 2 inches; 2x10 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to l%x 
9y 2 inches; 2x12 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to l%x 
11^ inches. Dimension S. 4 S. %-inch 
less in thickness and width than S. 1 S. 
1 E. shall be standard, but no objection 
shall be made to stock finished to the stand- 
ard size for S. & E. 

Heavy Joists shall be worked to the fol- 
lowing: 2x14, 2y 2 and 3x10, 3x12 and 3x14, 
S. 1 S. and 1 E., green, ^4-inch off side and 
%-inch off edge S. 4 S. 14-inch off each 
face surface. Heavy Joists, rough, green, 
must not be over %-inch scant in width or 
thickness. 

Dry 2x14 shall be dressed to the standard 
thickness of 2x12. 

Lengths. 

Standard lengths are multiples of two 
feet, four to 24 feet inclusive, but lengths 
shorter than 10-foot shall not be included 
in miscellaneous or mixed length shipments 
except by agreement. 

Grades: No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 Com- 



80. Inspection of Dimensions is a ques- 
tion of strength and uniformity of size, and 
whatever reduces its strength in cross- 
section must be considered a defect to that 
extent. In computing the area of cross- 
section occupied by defects the size of the 
piece in the rough shall be considered. 

81. No. 1 Common Dimension and Heavy 
Joists will admit sound knots, none of which 
in 2x4s should be larger than two inches in 
diameter on one or both sides of the piece, 
and on wider stock which do not occupy 
more than one-third of the cross-section at 
any point throughout its length, if located 
at the edge of the piece; or more than 
one-half of the cross-section if located 
away from the edge; pith knots, or smaller 
defective knots which do not weaken the 
piece more than the knot aforesaid; will 
admit of seasoning checks; firm red heart; 
heart shakes that do not go through; wane 
% of an inch deep on edge, ^ the width 
and one- third the length of the piece; 
pitch; sap stain; pitch pockets; splits in 
ends not exceeding in length the width of 
the piece; a limited number of small worm 
holes, well scattered, and such other de- 
fects as do not prevent its use as sub- 
stantial structural material. 

82. No. 2 Common Dimension may have 
knots not necessarily sound, which do not 
occupy more than one-half of the cross- 
section at any one point if located at the 
edge of the piece, nor more than two- 
thirds of the cross-section if located away 
from the edge; smaller, loose, hollow or 
rotten knots that do not weaken the piece 
more than the knots aforesaid, will admit 
rotten streaks; shake; wane; worm holes; 
split not to exceed one-quarter the length 
of the piece, and other defects which do not 
prevent its use without waste. 

83. No. 3 Dimension will include all 
pieces falling below No. 2 Grade which are 
sound enough to use for cheap building 
material, by wasting 25% of each piece of 
one-third of number of pieces in any item 
of a shipment, but it must not be more 
than y 2 -inch scant of standard finished 
width or %-inch scant in thickness. (See 
Sec. 31.) 

84. Miscut 2-inch Common stock which 
does not fall below 1% inches in thickness 
or %-inch scant in width from standard 
size, shall be admitted in No. 2 Common, 
provided such pieces are in all other re- 
spects as good as No. 1 Common. 

ROUGH YELLOW PINE FINISHING. 

Widths. On stock width shipments of C 
and Better Finish, either rough or dressed 
one or two sides, no piece should be counted 



15 



^ 



as standard width that is more than %-inch 
scant on 8-inch and under; %-inch scant on 
9 and 10-inch, or %-inch scant on 11 and 
12-inch or wider. Such pieces should be 
measured as the next lower standard of 
width and not reduced in grade. 

Lengths. Standard Lengths are 4 to 20 
feet, and in shipments of mixed lengths 5% 
of & or 9 feet in grades of C and Better 
shall be admitted. 

The above per cent is allowed in all 
shipments of mixed lengths, even though 
the number of feet of each length in the 
order for such shipment be specifically 
stated, 4, 5, 6 and 7 ft. not to be included 
except by special agreement. 

85. Finish must be evenly manufactured, 
and shall embrace all sizes from 1 to 2 
inches in thickness by 3 inches and over in 
width. 

86. No inch, 1% and 1 %-inch finishing 
lumber, unless otherwise ordered, shall 
measure, when dry, more than 1/16-inch 
scant in thickness; on 2-inch it may be 
%-inch scant. 

87. Wane, seasoning checks and other 
defects that will dress out in working to 
standard thickness and widths are admis- 
sible. 

88. Subject to the foregoing provisions, 
Rough Finishing shall be graded accord- 
ing to the specifications applying to dressed 
finishing lumber. 

89. All finishing lumber, ordered rough, 
if thicker than the count thickness for dry 
or green stock, may be dressed to such 
count thickness, and when so dressed shall 
be considered as rough. When like grade 
on both faces is required, special contract 
must be made. 

COMMON BOARDS, FENCING AND 
DIMENSION. 

90. Rough 1-inch Common Boards and 
Fencing should not be less than %-inch 
thick when dry; 1 %-inch and 1 %-inch, 
%-inch scant of count thickness. 

91. Rough 2-inch Common should not be 
less than 1% inches thick when green, or 
1% inches thick when dry. The several 
widths should not be less than %-inch over 
the standard dressing width for such stock 
when dry. 

92. Rough Common Dimension of a 
greater thickness than 2 inches and less 
than 4 inches, shall be subject to special 
contract as to thickness and width. 

93. Rough Dimension, if thicker than 
count thickness for dry or green stock, may 
be dressed to such count thickness, and 
wiien so dressed shall be considered as 
rough stock. 



94. The defects admissible in Rough 
Boards, Fencing and Dimension shall be the 
same as those applying to dressed stock of 
like kind and grade, and such further de-j 
fects as would disappear in dressing to 
standard sizes of such material shall b< 
allowed. 

No. 1 COMMON TIMBERS. 

Sizes. Common Timber shall be worked 
to the following: 4x4, 4x6, 6x6, %-inch off 
side and edge. Surfaced 4 sides, %-inch off 
each side. 6x8 and larger S. 3 S. or S. 4 
S., %-inch off each side surfaced. 

Lengths. Standard lengths are multiples 
of two feet, four to 24 feet, inclusive, but 
lengths shorter thaii 10 feet shall not be in- 
cluded in miscellaneous or mixed length 
shipments except by agreement. 

95. Rough Timbers 4x4 and larger shall 
not be more than %-inch scant at any 
point when green, and be well manufac- 
tured; may ' have 1 %-inch wane on one 
corner, measured on face (or its equivalent 
on two or more corners), one-third the 
length of the piece; timbers 10x10 in size 
may have two-inch wane as above; larger 
sizes may have wane as above in propor- 
tion to size; timbers may contain sound 
knots; the diameter of any one knot shall 
not exceed two inches in 4x4 to 6x6; two 
and one-half inches in 6x8 to 8x10; three 
inches in 10x10 to 10x12; three and one- 
half inches in 12x12 to 12x14; four inches 
in 14x14 to 14x16; four and one-half inches 
in 16x16 to 16x18. In sizes not mentioned, 
the diameter of knots admissible will in- 
crease or decrease in proportion to the size 
of the timbers on same basis as above 
specified. The diameter of such knots to 
be determined by measuring across the 
knots at practically right angles with 
the grain of the knot; or the equivalent of 
the above in grouped knots at any one 
point, or in small defective knots, will be 
allowed. 

Shakes one-sixth the length of the piece 
are admissible, and seasoning checks shall 
not be considered a defect. 

96. Dressed Timbers shall conform in 
grading to the specifications applying to 
rough timbers of same size. 

97. Rough Timbers, if thicker than count 
thickness for green stock, may be dressed 
to such count thickness, and when - so 
dressed shall be considered as rough stock. 

98. Yellow Pine Plastering Lath. No. 1 
should measure 2 inches in thickness to 
every five lath, green, the minimum thick- 
ness of any one lath shall not be less than 
5/16 of an inch, green, and should not be 
less than 1 7/16 inches in width, green, 

16 



length 4 feet; 1% inches thickness to every 
5 lath, dry, and should not measure less 
than 1 5/16 inches in width dry. Will ad- 
mit wane % of an inch deep, % of an inch 
on face and 6 inches long, pin worm holes 
and one pin knot. Must not be more than 
%-inch short in length. Blue sap stain 
shall not be considered a defect. 

99. No. 2 shall consist of pieces that fall 
below the grade of No. 1 which are not less 
than 1% inches in width, % of an inch 
thick, when dry, and are not more than 
%-inch short in length. Will admit wane; 
worm holes; knots and other defects that 
will not prevent their use the entire length 
without waste. 

BYRKIT LATH. 

Sizes. %x3% and 5% inches wide; 
lengths 4 feet and upward. 

100. Standard Byrkit Lath shall consist 
of material that will be held firmly in 
place and support plaster by ordinary nail- 
ing by not wasting more than 10% of any 
piece, and that will present a full surface 
with no openings over %-inch in width and 
3 inches in length. The ends of pieces of 
Byrkit Lath are not expected to meet on 
studding, and only such quantity shall be 
counted waste as is necessary to remove a 
defect. 

STANDARD SIZES OF DRESSED LUMBER. 

102. Finishing shall be dressed to the 
following: 1-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13/16; 
1 %-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 1/16; 1 %-inch 
S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 5/16; 2-inch S. 1 S. 
or 2 S. to 1% inches. These thicknesses 
also apply when S. 4 S. 1x4 S. 4 S. shall 
be 3% inches wide finished; 1x5 S. 4 S. 
shall be 4% inches wide; 1x6 — 5% inches; 
1x7— 6y 2 inches; 1x8—7% inches; 1x9—8% 
inches; 1x10 — 9% inches; lxll — 10% inches; 
1x12—11% inches. 

The foregoing widths shall also apply to 
stock thicker than 1 inch. 

103. Moulded Casing and Base shall be 
worked to %-inch as per patterns shown in 
Yellow Pine Manufacturers' Association 
Moulding Book, 1908 Edition. 

104. Flooring. The standard of 1x3, 1x4 
and 1x6 inches D and Better shall be 
worked to 13/16x2%, 3% and 5*4 inches 
(see cut on page 32); 1%-inch Flooring 
shall be 1 3/32 inches thick; 1%-inch Floor- 
ing to 1 11/32 inches thick, the same width 
and matching as 1-inch stock. 

105. Drop Siding. D. and M. shall be 
worked to %x3% and 5% inches face, 3% 
and 5% over all. Worked shiplap %x3 
inches face, 3% over all; %x5-inch face, 



5% inches over all. Patterns that are not 
shown in Yellow Pine Manufacturers' As- 
sociation Moulding Book of January, 1908, 
Edition, are considered special. 

106. Ceiling shall be worked to the fol- 
lowing: %-inch Ceiling, 5/16-inch; %-inch 
Ceiling, 7/16-inch; %-inch Ceiling, 9/16- 
inch; %-inch Ceiling, 11/16-inch. Same 
width as Flooring. The standard working 
of Ceiling shall be beaded center and edge 
with slight bevel on groove edge. The bead 
on all Ceiling and Partition shall be de- 
pressed 1/32 of an inch below surface line 
of piece. 

107. Partition shall be worked to the 
following: %x3% and 514 inches. Same 
standard for location and size of bead as 
applies to Ceiling. (See Sec. 106.) 

108. Bevel Siding. To be made from 
stock S. 4 S. worked to 13/16x3 y 2 and 5%, 
and resawed on a bevel. 

109. Window and Door Jambs. (See Sec. 
37.) Dressed, Rabbeted and Plowed as or- 
dered. 

110. Boards and Fencing. 1-inch S. 1 S. 
or 2 S. to 13/16-inch, also when S. 4 S. 

111. Barn Siding. D. & M. 8, 10 and 
12 inches, shall be worked to %x7y 8 , 9y 8 
and 11% inches face; 7%, 9% and 11% 
inches over all. 

Barn Siding Shiplap, 8, 10 and 12 inches, 
shall be worked to %x7%, 9% and 11% 
inches face, with %-inch lap, %-inch thick 
and %-inch long; 7%, 9% and 11% inches 
over all. 

112. D. & M. Common Boards, 8, 10 and 
12 inches, shall be worked to the following: 
%x7%, 9% and 11% inches; 7%, 9% and 
11% inches over all. 

113. Grooved Roofing. 10 and 12-inch S. 
1 S. and 2 E. shall be worked to 13/16x9% 
and II14. 

114. Wagon Bottoms, unless otherwise 
ordered (see Sec. 32), shall be made in sets 
38 and 42 inches face, and from stock 4 
inches or over in width. 

Standard thickness shall be 13/16-inch. 

115. Dimension shall be worked to the 
following: 2x4 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to l%x3% 
inches; 2x6 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to l%x5% 
inches; 2x8 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to I%x7% 
inches; 2x10 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to l%x9% 
inches; 2x12 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to l%xll% 
inches. Dimensions S. 4 S. %-inch less 
than standard size S. 1 S. and 1 E. 

115%. All sizes in Dimension are subject 
to natural shrinkage. 

116. Heavy Joists shall be worked to the 
following: 2x14, 2% and 3x10, 12 and 14, 
S. 1 S. and 1 E., green, %-inch off side 
and %-inch off edge, S. 4 S. %-inch off 
each face surfaced. Heavy Joists, rough, 



17 



green, must not be over ^-inch scant in 
width or thickness. 

117. Heavy Flooring:. For 2 and 2^ inch 
matching the thickness should be % of an 
inch less than the rough material when 
surfaced one side; when S. 2 S., should be 
7/16-inch less than count thickness, or 1/16- 
inch less than when S. 1 S. The tongue 
should be %-inch thick and %-inch long. 
For 3-inch and thicker matching the tongue 
should be %-inch thick and %-inch long, 
and the thickness of the stock should be 
%-inch less than the rough material. The 
groove in heavy matchings should be 1/16- 
inch wider than the thickness of the tongue, 
and 1/16-inch deeper than the length of the 
tongue. Tongue and groove shall be lo- 
cated i/4 the thickness of the rough ma- 
terial from the bottom of the piece. (See 
cuts on pages 36, 37 and 38.) In 2-inch 
and thicker material plowed for splines, the 
groove should be the same width and depth 
as is provided for in matching material of 
the same thickness. 

Heavy Shiplap shall be worked to the 
same thickness as Heavy Flooring. The 
lap shall be ^-inch long, occupying one- 
half the finished thickness of the piece. 

118. Timbers shall be worked to the fol- 
lowing: 4x4 and larger S. 1 S. or S. & E., 
%-inch off each face surfaced; S. 3 S. or 
S. 4 S., i/i-inch off each face surfaced. 

118^. All sizes in Timbers are subject 
to natural shrinkage. 

119. Yellow Pine Plastering Lath, No. 1, 
should measure 2 inches in thickness to 
every five lath, green; the minimum thick- 
ness of any one lath shall not be less than 
5/16 of an inch, green, and should not be 
less than 1 7/16 inches in width, green, 
length 4 feet; 1% inches thickness to every 
five lath, dry; and should not measure less 
than 1 5/16 inches in width, dry. Must not 
be more than %-inch short in length. 

120. No. 2 Lath must not be less than 
1*4 inches in width, y± of an inch thick 
when dry, and not more than %-inch short 
in length. 

121. Byrkit Lath. %xSy 2 and 5*4 inches 
wide; lengths, 4 feet and upward. 

PICKETS. 

122. Square Pickets from 1 %-inch stock 
shall be worked to 1 5/16x1 5/16, 3 and 4 
feet long, dressed on four sides and pointed. 
From l^-inch stock, shall be worked to 



1 1/16x1 1/16, 3 and 4 feet long, dressed 
on four sides and pointed. 

123. Flat Pickets from 1x3 stock, shall 
be worked to %x2i4, 3 and 4 feet long, 
dressed on four sides and headed. 

PATTERNS OF 

Yellow Pine Drop Siding 

Adopted at Memphis, Tenn., Jan. 16, 1901. 
Revised at New Orleans, La., Jan. 25, 1905. 






Worked Shiplap—^x5M over all; 
bi_ tallow 'A inch for Lap. 



WorkedTooffle find Groove— 
¥<x5 l A over all: 5K in. face 



101 



3 



P 



? «C 



? C 




Orders for Stock Should Conform to Above Number* 



18 



STANDARD SIZES OF YELLOW PINE FLOORING AND PARTITION 

« 3Vx — „ 



»'/*- 



"7 



1x4 Flooring 



*-&♦' 



1x4 
Partition 



'*-$£ 



"T — 

4-1 



*\ 



-9frn 







^ 



STANDARD SIZES AND PATTERNS OF YELLOW PINE CEILING 



-35C- 



n inch Ceiling. 
Shipiapped.. 



-inch Ceiling. 
D & M 






-154-- 



- r4-- 



rir^^^v: 






Hc/5£ 



1^7" 






**** 



• l/z- 



35i' . 



^* 



& 



i^I 



t— --V 

_i 



'■3-1 



y-j - .nch 
Ceiling 



**..k^ 



.jj«- 



55C 



*&*Ui 






:Hoi 



^ 



19 



>6-inch 
Ceiling. 




^r^ 



K-lnch 

Ceiling 




STANDARD SIZE OF HEAVY SHIPLAP. 



S'A OVtRAU 
— 5 FACE - 



*» 



% 



•1% 



-V*— * 



2x6 SHIPLAP 



2a 



STANDARD SIZES OF HEAVY FLOORING. 



IT 

y* 



yi 






«-v 



5/2 

5/a 



• 5 A 



2x6 FLOORING. 



. — )<. — 

7/l*6 

— *f— 

/a 

I , 



STANDARD SIZES OF HEAVY FLOORING-Continued. 



5 ifeovtR ALL- 
S'/* FACE - 



V8 



Hi 



r/t 



lV 2 n b FLOORING. 
21 



•5k* 



l~1 








— T — 


1 




^ 


S'^me. 




— j 


; ' 


V 






i 


tl 


i 

1 




, 




r— <- 


r 


__, 


ik m 






5 /4 






%" j 


1 












1: 


$ 




rl 


*-ys-> 


3x6 FLOORING 





STANDARD SIZE OF YELLOW PINE MATERIAL. 

GROOVED FOR SPLINES. 



.37* 

— > 


1 

I. 
%2 

1 
i 






i 

"a; 

L... 






7f %B 

i ! 


i 


s/a 


T 

7/ia 


T 

r 






1 


t-ajte-5 




IF SURFACED TV 

22 


VO SIDES. 













^ 

^ 






U3 

3 




If a bead is desired on any of the fore- 
going thick material, the cut 
shown herewith gives the 
standard size. 






^ 

"2^*" 



1 



CO 

to 



STANDARD BEAD FOR 1 INCH 
BARN SIDING 




Center bead to be the same if stock m 
desired worked with a center bead. 



23 





24 



THE NORTH CAROLINA PINE ASSOCIATION 

Weights of 

NORTH AND SOUTH CAROLINA PINE. 

,g leaf timbers, rough, green JjjJJ 

ig leaf timbers, dressed, green • • • «»»" 

■rt leaf timbers, rough, green a •• «&"" 

.rt leaf timbers, dressed, green * JUU 

WEIGHTS OF LONG LEAF YELLOW PINE. 
GREEN. 

14 and 3 x 12. S 1 S 1 E 

14 and 3x12. rough 

4 and 6x6. S 1 S 1 E 

4 and 6x6, rough 

8 and over, rough 

8 and over. S 4 S 

ROUGn NORTH CAROLINA PINE. 



3300 
4500 
3800 
4500 
4500 
3800 



DRESSED. NORTH CAROLINA PINE. 



3100 
3350 
3500 
3500 



2250 
2250 
2500 



oorlng. 13-16x2% and 3 Flat Grain 

oorlng. 13-16x8% to 4% Flat Grain ... . 
oorlng 13-16x3 to 4 Jointed Flat Grain. 

oorlng. 13-16x2% to 3% Rift • •• ;-"" 

coring 1 1-16x2% to 4% Flat Grain 2350 

oorlng 1 1-16 x 2 % to 3 % Rift. |»*J 

-lling and Partition. 13-16 x all widths 230 

illns and Partition. % x all widths. 2000 

cillng. % > 

?illr.g. % ■ 

elllng. 7-16 

eiling. %..- •• ••" 

fi-man Siding. 13-16 x 5% Face 

evel Siding. % x 4 to 6 . ... •••••■•• 

ase and Moulded Base. All patterns 

ISO S 4 S. 13-16 x 4, 5, 6 and 7 Inches. 

ase S 4 S. 13-16 x S and 9 Inches 

tails S 4 S, 2 x 3 and 2x4 

urfaced Boards, 4-4 

urfaced Boards, 5-4 

urfaced Boards, 6-4 • • • 

urfaced Boards. 8-4 . ;•'••" ''L' A " 1U . \ 

hoofers. 13-16x4 to 9 In. face (ex. 5% and 7 % ) 
hoofers. 13-16x5% in. face.. V"" 

oofers. 13-16 x any special width under .% ... 
Roofers, 13-16x7% In. face.. 
Roofers 13-16 x any width btw 
Roofers! 13-16x9% lr.. face . . . 
Roofers, 13-16 x any width btw 
Roofers. 13-16x11% In. face 

Pn , R A rk StrlDS. Surfaced 1 or i *> .... 

Factorv Floormg. 1%. 2, 2% and 3 x 5 to 9 Inches. 
To finish % In. scant In thickness and % In. 
scant in width for splines, and % in. scant In 
width, tongue and grooved ...._• 



1250 
1100 
1000 
2000 
1100 
2000 
2500 



2500 

2700 
2800 



7% and 9%...... 2500 

2500 



9% and 11%. 



2500 
2500 



OFFICIAL INSPECTION RULES OF 
THE NORTH CAROLINA PINE ASSOCIA- 
TION. INC. 

COVERING 

Kiln Dried North Carolina Pine 
1911 Rules (Revised 1914.) 

Air Dried North Carolina Pine 
1913 Rules 

Short Leaf Pine Dimensions 
1910 Rules. 

ISSUED BY 

THE NORTH CAROLINA PINE ASSO- 
CIATION. INC. 

Norfolk. Va. 

November 19th. 1914. 

Official Terms of Sale. 

Settlement to be made promptly on re- 
ceipt of each car. Freight, net cash. Bal- 
ance by note at 60 days from date of In- 
voice or less 1% per cent. K^y?*™* 
if paid within 15 days from date of invoice . 
or 1 per cent, for cash if paid within 30 

^Bflls^e^l anVpIyaUe in 30 days from 

^NoliicTnrkllowed after 30. days. 

If car 18 not received within the above 
discount times, and discount is desired, pre- 
payment on account will not be held as a 
oeotance of the shipment and the right to 
makl Corrections and complaint will not be 
forfeited thereby. In making delivered 
nriceY cost of goods delivered at destina- 
tion is guaranteed, but not against delay 
to transit^ The terms of sale are as binding 

aS Claim P s rl for count or . quality must : be > re- 
ported as soon as car is unloaded and tally 
n?oven No claims allowed if not reported 
within 10 days after unloading. 
To Manufacturers and Buyers of Pine 
Lumber : 

\t the present time fully .95 per cent of 
thfn, tniit of Pine Lumber in the States of 
MarvUind Virginia, North and South Oaro- 
linn is traded and classified according to 
Ihesegrfdfng rules, and all quotations are 

"^e^s'arTtfereV^urged to familiarize 

25 



> 



themselves with these rules in order that 
they may know what they are contracting 
for when ordering and also that they may 
determine whether shipments are up to grade, 
or otherwise, before making complaints as to 
quality. This request, if complied with, will 
tend very materially to lessen complaints, 
and will thus prove to the mutual interest of 
buyer and shipper. Should any question arise 
not covered by rules, write to 

THE NORTH CAROLINA PINE ASSO- 
CIATION, INC. 

Norfolk, Va. 

RULES FOR THE CLASSIFICATION AND 

INSPECTION OF KILN DRIED NORTH 

CAROLINA PINE 

ADOPTED BY 

The North Carolina Pine Association 

July 20th, 1911 (Effective September 1st.) 
(Revised November 19th, 1914.) 

1. North Carolina Pine Lumber shall be 
graded and classified according to the follow- 
ing Rules and Specifications as to quality: 

2. Recognized defects in North Carolina 
Pine are: knots, knot holes, splits, shake, 
wane, red heart, pith, rotten streaks, wormy, 
buggy or pinny, pitch streaks, pitch pockets, 
torn or loosened grain, seasoning checks, sap 
stain or defects in manufacturing. 

WIDTHS OF LUMBER. 

3. Narrow Edge (also called Edge) con- 
tains all widths of lumber under 12 in., ex- 
cepting 6, 8 and 10 in. stocks. 

4. 4-4 No. 1, 2. 3 and Box Edge to be 
3 in. wide and up. 

5. 5-4 No. 1. 2 and 3 Edge to be 3 in. 
wide and up. 

6. 6-4 and 8-4 No. 1, 2 and 3 Edge to be 
5 in. wide and up. 

7. All Box Edge 5-4, 6-4 and 8-4 to be 4 
in. wide and up. 

8. Wide Edge contains all widths over 
12 in. 

9. Stocks are widths of 6, 8, 10 or 12 in. 

KNOTS. 

10. Knots shall be classified as pin, stand- 
ard and large, as to size: round and spike 
as to form; and as sound, tight, loose, en- 
cased, pith and rotten as to qualities. 

The mean or average diameter of knots 



shall be considered in applying and constru- 
ing the rules. 

11. A pin knot is sound and not over V2 
in. in diameter. 

12. A standard knot is sound and not over 
\V<2. in. in diameter. 

13. A large knot is one any size over 1% 
in. in diameter. 

14. A round knot is oval or circular in 
form. 

15. A spike knot is one sawn in a length- 
wise direction. 

16. A sound knot is one solid across its 
face: is as hard as wood it is in: may be 
either red or black, and is so fixed by growth 
or position that it will retain its place in 
the piece. 

17. A loose knot is one not held firmly in 
place by its growth or position. 

A tight knot is one that is held firmly in 
place by its growth or position. 

18. A pith knot is a sound knot with a 
pith or straw hole not more than y± in. in 
diameter in the center. 

19. An encased knot is one surrounded 
wholly or in part by pitch or bark which 
may show on one or both sides of the piece. 
If grown fast to the piece at .any point, on 
one or both sides of the piece, or is so fixed 
by growth or position that it will retain its 
place in the piece, it shall be considered a 
sound knot. 

20. A rotten knot is one not as hard as 
the wood it is in. 

PITCH. 

21. Pitch pockets are openings between 
the grain of the wood and may contain pitch 
or bark, or both, and shall be classified as 
small, standard and large. 

22. A pitch pocket which shows on both 
sides of the piece of lumber shall be con- 
sidered the same as a knot hole of equal 
size. 

23. A small pitch pocket is one not over 
Vs of an inch wide. 

24. A standard pitch pocket is one not 
over % of an inch wide or 3 in. in length. 

25. A large pitch pocket is one over % 
of an inch wide or over 3 in. in length. 

26. A pitch streak is a well defined ac- 
cumulation of pitch at one point in the 
piece. 

27. A small pitch streak shall be equiv- 
alent to not over 1-12 the width and 1-6 the 
length of the piece it is in. 

28. A standard pitch streak shall be 
equivalent to not over 1-6 the width and 1-3 
the length of the piece it is in. 

29. Pitch pockets to be considered the 
same as knots in all grades of rough and 
dressed lumber. 



^N 



WANE. 

SO. Wane is bark or a decrease in the 
thickness of the wood from any cause on 
the edge of the piece of lumber. 

31. Wane, bark or other defects that will 
dress out in working to standard thickness 
and widths are admissible without deduction 
in measurement. 

SPLITS. 

32. A split is allowed in one end of a 
board provided length of split does not ex- 
ceed width of board, except that in No. 1, 
2 and 3 stocks, 8 in.. 10 in. and 12 in. wide, 
the split shall be in lieu of one other allow- 
able defect. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

33. Bright sap shall not be considered a 
defect in any of the grades provided for 
and described in these rules. The restriction 
or exclusion of bright sap constitutes a class 
of material which can only be secured by 
special contract. 

34. All strips or boards, either rough or 
dressed on two sides, shall be inspected on 
the best side of the piece to determine the 
grade. Strips or boards which are surfaced 
one side shall be inspected on the dressed 
side. 

35. All lumber shall be inspected and 
graded as to its full length and widths un- 
less so marked by shipper as to indicate 
distinctly that a portion of a beard has been 
omitted from measurement to allow for de- 
fects. 

36. In the measurement of all edge lum- 
ber fractions exactly on the one-half foot are 
to be given alternately to buyer and seller; 
fractions below the one-half foot are to be 
dropped and fractions above the one-half are 
to be counted to the next higher figure on 
the board rule. 

37. Imperfect manufacture in dressed 
lumber, such as torn or loosened grain, slight 
skips in dressing, wane, broken knots, mis- 
matched, insufficient tongue and groove on 
flooring, ceiling, drop siding, etc., shall be 
considered defects and will reduce the grade 
according as they are slight or serious in 
their effects on the use of the lumber. 

38. Tongues of flooring, drop siding, par- 
tition and ceiling, if not over 1-16 scant, and 
tongues of roofers if not over % of an inch 
scant in width, will not be considered de- 
fects, provided not constituting over 10 per 
cent, of shipment. 

39. Chipped grain, if not exceeding a 
depth of 1-16 of an inch or slight seasoning 
checks, shall not be considered a defect. 



40. The grain of North Carolina Pine shall 
be classified as RIFT or FLAT. Rift is 
sometimes designated as Edge grain. Vertical 
or Quarter Sawn grain; Flat grain is some- 
times designated as Slash. Rift is specially 
desirable for high-grade flooring, and will 
admit of no piece in which the angle of the 
grain exceeds forty-five degrees from Verti- 
cal at any point, thus excluding such pieces 
as would sliver or shell from wear. All 
Flooring which will not meet the require- 
ments of Rift shall be known as Flat Grain. 

41. Equivalent means equal, and, in con- 
struing and applying these Rules, the defects 
allowed, whether specified or not, are under- 
stood to be equivalent in damaging effect to 
those mentioned, applying to stock under 
consideration. 

42. Lumber and timber sawed for spe- 
cific purposes must be inspected with a view 
to its adaptability for the use intended. 

43. When special patterns of dressed 
lumber are ordered, it will be permissible 
to ship all of the next lower grade that 
develops in its manufacture, providing this 
does not exceed 10 per cent, of the quan- 
tity ordered, charging for such lower grade 
a corresponding price. 

44. Lumber must be accepted on grade in 
the form in which it was shipped. Any 
subsequent change in manufacture or mill 
work will prohibit an inspection for the ad- 
justment of claims, except with the consent 
of all parties interested. 

45. A shipment shall be considered as of 
the grade invoiced if upon re-inspection by 
•an official inspector of this association it 
develops at least 95 per cent, of such grade, 
and the remainder is not more than one 
grade lower, such lower grade, however, to 
be paid for at its corresponding price. 

COUNT 

46. All lumber shall be counted by nomi- 
nal or strip size, which is 1-2 in. wider than 
actual finished size in all regular patterns 
and standard matched flooring, ceiling and 
partition. 

47. One-half inch width shall be allowed 
on factory flooring when grooved for splines, 
and three-quarter inch when tongued and 
grooved. 

48. One-half inch in width shall be al- 
lowed for working moulded base and casing, 
except on standard patterns finished on the 
quarter inch or three-quarter inch, for which 
shall be allowed one-quarter inch. 

49. One-quarter inch in addition to the 
width of the rabbett shall be allowed for 
working German Siding and Ship Lap. Un- 
less otherwise specified, the rabbett shall be 
one-half inch wide. 



27 



MATCHING 

50. All flooring, ceiling and partition 3-4 
in. thick and over shall be dressed two sides 
and center matched. All ceiling under 3-4 
in. thick shall be dressed one side and 
matched. 

DRESSING 

51. 1-8 in. shall be allowed to dress 4-4 
and 5-4 stock and edge boards one side. 

52. 3-16 in. shall be allowed to dress 4-4 
and 5-4 stock and edge boards two sides. 

53. 1-4 in. shall be allowed to dress 6-4 
and thicker one or two sides. 

54. 1-4 in. shall be allowed in dressing 
thicknesses of factory flooring. 

GRADES OF ROUGH AND DRESSED 
LUMBER 

55. All lumber shall be well manufac- 
tured and well dried. 

56. The basis of inspection shall be the 
best side of each piece. 

57. No. 1 Grade, 8 in. and under in 
width, shall have one side practically clear 
of all defects, but will admit two small 
pitch streaks or one standard pitch streak; 
the other side of the piece to grade No. 2 
or better except in 6-4 and thicker reverse 
side may grade No. 3 or better. Luinber 
over 8 in. in width, in addition to the pitch 
streaks mentioned, may have one small pitch 
pocket or sound pin knot or small pitch 
streak for each additional 2 in. of width, 
the reverse side to grade same as 8 in. and 
under. 

58. No. 2 Grade consists of boards with 
small, tight knots on the best side and will 
permit small pitch streaks whose combined 
area is less than 1-6 the area of the piece; 
the other side! to grade No. 3 or better, ex- 
cept 6-4 and thicker reverse side may grade 
Box or better. Pieces 8 in. in width and 
under may have any two of the following 
defects or their equivalent: 3 pin knots, 3 
small pitch pockets, 2 small pitch streaks. 
Pieces over 8 in. wide may have one of the 
following defects or its equivalent for each 

2 in. in width over 8 in. : One standard knot, 

3 pin knots, 3 small pitch pockets, 3 small 
pitch streaks, 1 standard pitch streak, or 
small seasoning checks. 

59. No. 3 Grade shall consist of tight 
knotted boards below the grade of No. 2, 
with one edge No. 2 or better on the best 
side of the piece, and containing not ex- 
ceeding 15 per cent, of stain. Stock boards 
6 in. and over in width shall have one edge 
No. 2 or better, one-fourth of the width of 
the piece on the best side. • 

Pieces 6 in. and over in width will admit 



the following defects: Tight or sound knots 
not over 1-4 the width of strip, pin knots if 
tight or sound, pitch pockets, pitch streaks 
(limited as hereinafter indicated), pinny 
boards which would otherwise grade No. 1 
or 2, No. 1 boards with 50 per cent. 
No. 2 boards with 33 1-3 per cent, pitch. • 
Lumber which would otherwise grade No. 1 
or 2, containing 25 per cent. Firm Red 
Heart, will be admitted in this grade. Lum- 
ber which would otherwise grade No. 1 and 
2, and which is stained not more than 50 
per cent, is admitted in this grade. 

Strips under 6 in. in width may havp the 
following defects: Tight or sound knot 
over 1-4 the width of the piece, and" will 
admit two standard knots if not located on 
the edge of the strip; 6 small pitch pockets; 
2 standard pitch pockets, and one large 
pitch pocket or their equivalent; pin holeis, 
if otherwise No. 1 and 2, 50 per cent, pitch 
if otherwise No. 1; 33 1-3 per cent, pitch if 
otherwise No. 2; 25 per cent. Red Heart if 
otherwise No. 1 and 2, and 50 per cent, 
stain if otherwise No. 1 and 2. 

The reverse or poorest side of all N 
lumber must grade Box or better. 

60. Box Grade shall consist of lumber 
below the grade of No. 3, containing pin, 
standard and large, reasonably sound knots, 
and stain not exceeding 25 per cent, and 
will admit pitch knots, encased knots, and 
spike knots which do not seriously affect 
strength of piece. This grade will admit 
pinny pieces which would otherwise grata 
No. 3; stained pieces otherwise No. 1 ana 2 j 
grade, which show over 50 per cent, stain, 
stained pieces otherwise grading No. 3 and 
showing not more than 33 1-3 per c >nt. 
stain, and pitchy pieces which are not de- 
sirable in No. 1, 2 and 3 grades. Lumber 
which would otherwise grade No. 1, 2 and 3, ' 
containing 50 per cent. Firm Red Henri, 
will be admitted to this grade. 

61. Culls. This grade shall consist < i 
boards below the grade of Box (except Ing 
Red Heart or Bark Strips) and which can 
be used with a waste not exceeding 25 | < . 
cent, and may contain 50 per cent. Firm 
Red Heart, except that 8, 10 and 12 in. 
shall crosscut sound in the widths for which 
they are shipped within the above limit of 
waste. 

62. Merchantable Red Heart. This grcwe ' 
shall consist of Red Heart boards wh I 
may be used with a waste of not exceeding 
25 per cent., except that 8, 10 and 12 in.-* 
shall crosscut sound in the widths for which/' 
they are shipped within the above limit of 
waste. 

63. Cull Red Heart. This grade shall 
consist of all Red Heart below the grade m 
Merchantable Red Heart, cutting up with 



28 



not more than 50 per cent, waste, except 
that 8, 10 and 12 in. shall cross cut sound 
in the widths for which they are shipped 
within the above limit of waste. 

64. Shop Lumber. No. 1 Shop shall con- 
sist of boards 4 inches and over wide, 8 
*eet and over long, which will develop 60 
>er cent, or better of cuttings or rippings, 
or both. 

No. 2 Shop, same as No. 1. Shop, except 
the percentage of cuttings and rippings shall 
be 40 per cent, or better. 

65. No. 1 and 2 Back Strips. This grade 
shall consist of lumber containing bark, 90 
per cent, of each lot inspected to show not 
less than 1-2 in. of wood on both edges, 
from * nd to end of piece, while admitting 
not over 10 per cent, showing less than 1-2 
in. of wood on edges, provided face is 75 
per cent, clear of bark or wane, and to be 
otherwise equal to the grade of No. 1 and 
No. 2 lumber. 

66. Box Bark Strips. This grade shall 
contain all bark strips falling below the 
description of- No. 1 and 2. 

67. Standard Lengths of Rough Lumber: 
8 to 3 6 feet, not exceeding 5 per cent, of 
8 ft. lengths. 

6S. The standard thickness of 4-4, 5-4, 
6-4, 7-4, 8-4, 10-4 and 12-4 rough lumber is 

1 in., 1 1-4 in., 1 1-2 in., 1 3-4 in., 2 in., 

2 1-2 and 3 in., respectively, but 25 per 
cent, may be 1-16 in. scant. 

69. Thin Boards are those cut thinner 
titan required in standard thickness of 4-4 
lumber, but will dress two sides to 5-8, and 
may be graded the same as standard thick- 
nesses. 

FLOORING 

70. Lengths. Standard lengths are from 
8 to 16 feet, in multiples of one foot, not 
to exceed 5 per cent, of 8 and 9 ft. lengths. 

71. Grades. No. 1, 2, 3 and 4 (meaning 
flat grain unless otherwise specified) and 
No. 1 and 2 Rift. 

72. No. 1 Flooring. Must be practically 
free from defects on the face side, well 
manufactured and grade No. 4 or better on 
reverse side. 

73= No. 2 Flooring. (See No. 2 grade), 
iust be well manufactured, and reverse side 
) grade No. 4 or better. 

74. No. 3 Flooring. (See No. 3 grade). 

75. No. 4 Flooring. This grade shall con- 
,t of all flooring below the grade of No. 3 

■ >d that can be laid without wasting over 
25 per cent, of any one piece. 

CEILING 

76. Lengths. Lengths 6 ft. to 16 ft. in 
multiples of 1 ft., not to exceed 5 per cent, 
of R a.id 7 ft. lengths. 



77. Grades. No. 1, 2, 3 and 4. 

78. No. 1 Ceiling. Must be practically 
free from defects on the face side, well 
manufactured and reverse side to grade No. 
4 or better. 

79. No. 2 Ceiling. (See No. 2 grade). 
Must be well manufactured and reverse side 
to grade No. 4 or better. 

80. No. 3 Ceiling. (See No. 3 grade). 

81. No. 4 Ceiling. This grade to consist 
of all ceiling below the grade of No. 3 and 
that can be laid without wasting over 25 
per cent, of any one piece. 

PARTITION 

82. Lengths. Standard lengths same as 
in ceiling. 

83. Grades. No. 1, 2, 3 and 4. 

84. Partition shall be graded according to 
the Rules for Flooring and Ceiling, but the 
reverse side shall not be more . than one 
<?rade lower than the face side. 

FENCING 

85. Lengths. Standard lengths same as 
partition. 

86. Grades. No. 1, 2, 3 and 4. 

87. Fencing shall be graded the same as 
Partition, the reverse side being only one 
grade lower than the face side. 

BASE AND CASING 

88. Lengths. Standard lengths same as 
ceiling. 

89. Grades. No. 1 and 2. 

90. Base and casing shall be graded same 
as flooring and ceiling, excepting the edges 
shall not be of lower grade than the face, 
but the reverse side or back may be No. 4 
or better. 

GERMAN, BEVEL AND DROP SIDING 

91. Lengths. Standard lengths same as 
ceiling. 

92. Grades. No. 1, 2, 3 and 4. 

93. Siding to be graded in the same man- 
ner as flooring and ceiling. 

RAILS 

94. Lengths. Standard lengths same as 
flooring. 

95. Grades. No. 1 and 2. 

96. Rails to be graded same as base and 
casing. 

MOULDINGS 

97. Lengths. Standard lengths same as 
ceiling. 



29 



98. Grades. No. 1. 

99. Mouldings are manufactured in one 
grade, unless by special contract. 

100. INo. 1 Mouldings must be practically 
free from defects and well manufactured, 
but will admit 10 per cent. No. 2 grade. 

FACTORY FLOORING AND ROOFERS 

101. Lengths. Standard lengths same as 
flooring. 

102. Grade same as Box lumber. 

103. Unless otherwise specified, factory 
flooring and roofers shall be worked tongued 
and grooved. 

STANDARD GAUGES 

104. The following are the standard 
matchings adopted by this Association for 
ceiling, flooring, partition, factory flooring 
and spline: 



1913 RULES FOR THE CLASSIFICAQ I Otf 

AND INSPECTION OF AIR-DRIEI 

NORTH CAROLINA PINE 

Adopted by 

The North Carolina Pine Association 

February 13th, 1913 

Air-Dried North Caroline Pine Boart 
thicknesses of 2 inches and under, and in 
lengths of 8 feet and over (in multipL 
2 feet), shall be graded and inspecte > ii 
follows : 

No. 1. Same as Kiln-dried (Rule 57). 

No. 2. Same as Kiln-dried (Rule 58), but 
admitting stain not exceeding 25 per i I 

No. 3. Same as Kiln-dried (Rule 59), 
mitting 50 per cent, stain. 

Box. Same as Kiln-dried (Rule 60), n 
admitting 75 per cent, stain. 

Culls. Same as Kiln-dried (Rule 61), bul 
admitting 100 per cent, stain. 

NOTE. — By "stain" in above rules It 
meant the usual blue sap stain. Wea 
stain, which is superficial, and will be re- 
moved by the usual dressing, is not to be 
considered a defect. 

VA. PINE FRAMING. Shall be mercli 
able lumber, and shall be free from 
defects as would prevent its use for ordi- 
nary building purposes; a small amoun" e 
Red Heart allowed. When a sufficient 
feet appears on the end of a piece, it must 
be reduced to the next regular length. 



PATTERNS OF 



H. (J. Pine German Siding 

Worked 13-16 x 5 «/* Inch face. \Yl»cn or 
tiering snip lop, always specify slxe of rabbet 




Orders for Stock Sbeiafi Conform to above Numbers, 



laul 



31 



?$ 

R 



1* 



i* 



i* 



^ 



i — j 
i ' 
• //* 

\/4\ 



t 

i 

% 

x. 

I 

— ♦.. 



/ iNCH FLOORING l 



//is 




/'A/NCMfLOOaiN^ 




/3/ 
//6 



/ INCH PARTITION* 




!**«-. 



rani 



**> 








-**- 



GRADING TIMBER ON THE STRENGTH 

BASIS 

Important Innovation Introduced "by Yellow 
Pine Manufacturers To Establish a 
Satisfactory Means of Deter- 
mining- Grades 

BY A. T. NORTH* 

Heretofore the grading of timber has been 
confined to establishing the maximum per- 
missible defects for each grade. There is a 
demand at present that timber be graded 
primarily on a basis of strength quality and 
that secondary consideration be given to the 
effect of defects and the permissible amount 
of the same. Timber is divided into groups 
by arbitrary lines of division and this is 
necessary because, as with all natural prod- 
ucts, the material is not uniform. Therefore 
each grade is based on a minimum strength 
quality with a maximum of defects. This 
lack of uniformity in the material makes it 
necessary to have several grades for the 
same kind of timber. 

The woods commercially available for struc- 
tural use are confined to. the conifers and of 
these the southern yellow pines furnish the 
bulk of the timber cut. with Douglas fir and 
the softer northern pines secondary in the 
order given. 

Investigators of the mechanical properties 
of coniferous woods agree on the following 
laws which are quoted from the Forest Serv- 
ice bulletin No. 108. 

"(1) The mechanical properties of timber 
beams are dependent upon (a) the quality of 
the wood irrespective of defects; (b) the 
character and location of defects. 

"(2) The mechanical properties of wood 
free from defects vary directly with* its dry 
weight. The relative dry weight of the dif- 
ferent pieces of wood of any species can be 
approximated by comparing the proportion of 
summerwood in each. 

"(3) The only defects which materially de- 
crease the breaking strength of timber beams 
are the more serious ones, such as large 
knots and cross grains occurring where fibres 
are subjected to comparatively high stress. 

"(4) All the species tested seem to be sub- 
ject to the same general laws regarding the 
relation of mechanical to physical properties." 

The grade of timber must of necessity be 
determined by visual inspection, owing to the 
lack of uniformity of the material. The cost 
of making an exact determination of the dry 
weight of each piece would be prohibitive, 
as it would be if each and every bag of ce- 
ment were tested. Cement, being a mechani- 



cal product, is uniform and visual inspection 
is of no value. In timber we can see the phy- 
sical characteristics and the defects, and 
easily determine the soundness of the ma- 
terial. 

It is the heavy dry weight which makes 
the southern yellow pine the strongest of the 
coniferous woods and it§ high percentage of 
resinous content makes it the most desirable 
of the strong woods. For this reason it is the 
standard with which all other woods are 
compared. 

The best known species of southern yellow 
pine are the loblolly, shortleaf and longleaf 
pines. The Cuban pine is not much known, 
as such, it being commonly grouped with the 
longleaf pines. It grows along the Gulf coast 
and owing to the soil and climatic conditions 
it has larger annular rings than the long- 
leaf and is stronger as shown by circular No. 
12, division of forestry. 

The illustrations showing the range of the 
physical characteristics of the first three 
species mentioned are made from photographs 
furnished by the Forest Products Laboratory 
at Madison, Wis. 

Loblolly Pine 

Figure 1. — This specimen is the weakest 
grade, due to its having very wide rings and 
to the very small percentage of summer- 
wood. 

Figure 3. — This is an ordinary quality ow- 
ing to the low percentage of summerwood 
and the wide rings. 

Shortleaf Pine 

Figure 4. — This is an illustration of the 
variation in this species, the specimen at the 
left having an average of eight rings per inch, 
with about 20 per cent of summerwood, and 
the other having an average of thirteen rings 
per inch with probably 50 per cent of summer- 
wood. 

Figures 5 and 6 also show the variation in 
this species. 

Longleaf Pine 

Figure 7. — These are very typical specimens 
of this species, close ringed with a large per- 
centage of summerwood. The eccentricity of 

*An address delivered recently before the 
Western Society of Engineers, reproduced by 
courtesy of the Lumber World Review, of 
Chicago. Readers should bear in mind that 
this address was delivered before a United 
States Association and make allowance for a 
few comparative references to Douglas fir, 
etc., with which they may not be inclined to 
agree. 



33 










Fig. 1. — Loblolly Pine of the weakest grade, showing the wide rings and small percentage 
of summerwood. 



- ..^■MOR - 





Fig. 3.— Loblolly Pine of the 
wood and the wide rings. 



ity owing to the low percentage of summer- 
34 



the heart centre Is notable. J. W. Martin, 
of Ludington, La., states that this condition 
is found in trees that are inclined and that 
the longer radius and the larger roots are al- 
ways on the upper side of the tree with ref- 
erence to its inclination. Here is also shown 
the very small percentage of sapwood charac- 
teristic of this variety. The preceding state- 
ment concerning season checks is here verified. 
Figure 8. — Referring to Figures 2, 5 and 6 
in connection with this figure, it is apparent 
why the counting of rings should be started 
at some distance from the heart centre, the 
scale in this case starting 2^4 inches from 
that point. This specimen would run prob- 
ably 20 per cent of summerwood with an 
average of 12 rings per inch. 

Figure 9 is a specimen showing regularity 
of ring widths, with unevenness of summer- 
wood, owing to climatic conditions. 

Figure 10 shows an unevenness of ring 
widths with a very large proportion of sum- 
merwood, ranging from 50 to 75 per cent. 

These few illustrations will demonstrate the 
impossibility of determining the botanical 
variety of these woods after they are manu- 
factured into timbers. Microscopic examina- 
tion also fails in this regard. 

In 1909, Committee Q of the American So- 
ciety for Testing Materials presented a pro- 
gress report on a method %f determining the 
botanical species based on the average num- 
ber of rings per inch measured over at least 
5 inches across the face of the stick. This 
committee recommended that wood having 15 
rings or more per inch be considered long- 
leaf pine; 8 to 15 rings per inch shortleaf 
pine; any timber having less than an average 
of 8 rings per inch shall be considered so 
porous that it is unfit for structural purposes. 
This finding was based on measuring a large 
number of trees but not on a 'sufficiently wide 
range of soil and climatic conditions to be 
of value. (See report of the twelfth annual 
meeting, 1909, American Society for Testing 
Materials.) Climatic and soil conditions have 
a very important effect on the annual growth 
of the trees and a longleaf pine grown in 
southern Louisiana will look very different 
from one grown on the hills of central Alaba- 
ma. It is apparent that this scheme of de- 
termining botanical species is not practical. 
The American Society for Testing Materials 
has never voted on or adopted any recom- 
mendation appertaining to this matter, al- 
though such an opinion prevails. 

The number of rings per inch, with no other 
qualifications, is not indicative of anything 
other than the mere fact that this number 
exists. It serves, however, when considered 
in connection with the percentage of summer- 
wood, as an index of the dry weight of the 




Fig. 2. — Loblolly Pine showing other speci- 
mens of the wide ring variety. 



35 




Fig. 4. — Shortleaf Pine, showing the varia- 
tion in the species. 



timber which has a direct relation to its 
strength quality. 

That there is an appreciable overlapping 
of the species is shown in Circular 15, divi- 
sion of forestry, wherein it appears that "the 
average highest 10 per cent of tests" on short- 
leaf and loblolly pine exceeded the average of 
all. tests on longleaf pine by 14 per cent. This 
would show that a strict botanical classifica- 
tion would exclude much of the better grade 
of shortleaf pine which is superior to the 
"average lowest 10 per cent of tests" on long- 
leaf pine. 

The next public appearance of the rings 
per inch scheme is in Bulletin No. 108, Forest 
Service, issued September 23, 1912, which 
was preceded by Circular No. 189 in form of 
an advance report. From page 11, under topi- 
cal heading of "southern yellow pine," is 
quoted: "The term 'southern yellow pine' is 
applied collectively to practically all of the 
pines of the southern states which are manu- 
factured into lumber. On the market the 
manufactured lumber is divided into two 
classes, longleaf and shortleaf. Material with 
more than 8 or 10 rings per inch, and con- 
taining a comparatively large amount of sum- 
merwood and less than 30 per cent of sap- 
wood, is called longleaf pine; while material 
with fewer than 10 rings per inch, slow-grow- 
ing material that is light in weight and which 
contains much sapwood, is called shortleaf 
pine. Commercially, therefore, the terms 
longleaf and 'shortleaf are descriptive of 
quantity and have little botanical signifi- 
cance." This paragraph has a footnote read- 
ing: "See 'standard specifications for struc- 
tural timbers,' American Society for Testing 
Materials." This is a very misleading state- 
ment. The "standard classification of struc- 
tural timber, adopted September 1, 1907, 
reads: 'Southern Yellow Pine.' — Under this 
heading two classes of timbers are used, (a) 
longleaf pine, (b) shortleaf pine. It is under- 
stood that these two terms are descriptive. of 
quality, rather than of botanical species. 
Thus, shortleaf pine would cover such species 
as are now known as North Carolina pine, 
loblolly pine and shortleaf pine. 'Longleaf 
pine' is descriptive of quality, and if Cuban, 
shortleaf or loblolly pine is grown under 
such conditions that it produces a large 
percentage of hard summerwood, so as to be 
equivalent to the wood produced by the true 
longleaf, it would be covered by the term 
'longleaf pine.' " There is no mention of 
"rings per inch" but it accepts the best grades 
of the shortleaf, Cuban and loblolly pines as 
equal to the longleaf variety. 

The quotation from Bulletin No. 108, above 
referred to, gave birth to a large number of 
specifications promulgated by various persons, 
corporations and proposed building codes. To 

36 




Fig. 5.— Shortleaf Pine, 
variations of species. 



showing further 



Fig. 6.— Shortleaf 
variations of species. 



Pine, showing further 



37 



an engineer the words "comparative" or 
"comparatively large amount of hard sum- 
merwood" appear ridiculous when applied 
to a quantity that can be measured by vol- 
ume, weight or otherwise, and such a phrase 
incorporated in a specification or building 
code would only result in disputes and litiga- 
tion. 

On page 60 of this same bulletin is found a 
tentative grading rule consisting of a set of 
definitions and rules which can be applied to 
the grading of structural timbers cut from 
any of the species discussed in that bulletin, 
these species being: longleaf pine, shortleaf 
pine, loblolly pine, Douglas fir, western larch, 
tamarack, western hemlock, redwood, Nor- 
way pine, red spruce and white spruce. It 
will be noted that the Forest Service pro- 
poses to apply a ring rule to all of the woods 
above mentioned, but this idea is not get gen- 
erally accepted. 

This tentative grading rule, considered aside 
from the- permissible defects, is based on a 
definition of "dense wood" which is required 
in both grades. This quality, dense wood, 
is defined as: 

1. — Wood that shows more than eight rings 
per inch, or the rings of which contain more 
than 30 per cent of summerwood. 

2. — Wood which is resilient; that is, which 
when struck with a hammer or similar blunt 
instrument, gives a sharp, clear sound, while 
the hammer shows a marked tendency to re- 
bound and the wood to recover from the effects 
of the blow. 

These properties are to be judged from an 
inspection of the cross section of the timber. 

Without discussing the permissible defects 
in these grades, it can be said that these rules 
are the first to define the location of defects. 
For this purpose the timber is divided into 
three volume? or zones. What is termed vol- 
ume 1 is the lower quarter of the middle half, 
or the zone affected by tension; volume 2 is 
the upper quarter of the middle half, or the 
zone affected by compression; volume 3 is 
the balance of the stick, or the zone 
containing the neutral axis and affected 
by horizontal shear, compression perpendicu- 
lar to the grain at ends and vertical shear. 
The consideration given to the location of de- 
fects in this rule is a notable advance in the 
formulating of such rules. 

A recent purchase of yellow pine timbers 
for the Panama Canal was based on the fol- 
lowing rule: 

Quality No, 1: In large dimension or tim- 
bers there must show on the cross section at 
least six annual growth rings between the 
third and fourth inch measured from the heart 
centre or pith; however, wide ringed material 
will be acceptable provided that in the great- 
er number of the annual rings the dark ring is 



hard and in width equal to or greater than 
the adjacent light colored ring. 

In small dimensions material (up to 4x6's) 
where strength and durability are the prime 
considerations, there must be an average of 
six rings per inch over the entire cross sec- 
tion of the piece. 

Quality No. 2: Yellow pine not meeting 
above specifications. 

This rule was devised by 0. T. Swan, in 
charge oif industrial investigation, Forest 
Service, Washington, D. C. Concerning this 
rule, Mr. Swan states that it originated in a 
dispute between the Panama Canal inspectors 
and contractors over a cargo of longleaf pine 
sold under the Gulf Coast rules. There was a 
decidedly wide range in the quality of the 
material delivered and to settle the dispute 
the Forest Service was called in. By applying 
the rule above given, the matter was handled 
to the satisfaction of both parties. Later the 
rule was tried out in company with inspectors 
of the Pennsylvania railroad and the Boston 
Elevated railroad upon material on the dif- 
ferent docks and was found to classify ma- 
terial in a way satisfactory for their purposes. 
Botanists connected with the Forest Service 
later made further investigations in the 
woods to afford an additional check on the 
rule. 

The latest development in these matters 
was the adoption of a rule by the classifica- 
tion committee of structural material of the 
Yellow Pine Manufacturers' Association on 
May 4. The board of directors of this asso- 
ciation approved the rule and it will be ten- 
tative until passed on by the association at 
its semi-annual convention in July. 

There are two grades provided for and 
called "select structural" and "No. 1 struc- 
tural." 

Select Structural Grade: All timber shall be 
sound and sawed to standard sizes, dense, free 
from such defects as ring shake showing on 
the faces, injurious cross grain, unsound knots 
and decay. 

Stringer forms must not have encased or 
large sound knots in volume 1; must not have 
large encased knots in volume 2, or unsound 
knots in volume 3. Beam, post, sill and other 
forms may have sound knots or hard, firm 
encased knots, the aggregate diameter of 
which does not exceed the width of the face 
they are in; but no one knot shall exceed 4 
inches in diameter; stringer forms shall show 
three-quarter heart at any point on the nar- 
row faces and post; beam and sill and other 
forms more nearly square shall show three- 
quarter heart on all faces at any point. 

The measurement of knots shall be at right 
angles with the grain of the knot. 

No. 1 Structural: Shall include timber an- 
swering in all respects to select structural, 



38 









Fi S- 7. — Longleaf Pine; typical specimens, with close rings and a large percentage of 
summerwood. 




Fig. 8. — Longleaf Pine; this specimen would run about twenty percent of summerwood. 



40 



except that a greater proportion of sap or no 
restriction as to sap will be allowed, making 
timbers suitable for treatment and distin- 
guishing them from No. 1 common timber. 

In the above rule dense wood is defined as 
follows: Having the following characteristics 
showing on the cross-section and appearing in 
the third, fourth and fifth inches of a radial 
line from the pith or heart, centre; an average 
of six or seven rings, provided that in the 
greater number, of rings one-fourth or more 
of the ring is summerwood; an average of six 
or seven rings, provided that in the greater 
number of the rings one-third or more of the 
ring is summerwood; or wider ringed material 
if in the greater number of rings one-half or 
more of the ring is summerwood; must show a 
sharp contrast in color between springwood 
and summerwood. 

It is believed that this rule will supply] 
the proper proportion of summerwood in the 
various combinations given to give a uni- 
formly strong and durable wood. It is essen- 
tial that the summerwood be dark in color 
showing a strong contrast with the spring- 
wood. In specimens where the summerwood 
is light in color it is found to be light in 
weight and consequently lacking in strength. 

The increasing of the proportion of the 
summerwood. in the wider ringed material is 
made necessary by the fact that this quicker 
growth material is generally more brittle 
and less strong than the closer ringed ma- 
terial. 

This rule combines the inclusion of the 
wide ringed material as incorporated in the 
specification for the Panama Canal timbers 
and the location of defects as included in the 
tentative rule given in Bulletin No. 108. 

This is the first rule promulgated by an as- 
sociation of producers which attempts to 
grade structural timbers for building pur- 
poses on a basis of strength quality, and is 
also the first rule that defines the location of 
defects in a scientific manner. 

The classification committee of structural 
material of the Yellow Pine Manufacturers' 
Association consists of M. B. Nelson, chair- 
man; I. H. Fetty, C. E. Slagle, W. J. Hay- 
nen, J. H. Eddy and J. W. Martin. They had 
the earnest and active assistance of Geo. K. 
Smith, secretary of the association; John A. 
Newlin, engineer in charge of timber tests, 
Forest Products Laboratory, Madison, Wis. ; 
0. T. Swan, in charge of industrial investiga- 
tion, Forest Service, Washington, D. C, and 
the writer. It represents the combined offer- 
ings of the practical woodsman, the lumber 
producer, the scientific investigator and the 
engineer. 





Fig. 9. — Longleaf Pine; a specimen showing 
a regularity of ring widths. 



41 




lis 



Fig. 10. — Longleaf Pine; a specimen show- 
ing an unevenness of ring widths. 



42 




43 




£ £ £ £ £ £ 

o p o o o o 
t-i i* u i* i* u> 

*£#^^ 

O <M C5 oo CO CO 
CO lH t>I CvJ r-5 Cn? 



O 3.S 

? 5 C2 *-< © ° 

P-l ., . © 3 CQ 

■3§2§5go *»^*m*. 
U fc jt "3 ft'E © 3 3 3 3 3 3 

^ in ^O © ftftftftftft 

,Cj i-i rf _i e. . 

"^ ^ ft © g © >> W g 03 W M 02 

*jq ftcO r^pdS r-.^-. r ^_ Mr ^ 

°S^' C! cSS3 C<l CO Tj< ^ CO CO 
O H Oj ^ » © 

r-i^S'^O O HrHH 

^ ^ o v 5 -^ ^=s 

2 ^ © -S tj &fl ^ SSJBBO 
~ O R d &D-2 £ ^ ^ *h h Jh J4 

%%%&"£'% $S$$S£ 

3 d , ,J2 3 co"5ooTjHc\ias 

(V) s-i x ^ © 

ftd ft g.2 3© .... 

d •- <D (D ,d 43 ^ 

^^^ £ rtH 

— ■ ft d ^ 5 
ft -3 d >a a* © 
«w w <u a 

£3 bo ft- tl 3 s 
-* v .3 os cq h <h 



«H «H «H «H «H <H 

3 3 s* p p* 3 

o o o o o o 

Jh u, fi i-i S-. u 

© a> © © © © 
ftftftft ftft 



H <M CO -^ It} CO 










c3 (1) 

-»-> O 
e ° 



a3£ 

M 



fcf) 

5 



45 



THE WHITE PINE ASSOCIATION OF 
THE TONAWANDAS 

White pine has always been acknowledged 
as the best of all woods for every place and 
every purpose. As far back as records go 
in this country it has stood at the head for 
durability and ease of working. In recent 
years the impression has gained ground 
that white pine was so scarce and hard to 
get that users, while admitting its superior- 
ity. Lave accepted substitutes. While its 
cost has increased, owing to the more re- 
mote districts producing it, the Tonawandas 
are easily able to disprove the statement 
that white pine is hard to get. 

Situated at the foot of the Great Lakes, 
with all the North and West its tributaries, 
these twin cities can supply promptly all 
demands of the East. 

Hundreds of millions of feet of white 
pine are always in pile, planing mills and 
box factories are always running. The 
Eastern dealers profit by being able to carry 
minimum stocks when doing business in this 
market of quick deliveries. More as well 
as more uniform grades are made in Tona- 
wanda than any other lumber center. 

The following is not a specification, but 
is a description of the grades as made as 
nearly as possible. 

No technical specification of Tonawanda 
grades can be made, as the line between 
is not absolute, and what are known as 
'Liners" are intended to be evenly divided, 
an equal number of pieces being put in the 
upper and in the lower grade. Again, the 
character of the lumber influences the qual- 
ity of the grades, and the inspector's judg- 
ment is expected to govern. In other words, 
when the lumber runs good, the "Liners" 
are put up, and when the lumber runs poor, 
the "Liners" are put down, thereby en- 
deavoring to keep the grades even. It must 
always be remembered that wider and 
thicker lumber will take larger defects than 
narrow stock. 

The range of values given is merely ap- 
proximate, varying in different localities and 
with supply and demand. It is given mere- 
ly as a guide to the builder or architect in 
making his selection. 

DESCRIPTION OF GRADES OF NORTH- 
ERN WHITE PINE LUMBER AS 
MADE IN THE TONAWANDAS 

UPPERS 

Highest grade of White Pine made in this 
market, consisting of 1st and 2d Clear, 8 in. 
and wider, 10 to 16 ft. long, 1st Clear be- 



ing strictly clear both sides, 2d Clear ad- 
mitting of slight sap on edges or ends of 
piece or one or two pencil knots. 

Uses 

Suitable for pattern purposes, organ and 
piano building or any place where practi- 
cally clear lumber^ is required. 

SELECTS 

The second grade of White Pine, put up 
8 in. and wider, 10 to 16 ft. long and what 
is known as 3d Clear, admitting of a slight 
amount of sap and an occasional pin knot, 
varying in number and size according to the 
width and thickness of the piece. 



Suitable for the same purposes as uppers 
where slightly greater defects are admitted. 

Value 

About $10 per M'. less than uppers. 

FINE COMMON 

The 3d grade of White Pine is put up 
8 in. and wider, 10 to 16 ft. long, admit- 
ting of bright sap, covering half of the face 
of the board, some stain on back and occa- 
sionally a little running over on one or two 
edges. Admits of a few small pencil knots, 
varying in size and number according to the 
width and thickness of the piece. Practi- 
cally free from shake, but admitting of 
slight shake showing only on one side or 
one end of piece. The grade is usually free 
from stain. 

Uses 

Suitable for high-grade finishing lumber, 
for exterior and interior work requiring 
practically clear face stock. 

Value 

About $15 per M. less than Selects. 

No. 1 CUTS 

Put up 6 in. and wider, 10 to 16 ft. long. 
This grade is put up with a view of cutting 
good sized sections of Clear Lumber and 
must cut 66 2-3 per cent, or more clear, 
except bright sap in reasonable length sec- 
tions. This grade is not intended for use 
in the full length of the board, but cuts up 
exceptionally well for pattern lumber, shop 



47 



use or any purpose where Clear Lumber is 
wanted. 

Uses 

Suitable for making patterns, door and 
trim factories and general cutting up pur- 



Value 

About $12 per M. less than Fine Common. 

No. 2 CUTS 

Graded the same as No. 1 Cuts, except 
that the percentage of cutting required is 
from 50 per cent, to 66 2-3 per cent, in 
somewhat shorter sections. 

Uses 

This grade is suitable for sash, door and 
trim factories and pattern lumber where 
short sections are required and for general 
cutting up purposes. 

Value 

In inch about $20 per M., and in thicker 
about $12 per M. less than No. 1 Cuts. 

No. 3 CUTS 

The next lower grade of cutting up lum- 
ber, containing 35 per cent, to 50 per cent. 
clear cutting in short sections. A slight 
amount of stain admitted. 

Uses 

Suitable for the manufacture of sash and 
blinds or any purpose where short sections 
of clear lumber are used. 

Value 

In inch about $6 per M. less, and in 5-4 
and thicker about $15 per M. less than No. 
2 Cuts. 

No. 1 MOULDINGS 

4 in. to 7 in. wide, 10 to 16 ft. long, 
practically free from defects on one face 
except bright sap, admitting of a slight 
amount of stain or other defect on back 
which does not interfere with the use of 
the board for one face purposes. 

Uses 

This is particularly suitable for making 
good Mouldings or clear face Trim or for 
any purpose where clear face lumber is 
wanted. 



Value 

About $10 per M. less than Fine Common. 

No. 2 MOULDINGS 

This grade is the reject from No. 1 
Mouldings and admits of slightly more de- 
fect and stain on face. Same widths and 
lengths. 

Uses 

Suitable for a cheaper grade of Moulding 
and Trim. Very desirable for finishing lum- 
ber where narrow widths are wanted, ad- 
mitting of slight defects to be used without 
waste in cutting. 

Value 

About $10 per M. less than No. 1 Mould- 
ings. 

STAINED SAPS 

4 in. and wider, 10 to 16 ft. long, No. 1 
Cuts and better, largely Fine Common and 
better for knot, admitting of any amount of 
stained sap, but practically free from shake 
and other defect. 

Uses 

Very suitable for any outside or inside 
finish or low price grade of mouldings f and 
trim where the work is to be painted. 

Value 

About $5 per M. less than No. 2 Mould- 
ings. 

STAR CLEAR 

4 in. and wider, 10 to 16 ft. long, the 
rejects of Fine Common and better on ac- 
count of slight shake. No. 1 Cuts and bet- 
ter, largely Fine Common and better for 
knot, admitting of shake, but practically 
free from other defect. 

Uses 

Very suitable for inside trim and any pur- 
pose where clear lumber is desired and 
slight shake defect is not objectionable. 

Value 

About $2 to $5 per M. less than No. 2 
Mouldings. 

No. 1 SHELVING AND DRESSING 

This is a high grade of finishing lumber 
and admits of small, sound knots, is prac- 



48 



tically free of other defects. Knots not 
usually larger than a twenty-five cent piece, 
and varying slightly in size and number 
according to the width and thickness of the 
piec*. 

Uses 

Very desirable for inside and outside 
finishing lumber where small sound knots 
are not objectionable. Also suitable for 
pattern lumber for large work and a small, 
sound knotted grade can be used. 

Value 

In inch about $10 and in 5-4 and thicker 
about $6 per M. less than No. 2 Mouldings. 

No. 2 DRESSING 

This grade is put up No. 1 Barn and 
better for knot, admitting slight shake or 
stain defect. The majority of the knots are 
the same as contained in No. 1 Shelving 
and Dressing. 

Uses 

It is particularly suitable for mill pur- 
poses and for inside and outside work where 
a slightly lower grade of lumber is wanted 
than No. 1 Shelving and Dressing. 

Value 

About $4 to $6 per M. less than No. 1 
Shelving and Dressing. 

No. 1 SHELVING 

This grade is put up 1x10 in. and wider 
stock widths, the same grade as No. 1 
Shelving and Dressing with the exception 
that the same must show two good edges. 

Uses 

This grade is intended for high-class 
Shelving, exterior finish and for other pur- 
poses requiring a high-class stock pine 
board. 

Value 

About $5 more than No. 1 Shelving and 
Dressing. 

No. 2 SHELVING 

No. 1 . Barn and better for knot, showing 
one good edge, but practically free from 
other defects. 

Uses 

Used for the same purposes as No. 1 
Shelving, where only one good edge shows, 
or a slightly lower grade is wanted. 



Value 

About $5 per M. less than No. 1 Shelving. 

No. 1 BARN 

May contain any reasonable number of 
small, sound knots, usually r^d, largely 
round, but admitting of an occasional branch 
knot of small size, free from shake or stain, 
the size of the knot varying in accordance 
with the width of the board. The 5-4 and 
thicker admitting of slightly larger sound 
knots than inch boards. 

Uses 

Very suitable for outside finish, stepping, 
flooring, cornice, novelty siding and any ex- 
terior purpose requiring a lasting, sound and 
desirable wood. 

Value 

About $3 to $6 per M. less than No. 1 
Shelving and Dressing, according to the 
thickness required. 

No. 2 BARN 

Admits of larger sized knots than No. 1 
Barn, practically all red knotted, free from 
shake or stain and free from any knots that 
will impair the strength of the board. 

Uses 

Suitable where slightly larger knots can 
be " used. Very desirable for barn siding, 
novelty siding, flooring, shelving, fencing, 
etc. 

Value 

About $3 to $6 per M. less than No. 1 
Barn, according to the thickness. 

No. 3 BARN 

Admits of coarse, sound knots, free from 
knots that will knock out in dressing, prac- 
tically free from shake, admitting of stain 
where the board is otherwise No. 2 Barn 
and better for knot. 

Uses 

Suitable for barn siding, cheap novelty 
siding, fencing, cellar partitions, or any 
outside work where a coarse, sound board 
of long lasting qualities is desired. 

Value 

About $5 to $7 per M., according to the 
width and thickness, less than No. 2 Barn. 



49 



No. 1 BOX 

This grade admits coarse knots, regard- 
less of size, also a reasonable amount of 
shake or stain. The Tonawanda grade of 
No. 1 Box is a good practical board for 
coarse work, including the manufacture of 
high-grade boxes, shelving, flask purposes 
and cheap flooring, also very desirable for 
sheathing, and sub-floors for high-grade 
houses where lasting qualities are desired. 

Value 

About $3 to $5 per M. less than No. 3 
Barn. 

The Tonawanda market, for the con- 
venience of its customers, carries the follow- 
ing kinds of lumber, which can be furnished 
in mixed cars with White Pine: 



MAPJLE FLOORING 

OAK FLOORING 

FIR FLOORING 

RED CEDAR BEVEL FLOORING 

SPRUCE BEVEL SIDING 

RED WOOD BEVEL SIDING 

WHITE SPRUCE 

HEMLOCK 

NORWAY PINE 

FIR STEPPING 

RED CEDAR SHINGLES 

BALED SHAVINGS 

STAINED SHINGLES 

SPRUCE SHINGLE LATH 

CYPRESS 

BOX SHOOKS 

50 



WHITE PINE 



BEVEL SIDING 

ALL GRADES 

MOULDINGS 

ANY PATTERN 

LATTICE 
PICKETS 
BOX SHOOKS 
DIMENSION SHINGLES 

SQUARE BUTT OR FANCY 
AS PER PATTERN 



FANCY BUTT PATTERNS 

5 3 4 




COVE 



DIAMOND ROUND DIAMOND OCTAGON 

6 6 7 8 



V 




HEXAGON O.G. COVE ACORN 



THE TONAWANDA MARKETS 

Standard Patterns for Novelty and Cove Siding 




Unless otherwise called for, rabbet will be made %-tnca 
Please order by n«nb«r 



51 



GRADING RULES FOR MAPLE, BEECH 
AND BIRCH FLOORING. 

Adopted November 14, 1912, and published by 

Maple Flooring: Manufacturers' Association, 
807 Stock Exchange Building-, Chicago, 111. 

Clear. — 13/16 inch and thicker, shall have 
one face free of all defects, but the question 
of color shall not be considered. Standard 
lengths in all widths in this grade shall be 
trimmed 2 to 16 feet; the proportion of 
lengths 2 to 3V 2 feet shall be what the stock 
will produce up to 15 per cent. 

No. 1. — 13/16 inch and thicker, will admit 
of tight, sound knots and slight imperfections 
in dressing, but must lay without waste. 
Standard lengths in all widths in this grade 
shall be trimmed \y 2 to 16 feet; the pro- 
portion of lengths 1% to 3% feet shall 
be what the stock will produce up to 30 
per cent. 

Factory. — 13/16 inch and thicker, must 
be of such character as will lay and give a 
good serviceable floor. Standard lengths in 
all widths in this grade shall be trimmed 1 
to 16 feet; the proportion of lengths 1 to 3% 
feet shall be what the stock will produce 
up to 50 per cent. 

Standard Measurement. 

Flooring % inch and thicker, all faces, 
is measured % inch waste for matching. 

Flooring y 2 inch and thinner, all faces, 
is measured y 2 inch waste for matching. 

Jointed flooring, all thicknesses and faces, 
is measured V<± inch waste. 

Characteristics of Grades. 

While the grades are well defined in the 
Grading Rules, the characteristics of each 
grade are more fully described as follows: 

Clear has one face free of all defects that 
will impair its general appearance and dur- 
ability, but the question of color and mild 
discoloration is not considered, and an occa- 
sional slight discoloration caused by the 
cross-piece used in piling the rough lumber 
during the process of air-seasoning is no*t 
classified as a defect. 

White Clear is special stock manufactured 
from White Clear Maple lumber from the 
outside of the log, winter-sawed and end- 
piled in sheds to prevent staining, is almost 
ivory white, and is the finest grade of Maple 
flooring it is possible to produce. 

Jted Qlear Beech and Red Clear Birch are 



manufactured from all-red face stock, es- 
pecially selected for color .and are free from 
all defects. The color is a rich warm tint 
peculiar to no other wood. 

No. 1 admits of tight sound knots and 
slight imperfections in dressing and the more 
prominent discolorations not admitted in the 
grade of Clear, and lays without waste. 

Factory is of such a character as will lay 
and give a good serviceable floor for factory, 
warehouse and kindred uses. 

Custom Governing Re-Inspection. 

In the manufacture and grading of Maple, 
Beech and Birch flooring, the highest type 
of machinery and workmen are employed, but 
years of experience have shown that the 
most efficient inspectors will occasionally let 
some pieces slip into the wrong grade. Con- 
sequently if a re-inspection does not result 
in a difference in favor of the party com- 
plaining of more than 2 per cent, in money 
value from the original inspection, the party 
demanding the re-inspection shall accept the 
flooring as originally graded and pay all ex- 
penses connected with the re-inspection. 

The quality of the flooring in the condition 
in which it leaves the manufacturer is held 
to govern the grade, as subsequent lack of 
care or improper treatment in laying, 
scraping or finishing are not chargeable 
to the manufacturer. 

Advantages of Standard Lengths. 

It will be found more advantageous to 
specify and use the Standard run of lengths 
in the different grades instead of special long 
lengths because lengths selected 4 feet or 6 
feet and longer are much more expensive 
without compensating benefits. 

Modern perfected methods of manufac- 
turing hardwood flooring produce a larger 
proportion of shorter lengths than the old- 
time methods, because the defects are cut 
out closer, thus improving the average qual- 
ity of the flooring, and experience has demon- 
strated that shorter lengths combined with 
longer lengths cost no more to lay and make 
as good or better floor at a material saving 
in cost than all long lengths. The shorter 
lengths can also be used to advantage in 
closets and other small spaces. 

The stand of Maple, Beech and Birch 
stumpage is limited and is becoming rapidly 
depleted, and the sentiment in favor of con- 
servation of forest resources is strongly in 
favor of the utilization to the greatest ex- 
tent of these valuable woods, especially when 
the result attained in the finished floor is in 
nowise depreciated.* 



52 



Strable Lumber & Salt Co. 

Successors to 

STRABLE MANUFACTURING CO. 

Manufacturers of 

Maple and Oak Flooring: 

5/4 or 1 1/6 Maple Flooring a Specialty 

Wolverine Brand 
Maple Flooring* 

Tofoo Brand Oak Flooring* 



WORTH REMEMBERING 

We can ship : 

13/16 x 2 and 2M " face Plain Oak Flooring in 

mixed cars with Maple and Birch Flooring 

and Our Northern Hardwoods 



EASTERN SALES OFFICE 

101 Park Ave., (*£££) New York City 

Telephones, 2800-2801-2802 Murray Hill 
R. A. BROWN, Manager 

Main Office and Mills: SAGINAW, MICH. 



63 



OAK FLOORING 
Grading: Rules 
Quarter-Sawed 

Clear — Shall have one face practically 
free of defects, except % of an inch of 
bright sap; the question of color shall not 
be considered; lengths in this grade to be 
2 feet and up, not to exceed 15 per cent, 
under 4 feet. 

Sap Clear — Shall have one face practically 
free of defects, but will admit unlimited 
bright sap. The question of color shall not 
be considered. Lengths in this grade to be 
1 foot and up. 

Select — May contain bright sap, and will 
admit pin-worm holes, slight imperfections in 
dressing, or a small tight knot, not to ex- 
ceed 1 to every 3 feet in length; lengths to 
be 1 foot and up. 

Plain Sawed 

Clear — Shall have one face practically free 
from defects, except % of an inch of bright 
sap; the question of color shall not be con- 
sidered; lengths in this grade to be 2 feet 
and up, not to exceed 15 per cent, under 
4 feet. 

Select — May contain bright sap, and will 
admit pin-worm holes, slight imperfections 
in dressing, or a small tight knot, not to 
exceed 1 to every 3 feet in length; lengths 
to be 1 foot and up. 

No. 1 Coir.mon — Shall be of such nature 
as will make and lay a sound floor without 
cutting. Lengths 1 foot and up. 



Factory — May contain every character of 
defects, but will lay a serviceable floor with 
some cutting. Lengths 1 foot and up. 

In ordering Oak Flooring, be sure and 
state whether Plain or Quarter-Sawed Red 
or White is desired. 

The Use of Different Grades 

Clear, Quarter-Sawed, Red or White — High 
class residences, hotels, apartment houses 
and club houses. 

Sap Clear, Select, Quartered, Red or White 
— An economical substitute for Clear Quar- 
tered where a dark finish is desired. These 
grades make a flooring equally durable as 
the first grade. 

Clear, Plain Sawed, Red or White — High 
class residences, hotels, apartment houses, 
churches and club houses. 

Select, Plain Sawed, Red or White — Me- 
dium priced residences, hotels and apart- 
ments; schools, office buildings and stores. 



No. 1 Common — Cheap dwellings, tene- 
ments, stores, high-class factories and manu- 
facturers' buildings. 

Factory — Warehouses, factories and cheap 
tenements. 

Standard Thicknesses and Widths 

13/16" Thickness; Widths iy 2 " face, 2" 
face and 2*4" face. 

%" Thickness; Widths Vfa" face and 2" 
face. 

Widths 

The IY2" face makes a fetter, more serv- 
iceable and handsomer floor than any other 
width. The shading of the figure of the 
wood may be blended more harmoniously 
than when the wider strips are used. The 
laying waste in the 13/16"xl%" face is less 
than 2" face, as it is counted %" for the 
tongue and groove, whereas in the broader 
widths it is counted %". The cost per 
thousand feet is less than in the wider 
widths, which offsets additional cost for 
labor in laying. 

The 2" and 2y±" faces are the widths 
more generally used in 13/16" thickness, and 
%" thickness, either iy 2 " or 2" face, as 
conditions demand it. 

How to Arrive at the Amount of 
Oak Flooring Required 

To cover a certain space, figure the num- 
ber of square feet, which means the width 
multiplied by the length; for instance, a 
room 12 feet wide by 15 feet long would 
contain twelve times fifteen or 180 square 
feet. Add to the square feet of surface to 
be covered the following percentages: 

33%% for 13/16"xiy 2 " 

S7y 2 % for 13/16"x2" 

33y 3 % for 13/16"x2^" 

33V 3 % for %"xiy 2 " 

25% for %"x2" 

The above figures are based on laying 
flooring straight across the room. Where 
there are bay windows, hearths and other 
projections, allowance should be made for 
excessive cutting. 

Standard Weights of Oak Flooring 

13/16"x2%" face 2200 lbs. per 1000 feet 

13/16"x2" face 2100 lbs. per 1000 feet 

13/16"xl%" face 2000 lbs. per 1000 feet 

%"x2" face 1200 lbs. per 1000 feet 

%"xl%" face 1000 lbs. per 1000 feet 

In ordering Oak Flooring, be sure and 
state whether Plain or Quarter-Sawed, Red 
or White is desired. 



65 



Handling Oak Flooring 

Oak Flooring is very often damaged after 
it leaves the factory by rough treatment. 
Handlers of Oak Flooring often treat it as 
ordinary lumber. This is a mistake, and 
often results in serious damage to the floor- 
ing. 

Oak Flooring leaves the factory in perfect 
condition. The lumber has been air-dried, 
kiln-dried, cooled and milled accurately. Be- 
fore shipping, it is stored in dry, well ven- 
tilated warehouses. Oak Flooring is shipped 
in box cars and should therefore reach the 
dealer in good condition. It should not be 
unloaded in rainy weather, and if the at- 
mosphere is damp, the wagon should be cov- 
ered with tarpaulin. It should never be 
piled in open sheds, even though protected 
by a roof, as any wood absorbs moisture 
from the air at the exposed ends. Stock 
then swells, impairing the accuracy of the 
mill work, and flooring thus carelessly 
handled often shrinks after having been laid, 
leaving unsightly cracks. 

Oak Flooring should never be laid in a 
new building while the walls and plaster 
are damp; it should be the last work done 
in the building. It is most important that 
the brick or stone work, concrete and fire- 
proof filling be thoroughly dry before the 
flooring is laid. To secure the best results, 
the better plan is not to lay the Oak Floor- 
ing until the painting, wall papering and 
decorating have been done and are thor- 
oughly dry. 

Laying Oak Floors 

The laying of Oak Flooring is not very 
difficult. Any first-class carpenter can make 
a good job. Some judgment and care is 
very necessary in order to produce the best 
results. 

A sub-floor should be used under both the 
13/16" and %" thicknesses. The sub-floor 
should be reasonably dry and laid diagon- 
ally. Boards of (about 6" wide are pre- 
ferred. These boards should not be put 
down too tight and should be thoroughly 
dried off and cleaned before the Oak Floor- 
ing is laid. 

It is well to use a damp proof paper be- 
tween the Oak Flooring and the sub-floor. 
Where sound proof results are desired, a 
heavy deadening felt is recommended. 

Oak Flooring should be laid at an angle 
to the sub-floor. After laying and nailing 
three or four pieces, use a short piece of 
Hardwood 2x4 placed against the tongue, 
and drive it up. 

The nailing of Oak Flooring is very im- 
portant. All tongued and grooved Oak 



Flooring should be blind nailed. The best 
floor made can be spoiled by the use of 
improper nails. The steel cut variety is 
recommended for all blind nailing. 

For 13/16" use 8 'penny steel cut flooring 
nail. 

For %" use 3 penny wire finishing nail. 

The maximum distance between the nails 
should be: 

For 13/16" thickness 16" 

For %" thickness 10" 

For even better results, it is recommended 
that the nails be driven closer than indi- 
cated. 




Quarter-Sawed 

Tongued and Grooved, 

End-Matched Oak 

Flooring. 



Plain-Sawed 

Tongued and Grooved, 

End-Matched Oak 

Flooring. 



In ordering Oak Flooring be sure and 
state whether Plain or Quarter-Sawed Red 
or White is desired. 

Scraping Oak Floors 

After the Oak Flooring is laid and thor- 
oughly swept, it is better to scrape it, in 
order to get the best results for a nicely 
polished surface. This scraping process can 
be done by the ordinary scrapers, such as 
used by cabinet makers, or by one of the 
many types of power or hand scraping ma- 
chines that are generally used by contrac- 
tors and carpenters. Always scrape length- 
wise of the wood and not across the grain. 
A floor properly scraped looks very smooth, 



66 



but it should be thoroughly gone over with 
No. 1V 2 sandpaper to obtain the best results 
in finishing. After this, the floor should be 
swept clean, and the dust removed with a 
soft cloth. The floor is now ready for the 
finish. 

FINISHING OAK FLOORS 

The finishing of an Oak Floor is a very 
important feature, upon which authorities 
fail to agree, but the question resolves into 
a matter of cost, as to the color or bril- 
liancy of finish desired. Personal taste, 
artistic or decorative effects are the guide 
for the floor finisher. 

The "Clear" grade of Oak Flooring should 
have a natural Oak filler — color of Oak. For 
"Select" and "Sap Clear" grades a light 
golden oak filler should be used, and after 
the floor is filled, it should be gone over 
with a little burnt umber mixed with tur- 
pentine to darken light streaks. This will 
make the "Select" and "Sap Clear" grades 
look like the "Clear" grade, except that it 
will be slightly darker in color. In filling 
the "No. 1 Common" grade, a dark golden 
oak filler should be employed, and the light 
streaks should be darkened in the same man- 
ner as the "Select" and "Sap Clear" grades. 
If a little care is used in laying this grade, 
splendid results can be obtained. 

First — Treat the floor with a paste filler of 
desired tone to fill up the pores and crevices. 
To thin the filler for application, one has a 
choice of using turpentine, benzine, wood 

, alcohol or gasoline to get the right con- 
sistency. When the gloss has left the filler, 
rub off with excelsior or cloth, rubbing 
against the grain of the wood. This will 
make a perfectly smooth and level surface. 
It keeps out dirt and forms a good founda- 
tion, which is the key note for successful 
treatment of floors. Allow the filler twelve 
hours to set or dry before applying a wax 

! or varnish finish. Never use a liquid filler 

I on any floor. 

A wax or varnish finish can be used. The 

J wax finish is preferred by many, due to 
economy and ease of renewing places that 
show the wear. The renewing can be easily 
applied by housekeeper or servant. 

Wax Finish — The best method for applying 
the wax is to take cheesecloth and double it 
to get a little more thickness; then make it 
into a sort of bag. Put a handful of wax 
inside of this and go over the floor thor- 
oughly. You will find that you can work 
the wax through the meshes of the cheese- 
cloth to give an even coating over the floor. 
This prevents too much wax in spots and 
wasting it. After the floor has been gone 
over with the wax and allowed to dry, say 
about twenty minutes, it is ready for polish- 



ing. Rub to a polish with a weighted floor 
brush, first across the grain of the wood, 
then with it. (A clean, soft cloth can be 
used in place of the brush if desired) ; then 
a piece of woolen felt or carpet should be 
placed under the brush to give the finishing 
gloss. After waiting an hour, a second coat 
of wax should be applied in the same way 
as the first and rubbed to a polish. 

Varnish Finish — This is usually more ex- 
pensive than the wax finish, but it gives a 
very hard surface, yet at the same time it 
is elastic. Two or three coats should be 
applied after the application of the paste 
filler. Each coat should be thoroughly 
rubbed with oil and pumice. Any of the 
standard Hardwood Flooring Varnishes are 
recommended. 

Floor Oil Finish — When a high class finish 
is not desired, a very economical ' finish can 
be had by the use of a light flooring oil 
that is made expressly for this purpose by 
many paint and varnish houses and oil 
makers; it serves as a filler as well as a 
finish and is strongly recommended for Oak 
Flooring in public institutions, office build- 
ings and stores. This oil keeps the dust 
from rising and preserves the floor. 

Care of Oak Floors 

If one only knows how, nothing is easier 
than the care of a well finished Oak Floor. 
Water should never be used on a waxed or 
varnished floor. The surface may safely be 
wiped with a cloth dampened in tepid water 
to remove dirt and dust, but the dampness 
should be immediately taken up with a dry 
cloth. 

One of the best mixtures for keeping a 
floor in good condition is the use of equal 
parts of sweet oil, turpentine and vinegar 
well mixed, and rubbed on the floor with 
waste or a cotton or woolen rag. The 
vinegar will cut the dirt or grime worked 
into the finish from shoes; the sweet oil 
produces a lustre and the turpentine prompt- 
lv dries the moisture. 

The above mixture need not be applied 
oftener than once a month to insure a floor 
finish that will resemble the sheen of a 
piano. 

Should wax finish become worn in spots 
from hard usage, a little of this mixture 
thoroughly rubbed will renew the finish 
quickly. 

The occasional use of a weighted floor 
brush, alone or with a piece of Brussels 
carpet placed beneath it, will assist in keep- 
ing the finish of an Oak Floor in good con- 
dition. 

Once a year it is well to use a good floor 
wax and rub it into the floor with the aid 



$7 



of a brush, with or without a piece of 
carpet attached. Before the finish is worn 
down to the wood, an additional coat of 
wax should be applied and thoroughly rubbed. 

Economical Use of Oak Flooring 

As rugs are used almost universally in 
homes and offices, an economical plan is to 
have the center section of the room laid 
with Oak Flooring of a cheaper grade and 
to employ the better grades in the border. 
After the rug is laid, all parts of the floor 
will have the same appearance. A room, 
say 10'xl2', can have a two-foot border of 
Clear (first quality), either Plain or Quar- 
tered, and in the center section, 6'x8', Se- 
lect Plain could be employed. A center sec- 
tion of this size, 15 per cent, of the cost 
could be saved by using Select Plain. By 
using a little care in finishing up the Select, 
this grade can be made to look very much 
like the Clear grade. This makes quite a 
saving and is being done very extensively. 

%" thickness by 1W or 2" faces can be 
laid over old floors in old homes, or over 
cheap sub-floors in new homes very eco- 



nomically. It is cheaper than carpets or 
Pine flooring, and will improve the appear- 
ance and sanitation of an old or new house 
more than the expenditure of double the 
amount of money any other way. 

Profitable Work for Carpenters 

Carpenters and contractors find it very 
profitable during the slack periods, when 
outside work is dull, to solicit jobs in old 
homes, by the laying of %" thickness by 
1%" or 2" face over old Pine floors. Be- 
sides being profitable, the work is very 
agreeable. Artistic designs can be made 
very easily with Oak Flooring strips tha 4 
require but very little more time to lay; 
besides it makes a vast difference in the 
appearance of the room. The winter sea^oii 
is the best time for laying %" stock over 
old floors, because the wood is thoroughly 
dry and in good condition to receive it. It 
is very important that the old floor be level 
before laying the Oak Flooring. An old 
house laid with this thin Oak Flooring will 
enhance the renting and selling values fvlly 
25 per cent. 



58 



^^ 



NORTHWESTERN CEDARMEN'S 
ASSOCIATION 

?p Standard Specifications of White Cedar 

Standard Specifications of White Cedar Posts 

Length of 7 foot posts may be 6 feet 10 
inches; length of 8 foot posts may be 7 feet 
10 inches; cut from live timber and peeled. 
Size of posts at top end may be one-fourth 
inch less than diameter specified. Pipe rot 
is allowed, and other rot defects which do 
not impair the strength of the post for the 
uses of a fence post. Four inches sweep 
one way is admissible. Discoloration or evi- 
dence of age, no defect, providing stock is 
2e:isonably sound and cut from live timber. 
GWBen, fresh or water-soaked posts must be 
plump measure for diameter specified. 
$ 

Large Posts and Small Poles 

I 

Sizes, 4 inch 10 feet to 4 inch 25 feet, in- 
clusive. Size at top end may be one-fourth 
inch less than diameter specified. Lengths 
may be two inches scant. On posts and 
poles 10, 12, 14. 16 and 18 feet long, 4 inch 
crook one way allowed ; 20 and 25 feet, 5 inch 
Crook allowed. Pipe holes in tops allowed. 
Must be cut from live timber and in other 
respects conform to post specifications. 
Green, fresh cut or water-soaked stock must 
ue plump measure for diameter specified. 
Measurements for sweep on 18 foot, 20 foot 
and 4 inch 25 foot poles shall be taken as 
specified for standard telegraph, telephone 
and electric poles except that measurement 
1 be made from a point four feet from 
the butt instead of six feet as specified for 
the larger poles. _, 

Standard Telegraph, Telephone and Electric 
Poles 

Sizes, 5 inch 25 foot and upwards. Above 
poles must be cut from live growing timber, 
peeled and reasonably well proportioned for 
length. Tops must be reasonably 
1. and when seasoned must measure as 
follows: 5 inch poles, 15 inches circum- 
ference at top end; 6 inch poles, 18% inches 
in circumference at top end; 7 inch poles, 



22 Inches circumference at top end. If poles 
are green, fresh cut or water-soaked, then 
5 inch poles must be 5 inches plump in 
diameter at top end, 6 inch poles must be 
19% inches in circumference, and 7 inch 
poles 22% inches in circumference at top 
end. One way sweep allowed not exceeding 
one inch for every five feet, for example, in 
a 25 foot pole, sweep not to exceed five 
inches, and in a 40 foot pole eight inches; 
in longer lengths one inch -additional sweep 
permissible for each additional five feet in 
length. Measurement for sweep shall be 
taken as follows: That part of the pole, 
when in the ground (six feet) not being 
taken into account in arriving at sweep, 
tightly stretch a tape line on the side of 
the pole where the sweep is the greatest, 
from a point six feet from butt to the upper 
surface at top, and having so done, measure 
widest point from tape to surface of pole, 
and if, for illustration, upon a 25 foot pole 
said widest point does not exceed five inches 
said pole comes within the meaning of these 
specifications. Butt rot in the center includ- 
ing small ring rot outside of the center; total 
rot must not exceed 10% of the area of the 
butt. Butt rot of a character which plainly 
seriously impairs the strength of the pole 
above ground is a defect. Wind twist is not 
a defect unless very unsightly and exag- 
gerated. Rough large knots if sound and 
trimmed smooth are not a defect. 

Specifications for Standard Ties 

A standard tie shall be 6 inch face and 
wider, 12 inches from small end, 6 inches 
thick and 8 feet long sawed ends. Ties made 
different from these specifications shall be 
regarded as special contracts. 

Shingle Specifications 

Extra Star A Star Shingles shall be manu : 
factured as follows: 10 inches clear and 
better from butt, with all clears in; nothing 
narrower than 3 inches in width allowed; 5 
butts to measure 2 inches when sawed. All 
extra Star A Star Shingles to be 16 inches 
in length. Standard Star A Star Shingles 
shall be 5 to 10 inches clear from butt; 
nothing narrower than 2 inches allowed; 5 
butts to measure 2 inches when sawed; 10% 
sap is allowed in this grade. 



59 



RULES FOE THE INSPECTION Of 
HEMLOCK LUMBER 



As Revised at the Annual Meeting in Mil- 
waukee, Wis., January 29, 1913. 



The Northern Hemlock and Hardwood 

Manufacturers' Association 

Wausau, Wis. 

ESTIMATED WEIGHTS OF HEMLOCK 
LUMBER 

Per M. Feet 

Shipping Dry 

3" Plank Rough 3000 

3" Plank & 4x4 to 8x8, S1S1E 2700 

3" Plank, S4S or D&M 2500 

4x10 to 12x12, Rough 3500 

4x10 to 12x12, S1&1E .3200 

4x4 to 8x8, Rough 3000 

Thick D & Better, SIS 2500 

Thick D & Better, S1S1E 2200 

2" Piece Stuff, S1S1E 2200 

2" Piece Stuff, Rough or S1E 2500 

2" Piece Stuff, S4S or D&M 2000 

1" Boards, Rough 2400 

1" Boards, SIS or S2S 2000 

1" Clear & Select, SIS 2000 

Shiplap, D&M or Drop Siding 1800 

1x6 Well Tubing, Beveled Edges 1800 

Sheathing Lath 1500 

Lath 500 

32" Lath 300 

HEMLOCK 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 

The principal objects to be sought in the 
formulation of these rules are to establish 
grades that will blend the slight character- 
istics incident to different localities in such 
a manner as to produce grades of equal 
quality and value and so constructed as to 
be best adapted to the principal purposes 
for which hemlock lumber can be utilized. 

1. The face side of the lumber is the 
side showing the best quality or appear- 
ance. 

2. Defects in lumber should be dis- 
tributed in proportion to the size of the 
piece. Long or wide pieces of the same 
grade may contain more and greater defects 
than shorter or narrower pieces. The same 
percentage should be observed in both long 
and short, wide and narrow. 

3. Wane in lumber is a defect which 
cannot be described by rule with satisfac- 
tion, and therefore must be left to the judg- 



ment of the grader. The lowering of grade 
on the face side on account of wane should 
be governed by grade, width and defects in 
the piece. 

4. Lumber must be accepted on grade in 
the form in which it was shipped. Any 
subsequent change in manufacture or mill 
work will prohibit an inspection for the 
adjustment of all claims, except with the 
consent of all parties interested. 

5. Mixed width boards do not necessarily 
require as good edges as shiplap or dressed 
and matched stock of the same grade. 

6. Planing mill work should be taken 
into consideration in all grades of dressed 
lumber and its effect on a piece must be 
left largely to the judgment of the inspec- 
tor. 

7. The grade of partition shall be deter- 
mined from its poorer side only, when the 
order specifies partition. 

8. Lumber when worked shall be graded 
the same as the respective grades when in 
the rough. 

9. Unless otherwise provided for, lumber 
worked two sides shall be graded from its 
better face; lumber worked one side shall 
be graded from its surfaced face. 

10. The examples given in this book do 
not in all cases include all of the different 
types in any grade. 

WATER STAIN 

11. In hemlock will often be found streaks 
or patches of red or brown discoloration, 
sound and firm, the presence of wilich does 
not weaken the wood, nor detract seriously 
fi-oin its utility. Water stain should not be 
confused with rot, being firm and strong, 
while rot is soft and decayed wood. 

THICK D AND BETTER 

1. Thick and Better shall be four inches 
wide and wider, one and one-fourth inch, 
one and one-half inch and dimension thick- 
ness. 

2. This grade shall have sound, square 
edges, and be of the grade of Inch D Stock 
and Better on the face side, and not below 
the grade of Inch No. 1 Common on the 
back of the piece. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1— Piece 2x4-14, S2S. Has one 
black three-fourths inch knot four feet from 
end, two one-half inch black knots near 
center. All knots sound and firmly set. No 
other defects. 

Example 0— Piece 2x4-l#, S2S&E. Has 
one one-inch red knot twelve inches from 



60 



cent> wo one-half inch red knots within 

from incnes °f eacn other and four feet 

knot' ud » one three-fourths inch red knot 

knot:'t from other end. All knots sound 

inch ^ly se t- No other defects. 

we ]] iple 3— Piece 2x6-16, S4S. Has twelve 

edge? firmly set red knots from one-eighth 

■p J inch in diameter, scattered over face 

rr~}ce. No other defects; good edges. 

pSmple 4 — Piece 2x8-14. Has three red, 

JJJJ knots from one end and one-half to 

I finches long one three feet from one 

J~ one four feet from the other end, and 

ther six feet from same end. There 

Eny number of small pin knots scattered 

Hp the face. All knots red, sound and 

all ' set. No other defects. Good edges. 

fa cample 5— Piece 2x8-16, S2S. Has three 

themd one-fourth inch red knots, located 

brQctively, three feet from one end, one 

anyeet from same end and one near cen- 

ExSeven one-inch to one-half inch red 

s three-cattered over face. All knots sound 

■ knots ily set. No other defects. 

-iall sople 6 — Piece 2x10-14. Has two one 

i, face jree-fourths inch red knots within 

for ■ inches of each other six feet from 

TjOtbend and near center crosswise. Three 

a? -i knots from five-eights to one inch in 

dianeter scattered over the remainder of the 

piece. One one-half inch black knot two 

feet from end. All knots sound and firmly 

set. No other defects; edges good. 

Example 7 — Piece 2x10-16, S4S. Has three 
red, sound, firmly set knots from one-half to 
or£^e ncfi m diameter within four feet of 
oiie ;nd, and fifteen sound, firmly set, black 
pin mots scattered over the remainder of 
the rdece. No other defects; good edges. 

BOARDS AND STRIPS 

there are six grades made in Boards and 
8 1Mb: 

In<h Clear and Select. 

Inc h D Stock. 

No 1 Common. 

No 2 Common. 

No 3 Common. 

No. 4 Common. 

y INCH CLEAR AND SELECT 

1. Inch Clear and Select should be four 
inches and wider, and eight feet long and 
longer, not to exceed 10 per cent, eight feet 
long. 

2. This grade is especially adapted for 
interior finish and only the face, or best side 
is expected to show, although some attention 
should be given to the back of the piece. 

8. The face shall show no wane, but the 
back may show such an amount of wane or 
other defects as will not interfere with the 
use of the piece for finishing purposes. 



4. No shake or season check shall be al- 
lowed on the face side, but a very little 
tight shake and checks that are not deep 
may appear on the back of the piece. 

5. This grade will admit on the face side 
of several tight pin knots not over three- 
eights of an inch in diameter. In a four 
or six-inch twelve feet and longer piece, not 
more than three knots are admissible, and 
proportionately more in a wider piece. 

6. A ten or twelve-inch piece twelve feet 
and longer will not admit of more than 
three sound, firmly set knots, not to exceed 
three-fourths of an inch in diameter. Nar- 
rower and shorter pieces will admit of fewer 
large knots, but not a combination of large 
knots and other defects. 

7. Pieces twelve feet and longer are ad- 
missible that will, with not more .than 10 
per cent, of waste, produce two clear cuts, 
each four feet long or longer. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1— Piece 1x4-14, S2S. Has one 
five-eighths inch, red, sound, firmly set 
knot six feet from end, and two three- 
eighths inch, sound, black, firmly set 
knots; one two feet from one end and the 
other three feet from the other end. No 
other defects. Piece has a smooth ap- 
pearance. 

Example 2— Piece 1x6-16, S2S. Has one 
three-fourths inch red knot four feet from 
end; one three-eighths inch black knot two 
feet from end, and one one-half inch black 
knot three feet from the other end. All 
knots sound and firmly set. No other de- 
fects. 

Example 3 — Piece 1x6-10, D&M. Has one 
three-eighths inch, black, firmly set knot 
three feet from end, and one knot of same 
description two feet from other end. No 
other defects. 

Example 4 — Piece 1x8-14. Has one checked 
and broken three-inch knot five feet from 
one end. No other defects. This is a cut- 
ting piece. 

Example 5— Piece 1x10-16, S2S. Has two 
red three-quarter inch knots, one two feet 
and the other five fecA from one end. One 
five-eighths inch black knot three feet from 
other end, and two three-eighths inch black 
knots two and four feet, respectively, from 
the same end. All knots sound and firmly 
set. Piece has clear edges and good, smooth 
appearance. No other defects. 

Example 6— Piece 1x12-12, S2S. Has three 
small, firmly set, black knots scattered over 
two-thirds the length of the board and near 
the center crosswise. On one end of the 
back is three inches of wane running to a 
feather-edge on extreme end, but gradually 



61 



receding and running out three feet from 
the end from which it starts. No other 
df*f pot's 

Example 7— Piece 1x12-14, S2S. Has one 
three-fourths inch and two three-eighths 
inch, firmly set, black knots scattered over 
three feet of the face of the piece near 
center; one one-half inch red knot ten inches 
from end. No other defects. 

Example 8— Piece 1x12-16, S2S. Has three 
three-fourths inch red and two three-fourths 
inch black knots, all sound and firmly set, 
well scattered lengthwise, and within five 
inches of the center of the piece crosswise. 
No other defects. 

Example 9— Piece 1x6-14, S2S. Has one 
three-eighths inch black knot three feet 
from end, and one one-half inch black 
knot four feet from the other end. Both 
knots sound and firmly set. Otherwise 
perfect face. On the back, six feet from 
the end, near the center of the piece cross- 
wise, is very slight, fine shake covering 
about two by six inches. This shake does 
not go through the face of the piece. 

Example 10 — Piece 1x8-16. Has three one- 
half inch sound, firmly set, black knots scat- 
tered over seven feet of the piece. Other- 
wise perfect face. On the back, commenc- 
ing five feet from the end and extending 
along for three feet, are seven checks from 
two to four inches long, running diagonally. 
These checks do not extend through or 
seriously weaken the piece. 

IWCH D STOCK 

1. Inch D Stock shall consist of Boards 
and Strips below the grade of Clear and 
Select, four inches and wider, and eight feet 
long and longer, not to exceed ten per cent, 
eight feet long, and must be of a sound and 
water-tight character. 

2. All knots must be sound and firmly 
set. Red knots must not exceed one and 
one-fourth of an inch in diameter, and spike 
knots must not exceed in length one-fourth 
the width of the piece. Black knots must 
not exceed three-fourths of an inch in diam- 
eter, and must be especially well set. 

3. A six-inch strip twelve feet long shall 
not contain more than three defects of the 
extreme sizes. A wider or longer piece may 
contain relatively more of these defects, and 
narrower and shorter pieces relatively less. 
The general appearance of the piece must 
be taken into consideration. 

4. No shake shall be allowed in this 
grade, but slight season checks and water 
stain shall not be considered defects. 

5. This grade shall be suitable for sound 
Drop Siding, Ceiling and Flooring, and shall 
have a smooth appearance, especially on the 
edges. 



. EXAMPLES 

Example 1— Piece 1x4-14, D&M'. H 
one and one-fourth inch red knot anc 
red and black knots from three-quar 
an inch to pin knots, all sound and 
set, scattered over the face of the 
No other defects. 

Example 2— Piece 1x4-16, D&M. Has : 
sound, firmly set, black knots from on 
of an inch to one-eighth of tan inch in < 
eter, well scattered over the face 0- 
piece. Eighteen inches of sound, hard, 
stain near center of piece. No othe 
fects. 

Example 3 — Piece 1x6-10. Has four s 
red, firmly set, spike knots four feet 
one end and within ten inches of each 
and four small, black, firmly set, pin 
well scattered. No other defects;,' 



-i 1 



Example 4 — Piece 1x6-10, Drop 
Has nine red knots from one and on< 
inches to one-fourth inch in diamett -: 
tered over face of piece. Edges go< d 
extra smooth-looking. 

Example 5^Piece 1x6-10, S2S. H e 
three-quarter inch black knot one foot 
end; one one-fourth inch black knot 
inches from end, and one one-fourtL 
black knot four feet from same end. 
three knots sound and firmly set. 
season checks on back running diagor 
but not deep enough to go through t< 
face or materially weaken the piece. |J 
other defects. 

Example 6 — Piece 1x6-12, Drop Sil 
Has three red knots scattered over on* 
length of piece. On one end one anc 
fourth inch red knot, and six red knots 
one-half inch to one-eighth of an fn 
diameter well scattered over face of 
No other defects. 

Example 7 — Piece 1x6-12. Has one rq 
sound, firmly set, spike knot running 
edge one and one-half inches towards" 
of piece to a point. Fifteen sound, 
set, black and red knots from one in 
one-eighth of an inch in diameter, we! 
tered. No other defects. 

Example 8 — Piece 1x6-16, D&M. Has hree 
one-eighth to one-half inch black knots *Mt 
tered over five feet on one end of piece 
other end there is wane on one side, «pc\tlie 
back, running across the piece for tliree 
inches and nearly to face in depth, and ex- 
tending three feet in length. On oppo ;- 
edge, one inch of wane one-half inch deep 
and running out two feet from the end fi >m 
which it starts. No other defects. 

Example 9 — Piece 1x8-12, Drop Siii . 
Has one red, sound, firmly set spike kiot 
running from edge two inches towaro ^e 



62 



i center of the piece and located four feet 
from the end. One three-fourths inch black 
knot six inches from end, and seven black 
knots from one-half to three-eighths of an 
inch in diameter. All sound, firmly set and 
well scattered. No other defects. Face and 
edges smooth and well milled. 

Example 10 — Piece 1x8-12, »rop Siding. 
Has one one and one-fourth inch red knot 
near center and fourteen red knots from one- 
eighth to one-half inch, well scattered. All 
knots sound and firmly set. Good edges and 
smooth appearance. 

Example 11— Piece lxS-16, Drop Siding. 
Has five red knots and eight black knots, 
all sound, firmly set and well scattered over 
face of piece. For four feet on one end 
there is five inches of water stain of a 
brown color, but it is as hard and firm as 
any part of the piece. No other defects. 

Example 12— Piece 1x10-10, SIS. Has five 
three-fourths inch tand two one-half inch red 
knots and three one-fourth inch black knots, 
all sound, firmly set and well scattered over 
face of piece. Slight traces of water stain 
for three feet on half length of piece. No 
other defects; smooth face and edges. 

Example 13— Piece 1x10-16, SIS. Has one 
three-fourths inch, two one-half inch, and 
five small pin knots, all black, sound, firmly 
set and well scattered over one-half the 
length of the piece. No other defects. 

Example 14^-Piece 1x12-12, SIS. Has one 

three-fourths inch knot eight inches from 

one end; one three-fourths inch knot two 

feet from same end; one one-half inch knot 

four feet from other end, and two one-half 

inch knots near center; all black, sound and 

firmly set. There are five season checks 

from four to six inches long for six feet on 

back, but they are narrow and do not go 

t .rough to face. 

Example 15 — Piece 1x12-16. Contains six 

■ie iand three-fourths inch red knots and 

jurteen red knots from one inch to one- 

alf inch in diameter, all sound and firmly 

set, evenly scattered over the face of the 

■iece. Edges smooth and face has smooth, 

Light appearance. 

Example 16— Piece 1x12-16. Has fourteen 
sound, firmly set, red knots from one and 
one-fourth inches to pin knots well scattered 
over face. No other defects; edges smooth. 
Example 17— Piece 1x12-16, S2S. Three 
inches from one end, ten inches from the 
other end, and in the center of the board, 
respectively, are three one and one-fourth 
inch red knots, well scattered lengthwise, 
and near the center of the piece crosswise 
are two one-inch and two three-fourths inch 
red knots. All knots sound and firmly set. 
No other defects, " 



INCH No. 1 COMMON 

1. The Grade of No. 1 Common in boards 
or strips includes stock of a generally sound 
character. 

2. Some shake is admissible. 

3. Numerous knots, whether red or black. 

4. Some water stain of a firm character. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1 — Piece 1x6-16, No. 1 D&M. 
Shows considerable shell shake for three 
feet at one end; at the other end machine 
has gouged out a piece one-half inch deep 
and two inches in diameter. There are also 
two one-half inch black knots near center. 

Example 2— Piece 1x8-14, No. 1 SIS. Has 
four sound red knots averaging one and one- 
half inches in diameter; six sound red knots 
— under one inch in diameter, all well scat- 
tered; one unsound black knot one inch in 
diameter one foot from end, and three feet 
from same end one sound black knot one 
inch in diameter. With the exception of 
this end, the piece has a very sound, smooth 
appearance. No shake. 

Example 3— Piece 1x8-12, No. 1 Shiplap. 
There are nine sound red knots, one and 
one-quarter inches and less in diameter, 
scattered over the face. Machine has gouged 
a hole three-quarters by one and one-half 
inches on one edge near end and a small 
amount of shake appears near end. 

Example 4^-Piece 1x8-12, No. 1 SIS. Has 
six black knots three-quarters to one inch 
in diameter and three three-eighths inch 
black knots, also two feet of shake at one 
end. 

Example 5 — Piece 1x8-12, No. 1 Shiplap. 
Shows a two and one-half inch sound red 
knot at one end, at center a one-inch knot. 
Directly opposite this knot the machine tore 
out on edge a piece one-half inch deep by 
two inches long, and within four feet from 
other end are three black knots, one being 
one inch in diameter and two three-quarters 
inch in diameter; also shows three short 
season checks. 

Example 6 — Piece 1x10-16, No. 1 Shiplap. 
Is peppered with red and black knots one 
and one-half inches and less in diameter 
over the entire face. One three-quarter inch 
knot is unsound; for eight feet along one 
edge has two inches of tight shake, and the 
opposite edge shows nearly as much. Piece 
very smooth in appearance. 

Example 7— Piece 1x10-16, No. 1 SIS. A 
discoloration of water stain is shown over 
the face of this piece for four feet at one 
end and spots of stain over balance of face. 
Also local shake In two places. Piece has 
the general appearance of a select. 



63 



Example 8 — Piece 1x10-16, No. 1. Shows 
heajt shake for five feet along the center, 
four cross or horn knots one by three inches 
and three feet from end a thin spot one 
foot long that machine could not surface. 

Example 9— Piece 1x10-16, No. 1 SIS. Has 
six black knots three-quarters inch and less 
in diameter. One sound red knot one and 
one-half inches in diameter, and a spot of 
hard rot two by eight inches that does not 
go through. 

Example 10— Piece 1x12-16, No. 1 SIS. 
Shows shell and heart shake in spots the 
entire length, but shake does not extend 
through the board. Also several horn knots 
that are small and sound. General appear- 
ance good. 

Example 11— Piece 1x12-16, No. 1 SIS. 
Shows numerous small red and black knots 
scattered over face. Also two one-inch sound 
black knots. 

INCH No. 2 COMMON 

1. Boards or strips will admit of consid- 
erable shake. 

2. Black, unsound knots. 

3. Two or three good-sized knot holes, or 
more of small ones. 

4. Streaks or patches of discoloration, 
showing partial decay. 

5. This grade can be safely recommended 
for general building purposes. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1— Piece 1x6-16, No. 2 D&M. Has 
been badly torn by machine in four or five 
places; otherwise sound. 

Example 2 — Piece 1x6-12, No. 2 D&M. 
Has one-inch edge knot hole near one end, 
two three-fourths inch knot holes three feet 
from same end and a three-fourths inch 
loose knot twelve inches from hole, and at 
other end an inch loose black knot. 

Example 3 — Piece 1x8-16, No. 2 Shiplap. 
Within four feet of one end shows two one- 
half inch knot holes, also small piece broken 
out on edge by machine; at other end a 
three-fourths inch knot hole. Balance of 
piece a sound, knotty appearance. 

Example 4— Piece 1x8-14, No. 2 Shiplap. 
Has shell shake for three feet at one end, 
two feet of shell shake at center, a one 
and one-half inch knot hole four feet from 
other end and two one-half inch black knots. 

Example 5 — Piece 1x8-16, No. 2 D&M. 
For three feet at one end is an extensive 
shell or cross shake, also an inch hole on 
edge torn by machine. At center a two-inch 
loose black knot; at the other end a one 
and one-fourth inch unsound knot. 

Example 6 — Piece 1x8-14, No. 2 Rough. 
Has three one-inch knot holes within eight 



feet; two black three-fourths inch knots at 
center and two feet of shake at end. 

Example 7 — Piece 1x10-12, No. 2 Shiplap. 
Has extensive shake half the width of piece 
the entire length. No other imperfection ex- 
cepting a few sound red knots. 

Example 8— Piece 1x10-16, No. 2 SIS. 
Shows extensive shake four feet near center; 
several coarse, sound knots, and stain over 
one-half of piece. 

Example 9 — Piece 1x10-14, No. 2 Rough. 
Has a two and one-half inch knot hole, two 
feet from end, and one and one-half inch 
black knot along side of it. At other end 
a two-inch unsound knot and a small amount 
of shell shake through center of board. 

Example 10— Piece 1x12-16, No. 2 SIS. 
Has a straight split two feet long at one 
end, from which extend red streaks two 
inches wide by three feet long at center; a 
two-inch black unsound knot, with four feet 
of very tight shake at other end. 

Example 11— Piece 1x12-14, No. 2 Rough. 
Within four feet from one end are eight 
black knots one inch and less in diameter. 
One one-inch knot hole; an open season 
check eighteen inches long. At other end 
shell shake for three feet and three three- 
fourths inch black knots. 

Example 12— Piece 1x6-16, No. 2 D&M. 
Shows a half-inch knot hole three feet from 
end, also two half-inch edge knots sloughed 
off but not leaving holes. There are twelve 
other knots one inch and less in diameter, 
two having unsound centers. With these 
defects it still retains a good appearance. 

INCH No. 3 COMMON 

1. The defects may consist of excessive 
shake. 

2. Very coarse, unsound knots. 

3. Some soft rot. 

4. Some cross checks. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1— Piece 1x8-16, No. 3. Has 
three three-inch knot holes within six feet 
from end. Three large coarse knots and 
two black unsound knots. 

Example 2 — Piece 1x8-14, No. 3 Rough. 
Has three large rotten knots, two inches 
and over in diameter; one edge knot hole 
and three feet of soft rot on one face. 

Example 3— Piece 1x8-14, No. 3 Rough. 
Is streaked with rotten sap. Is coarse 
knotted, badly checked and one-half inch of 
edge split off for three feet. 

Example 4 — Piece 1x10-16, No. 3. On one 
side shows extensive soft rot two-thirds its 
entire length and streaked with rot on other 
side. 



64 



Example 5 — Piece 1x12-16, No. 3 Rough. 
Is much cross checked. 

INCH No. 4 COMMON 

4 Inches and Wider, 4 Feet and Longer 

This grade includes all serviceable lumber 
below the grade of No. 3. 

PIECE STUFF OR DIMENSION 

No. 1 DIMENSION 

1. Th« grade of No. 1 Dimension will 
admit of shake that will not materially af- 

. feet the strength of the piece. 

2. Also knots, either black or red, that 
are well located and fairly sound. 

3. Or some slight cross checks or sound 
water stain. 

4. This grade, while admitting the above 
defects, must at the same time retain the 
element of strength required for any build- 
ing purposes. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1 — Piece 2x4-12, No. 1. Shows 
heart shake along one edge for half length, 
and one foot of same with two sound 
branch knots, three-fourths inch wide, on 
other edge. 

Example 2 — Piece 2x4-12, No. 1. Shows 
shake running along with grain for nearly 
its entire length; does not show on back 
and is therefore strong enough for building 
purposes. 

Example 3— Piece 2x4-16, No. 1. With 
exception of extensive stain on one side and 
five very small round knots, the piece is 
perfect. 

Example 4 — Piece 2x4-16, No. 1. One side 
is perfect. On the other are six worm holes 
and it is checked, but does not affect the 
strength of piece. 

Example 5 — Piece 2x8-16, No. 1. Shows 
five one-inch black knots, and two one and 
one-half inch red knots, all running through 
the piece and well scattered. On one edge 
for four feet at one end is wane one-half 
inch by three-fourths inch deep. 

Example 6— Piece 2x8-12, No. 1. Shows a 
streak of red stain half its length on one 
side only. Two sound red knots two inches 
in diameter, four feet apart, and one one 
and onerhalf inch knot sloughed off one edge. 

Example 7 — Piece 2x8-14, No. 1. Has one 
and one-half inch round knot hole across one 
edge one foot from end, also one two-inch 
and three one and one-quarter inch sound 
red knots well scattered. No other defects. 

Example 8 — Piece 2x8-16, No. 1. Shows 
heart shake and numerous small, sound, red 



knots for entire length of one side; other- 
wise perfect. 

Example 9— Piece 2x12-12, No. 1. Shows 
shell shake four inches by three feet on one 
side, a straight split on one end one foot 
long, one three-quarter inch sound knot and 
two black knots one inch in diameter. 

Example 10 — Piece 2x12-14, No. 1. At 
four feet from one end has one and three- 
quarter inch knot hole on one edge, and on 
opposite edge three feet of tight shake; 
otherwise perfect. 

Example 11— Piece 2x12-14, No. 1. Shows 
considerable tight shake for six inches over 
two-thirds its face; also one black horn knot 
one-half by three-quarters inch near center. 
Shake does not go through and piece has 
strength to carry it. 

Example 12 — Piece 2x12-16, No. 1. Has 
five black knots one and one-half inches in 
diameter and four one-half inch black knots. 
One of the largest knots unsound; also 
numerous checks six inches long, lengthwise 
of the piece. While it shows many defects, 
it is strong enough for any building pur- 
pose, but simply on appearance would be 
considered a line piece. 

Example 13 — Piece 2x12-16, No. 1. Has a 
select appearance and nearly perfect. Shows 
no defects except a short straight check at 
one end. 

No. 2 DIMENSION 

1. The grade of No. 2 Dimension includes 
stock not good enough to be classed as No. 1, 
and the defects admissible are of the same 
general character as the defects found in 
No. 1, except that they are more pronounced. 

2. Considerable shake, large unsound 
knots, loose knots, knot holes and cross 
checks are all admissible in this grade, but 
not a serious combination of these defects 
in any one piece. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1 — Piece 2x4-16, No. 2. Shows 
four feet of rot on both sides, but not so 
extensive as to materially weaken the piece. 
Otherwise sound. 

Example 2 — Piece 2x4-16, No. 2. Shows 
rot on one side for two iand one-half feet 
and a large, coarse branch knot that weak- 
ens it too much for No. 1. 

Example 3 — Piece 2x4-16, No. 2. Is a 
heart piece and shows shake along one edge 
nearly the entire length. At one end shake 
shatters it enough to weaken piece some- 
what. 

Example 4 — Piece 2x4-16, No. 2. Shows 
wane across the piece three-quarters inch 
deep on one side for five feet. 

Example 5— Piece 2x6-16, No. 2. Shows 



65 



some shake for two feet at one end and 
one-half dozen small, sound, red knots scat- 
tered over the face, and streak of firm, 
hard rot two to three inches wide, running 
for three feet in length. This rot shows 
through on both sides and one edge. 

Example 6— Piece 2x8-12, No. 2. Has a 
two and one-half inch knot hole in center, 
four feet from end, and one face shows shell 
shake for four feet. 

Example 7 — Piece 2x8-12, No. 2. Has ex- 
tensive shake five feet from one end and 
seven small, sound, black knots. If it were 
not for the character of the shake, which is 
crosswise of the piece, and weakens it, it 
would be considered a good No. 1. 

Example 8 — Piece 2x10-14, No. 2. Shows 
moderately tight shake for one-half its 
length and on one side, three feet from end, 
wane, three inches wide, three-quarters inch 
deep, extending for three feet. It is graded 
down strictly on account of appearance. 

Example 9 — Piece 2x10-14, No. 2. Has 
six sound black knots, well scattered; one is 
two inches in diameter, two are one and 
one-half inches in diameter and balance are 
less than one inch. While the knots are 
black, they are firm, well set and piece con- 
sidered sound. 

Example 10— Piece 2x8-14, No. 2. Shows 
a straight split for two feet at one end and 
at other end shake for three feet on two 
sides. Otherwise sound. 

Example 11— Piece 2x12-16, No. 2. Shows 
shake over entire face for full length, very 
little of it going through; several small 
sound red knots. 

MERCHANTABLE 

The grade of Merchantable is a combina- 
tion of No. 1 and No. 2, consisting of ap- 
proximately 50 per cent, of each. 

No. 3 DIMENSION 

1. The defects are excessive shake, nu- 
merous knot holes, coarse, rotten knots, or 
considerable rot. 

2. This grade can be recommended for 
cheap, light construction. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1 — Piece 2x6-16, No. 3. Has 
three two-inch rotten knots with holes part 
way through from face; on the back con- 
siderable soft rot for half the length of the 
piece. 

Example 2 — Piece 2x6-14, No. 3. Within 
four feet of one end has a knot hole so 
Large as to leave only three inches of lum- 
ber. Is extremely shaky and otherwise 
weakened by defects. 



Example 3 — Piece 2x6-12. Has a com- 
bination of coarse knots, and open shake to 
such an extent as to 'weaken it for anything 
but temporary building purposes. 

Example 4— Piece 2x8-16, No. 3. Con- 
tains soft rot on one side for six feet and 
is extremely shaky on one face. 

Example 5 — Piece 2x12-16, No. 3. Shows 
open shake for one-half its face for full 
length and balance of the piece shows ex- 
tensive water stain. 

Example 6 — Piece 2x6-16, No. 3. Ha3 ten 
coarse knots from one and one-half to two 
mches in diameter, well scattered. One 
knot hole one and one-half inches in diam- 
eter on edge and shows shell shake over 
two-thirds of face. 

Example 7— Piece 2x12-16, No. 3. At one 
foot from end on one edge shows a hole 
one by three inches where knot is sloughed 
off one side. At center two knot holes one 
foot apart and one and one-half inches in 
diameter. There are also five small sound 
red knots and two feet of shake. 

No. 4 DIMENSION 

2x4 and Wider — 4 Feet and Longer. 

This grade includes all serviceable Dimen- 
sion below the grade of No. 3. 

HEMLOCK LATH 

1. Owing to the rapidity with which 
Lath are manufactured and necessarily 
handled in grading, the misplacement of an 
occasional piece is practically unavoidable. 
For this reason a variation of ten per cent, 
or less off grade is provided for in our 
rules. This provision is intended to cover 
accidentally misplaced pieces only, and 
every reasonable effort should be made to 
have the grades conform to the specifica- 
tions without regard to this percentage pro- 
vided for misplaced pieces. 

No. 1 LATH 

1. No. 1 Hemlock Lath shall be butted 
to not less than thirty-one and three-fourths 
inches or forty-seven and three-fourths 
inches long, not more than one-eighth of an 
inch scant of one and one-half inch wide 
and not more than one-sixteenth of an inch 
scant of three-eighths of an inch thick, and 
of sound material. 

2. Will admit wane one-third the thick- 
ness and one-third the width for one-third 
the length on one side the piece or its 
equivalent otherwise located when not in 
combination with other serious defeets. 

3. Any number of pin knots, three or 



66 



four half-inch knots well scattered, or more 
smaller knots, all well set, firm and sound 
that do not weaken the piece, are admissi- 
ble in a four foot, and a proportionately 
less amount in a thirty-two inch No. 1 
Lath. 

4. Firm, fine shake extending over one- 
half the surface of the piece that does not 
materially impair its strength, is admissible 
when not in combination with other serious 
defects. 

5. A few worm holes in an otherwise 
sound piece are admissible. 

6. Stain shall not be considered a de- 
fect, although mould that has caused the 
surface of the piece to decay or scale off 
is a defect not admissible in this grade. 

7. Ten per cent, or less of No. 2 Lath 
shall be allowed in this grade. 

No. 2 LATH 

1. Pieces of No. 1 quality with an aver- 
age of not more than one-fourth of an inch 
scant in width and one-eighth of an inch 
scant in thickness are admissible in this 
grade. 

2. No. 2 Lath may contain firm streaks 
and patches of rot; sound knots; an occa- 
sional loose knot or knot hole; dead wood, 
worm holes, wane, season checks, shake and 
pitch pockets, that by themselves or in 
combination with these or other defects do 
not seriously impair the usefulness of the 
piece. 

3. Both ends of a No. 2 Lath should 
have at least an inch in width of firm wood 
for nailing. 

4. Ten per cent, above or below this 
grade is admissible. 



Issued January 25, 1912 

U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, 
FOREST SERVICE—Circular 189 

Henry S. Graves, Forester 

Forest Products Laboratory Series 

STRENGTH VALUES FOR STRUCTURAL 
TIMBERS 

By 

McGARVEY CLINE, 

Director, Forest Products Laboratory 

RESULTS 

Tables 1 and 2 give the average results 
obtained from tests on green material, while 
Tables 3 and 4 give average results from 
tests on air-seasoned material. The small 
specimens, which were invariably 2 by 2 
inches in cross section, were free from de- 
fects, such as knots, checks, and cross grain; 
all other specimens were' representative of 
material secured in the open market. The 
relation of stresses developed in different 
structural forms to those developed in the 
small clear specimens is shown for each fac- 
tor in the column headed "Ratio to 2" x 2"." 
Tests to determine the mechanical properties 
of different species are often confined to small 
clear specimens. The ratios included in the 
tables may be applied to such results in order 
to approximate the strength of the species in 
structural sizes, and containing the defects 
usually encountered, when tests on such 
forms are not available. 

A comparison of the results of tests on 
seasoned material with those from tests on 
green material shows that, without excep- 
tion, the strength of the 2 by 2 inch speci- 
mens is increased by lowering the moisture 
content, but that increase in strength of 
other sizes is much more erratic. Some speci- 
mens, in fact, show an apparent loss in 
strength, due to seasoning. If structural 
timbers are seasoned slowly, in order to avoid 
excessive checking, there should be an in- 
crease in their strength. In the light of 
these facts it is not safe to base working 
stresses on results secured from any but 
green material. For a discussion of factors 
of safety and safe-working stresses for struc- 
tural timbers, the reader is referred to the 
report of the committee on wooden bridges 
and trestles of the Railway Engineering & 
Maintenance of Way Association published in 
the Association Bulletin 107. 



67 



TESTS ON STRXJCTUBAL TIMBEBS, 

Table 1. — Bending tests on green material. 





Sizes. 


4 

O 


.9 
o 

a 

o 


I 

© 

ft 


F.S.atE.L. 


M.ofR. 


M. ofE. 


Calculated 
shear. 


Species. 


i 

to fl 




ftf 




ftg 




oj^5 

©.s 

60 CO 




ftg 






£.2 


i 


a 

3 




CO 

to 


> E 


•2£ 

09 


2 £ 

® 2 


6>> 

03 


2 J3 

> 2, 


O >» 

C3 




.2 >» 




o 


fc 


Ph 


tf 


*H CO 


.« 


<$ 


tf 


<S 


ti 


<z 


P3 














1 








1,000 










Inches. 


Ins. 








Lbs. 




Lbs. 




lbs. 




Lbs. 




Longkeaf pine, — 


12 by 12 


138 


4 


28.6 


9.7 


4,099 


0.83 


6,710 


0.74 


1,523 


0.99 


261 


0.86 




10 by 16 


168 


4 


26.8 


16.7 


4,193 


.85 


6,453 


.71 


1,626 


1.05 


306 


1.01 




8 by 16 


156 


7 


28.4 


14.6 


3,147 


.64 


5,439 


.60 


1,368 


.89 


390 


1.29 




6 by 16 


132 


1 


40.3 


21.8 


4,120 


.83 


6,460 


.71 


1,190 


.77 


378 


1.25 




6 by 10 


180 


1 


31.0 


6.2 


3,580 


.72 


6,500 


.72 


1,412 


.92 


175 


.58 




6 by 8 


180 


2 


27.0 


8.2 


3,735 


.75 


5,745 


.63 


1,282 


.83 


121 


.40 




2 by 2 


30 


15 


33.9 


14.1 


4,950 


1.00 


9,070 


1.00 


1,540 


1.00 


303 


1.00 


Douglas fir 


8 by 16 


180 


191 


31.5 


11.0 


3,968 


.76 


5,983 


.72 


1,517 


.95 


269 


.81 




5 by 8 


180 


84 


30.1 


10.8 


3,693 


.71 


5,178 


.63 


1,533 


.96 


172 


.52 




2 by 12 


180 


27 


35.7 


20.3 


3,721 


.71 


5,276 


.64 


1,642 


1.03 


256 


.77 




2 by 10 


180 


26 


32.9. 


21.6 


3,160 


.60 


4,699 


. .57 


1,593 


1.00 


189 


.57 




2 by 8 


180 


29 


33.6 


17.6 


3,593 


.69 


5,352 


.65 


1,607 


1.01 


171 


.51 




2 by 2 


24 


568 


30.4 


11.6 


5,227 


1.00 


8,280 


1.00 


1,597 


1.00 


333 


1.00 


Douglas fix (fire- 
killed) 




























8 by 16 
2 by 12 


180 
180 


30 
32 


36.8 
34.2 


10.9 
17.7 


3,503 
3,489 


.80 
.80 


4,994 
5.085 


.64 
.66 


1,531 

1,624 


.94 
.99 


330 
247 


1.19 




.89 




2 by 10 


180 


32 


38.9 


18.1 


3,851 


.88 


5,359 


.69 


1,716 


1.05 


216 


.78 




2 by 8 


180 


31 


37.0 


15.7 


3,403 


.78 


5,305 


.68 


1,676 


1.02 


169 


.61 




2 by 2 


30 


290 


33.2 


17.2 


4,360 


1.00 


7,752 


1.00 


1,636 


1.00 


277 


1.00 


Shortleaf pine 


8 by 16 


180 


12 


39.5 


12.1 


3,185 


.73 


5,407 


.70 


1,438 


1.03 


362 


1.40 




8 by 14 


180 


12 


45.8 


12.7 


3,234 


.74 


5,781 


.75 


1,494 


1.07 


338 


1.31 




8 by 12 


180 


24 


52.2 


11.8 


3,265 


.75 


5,503 


.71 


1,480 


1.06 


'277 


1.07 




5 by 8 


180 


24 


47.8 


11.5 


3, 519 


.81 


5,732 


.74 


1,485 


1.06 


185 


.72 




2by 2 


30 


254 


51.7 


13.6 


4.350 


1.00 


7,710 


1.00 


1,395 


1.00 


258 


1.00 


Vvostern larch 


8 by 16 


180 


32 


51.0 


25.3 


3,276 


.77 


4,632 


.64 


1,272 


.97 


298 


1.11 




8 by 12 


180 


30 


50.3 


23.2 


3,376 


.79 


5, 286 


.73 


1,331 


1.02 


254 


.94 




5 by 8 


180 


14 


56.0 


25.6 


3,528 


.83 


5.331 


.74 


1,432 


1.09 


169 


.63 




2 by 2 


2S 


189 


46.2 


26.2 


4,274 


1.00 


7.251 


1.00 


1,310 


1.00 


269 


1.00 


Loblolly pine. . . . 


8 by 16 


180 


17 


45.8 


6.1 


3,094 


.75 


5,394 


.69 


1,406 


.98 


383 


1.44 




5 by 12 


180 


94 


60.9 


5.9 


3.030 


.74 


5,028. 


.64 


1,383 


.96 


221 


.83 




2bv 2 


30 


44- 


70.9 


5.4 


4,100 


1.00 


7.870 


1.00 


1,440 


1.00 


265 


1.00 


Tamarack 


6 by 12 


102 


15 


57.6 


16.6 


2,914 


.75 


4,500 


.66 


1,202 


1.05 


255 


1.11 




4 by 10 


162 


15 


43.5 


11.4 2,712 


.70 


4,611 


.68 


1,238 


1.08 


209 


.91 




2 by 2 


30 


82 


38.8 


14.0 


3,875 


1.00 


6,820 


1.00 


1,141 


1:00 


229 


1.00 


Western hemlock. 


8 by 16 


180 


39 


42.5 


15.6 


3.516 


.80 


5,296 


.73 


j.,445 


1.01 


261 


.92 




2 by 2 


28 


52 


51.8 


12.1 


4,406 


1.00 


7,294 


1.00 


1,428 


1.00 


2S4 


1.00 


Redwood 


8 by 16 
6 by 12 


180 
180 


14 
14 


86.5 
87.3 


19.9 
17.8 


3,734 

3,787 


.79 
.80 


4,492 
4, 451 


.64 
.64 


1,016 
1,068 


.96 


300 


1.21 




1. 00 1 224 


.90 




7 by 9 


180 


14 


79.8 


.16.7 


4,412 


.93 


5.279 


.76 


1,324 


1. 25 199 


. .80 




3 by 14 


180 


13 8G. 1 


23.7 


3,506 


.74 


-4.364 


.62 


947 


.89, 


255 


1.03 




2 by 12 


180 


12 


70.9 


18.6 


3,100 


.65 


3, 753 


.54 


1,052 


.99 


187 


.75 




2 by 10 


180 


13 


55.8 


20.0 


3,285 


.69 


4,079 


.58 


1,107 


1.04 


169 


.68 




2 by 8 


180 


13 


63.8 


21.5 


2,989 


.03 


4,063 


.58 


1,141 


1.08 


134 


.54 




2 by 2 28 


157 


75.5 


19.1 


4,750 


1.00 


6,980 


1.00 


1,061 


1.00 


248 


1.00 


Norway pine 


6 by 12 


162 


15 


50.3 


12.5 


2,305 


0.82 


3,572 


0.69 


987 


1.03 


201 


1.17 




4 by 12 


162 


18 


47.9 


14.7 


2,648 


.94 


4,107 


.79 


1,255 


1.31 


238 


1.38 




4 by 10 


182 


16 


45.7 


13.3 


2,674 


.95 


4,205 


.81 


1,306 


1.36 


198 


1.15 




2 by 2 


30 


133 


32.3 


11.4 


2,808 


1.00 


5,173 


1.00 


960 


1.00 


172 


1.00 


Red spruce 


2bvl0 


144 


14 


32.5 


21.9 


2,394 


.66 


3,566 


.60 


1,180 


1.02 


181 


.80 


2 by 2 


26 


60 


37.3 


21.3 


3,627 


1.00 


5,900 


1.00 


1,157 


1.00 


227 


1.00 


White spruce 


2 by 10 


144 


16 


40.7 9.3 


2.239 


.72 


3,288 


.63 


1,081 


1.08 


166 


.83 




2 by 2 


26 


83 


58.3 ! 10.2 3,090 

1 1 


1.00 


5,185 


1.00 


998 


1.00 


199 


1.00 



STRENGTH VALUES FOR STRUCTURAL TIMBERS. 

Table 2. — Compression and shear tests on green material. 





Compression 1 1 to grain. 


Compression JL to grain. 


Shear. 


Species. 


I 
1 

J 


1 

o 

1 

6 

z 


.a 

I 


as a 


OS 

3 

"3. 


2\d 


1 

8 
5a 




2 

! 

o 

1 

B 

3 


1 

& 


& 

5 


t/3 

1 

© 

Cm 

B 

B 

3 


1 

li 

8 
Pi 


I 

0$ 


Longleaf pine . . 


Inches. 

4 by 4 
2 by 2 
6 by 6 

5 by 6 
2 by 2 

6 by 6 
2 by 2 
6 by 6 
5 by 8 
2 by 2 


46 
14 

515 
170 
902 

108 
204 
95 
23 
281 


26.3 
34.7 
30.7 
30.9 
29.8 

34.8 
37.9 
41.2 
43.5 
51.4 


Lbs. 

3,480 


1,000- 
lbs. 


Lbs. 

4,800 
4,400 
3,500 
3,490 
4,030 

3,290 
3,430 
3,436 
3,423 
3,570 


Inches. 
4 by 4 


In. 
4 


22 


25.3 


Lbs. 

568 


44 


21.8 


Lbs. 
973 


Douglas fir 


2,780 
2,720 
3,500 

2,620 


1,181 
2,123 
1>J>25 

1,801 


4 by 8 


16 


259 


30.3 


570 


531 


29.7 


765 




















Douglas fir (fire- 
killed) 


6 by 8 


16 


24 


33.7 


368 


77- 


35.8 


631 


Shortleaf pine.. 


2,514 
2,241 


1,565 
1,529 


5 by 8 

6 by 8 
5 by 8 

5 by 5 
2by2 

6 by 8 
6 by 8 
4 by 6 
4 by 4 
8by4 
4 by 4 


16 
14 
12 
8 
2 
16 
12 
6 
4 
8 
8 


12 
12 
24 
24 
277 
22 
20 
53 
30 
16 
38 


37.7 

42.8 
53.0 
47.0 
48.5 
43.6 
40.2 
52.8 
50.4 
67.2 
44.6 


361 
366 
325 
344 
400 
417 
416 
478 
472 
392 
546 


179 


47.0 


704 










































Western larch.. 


6 by 6 

2 by 2 


107 
491 


49.1 
50.6 


2,675 
3,026 


1,575 
1,545 


3,510 
3,696 


179 


40.7 


700 


























* 




Loblolly pine.. 


8 by 8 
4 by 8 
2 by 2 
6 by 7 
4 by 7 
2 by 2 

6 by 6 
2 by 2 
6 by 6 
2 by 2 


14 

18 
53 
4 
6 
165 

82 
131 

34 
143 


63.4 
60.0 
74.0 
49.9 
27.7 
36.8 

46.6 
55.6 
83.6 
72.1 


1,560 
2,430 


365 
691 


2,140 
3,560 
3,240 
3,032 
3,360 
3,190 

3,355 
3,392 

3,882 
3,980 


121 


83.2 


630 












2,332 
2,444 


1,432 
1,334 












24 


39.2 


668 


































Western hem- 
lock 


2,905 
2,938 
3,194 
3,490 


1,617 
1, 737 
1,240 
1,222 


6by4 


6 


30 


48.7 


434 


54 


65.7 


630 






Redwood 


6 by 8 
6 by 6 
6 by 7 
6 by 3 
6 by 2 
6 by 2 
6 by 2 
2 by 2 


16 
12 
9 
14 
12 
10 
8 
2 


13 
14 
13 
13 
12 
11 
12 
186 


86.7 
83.0 
74.7 
75.6 
66.5 
55.0 
56.7 
75.5 


473 
424 
477 
411 
430 
423 
396 
569 


148 


84.2 


742 














































































































Norway pine. . . 


6 by 7 
4 by 7 
2 by 2 
2 by 2 
2 by 2 


5 

8 

178 

58 
84 


29:0 
28.4 
26.8 
35.4 
61.0 


1,928 
2,154 


905 
1,063 


2,404 
2,652 
2,504 
2,750 
2,370 


20 


26.7 


589 
































Red spruce... . 






2 by 2 
2 by 2 


2 
2 


43 

46 


31.8 
50. 4 


310 
270 


30 
40 


32.0 
58.0 


758 


White spruce... 






651 











69 



STRENGTH VALUES FOR STRUCTURAL. TIMBERS, 
Table 3. — Bending tests on air-seasoned material. 





Sizes 




1 


CD 

3 
O 

a 


o 

M 


F.S.atE.L. 


M.ofR. 


M.ofE. 


Calculated 
shear 


Species. 


I 

M 




M 


CM 


N 


w 


M 


c* 




m 




i 

Pi 
02 


<3 
,0 




& 

I 


5| 




to .q 

cd a 

si 


*^cs 
o >> 
S3 A 
03 




.2 >> 


0J.S 

5 s* 
























1,000 










Inches. 


Ins. 








Lbs. 




Lbs. 




lbs. 




Lbs. 




Longleafpino 


8 by 16 


180 


5 


22.2 


16.0 


3,390 


0.50 


4,274 


0.37 


1,747 


1.00 


288 


0.75 




6 by 16 


132 


1* 


23.4 


17.1 


3,470 


.51 


6,610 


.57 


1.501 


.86 


388 


1.01 




6 by 10 


177 


2 


19.0 


8.8 


4.560 


.68 


7,880 


.68 


1,722 


.99 


214 


.56 




4 by 11 


180 


1 


18.4 


23.9 


3,078 


.46 


8,000 


.69 


1,660 


.95 


251 


.66 




6 by 8 


177 


6 


20.0 


13.7 


4,227 


.63 


8,196 


.71 


1,634 


.94 


177 


.46 




2 by 2 


30 


17 


15.9 


13.9 


6,750 


1.00 


11,520 


1.00 


1,740 


1.00 


383 


1.00 


Douglas fir 


8 by 16 


180 


91 


20.8 


13.1 


4,563 


.68 


6,372 


.61 


1,549 


.91 


269 


.64 




5 by 8 


180 


30 


14.9 


12.2 


5,065 


.76 


6,777 


.65 


1,853 


1.09 


218 


.52 




2 by 2 


24 


211 


19.0 


16.4 


6,686 


1.00 


10,378 


1.00 


1,695 


1.00 


419 


1.00 


Shortleaf pine 


8 by 16 


180 


3 


17.0 


12.3 


4,220 


.54 


6,030 


.50 


1,517 


.85 


398 


.98 




8 by 14 


180 


3 


16.0 


12.3 


4,253 


.55 


5,347 


.44 


1,757 


.98 


307 


.76 




8 by 12 


180 


7 


16.0 


12.4 


5,051 


.65 


7,331 


.60 


1,803 


1.01 


361 


.89 




5 by 8 


180 


6 


12.2 


22.5 


7,123 


.92 


9,373 


.77 


1,985 


1.11 


301 


.74 




2 by 2 


30 


67 


14.2 


13.7 


7,780 


1.00 


12,120 


1.00 


1,792 


1.00 


404 


1.00 


Western larch 


8 by 16 


180 


23 


18.3 


21.9 


3,343 


.57 


5,440 


.53 


1,409 


.90 


349 


.90 


' 


8 by 12 


180 


29 


17.8 


23.4 


3,631 


.62 


6,186 


.60 


1,549 


.99 


295 


.81 




5 by 8 


180 


10 


13.6 


27.6 


4,730 


.80 


7,258" 


.71 


1,620 


1.04 


221 


.01 




2 by 2 


30 


240 


16.1 


26.8 


5,880 


1.00 


10,254 


1.00 


1,564 


1.00 


304 


1.00 


Loblolly pine..... 


8 by 16 


180 


14 


20.5 


7.4 


4,195 


.81 


6,734 


.72 


1,619 


1.10 


462 


1.45 




6 by 16 


126 


4 


20.2 


5.0 


2,432 


.47 


4,295 


.46 


1,324 


• .90 


206 


.84 




6 by 10 


174 


3 


21.3 


4.7 


3,100 


.60 


6,167 


.66 


1,449 


.99 


173 


.54 




4 by 12 


174 


4 


19.8 


4.7 


2,713 


.52 


5,745 


.61 


1,249 


.85 


185 


.58 




8 by 8 


180 


9 


22.9 


4.9 


2,903 


.56 


4,557 


t48 


1,136 


.77 


93 


.29 




6 by 7 


144 


2 


21.1 


5.0 


2,990 


.58 


4,968 


.53 


1,286 


.88 


116 


.36 




4 by 8 


132 


8 


19.5 


9.1 


3,384 


.65 


6, 194 


.66 


1,200 


.82 


196 


.62 




2 by 2 


30 


123 


17.6 


6.6 


5,170 


1.00 


9,400 


1.00 


1,467 


1.00 


318 


1.00 


Tamarack 


6 by 12 


162 


5 


23.0 


15.1 


3,434 
4,100 


.45 


5,640 


.43 


1,330 


.82 


318 


.75 




4 by 10 


162 


4 


14.4 


9.7 


.54 


5,320 


.41 


1,356 


.84 


252 


.59 




2 by 2 


30 


47 


11.3 


16.2 


7,630 


1.00 


13,080 


1.00 


1,620 


1.00 


425 


1.00 


Western hemlock. 


8 by 16 


180 


44 


17.7 


17.8 


4,398 


.69 


6,420 


.62 


1,737 


1.04 


400 


LOG 




2 by 2 


28 


311 


17.9 


19.4 


6.333 


1.00 


10,369 


1.00 


1,066 


1.00 


382 


1.00 


Redwood 


8 by 16 


180 


6 


26.3 


22.4 


3,797 


.79 


4,428 


.57 


1,107 


.96 


294 


1.05 




6 by 12 


180 


6 


16.1 


17.7 


3,175 


.66 


3,353 


.43 


728 


.64 


167 


.00 




7 by 9 


180 
186 


6 


15.9 


15.2 


3,280 


.69 


4,002 


.51 


1, 104- 


.96 


147 


.53 




3 by 14 
2 by 12 


G 


13.1 


24.4 






5,033 
5,336 


.64 






291 


1.04 




180 




13.8 


14.4 


3*928' 


".'82' 


.68 


i,"249' 


'i.'09* 


260 


.93 




2 by 10 


180 


5 


13.8 


24.8 


3,757 


.79 


4,606 


.59 


1,198 


1.05 


180 


.67 




2 by 8 


180 


. 6 


13.7 


20.7 


4,314 


.90 


5,050 


.65 


1,313 


1.15 


100 


.60 




2 by 2 


28 


122 


15.2 


18.8 


4,777 


1.00 


7,798 


1.00 


1,146 


1.00 


279 


1.00 


Norway pine 


6 by 12 


102 


5 


16.7 


8.1 


2,968 


.56 


5,204 


.61 


1,123 


.97 


280 


1.02 




4 by 10 


102 


5 


13.7 


12.0 1 5,170 


.98 


0,904 


.82 


1,712 


1.48 


317 


1.13 




2 by 2 


30 


60 


14.9 


11.2 5,280 


1.00 


8,470 


1.00 


1,158 


1.00 


281 


1.00 



STRENGTH VALUES FOR STRUCTURAL TIMBERS^ 
Tabljk 4. — Compression and ihear tests mi air-seasoned material. 





Compression |] to grain. 


'Compression X to grain. 


Shear. 


Species. 


a 

I 

o 
o 

S3 


3 
S 

a 

3 


i 
o 

a 

o © 

8 

V 


ca a 

to w 

6 


e 

08 
3 
<T 

CO 


2\d 

03-3 

eg 


3 

S 


2 

"3 

W 


1 

.2 

a 

3 
2 


! 

I 2 

hi 


8. 

M 

. a 


3 

3 
'o 

JB 

a 

3 


3 
8 


.3 
CO 


Long-leaf pine . . 
Douglas fir 


Inches. 
4 by 5 
6 by 6 
2 by 2 


46 
259 
247 


26.3 
20.3 
18-7 


Lbs. 
3,480 
3,271 

3,842 


1,000 
lbs. 

1,038 

1,084 


Lbs. 
4,800 
4,258 
5,002 


Inches. 
4i<y5 
4 by 8 
4 by 8 
4 by 4 
4 by 4 

4 by 4 
8 by 5 
8 by 5 
8 by 5 

5 by 5 
2 by 2 
8 by 6 
8 by 6 
5 by 4 
8 by 5 
8 by 5 
4 by 5 


In. 
4 
16 
10 
8 
6 
4 

16 
14 
12 
8 
2 
16 
12 
8 
16 
8 
8 


22 
44 

32 
51 
49 
29 
4 
3 
5 
6 
57 
17 
18 
22 
12 
7 
8 


25.1 

20.8 
18.1 
20.2 
24.0 
24.8 
17.8 
16.3 
15.1 
13.0 
13.9 
18.8 
17.6 
13. 3 
19.8 
22.9 
19.5 


£6*. 
572 

732 
584 
038 
613 
603 
725 
757 
730 
918 
926 
491 
526 
735 
602 
679 
715 


52 

465 


20.2 
22.1 


984 
822 




















/ 














Short-leaf pine. 


6 by 6 
2 by 2 


29 
57 


15.7 
14.^2 


4,070 


1,951 


6,030 
6,380 


85 




1,135 
























































6 by 6 

4 by 4 
2 by 2 
6 by 6 

5 by 5 
4 by 8 
2 by 2 

6 by 7 
4 by 7 
4 by 4 
2 by 2 
6 by 6 
2 by 2 


112 

81 

270 

23 

10 

8 

69 

3 

3 

57 

66 

102 

463 


16.0 
14.7 
14.8 

*22."4' 
19.4 






5,445 
6,161 
5,934 
5,005 
2,950 
3,920 
5,547 
3,323 
4,823 
4,346 
4,790 
5,814 
5,403 


193 


15.0 


905 






















Loblolly pine . . 


3,357 
2,217 
3,010 


1,693 
545 
633 


156 


gll-3 


1,115 










Tamarack — .. 


15.7 
13.6 
14.9 
14.6 
18-6 
17.0 


2,257 
3,780 
3,386 


1,042 
1,301 
1,353 


2 by 2 


2 


57 


16.2 


697 


60 


14.0 


879 






































West hemlock.. 


4,840 
4,560 


2,140 
1,923 


7 by 6 
6 by 6 
4 by 4 

8 by 6 

6 by 6 

7 by 6 
3 by 6 
2 by 6 
2 by 6 
2 by 6 
2 by 2 
2 by 2 


15 
6 
4 
16 
12 
9 
14 
12 
10 
8 
2 
2 


25 
26 
6 
5 
6 
5 
2 
2 
4 
2 
145 
36 


18.3 
16f8 
15.9 
25.4 
14.7 
14.8 
42.6 
16.2 
14.3 
13:2 
13.8 
10.0 


514 

431 
488 
548 
610 
500 
470 
498 
511 
429 
564 
924 


131 


17.7 


924 












6 by 6 
2 by 2 


18 
115 


16.9 
14.6 






4,276 
5, 119* 


95 


12.4 


671 


























































































































Norway pine. . . 


6 by 7 
4by7 
4 by 4 
2 by 2 


4 
2 

55 
44 


15.2 
22.2 
16.6 
11.2 


2,670 
3,275 
3,048 


1,182 
1,724 
1,367 


4,212 
4,575 

7,550 


44 


11.9 


1,145 





























































Note.— Following is an explanation of the abbreviations used in the foregoing tables: 
F. S. at E. L.=Fiber stress at elastic limit. 
M.of E.=Modulus of elasticity. 
M. of R.=Modulus of rupture. 
Cr. str. at E. L,=Crushing strength at elastic limit. 
Cr. str. at max. ld.=Crushing strength at maximum load. 

71 



R. V. GIBSON 

WHOLESALE LUMBER 

tj£ %£& *J£ 

Idaho White Pine 

A Specialty 



• ^ ySsS^ * "^ ^ ^£* ^* ^ • * • 



Write or Phone for Prices 

717 Essex Building 
NEWARK, N. J. 

Telephone Evenings 

8880 MARKET BRANCH BROOK 264 

72 



ASSOCIATION STANDARD GRADES 

RULES FOR THE GRADING OF WESTERN 

SOFT PINE, IDAHO WHITE PINE, 

FIR AND LARCH LUMBER 

Reported by the Bureau of Grades and 
Adopted by the 

WESTERN PINE MANUFACTURERS' 
ASSOCIATION 

PREFACE 

The accompanying rules were adopted by 
the Western Pine Manufacturers' Associa- 
tion on February 2, 1910, upon the recom- 
mendation of its Bureau of Grades. 

The manufacturers of Western Soft Pine, 
Idaho White Pine, Fir and Larch lumber 
have been for some years grading under the 
rules of the Northern Pine Manufacturers' 
Association, and have demonstrated the en- 
tire practicability of grading and placing on 
the market all Western Soft Pine, Idaho 
White Pine, Fir and Larch lumber under 
one rule. 

The rules in this book are, accordingly, 
based on the Northern Pine Rules, with such 
changes and modifications as appeared neces- 
sary in order to clearly describe the defects 
existing in the above western woods, and 
not described in the Northern Pine Rules. 

These rules express, as nearly as it is 
possible to define them, the grades of lum- 
ber being made under the supervision of the 
Bureau of Grades of the Western Pine 
Manufacturers' Association, and its corps of 
inspectors, and do not change in any way 
the standards of value represented by exist- 
ing grades. These grades have been manu- 
factured for some time in the territory be- 
tween the Rocky Mountains on the East, the 
Cascade Mountains on 'the West, the British 
Columbia line on the North, and to and in- 
cluding the State of Oregon on the South, 
under the supervision and inspection of the 
Bureau of Grades. 

The ' descriptions, which follow are based 
on wide and continuous experience in this 
territory, and their aim is to portray more 
clearly the defects and characteristics pe- 
culiar to the woods of this region. 

GRADES AND NOMENCLATURE 

.The following are the standard grades 
adopted and the names by which they are 
to be known: 



Thick Finishing 

1%, iy2 and 2 inch. 

Select and Better. 

Select. 

Select. 

Inch Finishing 

Select and Better. 

Select. 

Select. 

Siding 
and Better. 



and Better. 



Flooring 



Factory Plank or Shop Common 

No. 1 Shop. 
No. 2 Shop. 
No. 3 Shop. 
Inch Shop. 
Short Box. 

Factory Selects 

Factory A Select and Better. 
Factory B Select. 
Factory C Select. 

Thick Common Lumber 

Tank Stock. 
Select Common. 
Step Plank. 

No. 1 Fencing, D&M Flat Common. 
No. 2 Fencing, D&M No. 1 Box. 
No. 3 Fencing, D&M No. 2 Box. 

Shiplap, Grooved Roofing and D&M 

No. 1 Common. 
No. 2 Common. 
No. 3 Common. 



Dimension 



No. 1. 
No. 2. 

No. 3 or Cull. 



Common Boards 



No. 
No. 
No. 



1 Common. 

2 Common. 

3 Common. 



7t 



No. 4 Common. 
No. 5 Common. 



Fencing: 



No. 1 Fencing. 
No. 2 Fencing. 
No. 3 Fencing. 
No. 4 Fencing. 



No. 1. 
No. 2. 



Lath 



RULES FOR GRADING WESTERN SOFT 

PINE, IDAHO WHITE PINE, FIR 

AND LARCH LUMBER 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 

The aim of the uniform grading inspection 
is to harmonize the natural differences which 
exist in the characteristics of the different 
stocks co-operating in this Bureau, making 
lumher of the same grades, at the different 
manufacturing points, of practically equal 
value, whether the logs from which the lum- 
ber is cut are large or small, coarse knotted 
or fine knotted, black knotted, or red knotted, 
sound or pitchy. 

1. No arbitrary rules for the inspection 
of lumber can be maintained witb satisfac- 
tion. The variations from any given rule 
are numerous and suggested by practical 
common sense, so nothing more definite than 
the general features of different grades 
should be attempted by rules of inspection. 
The following, therefore, are submitted as 
the general characteristics of the different 
grades. 

2. In the grading of finishing lumber in 
common practice, there is a recognized dif- 
ference in classifying inch lumber, and lum- 
ber thicker than an inch. 

3. A very large percentage of the one 
and one-fourth, one and one-half and two- 
inch lumber used for finishing purposes goes 
into work requiring each face to be shown, 
as in doors, sash, etc. With inch lumber, 
except shop common and partitions, the uses 
are quite different, the almost invariable 
practice being that one face of the board 
is shown and that face the better one. 

4. The face side of the lumber is the 
side showing the best quality for appear- 
ance. 

5. Defects in lumber should be distributed 
in proportion to the size of the piece. Long 
or wide pieces of the same grade may con- 
tain more and greater defects than shorter 
or narrower pieces. The same percentage 



74 



should be observed in both long . and short, 
wide and narrow. 

6. Wane in lumber is a defect which can- 
not be described by rule with satisfaction, 
land, therefore must be left to the judgment 
of the grader. 

7. In a general way, D&M.' stock, except 
No. 3, should have a good bearing on the 
back, and lumber SIS or S or S2S shows 
nearly a full face. 

8. The lowering of grade on the face side 
on account of wane should be governed by 
grade, width and defects in the piece. 

9. Due consideration in rough stock should 
be given for the amount of wane that would 
be surfaced off in milling. 

10. Lumber must be accepted on grade in 
the form in which it was shipped. Any sub- 
sequent change in manufacture or mill work 
will prohibit an inspection for adjustment of 
claims, except with the consent of all parties 
interested. 

11. Mixed width boards do not necessarily 
require as good edges as shiplap or dressed 
and matched stock of the same grade. 

12. Planing mill work should be taken 
into consideration in all grades of dressed 
lumber, and its effect on a piece must be 
left largely to the judgment of the inspec- 
tor. 

13. Thick "Q" Select, except for factory 
purposes, should be graded on its best side 
or face, not so much attention being given 
to the back, but in the grades of "B" Se- 
lect and Better, the backs should, as a rule, 
be within one grade of the face. 

14. The grade of partition should be de- 
termined from its poorer side. 

15. Lumber when worked should be 
graded the same as the respective grades 
when in the rough. 

16. Unless otherwise provided for, lumber 
worked two sides shall be graded from its 
better side or face; lumber worked one side 
shall be graded from its surfaced face. 

17. The examples given in this book do 
not in all cases include all of the different 
types in any grade. 

18. The interpretation of any grade is in- 
tended to cover all lumber between the next 
higher grade above, and the next grade be- 
low. 

19. It is not contemplated by these rules 
to cover car siding and roofing, the grades 
of which should be determined by special 
agreement. 

ASSOCIATION STANDARD GRADES 

FINISHING 

Bright sap shall not be considered a defect 
" any of the grades provided for and de- 



scribed in these rules. The restriction or 
exclusion of bright sap constitutes a special 
class of material which can only be secured 
by special contract. 

"B" SELECT AND BETTER 

1. "B" Select and Better may be 4 inches 
or wider and shall consist of "B" Select and 
all the better product of the stock. 

2. Knots, slight blue stain and slight 
traces of pitch or small season checks are 
admissible. 

3. A four-inch or six-inch piece should 
show but very slight traces of pitch or sea- 
son check. Wider pieces can have more 
pitch or season checks, but it should be 
local and not scattered over the face of the 
piece. 

4. Slight blue stain is admissible when 
other defects are not of a serious nature, 
the amount of stain depending upon the 
width of the piece. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece lxS-16. Has a small 
knot near one end; other end has blue stain 
two inches wide on edge running out at four 
feet. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-16. Shows crossing 
stain across face of piece at one end six 
inches wide; at other end has one small 
knot. 

Example 3. Piece 1x10-16. Has one inch 
of blue stain for one-third the length of the 
piece, one small knot at each end and one 
five-eighths inch knot near center of board. 

Example 4. Piece 1x10-16. Has local 
pitch near one end and one small knot near 
other end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. Has a small 
knot near each end, two and a half inches 
of medium blue stain for four feet on one 
edge. The reverse side has three inches of 
blue stain on both edges for five feet at one 
end. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-12. Scattered over 
the face of this board are six small tight 
knots varying in size from one inch to a 
small pin knot. 

Example 7. Piece 1x10-16. The face of 
the piece is perfect; the reverse side shows 
wane on one edge for eighteen inches. 

Example 8. Piece 1x12-16. Both edges of 
this board have mottled stain showing very 
light, varying in width from two to three 
inches and running full length of piece. No 
other defects are shown. 

Example 9. Piece 1x20-16. Has rot stain 
three inches wide and eight inches long at 
one end, one three-quarter inch unsound knot 
at other end and two half-inch knots. The 
reverse side has same appearance, except a 



small streak of pitch and a half-Inch of 
blue stain for four feet. 

Example 10. Piece 1x14-16. Has two 

half -inch tight black knots; near the center 
a small pitch pocket which does not show 
through the board. The reverse side has 
three-quarter inch of wane for three feet 
and shows same knots as on face. 

Example 11. Piece 2x12-16. Has one poor 
knot three-quarter inch in diameter but 
otherwise face is perfect. The reverse side 
shows blue stain on both edges three inches 
wide and four feet and one-half inch of 
wane for eight feet. 

Example 12. Piece 2x14-16. At one end 
near edge has one and one-half inch knot; 
at other end very slight pitch for two feet, 
but not showing any defined pitch streak. 
Reverse side shows three inches of blue 
stain for eight feet. 

Example 13. Piece 1x8-16. At one end 
shows light pitch for two feet running 
across one-half the face. One edge shows 
three inches of slight blue stain for eight 
feet. This piece also has three small tight 
knots not over one-half inch in diameter 
scattered over the face. 

Example 14. Piece l 1 / 4xl4-16. Face side 
shows four inches slight mottled stain at 
one end, running out at four feet, but no 
other imperfections. Reverse side shows 
mottled stain over two-thirds of the piece. 
No knots in this piece. 

Example 15. Piece 1^4x16-16. Face side 
shows five tight black knots well scattered, 
from one-half to one inch in diameter. Also 
three-fourths inch slight stain at one end 
running out at six feet. 

Example 16. Piece 1x12-16. This is a 
Western Soft Pine piece and at first sight 
this board might be classed as a pitchy 
piece. It 'is a slash grain heart piece, show- 
ing the red and white grain, a common type 
in Western Soft Pine, and is free from all 
defects except a season check ten inches long 
near one end. 

"C" SELECT 

1. "C" Select may be 4 inches or wider. 

2. This grade will admit of quite serious 
defects if the piece retains at the same time 
a fair appearance. 

3. The defects admissible are the same as 
.hose in "B" Select, but exist to a greater 
degree. 

4. Medium blue stain covering one-third 
of the face if not in combination with other 
marked defects will be admitted. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x8-16. Shows three 
inches of blue stain for two feet and three 



75 



small knots. The reverse side shows blue 
stain in four places. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-16. Has eight 
small knots scattered over the face; other- 
wise perfect. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. Shows three 
feet light pitch on one edge at one end and 
one foot of rather heavy pitch at other end; 
no other defects. 

Example 4. Piece 1x10-16. Bright and 
smooth appearance, but has three feet of fine 
pitch in center of board about three feet 
from one end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-16. Has five very 
small knots well scattered, a season check 
near one edge and an inch of blue stain for 
two feet on the end of other edge. 

Example 6. Piece 1x10-16. The face is 
free from defect except three and a half 
inches of blue stain for eight feet on one 
edge. The reverse side shows quite an 
amount of blue stain. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Has two 
inches of blue stain on each edge, two one- 
inch tight knots and two one-half inch knots. 
Reverse side shows slight stain clear across 
one-quarter of the piece. 

Example 8. Piece 1x12-16. Has a very 
smooth appearance, but shows pitch clear 
through for three feet at one end and four 
small tight knots. 

Example 9. Piece 1x12-16. This is a 
White Pine piece, and has fifteen small pin 
knots, none of them more than one-quarter 
inch in diameter, well scattered; piece is 
perfectly bright and smooth in appearance. 

Example 10. Piece 1x12-16. Quite smooth 
in appearance with pitch four inches wide 
tapering off at one-third the length of the 
piece. At other end of piece, pitch across 
the face for eighteen inches; the pitch, how- 
ever, is not massed and under ordinary con- 
ditions will not run. 

Example 11. Piece 1x14-16. Has four 
inches of light blue stain for five feet on 
one edge and a season check twelve inches 
long near one end. Reverse side shows one 
pitch pocket one-quarter inch wide and four 
inches long and a little more blue stain 
than is shown on face. 

Example 12. Piece 1x14-16. Has one 
three-quarter inch poor knot and three half- 
inch black knots. Also four feet of slight 
traces of pitch at one end. Reverse side 
shows same knot and pitch defects, and a 
small season check. 

Example 13. Piece 1x18-16. At first sight 
this board appears to be ' clear, but closer 
examination shows light pitch scattered over 
one-half the face. No other defects. 

Example 14. Piece 1x16-16. Has eight 
small knots scattered over the face; two are 



one inch in diameter and the others are 
from half -inch to a pin knot; two of these 
knots are not firmly set. 

Example 15. Piece 1x14-14. Within one 
foot of one end is a one and one-quarter 
inch black knot; also a quarter-inch black 
knot, and scattered over the face are two 
half-inch and two pin knots. 

Example 16. Piece 1^x1216. Face has 
blue stain three inches wide on one edge 
for ten feet; other edge has three inches of 
blue stain for two feet; no other defect. 
Reverse side shows blue stain over full 
width for eight feet. 

Example 17. Piece 1^x20-16. Face shows 
worm holes sixteen inches from end in cen- 
ter, one three-quarter inch black knot three 
feet from end on edge, a one-half inch black 
knot in center and seven feet from other 
end, within twelve inches of same end, one 
ted knot three-quarters by one and one-half 
inches near edge, and one-half inch of wane 
on one edge. Reverse side shows same knot 
defects somewhat larger and some season 
check. 

Example 18. Piece 1^x16-16. Has two 
feet of fine season checks across the face at 
one end, one and a half inches of fine pitch 
on edge extending for four feet, another 
trace of pitch on edge near opposite end, 
also a one and one-quarter inch loose knot 
and one and one-quarter inches of dead sap 
tapering out at four feet. 

Example 19. Piece l%xl«-16. Has two 
feet of very light pitch across the face at 
one end, one and one-half inches of it on 
one edge extending for four feet. Another 
trace of pitch near opposite end, and on 
same end one and three-quarter inches soft, 
rotten knot, and one and three-quarter inches 
of dead sap tapering off at four feet. At 
center of piece are two three-eighths inch 
knots. Reverse side shows same rotten knot 
and blue stain two and one-half inches wide 
the whole length of one edge. The other 
edge has two inches of blue stain for two 
feet. 

Example 20. Piece 1^x18-16. The face 
has nine black knots from one-quarter to 
one-half inch in diameter, well scattered; 
one of the half-inch knots is loose. Also 
has one and one-half inches of blue stain 
full length on one edge, and a small amount 
of pitch two feet from one end. Reverse 
side shows five of the half-inch knots that 
run through from the face, and three inches 
of dead sap the entire length of one edge. 

Example 21. Piece 1x10-14. Has one 
tight knot one and three-quarter inches in 
diameter and one one-half inch black knot 
and one pitch pocket one-quarter by three 
inches long, all well scattered. 



76 



"D" SELECT 

1. "D" Select may be 4 inches or wider. 

2. This grade admits any piece of lumber 
that has the appearance of finishing or a 
percentage of cutting in which the defects 
are too numerous or too serious to admit of 
being graded in "C" Select. 

3. Medium blue stain covering the entire 
face, wben not in combination with other 
marked defects, will be admitted. 

4. Pitch pockets, pitch streaks, season 
checks or two or three large knots when not 
in serious combination. In White Pine many 
pieces are found having quite a number of 
small pin knots. This description embraces 
one inch, one and one-fourth inch, one and 
one-half inch and two inch stock and is 
graded strictly from the face without re- 
gard to the back and cannot be recom- 
mended for quality. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x10-16. Face shows a 
great deal of pitch scattered for two-thirds 
of the length and three spots of rough mill 
work. The pitch, however, does not show in 
solid mass or heavy pitch streaks, and while 
considered the limit of pitch the piece is 
very smooth in appearance. 

Example 2. Piece 1x4-16. Very smooth 
in appearance, no knots, but has fine pitch 
over two-thirds of the face, with some blue 
stains on each edge at one end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. Shows medium 
blue stain over the entire face; no other 
defects. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-16. Has one one 
and one-half inch black knot three feet from 
one end, a one-inch black knot at two feet 
from other end near edge; also a small pitch 
pocket near center. This is considered a 
cutting "D" Select. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-16. Face shows 
blue stain for two-thirds the length; at 
eighteen inches from one end has one one- 
inch black knot. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-16. Face shows 
blue stain for four feet at one end; near 
center are two half-inch knots; other end 
shows fine season checks in center for three 
feet. 

Example 7, Piece 1x12-16. Dressed two 
sides. This piece shows a good "0" Select 
face. The reverse side shows six patches 
scattered the length of the board that have 
dressed, but practically speaking, this side 
has failed to dress, but no portion of the 
piece shows a thinness that will interfere 
with the uses to which this grade of lumber 
is usually put. 

Example 8. Piece 1x12-16. This is a 



White Pine piece and has twenty-four small 
knots scattered over the face; four of them 
are one-half inch in diameter and the bal- 
ance are smaller; good, smooth looking 
piece. 

Example 9. Piece 1x12-16. Has six knots 
one-half to one inch in diameter and four- 
teen knots less than one-half inch in diam- 
eter; a little blue stain on one edge. Other 
edge has one inch slight blue stain. This 
board is perfectly sound and smooth in 
appearance. 

Example 10. Piece 1x10-16. Has twenty 
sound red knots scattered over the entire 
face that will average less than one inch in 
diameter. Edges are square and piece is 
sound. 

Example 11. Piece 1x8-16. At one end in 
a space of three feet there are three black 
knots one-half inch in diameter and one red 
knot three-quarters inch in diameter. The 
center contains two pin knots. At the end 
and within a space of five feet there are 
eight sound red knots with centers slightly 
checked, two being one inch in diameter, 
two a half inch in diameter and four are 
pin knots. 

SIDING 
General Instructions 

1. Beveled Siding should be graded from 
the face side only. 

2. Defects on the thin edge, which will 
cover when laid, should not be given the 
same consideration as defects elsewhere. 

"B" AND BETTER SIDING 

1. "B" and Better Siding shall consist of 
"B" Siding and all the better product of 
the stock. 

2. "B" and Better Siding will admit of 
two or three sound tight knots, not to ex- 
ceed one-half inch in diameter, well scat- 
tered over the face of the piece, or in the 
absence of knots a small amount of blue 
stain, or slight traces of pitch if local. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 7-16x5^4-16. Shows 
heavy pitch spot one inch long on thin edge, 
a torn defect on same edge that covers when 
laid, a pitch pocket one-quarter inch wide by 
one and one-quarter inches long. 

Example 2. Piece 7-16x514-16. Has four 
small smooth knots, one-quarter inch and 
less in size, within four feet of one end 
near thin edge, and a half-inch, round, red 
knot within two inches of thick edge and 
six feet from same end. 

Example 3. Piece 7-16x5*4-16. Has a 



77 



large curl four feet from one end and one 
one-half inch sound knot. 

Example 4. Piece 7-16x5 % -16. Has a 
black knot on thin edge that will cover, a 
one-half inch tight black knot one inch from 
thick edge and two pin knots that show. 

Example 5. Piece 7-16x5% -16. This piece 
has three light crossing stains, but is other- 
wise perfect. 

Example 6. Piece 7-16x514-16. Has a 
three-quarter inch sound knot five feet from 
one end and slight roughness in milling; 
otherwise perfect. 

Example 7. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has a 
one-half by three-quarter inch tight knot on 
thick edge three feet from one end. 

Example 8. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has slight 
traces of pitch for one foot at one end; 
other end shows very small season check 
three inches long which is barely perceptible. 

Example 9. Piece 7-16x5 1 / 4-16. This piece 
is free from all imperfections. 

Example 10. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has light 
blue stain for one foot at one end; within 
three feet of other end is one three-eighths 
inch black knot. 

Example 11. Piece 7-16x5%-16. This 
piece has very slight mottled stain extend- 
ing for six feet. These spots are hardly 
noticeable; piece is otherwise perfect. 

"0" SIDING 

1. "C" Siding will admit of two or three 
small knots, not exceeding one inch in diam- 
eter, or more knots when smaller, or a slight 
amount of pitch, or light season check is ad- 
missible. 

2. Medium blue stain covering one-third 
the face is admitted if not in combination 
with other marked defects. 

3. Defects requiring one cut not to ex- 
ceed four inches of waste are allowed in 
high line pieces twelve feet long and longer. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has a 
three-quarter inch black knot five feet from 
one end. A small pitch pocket and a very 
little local pitch within twelve inches of 
same end of piece. 

Example 2. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has a 
half-inch black knot on thick edge five feet 
from end, and at seven feet another same 
sized knot. Within five feet of the other 
end is a half-inch loose knot and one-quarter 
inch of blue stain for six feet on thick edge. 

Example 3. Piece 7-16x5% -16. Has light 
blue stain extending over the whole face for 
five feet; no other defects are shown. 

Example 4. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has a 
one-half inch black knot three feet from one 
end that partly covers when laid, a pitch 



78 



streak six inches long four feet from same 
end, a three-quarter inch red knot five feet 
from same end, and at other end two feet 
of pitch that will cover when laid. 

Example 5. Piece 7-16x5%-16, Has five 
pin knots well scattered. On thick edge is 
one inch of blue stain for six feet, and on 
thin edge a little pitch that nearly covers 
when laid. 

Example 6. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has three 
knot holes on thin edge that will cover when 
laid, and four black knots one-quarter inch 
to one-half inch in diameter well scattered. 

Example 7. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has one 
and one-half inches of blue stain on thick 
edge for ten feet; also a three-quarter inch 
knot on thin edge. 

Example 8. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has a one 
and one-half inch black, coarse, knot six 
feet from end; otherwise nearly perfect. 
This is considered a cutting strip. 

Example 9. Piece 7-16x5%-16. At first 
sight this piece appears to be perfect, but 
closer examination shows slight season 
checks scattered over nearly one-half of 
face. 

Exam.ple 10. Piece 7-16x5% -16. Has 
slight blue stain for two feet at one end; 
other end shows slight pitch in center for 
three feet; otherwise perfect. 

"D" SIDING 

1. "D" Siding will admit of considerable 
pitch and season check; with or without 
either of these defects a piece may have a 
number of small knots well scattered. 

2. Blue stain covering the entire piece is 
allowed if not in combination with other 
marked defects. 



EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 7-16x5%-16. One-third 
of face has blue stain and scattered over the 
piece are a few small pin knots. 

Example 2. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has three 
black knots one inch in diameter, and a 
slight touch of pitch. 

Example 3. Piece 7-16x5% -16. Looks to 
be clear, but contains considerable pitch. 

Example 4. Piece 7-16x5 %-16. Has twelve 
small red knots and black knots, well scat- 
tered, in size from one-quarter to one-half 
inch. 

Example 5. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has me- 
dium blue stain covering the entire face and 
one small pin knot. 

Example 6. Piece 7-16x5% -16. The face 
of this piece is covered with medium blue 
stain for seven feet; also a small pitch 
streak near one end. 

Example 8. Piece 7-16x5%-16. Has blue 



stain for four feet at one end; other end 
shows season check for three feet. 

Example 9. Piece 7-16x5^4-12. Shows a 
foot of blue stain on one end; near center 
is defect requiring one cut showing four- 
inch waste; other end shows slight pitch for 
two feet. 

Example 10. Piece 7-16x5^4-16. At five 
feet, from end shows knot hole requiring cut. 
Near center of piece for three feet has blue 
stain covering entire face of piece; six feet 
from other end shows knot hole requiring 
cut; between this cut and same end is one 
one-half inch knot. 

"E" SIDING 

1. This is the lowest recognized grade of 
Beveled Siding and will admit of stain, 
knot, pitch pockets, pitch and season check; 
defects not admissible in "D" Siding. 

2. Many pieces showing seriously defec- 
tive mill work or imperfect manufacture are 
admitted in this grade. 

FLOORING 

1. "B" and Better Flooring shall consist 
of "B" Flooring and all the better product 
of the stock. 

2. "B" and Better Flooring will admit 
of two or three sound, tight knots from one- 
quarter to one-half inch in diameter, or in 
the absence of other defects, a small amount 
of blue stain. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Free from all 
defects except a rough spot caused by dress- 
ing. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. One edge 
slightly stained one-half inch wide for three 
feet, and a small tight pin knot less than 
one-half inch in diameter. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-14. At first sight 
this piece appears perfectly clear, but close 
inspection shows a very slight touch of pitch 
near one end. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has two small 
knots six feet apart; one is a red knot and 
the other a sound, tight black knot; one is 
full half-inch in diameter and the other 
smaller. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. This piece is 
free from all defects, except a slight season 
check four inches long. 

"CM FLOORING 

"0" Flooring will admit of two sound, 
tight knots one inch in diameter, or three 
to five sound tight knots one-half inch and 
less in diameter, or in the absence of knot 
defects, medium blue stain, or slight traces 



of pitch, or season check, if not in serious 
combination. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has a one- 
inch tight black knot near center of piece, 
one three-eighths inch black knot six feet 
from one end, and one one-quarter inch tight 
knot four feet from same end. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. At eight inches 
from end has one three-eighths inch knot; 
at three feet has a one-quarter inch knot; 
at centre two three-eighths inch knots; all 
being sound and tight. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-14. Contains three 
small pin knots well scattered, and a small 
pitch pocket three-eighths inch long near 
one end; near other end is eighteen inches 
of very light pitch; smooth appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has five small 
sound knots, the largest being one-quarter 
inch in diameter. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight small 
pin knots about the size of a lead pencil; 
otherwise perfect. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. Has light 
touch of pitch near one end; other end has 
three feet of light blue stain; fine appear- 
ance. 

"D" FLOORING 

1. "D" Flooring is a grade between No. 
1 Fencing D&M and "C" Flooring, and will 
admit in a general way the imperfections of 
both grades. 

2. In a knotty type the knots must be 
smaller and fewer in number than in No. 1 
Fencing, and may be either red or black. 

3. Medium blue stain covering the entire 
face is admitted, small pitch streaks or light 
season check, if not in serious combination. 

4. Defects requiring one cut, not to ex- 
ceed four inches of waste, are allowed in 
high line pieces twelve feet long and longer. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Has blue stain 
over the entire face; otherwise perfect. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Has. blue stain 
across the face for four feet in center of 
piece, and two half-inch knots at two feet 
from each end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. Fine appear- 
ance, but has fine pitch scattered over one- 
third the length. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has light stain 
one foot long near one end, and at six feet 
from end has a large loose knot; this is 
considered a cutting strip. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has eight 
small knots, the largest not over one-half 
inch in diameter; all well set. 



79 



Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. Has ten small 
knots, all red, and well scattered, averaging 
one-half inch in diameter. If the knots had 
been somewhat larger this piece would have 
graded No. 1. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-14. H^s blue stain 
three inches wide extending full length of 
piece, and small pin knot near center. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. At first sight 
appears to be- clear, but on examination 
shows very fine season checks scattered over 
the face for six feet. 

No. 1 FENCING, D&M 

This should be simply No. 1 Fencing 
worked to flooring and of the character, 
when worked, described under the title of 
No. 1 Common strips. 

EXAMPLES 

•Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty- 
two sound red knots, one being a horn knot 
three-quarters by four inches long; two knots 
in middle, side by side, are three-quarters 
of an inch in diameter, and the balance of 
knots are one-half inch and less in size. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Has four sound 
red knots, the two largest being three- 
quarters inch by one and one-half inches, 
and is perfectly sound. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. There are seven 
round black knots and two red knots in this 
piece, the red knots being three-quarters inch 
in diameter and located near one end. The 
largest black knot is one and one-quarter 
inches in diameter and four feet from same 
end; the balance of knots are one-half inch 
and less, and well scattered; there is also a 
little pitch at opposite end from large knot 
and is considered a liner between No. 1 and 
No. 2 Fencing on account of having a com- 
bination of defects mentioned. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has eighteen 
sound knots, about one-half being black and 
tight, and ranging in size from one-half to 
one inch in diameter; it is perfectly sound 
and is considered a good No. 1 strip. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has thirteen 
sound red knots, averaging three-quarters 
inch in diameter, and ten sound red knots 
one inch in diameter. At the center a little 
pitch is shown; also one foot of wane on 
tongue; four of the red knots have slightly 
checked centers. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. This is a sound 
heart piece containing seven red knots; one 
is a pitch knot, well set, and the balance 
are of a small horn type. 

Example 7. . Piece 1x6-14. Has five per- 
fectly sound red knots, one and one-half 
inches in diameter, and seventeen small red 



knots, one-quarter to three-quarters inch in 
diameter. This is a typical piece of No. 1 
Fencing. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-14. Has six sound 
red horn knots, running from each edge and 
nearly meeting; these knots do not impair 
the strength of the piece. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Has a small 
cluster of black knots at center, two one- 
half by one-inch black knots near one" end 
and nine other small knots, well scattered; 
all sound and tight. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Has seven 
small red knots averaging one inch in diam- 
eter; near one end shows a small amount of 
pitch heart about eighteen inches long, but 
it is not deep. 

Example 11. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty- 
two small sound knots, the two largest be- 
ing about one inch in diameter on the back; 
at center of the piece slight wane shows on 
both edges for thirteen inches, but not 
enough to impair the tongue or groove. 

Example 12. Piece 1x6-16. Has one one- 
half inch knot three feet from one end; one 
three-eighths knot four feet from other end; 
one five-eighths knot near center; all knots 
sound and firmly set. The entire face of 
this piece has light blue stain. 

No. 2 FENCING, D&M 

This should be simply No. 2 Fencing 
worked to flooring and of the character, 
when worked, described under the title of 
No. 2 Common Strips. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight black 
knots; three are one-half inch in diameter 
within three feet of one end, and one of 
them is an edge knot; the other five knots 
are one and one-half inches in diameter, 
scattered over the face of the piece; at the 
opposite end from the large knots is a one- 
half inch hole where a knot has sloughed off 
in working. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-14. Has seven 
small black knots and would readily be . ad- 
mitted in D Flooring were it not that three 
of the knots are loose. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-12. At one end has 
a pitch streak averaging three-quarters inch 
wide for five feet; at opposite end a pitch 
pocket three inches long, and three one-inch 
knots. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-14. Has four black 
knots averaging one inch in diameter, two 
pitch knots one and one-half inches wide by 
four inches long. All well scattered over 
the face. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. At one end has 



SO 



a one and one-half inch sound red knot and 
one one-half inch red knot, both having 
checked centers. The center has two one- 
inch sound red knots and part of a one and 
one-half inch loose knot on grooved edge. 
Scattered over the face within six feet of 
other end are ten sound pin knots and three 
two-inch sound red knots. 

Example 6. Piece Ix6-1G. Has twenty- 
two black knots scattered over the face, 
three being loose, and on one edge a little 
pitch. None of these knots are over one 
inch in diameter. 

• Example 7. Piece 1x6-16. This is a 
smooth looking strip, its principal defect be- 
ing pitch extending over two-thirds of the 
face; also five small knots well scattered 
and a half-inch edge knot hole. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. This is a sound 
small knotted piece and would be No. 1 if it 
were not that a knot one-half inch by one 
inch is gone out of the edge. 

Example- 9. Piece 1x6-16. Is coarse in 
appearance on account of two large limb 
knots extending across the face. Knots are 
red and do not seriously impair the strength 
of the piece. 

Example 10, Contains nine knots from 
one-half to one inch in diameter; part of 
them are black and one edge knot is partly 
broken out in dressing. On one edge is a 
slight trace of rot, but piece is of a very 
sound character. 

Example 11. Piece 1x6-16. Has sound red 
knots of all sizes up to two inches and has 
one inch of black stain for six inches on one 
edge. This is considered a fine type of 
No. 2. 

Example 12. Piece 1x6-16. Has fourteen 
small knots, six of which are black. The 
piece has in addition three, well scattered, 
open seasoning checks that extend through 
the strip, and each is four inches in length. 
The appearance and quality are both in this 
piece of Flooring. 

Example 13. Piece 1x6-16. This is a 
smooth looking sound knotted piece and 
would grade No. 1 were not the entire face 
covered with blue stain. 

No, 3 FENCING, D&M 

No. 3 Fencing D&M is the regular grade 
of No. -3 Fencing worked to flooring and may 
contain coarse knots, an occasional knot hole, 
splits, wane, worm holes, streaks of rot, and 
a great deal of pitch or season checks, and 
any amount of stain, but not a serious com- 
bination of these .defects. 

EXAMPLES 
Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has black 
knots five-eighths to one inch in diameter, 



three feet from one end; knot sloughed off 
edge one-half to five-eighths inch five inches 
from same end and on same edge knot five- 
eighths by one and one-quarter inches is 
sloughed off. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. If free from 
pitch this piece would grade No. 1 Fencing 
Flooring, but has heavy pitch across the face 
for one-half the length of piece. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. Has a one-inch 
knot hole four feet from one end; scattered 
over the face are ten knots, in size from 
one to two inches in diameter, two of them 
being loose. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has eight small 
rotten knots with firm rot stain extending 
from one knot to the other along the whole 
length of the piece. This piece has a de- 
cidedly unsound appearance at the first 
glance. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has four good- 
sized branch knots on face, with some heart 
shake along grooved edge; also three- 
quarters inch of wane for two feet at one 
end of face. The back is also waney on 
both edges, so much so for half the length 
that the piece is almost slabby. 

COMMON LUMBER 

1. The characteristic of Common Lumber, 
as distinguished from Finishing, consists of 
a general coarseness of appearance, caused 
by various defects and combination of de- 
fects in a greater or less degree, according 
to the grade. 

2. Checked knots in tight red knotted 
stock in Common Lumber is not considered a 
defect, unless the opening is so pronounced 
as to injure the piece, for the purpose for 
which the grade was designed. 

No. 1 COMMON BOARDS AND STRIPS 

1. No. 1 Common Boards and Strips in- 
cludes all sound tight knotted stock, whether 
red or black knots, free from very large, 
coarse knots, or any imperfections that will 
weaken the piece. 

2. This grade should be of a character 
fitting it for ordinary use, except finishing 
purposes. 

3. Knots, small pitch pockets, light sea- 
son check or light pitch are admissible if 
they do not affect the general utility of the 
piece. 

Light blue stain covering the entire face 
is admissible if not in combination with 
other marked defects. 

EXAMPLES 
Example 1. Piece 1x12-16. Has five red 
knots from one and one-half to two inches 



81 



in diameter; also fifteen small knots, all 
sound and well scattered and varying in 
size from a half inch to an inch and a 
quarter. This is a typical No. 1 Common. 
Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. There are a 
great many knots in this piece, but they are 
well distributed and are sound and tight. 
Six of them are red, from one and one-half 
to two inches in diameter; seven more red 
knots, about one and one-half inches, and 
four small tight black knots not over an 
inch in diameter. 

Example 3. Piece 1x10-16. This piece 
worked four sides. Has twenty-four small 
knots; an angling three-eighths inch knot 
has fallen out on the edge on the face side; 
the reverse side shows a small patch that 
failed to dress. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-16. Has eight red 
knots from an inch to an inch and a half 
in diameter; each knot shows a small check 
across it and the piece shows light blue 
stain full length on one edge. This is a 
very smooth looking piece. 

Example 5. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to 
drop siding. Has four red knots about one 
and one-fourth inches in diameter, and 
eleven small sound red knots, in size from 
one-half to one inch in diameter. , 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to 
shiplap. Has seven red knots about an inch 
in diameter and fifteen smaller ones ranging 
from one-fourth to one inch in diameter. 
The entire face is covered with light blue 
stain, but piece is sound and has smooth 
appearance for No. 1. 

Example 7. Piece 1x10-14. This piece has 
six sound firmly set knots, from one-fourth 
to one inch in diameter, well scattered; 
there are also several very small season 
checks; these checks, however, are very fine 
and the board is sound and of good appear- 
ance. 

No. 2 COMMON BOARDS AND STRIPS 

1. No. 2 Boards and Strips are subject 
to the same general inspection as No 1, ex- 
cept that coarser and larger knots, not 
necessarily sound, more pitch, pitch pockets 
and season checks are allowed. V and 
coarse limb knots, heart shake or slight 
traces of rot w r hen firm, or occasional worm 
holes, are defects admissible in this grade. 

2. Blue stain covering the entire face of 
the piece is admissible when not in com- 
bination with other marked defects. 



EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x12-16. Has seven red 
knots with checked centers. These knots 
vary in size from one and one-half to two 
and one-half inches in diameter, and eight 



82 



smaller knots. A portion of the center of 
one of the checked knots has broken out in 
dressing. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. Very smooth 
in appearance; looks like a "D" Select; con- 
tains a large number of small black knots, 
two of which are not firmly set 

Example 3. Piece 1x20-16. Has six large 
branch or V-shaped knots, all red, from one 
and one-quarter and one and one-half inches 
wide, and from three to four inches long; 
also a half dozen smaller red knots from 
one to two inches in diameter. 

Example 4. Piece 1x16. Has four large 
branch knots, all black but tight, a little 
heart shake or season check, a touch of red 
stain for three feet; also eight or ten small 
knots well scattered. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-14. Has nine 
knots, both red and black, from one and 
one-half to two inches in diameter; at least 
a dozen smaller knots from one-half to one 
and one-quarter inches, both red and black 
all well scattered and firmlv set. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-14. Contains ten 
red knots from two to three inches in diam- 
eter, and a half dozen smaller ones, all 
sound; also a single grub or worm hole 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-16. Has a great 
deal of blue stain, with a dozen small knots 
both red and black; well scattered and firmlv 
set. J 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. Has two red 
knots, two inches in size, four knots averag- 
ing an inch, and a half dozen small ones 
Type of a good No. 2. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Has a streak 
of very firm red rot, about one inch wide 
running six feet in length from one end- 
also a half dozen small knots well scattered' 
The rot is barely perceptible in the rough 
strip and is therefore of a smoother appear- 
ance than the average No. 2 Fencing Strip 
Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Has three 
large worm holes and considerable pitch* 
both well scattered. In appearance very 
smooth and an acceptable grade whether used 
rough or D&M. 

Example 11. Piece 1x12-14. The face 
contains a large number of sound knots, and 
would be No. 1 were it not that it also has 
about a half dozen worm or grub holes well 
scattered. If it were ten inches wide fewer 
worm holes would be admitted. 

Examples 12. Piece 1x12-16. Has a dozen 
small knots, and a like number of small 
pitch pockets scattered over the face the 
largest of these pitch pockets being' one- 
quarter by three inches long. 

No. 3 COMMON BOARDS AND STRIPS 

1. The general appearance of this grade 
of .lumber is coarse, admitting: 



2. Large loose or unsound knots. 

3. An occasional knot hole. 

4. A great deal of pitch and pitch 
pockets. 

5. Some red rot and pieces that are badly 
season checked. 

6. Large worm holes and any amount of 
blue stain. 

7. Not a serious combination of these de- 
fects in any one piece is admissible. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. Badly split at 
one end for six feet and sprinkled with a 
dozen knots. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. Has heavy 
pitch scattered over the whole board, but 
not in solid masses; also a half dozen small 
knots. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-14. Has ten large 
knots from two to three inches in diameter; 
some of them are not firmly set; also a 
half-dozen small knots and a split one foot 
in length at one end. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-16. Has six large 
branch knots which materially weakens the 
piece and gives it a very coarse appearance. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-14. Worked to 
shiplap. Has four black knots about one 
and one-half inches in diameter, and one 
knot hole of like size. 

Example 6. Piece 1x10-14. Has eight 
small knots one inch in diameter. These 
knots are black and some of them are loose. 
If knots were sound, the board would pass 
for a "D" Select. 

Example 7. Piece 1x10-14. Worked to 
shiplap. Has four large pitch pockets; one 
is two inches wide by four inches long; the 
others are somewhat smaller. Also a half 
dozen small knots. 

Example 8. Piece 1x10-16. Worked to 
shiplap. One end smooth looking; has a few 
small knots. The other end shows three feet 
containing red rot from four to six inches 
wide. 

Example 9. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to 
shiplap. Shows a dozen small black knots 
and red rot of a firm texture over one-third 
of its face. 

Example 10. Piece 1x10-16. Worked to 
shiplap. Has knot defects as are found in 
No. 1 Common, but also has a dozen large 
worm holes well scattered, which make it 
No. 3. 

Example 11. Piece 1x10-14. Worked to 
shiplap. Has four large black knots three 
inches in diameter, one of them loose; also 
a few pin knots and some blue stain. 

Example 12. Piece 1x10-16. Full of 
coarse knots, all sound, but is so extremely 
coarse in appearance that the board is 
classed as No, 3. Without two or three of 



these coarse knots, it would be a satisfac- 
tory No. 2. 

Example 13. Piece 1x8-12. Worked to 
shiplap. This piece is badly season checked, 
has the knot defects of a No. 1 Common and 
has good appearance. 

Example 14. Piece 1x6-16. Has one inch 
of wane on one edge and considerable blue 
stain; also a small knot hole one inch in 
diameter, and a large coarse knot. 

.Example 15. Piece 1x6-16. Has pitch 
streak near one end, from one to three 
inches wide and four feet long; other end 
shows considerable season check. 

Example 16. Piece 1x6-16. Has three 
coarse black knots from two to three inches 
in diameter. 

Example 17. Piece 1x10-14. Has one 
large sound knot two and one-half inches in 
diameter at one end. Two feet from same 
end has loose knot three-quarters inch in 
diameter, and five feet from same end has 
dead sap two inches wide on each edge for 
four feet; also two good-sized worm holes, 
one knot hole three-quarters by one inch, 
and six feet from one end one sound red 
knot one and one-half inches in diameter. 

Example 18. Piece 1x12-16. Has fifteen 
pitch pockets of all sizes up to six inches 
long, and a half dozen small knots. This 
piece has a hard appearance, but is a good, 
strong, serviceable board. 

Example 19. Piece 1x12-14. Has five 
large sound knots, in size from one and one- 
half to three inches in diameter; these knots 
have badly checked centers; about four feet 
from one end has a knot hole one and one- 
half inches in diameter, and an open pitch 
seam twelve inches long. 

Example 20. Piece 1x8-14. Has several 
small black knots one-quarter to five-eighths 
inch in diameter, and three sound red knots 
from one and one-half to two inches in diam- 
eter. It also has two knot holes, one of 
them one and one-quarter by one and one- 
half inches in size, and is six feet from end 
of piece; the other is three-quarters by two 
inches and situated three feet from same 
end. 

No. 4 COMMON BOARDS AND STRIPS 

1. The predominating defects characteriz- 
ing this grade is red rot and knot- holes. 

2. Other types are pieces showing numer- 
ous large worm holes, pieces that are ex- 
tremely coarse knotted, waney, or showing 
excessive heart shake, extremely pitchy, or 
badly checked, or split. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. One half of 
this board has the general appearance of a. 



IS 



No. 2 Common. The other half is composed 
of red rot varying from firm to soft. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. Has six large 
knot holes, other knot defects are those of 
a No. 2 Common board. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Has a great 
many large worm holes, considerable rot and' 
a few coarse knots. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-14. Contains four 
large knot holes with other defects. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. Has the knot 
defects of No. 2 Common board, bnt contains 
a large number of large worm holes. No. 
rot or knot holes in the piece. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-12. Very badly 
split in two or three places, no serious rot 
or knot defects, but board is badly shat- 
tered. 

Example 7. Piece 1x10-16. Three-quarters 
of the face of this board shows heavy mass 
of pitch and a few knots. 

Example 8. Piece 1x12-16. Shows the 
knot defects of a No. 2 Common board, but 
has excessive heart shake. 

Example 9. Piece 1x4-16. Shows a good 
face, but is excessively waney on back, there 
being four feet of it showing all slab. Face 
equal to No. 2 in quality. 

NO. 5 BOARDS. 

No. 5 Boards is the lowest recognized 
grade and admits all defects known in lum- 
ber, provided the piece is strong enough to 
hold together when carefully handled. 



JOISTS, 



SCANTLING AND TIMBER 
NO. 1 



No. 1 Joists and Scantling must be of a 
good, sound character, but will admit of de- 
fects that do not impair the strength of the 
piece. 

2. On basis of 2x4, wane on edge is ad- 
missible one-half inch deep for half the 
length, or a proportionate amount for a 
shorter distance or on both edges. In any 
case, one side and two edges should allow a 
good nailing surface, it being understood, 
however, that the wane shall in no case ex- 
tend over one-half the side of the piece. 

3. A few worm holes are admissible. 

4. Stain is not considered a defect. 

5. Timbers and threee-inch plank admit 
proportionately greater defects. 

6. Two-inch dimension and three-inch and 
thicker, and timbers, may consist of Pine, 
Fir and Larch in any proportion. 

NO. 2 

1. No. 2 will admit of large, coarse 
knots, not necessarily sound, considerable 
wane, also pitch, worm holes, red dozy 



streaks, crooked pieces and other defects 
which weaken or impair the piece to such 
an extent as to render it unfit for a No. 1 
grade. Any amount of No. 2 Pine, Fir, or 
Larch is admissible in the grade. 

NO. 3 

No. 3 will admit of a great deal of rot 
and all the imperfections allowed in No. 1 
and No. 2, but in a much more pronounced 
form. Any amount of No. 3 Pine, Fir and 
Larch is admissible. 

THICK COMMON LUMBER 

Common lumber, one and one-fourth inches 
and thicker, shall be graded the same as 
inch lumber. 

TANK STOCK 

1. Tank Stock shall be of dimension sizes, 
square edged, practically free from wane and 
pitch. The face should be practically free 
from season checks, the back can have a 
moderate amount if it does not impair the 
piece for Tank purposes, and may also have 
any number of sound water-tight knots. 

2. White sap is not defect. 

SELECT COMMON 

1. Select Common shall be of dimension 
sizes and of a smooth, common appearance 
on the face side. 

2. White sap shall not be considered a de- 
fect in this grade. 

3. A slight amount of stain is admissible 
on the face, and any amount of sound stain 
on the back. 

4. A small amount of pitch may show on 
the face when not in combination with other 
marked defects. 

5. Any quantity of small sound knots, red 
or black, that do not give the piece too 
coarse an appearance are admissible. 

6. The face, of the piece should be prac- 
tically free from* wane, while the back may 
show a moderate amount as well as other 
defects. 

STEP PLANK 

Step Plank shall be Pine eight inches or 
wider, and shall be graded the same as 
No. 1 Common Boards. 

FLAT COMMON 

Flat Common shall be Pine six inches or 
wider and shall be graded the sajme as No, 2 
Common Boards and Strips. 



84 



NO. 1 BOX 

No. 1 Box shall be graded the same as 
No. 3 Common Boards and Strips. 

NO. 2 BOX 

No. 2 Box shall be graded the same as 
No. 4 Common Boards and Strips. 

FACTORY LUMBER 

Factory Plank. 

1. Grades as described under this head 
are valued for cutting qualities only, and 
should not be confounded, either in quality 
or value, with grades outlined in another 
part of this book for yard purposes. 

2. Factory plank of all kinds, better than 
No. 3 Shop, shall be graded for the percent- 
age of Door Cuttings that can be obtained. 

3. Two grades of Door Cuttings only shall 
be recognized, and are to be known as No. 
1 and No. 2 Cuttings. " 

4. The only defect admissible in No. 1 
Door Cuttings is white sap. 

5. The grade of No. 2 Door Cutting will 
admit of one defect only in any one piece. 
This may be a small knot of sound char- 
acter, not to exceed five-eighths of an inch 
in diameter, or the defect may be slight 
blue stain which does not extend over more 
than one-half the surface of the piece on 
one side, or in the absence of all other de- 
fects, one small season check not to exceed 
eight inches in length and showing on one 
side ^f the piece only, is admissible. 

SHOP COMMON 

No. 1 Shop Common. The sizes and grades 
of cuttings admissible in the grade of No. 1 
Shop Common are as follows: 

1. No. 1 Stiles in width 5^4 or 6 inches 
and in length from 6 feet 8 inches to 7 feet 
6 inches. 

2. No. 1 Rails, 9 to 10 inches wide and 
from 2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. 

3. No. 1 Muntins 5*4 inches wide and 
from 3 feet 6 inches to 4 feet in length. 

4. Any number of pieces of either Stiles 
or Rails mentioned above are admissible in 
the grade of No. 1 Shop Common; but only 
two Muntins of the sizes mentioned above 
shall be' considered, and one No. 2 Door Stile 
may also be considered, in securing the re- 
quired percentage of cuttings in any given 
plank. 

5. Each plank of No. 1 Shop Common 
shall contain not less than 50 per cent, nor 
more than 70 per cent of Door Cuttings of 
the .sizes and grades above mentioned. 

No. 2 Shop Common. The sizes admissible 
in No. 2 Shop Common are as follows: 



1. Stiles in width 5*4 or 6 inches, and 
from 6 feet 8 inches to 7 feet 6 inches in 
length. 

2. Rails 9 or 10 inches in width and from 
2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. 

3. Top Rails 5% inches wide and from 2 
feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. Top 
Rails must, however, be of No. 1 Door Cut- 
ting quality, but figured as No. 2 Door Cut- 
tings. 

4. Muntins 5*4 inches wide and from 3 
feet 6 inches to 4 feet in length. 

5. Any number of cuttings of any one of 
the above sizes are admissible in the grade 
of No. 2 Shop Common. 

6. Each plank of No. 2 Shop Common 
shall contain either one of the following: 
At least 25 per cent of No. 1 Door Cuttings, 
or not less than 40 per cent of all No. 2 
Door Cuttings or not less than 33 1-3 per 
cent No. 1 and No. 2 Door Cuttings com- 
bined. 

No. 3 Shop Common. One and one-fourth 
inches and thicker, will admit all below the 
grade of No. 2 Shop Common that is of a 
outting type, and suitable for sash, door 
or other cuttings. 

FACTORY SELECTS 

Factory "C" Select and Better. The 
grade of Factory "C" Select and Better 
shall contain 70 per cent and more of No. 1 
Door Cuttings in the sizes specified as ad- 
missible in No. 1 shop. 

NOTE. — All factory plank shall be graded 
from the poor side, and in determining the 
percentage of door cuttings, consideration 
must be given to the fact that plank are 
to be ripped full length in such manner as 
will yield the highest grade and largest 
percentage of door cuttings before cross cut- 
ting, except in such cases where plank will 
yield a higher value by being first cross- 
cut for rails. In such instances as when 
stock is cross-cut for rails, where some of 
the stock so obtained is too poor for either 
No. 1 or No. 2 rails, and yet contains stiles 
or muntins, or top rails, which can be ob- 
tained by ripping this cross-cut stock, the 
door cuttings so obtained shall be figured 
in when determining percentages. 

INCH SHOP COMMON 

1. There shall be only one grade of inch 
Shop Common. 

2. Cuttings shall be 9% inches wide or 
wider and 18 inches long or longer, or, 5 
inches wide or wider and 3 feet long or 
longer. 

3. Cuttings 9y 2 inches wide or wider and 
less than 3 feet in length shall be from 



85 



defects free on both sides, except white sap. 

4. Cuttings 5 inches wide or wider and 
3 feet long or longer shall have a "C" 
Select or Better face. 

5. Each piece of Inch Shop Common shall 
contain 50 per cent or more of any one cut- 
ting, or combination of cuttings, described 
In the foregoing rules for this grade. 

SHORT BOX 

Short Box shall include lumber twelve to 
forty-seven inches long inclusive, three inches 
and wider, and No. 4 and better. 



RULES FOR MEASUREMENT OF 
FACTORY PLANK 



with 



Factory Plank may be measured 
either a rule or a tape line. 

When a rule is used, the number of feet 
nearest the actual measurement shall be 
taken. 

The additional thickness over inch shall 
be added to the surface measurement of the 
total amount measured. 




DOOR, SHOWING CUTTINGS. 
86 



DOOR CUTTINGS 

The figures on the left of the brackets 
show the number of feet and decimal parts 
in each cutting. 

The figures on the right show the number 



of feet and approximate fractions of a foot 
in each piece of cutting grouped within the 
various brackets. These fractional figures 
on the right of the brackets are sufficiently 
accurate for practical purposes and are to 
be used in computing the percentage of cut- 
tings in a factory plank. 








STILES. 






5%' 


x6' 


8" 


— 2.92 


ft. 




5 l A' 


x,6' 


10" 


— 2.99 


44 


3 


">%' 


■x.r 




-3.06 


44 




$%' 


xT 


2" 


-3.14 


44 




$%' 


x7' 


4" 


-3.21 


44 




$%' 


'x7 


6" 


-3.28 


44 


• 3% 


6" 


x6' 


8" 


-3.33 


44 




6" 


x6' 


10" 


-3.42 


14 




6" 


x7' 




-3.5 


H 


■ 3% 


6" 


x7' 


2" 


-3.56 


44 


^^ / & 


6" 


x7 


4" 


— 3.66 


" } 




6" 


x7' 


6" 


— 3.75 


" 


334 



SASH, SHOWING CUTTINGS. 



87 



5%' 

5 'A' 

S l A' 



9" 
r 

9" 
9" 

9" 

10" 
10" 

10" 
10" 

10" 



5%" 

5%" 



MUNTINS 

x 3' 6" - 1.53 ft 
x3' 8" -1.6 " 

x 3' 10" - 1.68 " 
x 4' - 1.75 " 

RAILS. 

x2' 4" -1.75 ft. 
x2' 6" -1.875" 

x2' 8" -2. " 
x 2' 10" -2.125" 

x3' -2.25" 

x2' 4" — 1.9 4 " 
x2' 6" -2.08 " 

x2' 8" -2.22 " 
x 2' 10" -2.36 " 

x3 -2.5 " 

TOP RAILS. 

x 1 4" - 1.02 ft. 
x 2' 6" - 1.09 ft. 

x2' 8"- 1.17 ft. 
x 2' 10" -1.24 •' 
x3' -1.31 ** 



}'<* 



m 

2 

2 

}2# 



1« 



LATH 

Owing to the rapidity with which Latb 
are manufactured and necessarily handled in 
grading the misplacement of an occasional 
piece is practically unavoidable. For this 
reason a variation of ten per cent or less 
off grade is provided for in our rules. This 
nrovision is intended to cover accidentally 
misplaced pieces only, and every reasonable 
effort should be made to have the grade 
conform to the specifications without regard 
to this percentage provided for misplaced 
pieces. 

NO. 1 PINE LATH 

1. No. 1 Pine Lath shall be butted to 
not less than thirty -one and three-fourths 
inches or forty-seven and three-fourths 
inches long, not more than one-eighth of an 
inch scant of one and one-half of an inch 
wide, and not more than one-sixteenth of 
an inch scant of three-eighths of an inch 
thick, and of sound material. 

2. Will admit wane one-third the thick- 
ness, and one-third the width for one-third 
the length on one side of the piece or its 
equivalent otherwise located, when not in 
combination with other serious defects. • 

3. Any number of pin knots, three or 
four three-quarter inch knots well scattered, 
or more smaller knots, all well set, firm and 
sound, that do not weaken the piece, are 
admissible in four foot, and a proportionately 
less amount in a thirty-two inch No. 1 Lath. 

4. Moderate pitch extending over one- 
half the surface of the piece that does not 
materially impair the usefulness is admissi- 
ble when not in serious combination with 
other defects. 

5. A few worm holes in an otherwise 
sound piece are admissible. 

6. Stain shall not be considered a de- 
fect, although mould that has caused the 
surface of the piece to decay or scale off, 
is a defect not admissible in this grade. 

7. Ten per cent or less of No. 
shall be allowed in this grade. 

NO. 1 MIXED LATH. 

No. 1 Mixed Lath shall be graded by the 
same rules and specifications, and subject 
to the same percentage of No. 2 given for 
No. 1 Pine Lath, and may consist of any 
two or more of the following named woods: 
Western Soft Pine, White Pine, Black Pine, 
Spruce, Fir, Cedar and Larch. 



2 Lath 



88 



NO. 2 LATH. 

1. No. 2 Lath may consist of any one or 
a mixture in any proportions of any two or 
more of the following named woods: West- 
ern Soft Pine, White Pine, Black Pine, 
Spruce, Fir, Cedar and Larch. 

2. Pieces of No. 1 quality with an aver- 
age of not more than one-fourth of an inch 
scant in width, and one-eighth of an inch 
scant in thickness are admissible. 

3. No. 2 Lath may contain firm streaks 
and patches of rot, sound knots, an occa- 
sional loose knot or knot hole, dead wood, 
worm holes, wane, season checks, pitch and 
pitch pockets, that by themselves or in com- 
bination with these or other defects do not 
seriously impair the usefulness of the piece. 

4. Both ends of a No. 2 Lath should have 
at least an inch in width of firm wood for 
nailing. 

5. Ten per cent above or below this 
grade is admissible. 

STANDARD MANUFACTURED SIZES 

Adopted as Official, August 6, 1907. 

THICK FINISH. 

1*4" S2S to W 

iy 2 " S2S to i%" 

2" S2S to 1%" 

1" Finish and Common SIS or S2S to %" 
1" Finish and Common S4S to %"xy 2 " less 
than rough size. 

SHOP COMMON 

1" S2S to %" and 1-32" 

1%" S2S to iy 8 " and 1-32" 

iy 2 " S2S to 1%" and 1-32" 

2" S2S to 1%" and 1-16" 

SIDING. 

1x4 to 7-16x3^4 face. 
1x6 to 7-16x5 }4 face. 

FLOORING AND CEILING 

1x4 to %"x3%" face. 
1x6 to %"x5y 8 " face. 
1x8 to %"x7y 8 " face. 

DROP SIDING 

1x4 to %"x3y$" face. 
1x6 to %"x5y 8 " face. 
1x8 to %"x7%" face. 



SHIPLAP. 

lx 8 to %"x 7" face. 
1x10 to %"x 9" face. 
1x12 to %"xll" face. 

GROOVED ROOFING. 

lx 8 to %"x 7y 2 " face. 

1x10 to %"x 9y 2 " face. 

1x12 to %"xliy 2 " face. 

2" plank SIS or S2S to 1%". 

3" plank SIS or S2S to 2y 2 ". 

Timbers S4S to y 2 " less than rough size. 

DIMENSIONS AND TIMBERS 

2x 4 SIS and E to l%"x 3%" 
2x 6 SIS and B to l%"x 5y 2 " 
2x 8 SIS and E to l%"x 7%" 
2x10 SIS and E to l%"x 9%" 
2x12 SIS and E to l%"xliy 2 " 
2x14 SIS and E to l%"x3£%" 



89 



WEIGHTS OF REDWOOD. 

Per M'. ft. B. M. 

Balusters, turned 1500 

Balusters, beaded or S4S 1800 

Bungalow Siding, %" 1000 

%" 1250 

Ceiling, %" surface measure... 850 

Ceiling, %" surface measure 1100 

Ceiling, 1" 1600 

Drop Siding and Shiplap 1800 

FINISH. TANK & SILO STOCK Rough S2S 

y 2 " Surface Measure 1300 1200 

%" Surface Measure 1700 1600 

1 " 2400 2000 

1%" 1%" & 2" 2600 2200 

3 " 2900 2600 

4 " 3000 2800 

SQUARES & TURNING STOCK 

4x4 2800 2300 

5xi5 & 6 x 6 3200 270O 

8x8 & 10x10 3600 3100 

Flooring 1800 

Lattice 1800 

Lath 450 

Moulding 1600 

Pickets, per M. B. M 1600 

RAIL 

1%, 1% & 2" Square 1650 

2x3 & 4 -. 1800 

3x3 & Up 2000 

Siding and Clapboards 700 

Stave Columns 4 ft. 6 ft. 8 ft. 9 ft. 10 ft. 

6" 23 29 32 35 

8" 34 43 47 50 

10" 49 58 65 70 

12" 55 68 75 83 

Posts and 

Newels 4" 10 17 19 21 

5" 15 27 30 33 

6" 20 38 43 48 

Per M. Pes. 

Shingles 16" 5-1% Random 180 

5" & 6" 5-1% Dimension 170 

Each 

Doors 1% 28 

1% 32 

1% 45 

REDWOOD GRADING RULES 

Siding 

CLEAR. — Must be well manufactured and 
free from all defects excepting bright sap 
not over V 2 inch in width on thin edge. 
Small amount of birdseye permissible. 

SELECT.— Will allow slight roughness in 
manufacture and any amount of bright sap 
or birdseye. Will allow two sound knots 
not over y 2 inch in diameter. 



STANDARD.— Will allow any roughness 
that is not permitted in select grade; de- 
fects in manufacture, checks and raised slash 
grain stock. Any number small sound knots 
and not over two loose or unsound knots. 

Finish 

CLEAR. — This grade to be sound live lum- 
ber, and up to, and including 12 inches in 
width shall be on the face side free from 
all defects. Reverse side may contain one 
or two pin knots not exceeding Yz inch in 
diameter, or y 2 inch bright sap on one edge 
and extending not over one-third of the 
length of the piece. Small amount of birds- 
eye permissible. 

Lumber 14 inches and wider must have one 
clear face excepting that sap in width 
twelfth of the width of the piece am' 
tending not over one-third of length w * 
permitted in occasional boards. On t 1 



verse side sap as above is no defect. 



IjSftcn 



90 



also allow on reverse side one or more 
pin knots, the diameter of no one knot 
over % inch. Small amount of birdsey 
missible. 

Will allow splits or season checks n< 
ceeding in length one-half of the widtS of 
piece. 

SELECT. — This grade shall be graded from 
the better side. Must be well manufactured, 
but will allow any amount of sap or birdseye 
when not accompanied by any other defect. 
Pieces 3 to 6 inches wide without sap will 
allow pin knots or discoloration on one side 
only. Pieces 8 inches and wider without sap 
will allow one or more sound knots whose 
total diameter shall not exceed 1% inches. 
Will allow season checks or splits not ex- 
ceeding in length one-half the width of the 
piece. 

Squares 

CLEAR. — iSame as finish, but may contain 
such defects as will not appear after work- 
ing. 

SELECT. — May contain any amount of 
sound bright sap or birdseye; not more than 
four sound knots 1 inch in diameter, or two 
sound knots 1V 2 inches in diameter, depend- 
ing on the size of the piece. Ordinary sea- 
son checks or splits allowed. 

Tank and Silo Stock 

This grade may contain in addition to 
clear stock such pieces as will work water- 
tight and without sap on face side. 

Ship Lap, Drop Siding, Flooring and Ceiling 

Same grades as finish. Defects appearing 
only on back do not affect grade, 



SOUTHERN 

CYPRESS MANUFACTURERS' 

ASSOCIATION 

Standard Grades and 
Classifications of 

CYPRESS 

and 

BAY POPLAR 

(Tupelo) 

• Published at New Orleans, La. 
June 10, 1914. 

lice of Secretary, New Orleans, La. 

GRADING RULES 

For 
I 

( 'PRESS LUMBER AND SHINGLES 

Adopted November 23, 1905. 

Amended ' June 10, 1914 

Copyright, 1908, 

By the Southern Cypress Manufacturers' 

Association. 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 

The aim of these grading rules is to har- 
monize the natural differences which exist 
irs the timber sawed at the various mills in 
this Association, in an effort to make the 
shipments of lumber from the different mills 
uniform and of equal intrinsic value, grade 
for grade. 

5 > that end, cypress lumber shall be 

graded according to the following rules and 

specifications, bearing in mind that as no 

:rary set of rules and specifications can 

e laintained in every case, much must be 

* to the common sense and best judgment 
of the inspector. 

Lumber shall be manufactured and shipped 
in standard lengths and thicknesses. 

Tank, 1st and 2nd, worked partition, panel 
"stock and the cuttings in No. 1 and No. 2 
shop shall be graded from the poorer side. 

Select lumber, flooring, ceiling, bevel sid- 
ing and finishing shall be graded from the 
better or finished side, but the reverse side 



should in no case be more than one grade 
lower. 

All lumber shall be tallied surface or face 
measure, the tally counted up, and the one- 
quarter or one-half added to the total where 
the lumber is one and one-quarter or one and 
one-half inches thick, and two inches and 
thicker to be multiplied by the thickness. 

In the measurement of all lumber, frac- 
tions exactly on the one-half foot are to be 
given alternately to the buyer and the seller; 
the fractions below the one-half foot are to 
be dropped, and all fractions above the one- 
half foot are to be counted to the next 
higher figure on the board rule. 

In "line boards," pieces 14' and longer 
shall be given the advantage in grade; 
pieces 12' and shorter shall be reduced in 
grade. 

Recognized defects in cypress are knots, 
knot holes, shake, splits, wane, worm holes, 
stained sap and peck. 

STANDARD DEFECTS 

A standard knot is sound and not to ex- 
ceed 1^" in diameter. 

A small sound knot is one not exceeding 
%" in diameter. 

Two small knots not to exceed in extent 
or damage one 1%" knot. 

One straight split not to exceed in length 
the width of the piece. 

Worm holes not exceeding in damage one 
standard knot. 



Ordinary season checks shall not be con- 
sidered a defect in any grade. 

Ordinary season checks are such as occur 
in lumber properly covered in yard, or sea- 
son checks of equal size in kiln dried lum- 
ber. 

Bright sap is not a defect in select or 
below. 

Pin worm holes, sound knots and stained 
sap shall not be considered a defect in No. 1 
barn or below. 

STANDARD LENGTHS 

All random standard length stock may be 
furnished in odd as well as even foot lengths, 
but there shall not be to exceed twenty per 
cent, of odd lengths in any one item. 

Tank stock, shop, heart silo, sap silo, 
No. 1 barn, fencing and No. 1 boxing shall 
be 8' and longer. 

1st and 2nd and select shall be 10 to 20 ft. 

Finish, flooring, ceiling, partition, bevel 
and drop siding shall be 10 to 20 ft. 



91 



Mouldings, panel stock and battens of all 
sizes 6 to 20 ft., in both odd and even foot 
lengths, but not exceeding 10 per cent of 
6, 7, 8 and 9 foot lengths. 

No. 2 barn and No. 2 boxing 6' and 
longer. 

Cull or peck 4' and longer. 

STANDARD FINISHED SIZES OF CYPRESS 

All lumber shipped in the rough (except 
8/4" No. 1 and No. 2 "Dimension," which 
grades may be *4 inch under or % inch over 
the size specified, both in thickness and 
width) shall be of suflacient thickness or 
width to S2S or S2E ; to standard thickness 
or width, as follows — 

4/4 lumber SIS or S2S shall be 13-16" 
thick. 

5/4 No. 1 and No. 2 shop, select, 1st and 
2nd clear, selected common tank and tank 
lumber SIS or S2S, shall be 1%" thick. 

5/4 peck, No. 1 and No. 2 barn and box- 
ing and finishing lumber SIS or S2S shall be 
1 1-16" thick. 

6/4 No. 1 and No. 2 shop select 1st and 
2nd clear, selected common tank and tank 
lumber SIS or S2S, shall be 1%" thick. 

6/4 peck, No. 1 and No. 2 barn and box- 
ing, and finishing lumber SIS or S2S shall 
be 1 5-16" thick. 

8/4 lumber, except No. 1 and No. 2 barn 
or dimension SIS or S2S shall be 1%" 
thick. 

8/4 No. 1 and No. 2 barn or dimension 
SIS or S2S shall be 1%" thick. 

10/4 lumber SIS or S2S shall be 2^4" 
thick. 

12/4 lumber SIS or S2S shall be 2%" 
thick. 

All lumber S1E takes off %". S2E, y 2 " . 

All flooring shall be S2S and C. M. 

4/4 flooring shall be 13/16" by 2%", 3^4", 
4^4", 5^" face. 

5/4 flooring shall be 1 1/16, 6/4 shall be 
1 5/16, by same widths as 4/4. 

% ceiling shall be worked 5/16", SIS 
only. 

y 2 ceiling shall be worked 7/16", SIS 
only. 

% ceiling shall be worked 9/16", SIS 
only. 

% ceiling shall be worked 11/16", SIS 
only. 

%" panel stock S2S shall be 7/32". 

y 2 " panel stock S2S shaU be 5/16". 

%" panel stock S2S shall be 7/16". 

%" panel stock S2S shall be 9/16". 

5/4, 6/4, and 8/4 Turning Stock shall be 
worked to same finished thicknesses as 
lumber. 

3"x3" to 8"x8" Squares S4S shall be }£" 
less than the rough sizes. 



All widths of ceiling to be the same as 
flooring, unless otherwise specified. Ceiling 
up to 314" face to have one bead on one 
edge and ceiling wider than 3y±" face to be 
beaded center and edge. 

Drop Siding — Sizes D. and M. shall be 
worked %"x3^4" and 5%" face; shiplap 
worked %"x5" face, 5y 2 " over all, patterns 
shown in moulding book, to be graded ac- 
cording to the rules for bevel siding. 

Partition shall be worked %"x3^4" and 
514" face. 

No. 1 Shiplap, or D. and M. 8", 10", and 
12", shall be worked to 13-16", 7", 9" and 
11" face, y 2 " lap. 

Grooved Roofing, 10" and 12" SIS and 2 
E. 13-16"x9%" and 11%", size of groove 
y 2 " wide, }4" deep, located 1 3/16" from 
outer edge of the groove to edge of board. 

Bevel siding or bevel cribbing shall be 
worked y 2 " less in width than the rough 
strip measure. 



TANK STOCK 

This grade shall be random widths, and 
will not be furnished in specified widths, 
and shall be graded from the poorer side. 

This grade shall be 5" and wider, iy 2 " 
to 4" thick and 8' and over in length. 
Pieces up to 7" shall be free from sap. 
Pieces 7" to 13" may have 1" of sound sap 
on one edge, not to exceed half the length 
and half the thickness of the piece. Pieces 
14" and wider may have 1" of sound sap 
on both edges not to exceed half the length 
and half the thickness of the piece. In all 
widths sound knots that do not impair use- 
fulness for tank purposes, may be admitted. 

FIRST AND SECOND CLEAR 

This grade shall be random widths, and 
will not be furnished in specified widths, 
and shall be graded from the poorer side. 

This grade may be 6" and wider, 1" to 4" 
thick and 10' and over in length. Pieces 
6" to 8" may have y 2 " of bright sap on 
each edge, or its equivalent on one or both 
edges, otherwise they must be clear. Pieces 
8" to 10" may have 1" of bright sap on 
each edge, or its equivalent on one or both 
edges, otherwise, they must be clear. Pieces 
10" and under 12" may have iy 2 " of bright 
sap on each edge or 3" on one edge, and 
may have one standard knot or its equiva- 
lent. Pieces 12" wide may have 2" of 
bright sap on each edge, or 4" on one edge 
and may have one standard knot; or, in 
lieu of sap, may have two standard knots 
or their equivalent. Pieces wider than 12" 
may admit of defects as specified above in 






92 



proportion as width increases. Pieces 10' 

and wider may admit of one end split, 

which shall not exceed in length the width 

! of the piece. Pieces 12" and less in width, 

, free from other defects, may have bright 

It sap across one face at one end, but this 

| sap shall not exceed in length one-tenth of 

* the length of the piece. In pieces 13" and 

wider bright sap is not a defect. 

SELECTS 

This grade shall be random widths, and 
will not be furnished in specified widths, 
and shall be graded from the better side, 
but the reverse side shall not be of a lower 
grade than No. 1 Shop or No. 1 Barn. 

This grade may be 6" and wider, but will 
not be furnished wider than 12"; shall be 
1" to 4" thick 10' and longer. Pieces 10" 
and under in width shall admit two stand- 
ard knots or their equivalent and an addi- 
tional standard knot or its equivalent for 
every 2" in width over 10". Pieces free 
from other defects, 10" and over in width, 
to admit pin worm holes on one edge one- 
tenth the width of the piece. Bright sap 
is not a defect in this grade. Slight wane 
on pieces 10" and over in width is allowed 
on one edge not over 3' in length. When 
no other defect appears, slight amount of 
stained sap may be allowed. Pieces 10" and 
wider may admit of one end split which 
shall not exceed in length the width of the 
piece. 

SHOP 

This grade shall be random widths, and 
will not be furnished in specified widths; 
shall be 5" and wider, 1" to 4" thick, 8' 
and longer, and shall be graded No. 1 and 
No. 2 shop. In both grades of shop, parts 
not included in the stipulated percentage of 
good cuttings may be thin and may be of 
any grade. 

No. 1 SHOP 

In this grade the 1" shall cut for shop 
use 60% or better of the following cuttings 
or rippings, or both: 5" wide or wider, by 3' 
long, or longer; and 9%" wide or wider, by 
18" long, or longer; and strips 2" wide, or 
wider, ripped the entire length of the piece 
from pieces 8' to 12' long, and strips 2" 
wide or wider, 12' long or longer, ripped 
from pieces 14' long or longer. In this 
grade l 1 ^" and thicker shall cut for shop 
use 60% or better of the following cuttings 
or rippings, or both: 5%" wide or wider, by 
3' long or longer; 9" wide, or wider, by 2' 
4" long or longer; and strips 2" wide or 



wider, ripped the entire length of the piece 
from pieces S' to 12' long, and strips 2" 
wide or wider, 12' long or longer, ripped 
from pieces 14' long or longer. In the 
above cuttings bright sap shall be admitted. 

No. 2 SHOP 

This grade shall cut for shop use 40% to 
60% of the same size cuttings or rippings, 
or both, as the corresponding thicknesses in 
No. 1 shop. In the abo^e cuttings bright 
sap shall be admitted. 

HEART SILO 

This grade shall be in specified widths 
and lengths and graded from the better side, 
4" and wider, 1" to 3" thick, 8 ft. and 
longer, and shall be an all heart water- 
tight grade. The face or better side will 
admit of sound knots. The reverse side will 
admit of such defects as are permitted in 
the grade of No. 1 Barn (except sap), which 
defects, however, shall not be coarse enough 
to prevent the use of each piece for tank 
or silo purposes. 

SAP SILO 

This grade is the same as heart silo with 
the exception that sound sap is not a de- 
fect and is recommended for oil tank or 
other purposes where sap is not objection- 
able. 

No. 1 BARN OR DIMENSION 

This grade shall be specified widths only, 
shall be 3" and wider, 1" and thicker, 8' 
and over in length, admitting sap, bright or 
stained, shake, season checks, knots, pin 
worm holes, straight end splits not exceeding 
in length the width of the piece, a small 
amount of peck on one side and one edge, 
or very slight peck on both sides and both 
edges of pieces, comparatively free from 
coarse defects; which defects, however, shall 
not be sufficient to seriously impair the 
strength, or prevent the use of each piece 
for "common" purposes in its full length 
and full width. 

No. 2 BARN OR DIMENSION 

This grade shall be specified widths, 3" 
and wider, 1" and thicker, 6' and over in 
length, admitting all the defects allowed in 
No. 1 barn, but same may be larger and 
coarser, and in addition will admit peck on 
both sides; however, the defects shall not 
be sufficient to prevent the use of each piece 



93 



in full length and full width for low grade 
fencing and other very common purposes. 

FENCING AND SHEATHING 

This grade shall be 1" thick and specified 
widths, 4", 6", 8", 10" and 12" wide, ad- 
mitting all the defects allowed in the Barn 
grades and in addition will admit pieces 
containing knot holes, auger holes and other 
defects which will not sufficiently impair 
the strength of each piece to prevent its 
use for fencing or sheathing purposes. 

BOXING 

The boxing grades_shall be random widths 
and will not be furnished in specified widths; 
shall be 3" and wider and 1" and thicker 
and shall be graded as No. 1 and No. 2 
boxing. These are strictly cutting grades 
and must contain the percentage of sound 
cuttings stipulated for each grade. Sound 
cuttings shall have a minimum width of 3" 
and a minimum length of 18", and may 
contain knots, bright or stained sap, pin 
worm holes, shake, season checks, a small 
amount of peck on one side and one edge, 
or very slight peck on both sides and both 
edges of pieces comparatively free from 
coarse defects, which defects, however, shall 
not be sufficient to impair the strength of 
each sound cutting or prevent the use of 
such cutting for boxing, sheathing, crating 
or other common purposes. The waste ma- 
terial in boxing grades may be thin or 
absolutely worthless. The word ''cutting" 
as here used is intended to include both 
cuttings and rippings. 

No. 1 BOXING 

This grade shall be 8' and over in length 
and shall contain 80 per . cent or more of 
sound cuttings, no single cutting, however, 
to contain less than 144 square inches. 

No. 2 BOXING 

This grade shall be 6' and over in length 
and shall contain 60 per cent or more of 
sound cuttings, no single cutting, however, 
to contain less than 72 square inches. 

CULL OR PECK 

This grade may be random or specified 
widths 3" and wider, 1" to 4" thick, 4' and 
over in length. Shall admit all pieces be- 
low the grade of No. 2 boxing, and shall 
also admit the product of that part of the 
log known as "pecky"; however, each piece 
shall have sufficient strength and nailing 



surface to permit its use as a low grrde 
boxing, crating, sheathing and foundation 
material. 

FINISHING 

Shall be specified widths 4" and wider, 1" 
to 2" thick, 10' and over long, and shall 
be graded from the better side A, B ai 
but the reverse side should not be . m&ri 
than one grade lower. All grades of 
rough or SIS or S2S may vary %" 
the width specified. 

"A" FINISH.— Pieces 4" and 5" wide suall 
be clear of sap, knots and other defeats. 
Pieces 6" wide may have 1" of bright sap, 
or in lieu of sap one small sound knot. 
Pieces 7" and 8" wide may have 2" <of 
bright sap, or in lieu of sap one small souad 
knot. Pieces 9" and 10" wide may have 8" 
of bright sap, or in lieu of sap two 
sound knots, or 1^" of bright sap an< one 
small sound knot. Pieces 12" wide naay 
have 4" of bright sap, or in lieu of sa .ne 
standard knot, or two small sound kno m 
2" of bright sap and one small sound knot. 
Pieces 14" or wider may have more defects 
in proportion as the width increases. 

"B" FINISH.— Pieces 4", 5" and 6" wMe 
may have 2" of bright sap and one or two 
small sound knots, or in lieu of knots may 
have all bright sap. Pieces 7" and 8" wide 
may have 3" of bright sap and two bin " 
sound knots, or in lieu of knots may h?- 
all bright sap. Pieces 9" and 10" wide n. 
have 4" of bright sap and one standa 
knot or three small sound knots, or in lie 
of knots may have all bright sap. Pie', 
12" wide may have 6" of bright sap a 
one standard or four small sound knots, 
in lieu of knots may have all bright sa 
This grade will not be furnished wid. 
than 12". 

"C" FINISH.— All widths in this gra. 
shall admit small sound knots, stained Si. 
pin worms and other defects except sha' 
but none that will prevent the use of sa* 
in its full width and length as a pak, 
grade. This grade will not be furnish 
wider than 12". 

"D" FINISH.— All widths will adr . 
sound knots, stained sap, pin worms, sli| 
shakes, and other defects; but none tl 
will prevent the use of same in its f Q 
width and length as a common paint gra 
This grade will not be furnished wider tl 
12". 

PANEL STOCK 

Shall be %" and thicker, 8" and wid i 
"B" and Better, and shall be graded fr f 
the poorer side. 



94 



SIDING 

Siding shall be 4" and 6" in width, 10' 
to 20' in length, and graded from the fin- 
ished side, A, B, C and D. 

"A" SIDING.— May have 1" of bright 
sap on thin edge, and may contain one 
small sound knot. 

"B" SIDING. — May have any amount of 
bright sap, or if not all bright sap, may 
have three small sound knots, shake, split, 
o: pin worm holes not exceeding in damage 
the three small knots as above, and may 
b; ve slight wane on the thin edge. In the 
a! sence of other defects a small amount of 
stained sap will be permitted. 

"O" SIDING. — May have one to five knots, 
the whole not aggregating over 3" in di- 
ameter, or knots, splits or other defects 
that can be removed in two cuts with waste 
not exceeding 10% of the length, or may 
have small amount of stained sap and pin 
worm holes not exceeding in damage the 
fivo small knots above described, provided 
that not more than 20% of the pieces in 
any one shipment shall be of said cutting 
type. Short siding (4' to 8') shall contain 
no cuttings. 

"D" SIDING. — May have stained sap and 
pin worm holes, or may have other defects 
that will not cause a waste to exceed one- 
third the piece, provided that not exceeding 
30% of the pieces in any one shipment 
t;»hall be of said cutting type. 

FLOORING AND CEILING 

rr ' 

hall be' specified widths, 10' to 20' in 
Hfrigth and graded from the finished side, or 
r,fI f both sides are finished, it shall be graded 
"°rom the better side, A, B, C and D. 

A" — May have bright sap on one edge 
fourth its width, otherwise must be 
'. 
'B" — May have one-half of its face bright 
if otherwise clear, or in lieu of sap, 
iway contain two small sound knots, or may 
^*%ve a split not to exceed 9" at one end. 
"C" (10 to 20 feet)— May have all bright 
sap, or may have one to five knots the 
whole not aggregating over 3", or knots or 
other defects that can be removed in two 
cuts with waste not exceeding 10% of the 
length, provided that not more than 20% of 
the pieces in any one shipment shall be of 
said cutting type, or may have three pin- 
worm holes, or may have check or split at 
one end, not to exceed 10% of the length. 

"C" (4 to 9 feet)--May have all bright 
sap, small sound knots, stained sap, pin- 
worm holes and other defects except shake, 
but none that will prevent the use of each 
piece the full length. 



"D" — May have stained sap and pin worm 
holes, or may have unsound knots or other 
defects that will not cause a waste to ex- 
ceed one-third the piece, provided that not 
exceeding 30% of the pieces in any one 
shipment shall be of said cutting type. 

PARTITION 

Shall be same widths and lengths as floor- 
ing and ceiling, but shall be graded from 
the poorer side, A. B. C. and D, same grad- 
ing to apply as in flooring and ceiling. 

PICKETS 

Shall be graded No. 1 and No. 2. 

l"xl" shall be Headed and S4S to 13-16" 
X13-16". 

l%"xl^4" shall be Headed and S4S to 
1 l-16"xl 1-16". 

l%"xl%" shall be Headed and S4S to 
1 5-16"xl 5-16". 

I"x3" shall be Headed and S4S to %"x 
2^". 

No. 1. — Shall be well manufactured, bright 
sap no defect and many contain one small 
sound knot. 

No. 2. — Shall admit stained sap, sound 
knots, pin worm holes, slight shake, and 
pickets thrown out of the No. 1 grade be- 
cause of poor manufacture. 

BATTENS 

Battens, both flat and O. G., are not 
mouldings. Same are invariably used with 
"common" .lumber and shall, therefore, be 
graded No. 1 barn and better, admitting all 
defects allowed in No. 1 barn, but none that 
will prevent the use of each piece in full 
length for Batten purposes. %" Battens 
shall be 1" strips S2S to 13-16"x2%" and 
resawed, or l"x2%" to 3" S2S and resawed. 
Unless otherwise specified, %" or flat bat- 
tens shall be S2S only and resawed. 

O. G. Battens shall be manufactured in 
the sizes and pattern shown in the Universal 
Moulding Book. 

TURNING SQUARES 

Sizes, 4x4 to 8x8. Lengths, 8' and 
longer. 

Will ad/nit one-quarter their size in sap 
on one corner, showing on two faces, and 
may contain one to five small sound knots. 

CAR ROOFING AND SIDING 

"C AND BETTER" GRADE.— This grade 
will admit sound knots, stained sap, pin- 
worm holes, very slight shake and other 
defects, but none that will prevent the use 



95 



of each piece in its full width and length 
for car roofing and car siding; may be ran- 
dom or specified lengths and may be worked 
to pattern specified and graded from pattern 
side or S2S and C M! and graded from the 
better side. 



CAR LINING 

Shall be specified widths and 8 to 20 feet 
in length. Will admit tight knots, stained 
sap, pin-worm holes, slight shake and other 
defects, but none that will prevent the use 
of each piece in its full width and length 
for car lining purposes. 



SHINGLES 

BESTS.- — A dimension shingle, 4, 5 and 
6" in width. 16" long, each width packed 
separately, 5 butts to measure 2", to be all 
heart and free of shake, knots and other 
defects. 

PRIMES. — A dimension shingle, 4, 5 and 
6" in width, 16" long, each width packed 
separately, 5 butts to measure 2". admitting 
tight knots and sap, but free of shake and 
other defects, but with no knots within 8" 
of the butts. 

This grade may contain shingles clipped 
two-thirds of the width and one-eighth of 
the length on the point. 

STAR A STAR.— A random width shingle 
3 and wider. 14" to 16" long, otherwise 
the same as primes. 

ECONOMY.— Dimensions 4, 5 and 6", each 
width separately bunched, admitting sap and 
sound knots, may have slight peck 5" from 
butts, imperfections on points no objection 
and admitting 14" shingles. 

CLIPPERS.— All shingles below the above 
grades which are sound for 5" from the 
butts, worm holes and slight peck excepted 
random widths 2%" and wider, admitting 
12 shingles which are otherwise at least 
one grade higher. 

The count of our manufacture of shingles 
of all grades, is based on 4,000 lineal inches 
in width making 1,000 standard shingles 
consequently there would be only 667 6" 
shingles packed and counted as 1,000 stand- 
ard shingles; 5" dimension being counted 
in like proportion. 

In making re-inspections of shingles, one 
bundle out of 20 bundles taken at random 
shall be cut open, the results of this inves- 
tigation to form the basis of arriving at 
the grade of the entire shipment 



WEIGHTS OF CYPRESS 



Pounds per M. 

S I 

Rough or S2f 



Dr 
2,9 
2,6 



Green Dry 

Lumber 2%" and 3" 5,000 3,500 

Lumber 2" 5,000 3,200 

Lumber iy 2 ", iy±" and 

1" 5,000 3,000 2,400 

1 ' Lumber, Rough, Re- 
sawed 2,800 

1" Lumber, Rough, Re- 
sawed twice 2,700 

1" Lumber, S2S and 

Resawed 2,254 

1" Lumber, Resawed 

and S2S afterwards.. 2 000 
2" Lumber, Rough, Re- 
sawed twice 2,800 

%" Panel Stock i iQjj 

W Panel Stock ..1*401 

%" Panel Stock "lVoo 

%" Panel Stock V2C0 

Worked Flooring, Partition, 'Drop Sid- ' 
ing, Shiplap Moulded Casing and 
E^e. 2,200 

$„ £ e ^ n - 1,600 

y 2 Ceiling 1 30i . 

%" ceiling ;;;;:;; • j'gg 

W Bevel Siding l'oQ M 

Shingles, all grades ' ' \n 

Lath, %" ;•;;;;•• gg.. 

Lath, % " 90() 

Byrkit's Sheathing Lath 'l 500 

l"xl" — i' Pickets, Headed and S4S '+* ' 



13-16"xl3-16" 



to 



800 



114 XI14 —2' Pickets, Headed and S4S 

to 1 l-16"xl 1-16" GOO 

l%"xl}4" — 3' Pickets, Headed and S4S 

to 1 l-16"xl 1-16" 90o 

l^'xli/i"— 4' Pickets, Headed and S4S 

to 1 l-16"xl 1-16" 1 200 

iy2"xiy 2 "— 2' Pickets, Headed and S4S ' 

to 1 5-16"xl 5-16" 1,000 

Dry 
Wxiy,"— 3' Pickets, Headed and S4S 

to 1 5-16"xl 5-16" 1 500 

l%"xiy 2 " — 4' Pickets, Headed and S4S 

to 1 5-16"xl 5-16" . . 2 000 

r 'f/ 3 "~7?,\, Pickets ' Headed and S4S to ' 
%"x2%" 85() 

1 "'o / 3 ,"~^?'„ Pickets > Headed and S4S to . 
% x2%" 1 27 ~ 

f?iT"^/* Pickets ' Headed and S4S to ' 
%"x2%" j 70{> 

O. G. Battens, 2"...... . 'onr 

O. G. Battens, 2y 2 " ... 2 

O. G. Battens, 3" .' jRJ; 

%"x3" Battens SIS " . J/Jo 

Ii4"xl^4"xl8" Squares (add 60 lbs'. " for • 

--,/ e ^/ 2 „ ,°oT, er 18 "> P er M Pieces.... 600 
iy 2 "xiy 2 "xl8" Squares (add 95 lbs. for 

each 2' over 18") per M pieces 85c 



2"x2"xl8" Squares (add 165 lbs. for each 
2" over 18") per M.' pieces 1,500 

CLASSIFICATION AND INSPECTION, 

For 

BAY POPLAR (TUPELO) LUMBER 

Adopted June 28, 1906. 

Amended November 16, 1910 



Copyright 1908, by the 
Southern Cypress Manufacturers' Association 



General Explanations 

All tapering boards shall be measured at 
one-third the distance from the narrow end. 

Lumber shall be manufactured and 
shipped in standard lengths and thicknesses. 

All lumber shipped in the rough shall be 
of sufficient thickness to SIS or S2S to the 
same standard thicknesses as cypress. 

The standard finished sizes shall be the 
same as those of cypress. 

Scant sawed lumber shall be reduced to 
the next standard thickness. 

All random standard length stock may be 
furnished in odd as well as even foot lengths, 
but there shall not be to exceed twenty 
per cent, of odd lengths in any one item. 

Wagon box boards shall be 12, 14 and 16 
feet. 

1st and 2nd clear shall be 10 to 20 feet. 

No. 1 common or shop shall be 6 feet and 
longer. 

No. 1 boxing shall be 4 feet and longer. 

No. 2 boxing shall be 4 feet and longer. 

Flooring, ceiling, partition, bevel and drop 
siding and wainscoting shall be 10 to 20 
feet. 

Casing, base and mouldings shall be 6 to 
20 feet in both odd and even foot lengths, 
but not exceeding 10 per cent, of 6, 7, 8 
and 9 foot lengths. 

All lumber less than one inch in thickness 
shall be measured face measure. 

Bright sap in bay poplar is not to be 
considered a defect, and sap shall be con- 
sidered bright which will show bright when 
planed once. 

Ordinary season checks are not to be con- 
sidered defects. 



Clear face cuttings must show one face 
clear of all defects except bright sap, except 
as hereinafter stated. The reverse side of 
clear face cuttings may contain small de- 
fects or one large defect not exceeding 2" 
in diameter that will not materially weaken 
the strength of the piece, and that will not 
show through to the face when worked. 

Standard Defects 

One knot 1*4 inches in diameter. Two 
knots not exceeding in extent one standard 
knot. 

Worm holes, grub holes, or rafting pin 
holes not exceeding in extent or damage one 
standard knot. 

One bark edge or wane not to exceed one. 
inch in the aggregate, running not to exceed 
one-third the length of the board and show- 
ing on one edge only, said wane to be meas- 
ured. 

Splits that do not diverge more than one 
inch for each foot in length are straight 
splits. 

Wide pieces of lumber that would take 
two or three standard defects may have one 
large defect equal in damage to three stand- 
ard defects. 

Standard Grades 

All standard grades of bay poplar shall 
be classified for the purpose of inspection, 
as follows: 

Wagon Box boards, first and second clear, 
No. 1 common or shop, No. 1 boxing, No. 2 
boxing. 

Wagon Box Boards 

Lengths, 12, 14 and 16 feet. 
Widths, 8 to 12 inches, and 13 to 17 
inches. 

Thickness, one inch. 

In WAGON BOX BOARDS bright sap or 
slightly discolored sap that will dress up 
sound, not necessarily bright but not black, 
admitted. 

One sound knot not to exceed one inch in 
diameter, showing on one side only, will be 
admitted in this grade. 

Splits in 12 foot may be fifteen inches 
long, or any defect that will cut off leaving 
the board 10 feet 6 inches long. 14 foot is 
used for making one side 10 feet 6 inches, 
pnd one end 3 feet 6 inches, so a split is a 
serious defect in this length; but ten per 
cent of all 14 foot in a given lot may have 
one split not to exceed 12 inches in length. 
16 foot may have any defects, showing 
through the piece, provided it will cut two 
pieces same as a 14-foot board. 



97 



First and Second Clear 

Shall be six inches and over in width, 10 
to 20 feet in length; pieces six inches to 
eight inches wide shall be clear. Pieces 
nine inches to 10 inches wide shall admit 
one standard defect or its equivalent; pieces 
11 inches to 12 inches wide shall admit two 
standard defects or their equivalent; for 
each additional two inches in width over 12 
inches, an additional standard defect or its 
equivalent shall be admitted. In this grade 
straight splits shall be admitted which do 
not exceed in length the width of the piece 
in inches. Slightly discolored sap which 
will dress up sound, not necessarily bright, 
but not black, shall be admitted. 

No. 1 Common or Shop 

Lengths 6 to 20 feet, not to exceed 10% 
of 6 foot lengths; widths 4 inches and over. 
This grade must work 66 2-3% or better 
clear face cuttings. Smallest cutting al- 
lowed must contain 144 square inches and 
it must not be shorter than 18 inches nor 
narrower than 4 inches. 

No. 1 Boxing 

Lengths 4 to 20 feet, widths 4 inches and 
wider. Will admit of knots, stains, worm 
holes, shake, wane and other defects, the 
same, however, to cut 75% or better for 
ordinary box making or crating purposes. 

No. 2 Boxing: 

Shall be 3 inches and over in width, 4 
feet and over in length, and shall admit 
all pieces below the grade of No. 1 boxing 
which will work at least one-half for or- 
dinary box-making purposes. Stain, worm 
holes, warped and woolly pieces belong in 
this grade. 

Car Siding Strips 

Shall be specified lengths, one inch thick 
and six inches wide, and shall have one 
clear face. 

Bevel Siding 

B and Better Grade. Shall admit slightly 
discolored sap, or three sound knots, not 
to exceed three-quarters of an inch in 
diameter or their equivalent. 

C Grade. Shall comprise stock not up to 
grade of B, admitting unsound knots, splits, 
etc., provided three-fourths of the piece will 
work merchantable. 



Drop Siding: 

C and Better Grade. Shall admit of dis- 
colored sap, two standard knots, or 'their 
equivalent in small knots or other defects, 
provided the piece will work 75 per cent, 
without waste. 

Flooring and Ceiling 

B and Better Grade. Shall admit of one 
standard knot or three small knots and 
slights sap stains. 

C Grade. Shall comprise stock not up to 
grade of B, provided three-fourths of the 
piece will work merchantable. 

Four and six-inch flooring and ceiling 
shall be worked Sy^ and 5*4 inch face. 

Partition 

B and Better Grade. Will be graded the 
same as B and better flooring on both sides. 

Wainscoting 

Shall be graded the same as flooring and 
ceiling. 

Casing, Base and Mouldings 

Shall be based on Universal Moulding 
Book. 

Weights of Bay Poplar (Tupelo). 

Pounds per M. 

SIS 
Rough or S2S 
Green Dry Dry 
Lumber 2%" and 3".. 5,000 3,500 2,900 

Lumber 2" 5,000 3,200 2,600 

Lumber, 1%", l^" and 

1" 5,000 3,000 2,400 

1" Lumber, Rough, Re- 
sawed 2,800 

1" Lumber, Rough, Re- 
sawed twice 2,700 

1" Lumber, S2S and re- 
sawed 2,250 

I" Lumber, Resawed 

and S2S afterwards.. 2,000 
2" Lumber, Rough, Re- 
sawed twice 2,800 

Lath %" 500 

%" Panel Stock 1,100 

1/2" Panel Stock. 1,400 

%" Panel Stock 1,700 

%" Panel Stock 2,200 

13/16" Flooring, Partition, Drop Siding 
Shiplap Moulded Casing and Base... 2, 200 

%" Ceiling 1,600 

y 2 " Ceiling 1,300 

%" Ceiling 1,000 

y 2 " Bevel Siding 1,000 



98 



CODE OF ETHICS 
Adopted at St. Louis, Mo., May 23, 1911. 

BY THE 
AMERICAN LUMBER TRADES CONGRESS 

(A Convention of Thirty Retail, Manufactur- 
ing and Wholesale Lumber Associations.) 

Preamble 

The object of this organization shall be 
to formulate and recommend a statement of 
the ethical relations which should govern 
between the buyers and sellers of lumber 
and its products. Nothing in the code of 
ethics should, in any way, interfere with 
the right of buyer and seller to make con- 
tracts on any terms that they see fit. 

Order Methods 

1. (a) All orders taken by personal 
solicitation should be in writing, and should 
be signed or acknowledged by both the 
buyer and the seller or by the authorized 
agent of each. 

(b) All oral or telephone orders or con- 
versations relative to such orders should be 
promptly acknowledged or confirmed in writ- 
ing; otherwise there will be no evidence 
to hold either party. 

(c) With mail or telegraph orders, the 
original orders received from a buyer should 
be considered the contract, and all settle- 
ments should be made upon the basis of 
the same, unless the buyer permits the seller 
to make certain changes, which may be re- 
vested in acknowledging the order. If 
shipment is made before the buyer grants 
such permission, or is able to instruct the 
mills, settlement should be made on the 
basis of tno buyer's original order or such 
amendments _cS may have been made. 

(d) Any changes or additions should be 
agreed to by both buyer and seller. 

Order Specifications 

2. All orders should be complete and ex- 
plicit and should specify the grades, terms 
and conditions of sale. 

3. The latest grade names adopted by the 
different lumber associations should always 
be used in writing up each and every order 
or contract. Where the latest grade names 
are not used, or improper abbreviations are 
used, or any omissions cause a misunder- 



standing resulting in loss, it should be held 
that the party first writing up the order 
should be responsible and should sustain 
any loss incurred by reason of such errors 
or omissions. 

Order Acknowledgment 

4. An order or contract should be con- 
sidered binding when same has been duly 
signed by both buyer and seller or legally 
authorized agents of either party or has 
been acknowledged by the seller. (The man 
who is the exclusive recognized salaried 
salesman for a wholesaler or manufacturer 
should be considered their "authorized" 
agent, and a salaried employee holding a 
position of responsibility should be con- 
sidered the authorized agent of the buyer.) 
Such acknowledgment should be sent to 
buyer immediately upon receipt of order 
and in due course of mail. Failure to send 
such acknowledgment should release the 
buyer from his order obligations. 

5. No commission man, unless specially 
authorized, should be regarded as having the 
authority to bind any seller on orders taken 
by him, and all such orders should not be 
regarded as binding upon the sellers until 
the same have been acknowledged by them 
as duly accepted. 

6. The terms of sale, as noted on original 
order or acceptance of same should be con- 
sidered as much a part of the contract as 
the price at which the stock is purchased. 

Should any shipment upon which cash has 
been advanced or discount has been taken, 
on arrival at destination, not be acceptable, 
for legitimate reasons, to buyers, or satis- 
factory adjustment can not be made as to 
the acceptance of the stock, buyer should 
have the right to demand return of such 
money as he has paid, before allowing the 
shipment to be moved or disposed of else- 
where. 

Delay By Carriers 

7. The seller should not be responsible 
for delays incident to transportation beyond 
his control, unless otherwise specifically 
agreed. 

Definite Time for Shipment 

8. When definite time for shipment is 
specified, failure to ship within said time 
should permit the buyer to cancel the order 
by wire. 

9. Where definite date for shipment is 
not specified on the order, the buyer should 



not be entitled to cancel such order inside 
of thirty days from date of the order with- 
out the consent of the seller. Whenever 
shipments are not made within thirty days, 
the seller should forthwith notify the buyer, 
giving reasons for failure to ship. Buyer 
should then (or at any time within an addi- 
tional thirty days) have the privilege of 
forthwith canceling by wire. Should he 
fail to so cancel, the seller should have an 
additional thirty days in which to ship. In 
the event of the seller's failure to so ship 
within the additional thirty days (and in the 
event the buyer has not received any addi- 
tional information as to the shipment with- 
in this additional thirty days or ten days 
thereafter) the buyer should have the privi- 
lege of buying on the open market, and if 
the price shall have advanced, the seller 
should reimburse the buyer to the extent of 
such advance. Otherwise the order should 
remain in effect until canceled. 

10. No order should be canceled after the 
same is loaded on the car; provided, how- 
ever, that it has been filled in accordance 
with the contract between buyer and seller, 
except as to date of shipment. A copy of 
bill of lading or equivalent evidence, show- 
ing date of shipment, should be forwarded 
with invoice. 



Special and Worked Stock. 

11. The seller should be protected in all 
cases where special stock has been manu- 
factured or worked to apply on the order, 
providing the buyer is forthwith notified 
what such charge or loss will be on the 
part of the seller, if not allowed to ship out 
such portions as may have been worked to 
apply on the order, with the further under- 
standing that shipment can be made with 
three days' grace, but the buyer should not 
be bound to accept the shipment if it can- 
not be loaded within the three days, re- 
gardless of the circumstances which may 
prevent the seller from so doing, except 
under car shortage conditions, when ten 
days' grace should apply. 



Credit Rating 

12. Unless the buyer is rated and in good 
standing, as shown by the well-known lum- 
ber credit agencies, no order should, be 
binding upon a seller until such credit and 
good standing shall have been satisfactorily 
proved to the seller. Such investigation 
should be completed within a reasonable 
time. 



Transit and Storage Shipments 

13. Transit and storage shipments should 
be subject to the rules applying to direct 
shipments, except as otherwise stated and 
agreed to at the time of giving and accept- 
ing the order. Invoices for transit cars 
should bear the date of diversion. Where 
a specific carload is ordered, no other car 
should be substituted without consent of the 
buyer. It should be the duty of the seller 
to advise the buyer at the time the order 
for the transit car is accepted as to whether 
shipment is actually in transit or in storage 
at some intermediate point between original 
shipping point and ultimate destination, and 
to give the purchaser all the information in 
his possession regarding the present loca- 
tion and movement of the shipment in order 
to avoid misunderstanding. 

Arbitration 

14. Except when inspection is provided 
for by association inspection bureaus, claims 
on grades, also differences regarding con- 
tracts, should be settled by arbitration on 
request of the parties interested. 

Whenever a case for arbitration arises, 
one referee should be appointed by the re- 
tailers' association in which territory the 
claimant resides, and a second referee should 
be appointed by the manufacturers' or the 
wholesalers' association covering the district 
in which the shipment originated. Said 
referee, as appointed, should, before con- 
sideration of the case is entered into, ap- 
point a third referee, and all referees should 
be appointed with due consideration to con- 
venience and expense. The expense of such 
arbitration should be paid pro rata, as the 
fault may appear. 

Arbitration methods should be employed 
wherever possible in the settlement of all 
matters in dispute. 

A written statement of the findings in 
each case should be made by the referees, 
and their findings should be final and copies 
should be sent to the secretaries of each 
of the organizations through which the 
referees were appointed. 

15. In the matter of costs of inspections 
made by association inspection bureaus on 
lumber, the grade of measurement of which 
has been complained of, if reinspection or 
measurement shows the grade of the total 
amount of the item complained of to be 
within 5 per cent, of the grade invoiced or 
within 1 per cent, of the quantity invoiced, 
the expense should be borne by complainant; 
if otherwise, by the shipper. The shipper 

I must credit buyer with the amount of 



100 



degrade found by inspection, irrespective of 
percent determined between the grade sold 
and the grade shipped, at an equitable price. 
No claim on grade or measurement should 
be considered valid unless made by final 
consignee within five days after unloading 
the car. 

16. It should be recognized by lumber 
manufacturers and wholesalers that the re- 
tail distributer of lumber is a necessary 
factor in the trade, and a useful servant to 
the public, and, as such, should be rec- 
ognized as the logical channel through whom 
to market their products. 

17. It is the sense of the congress that 
this code of ethics should apply to all 
forest products handled by lumbermen. 

TERMS OF SALE. 



The consignee shall pay freight, balance 
net cash, 60 days from date of invoice. Dis- 
count (a premium offered for prompt remit- 
tance) will be allowed on the amount re- 
mitted only, as follows: 2% within 15 days 
or 1% within 30 days from date of invoice. 



-3lM 



•r* 



T£.._?£ 



r-i NN 



.11 -^ 
.St 



-4. kf - 
i. 



-.¥- 



N O) 

1 



.9. 







101 



->§'■ 



•3?..J 






-3?r 



r 






%'*4' y~Ce////?j 




Percentage table for figuring per- 
centages of cutting lumber. 



Table of Square Inches of Boards Con- 
taining 5 feet or more. 



Ft. 


100% 


60% 


40% 


4 . 


576 


346 


230 


5 


720 


432 


288 


6 


864 


518 


346 


7 


1008 


605 


403 


8 


1152 


691 


461 


9 


1296 


778 


518 


10 


1440 


864 


576 


11 


1584 


950 


634 


12 


1728 


1037 


691 


13 


1872 


1123 


749 


14 


2016 


1210 


806 


15 


2160 


1296 


864 


16 


2304 


1382 


922 


17 


2448 


1469 


979 


18 


2592 


1555 


1037 


19 


2736 


1642 


1094 


20 


2880 


1728 


1152 


21 


3024 


1814 


1210 


22 


3168 


1901 


1267 


23 


3312 


1987 


1325 


24 


3456 


2074 


1382 


25 


3600 


2160 


1440 


26 


3744 


2246 


1498 


27 


3888 


2333 


1555 


28 


4032 


2419 


1613 


29 


4176 


2506 


1670 


30 


4320 


2592 


1728 



Percentage table for figuring per- 
centages of cutting lumber- 



Percent a*© of 60 and 40$ of 8 feet and 
longer boards in lineal incnes. 



Length 


100% 


60% 


40% 


8 


96 


57 6 


38 4 


9 


108 


64 8 


43 2 


10 


120 


72 


48 


11 


132 


792 


52 8 


12 


144 


86 4 


57 6 


13 


156 


93 6 


62* 


14 


168 


100 8 


67 2 


15 


180 


108 


72 


16 


192 


115 2 


76 8 


17 


204 


122 4 


81 6 


18 


216 


129* 


86 4 


19 


228 


13h s 


91 2 


20 


240 


144 


% 


21 


252 


151- 


100 8 


22 


264 


158 4 


105 6 


23 


276 


165* 


no 4 


24 


288 


172* 


115 2 



102 



Percentage table lor figuring percentages oi cutting lumber. 



Percentage of 2 inch and wider H>s on boards of 5 inches and wider. 



Width 


Rip 


Rib 


Rip 


Rip 


Rip 


Rip 


Rip 


•Rip 


Rip 


*■"» 


Rip 


2 in. 


2Min. 


3 in. 


Zh In. 


4 in. 


4^ In. 


5 in. 


5^ In. 


Bin. 


IK In. 


7 in. 


5 


40% 


50% 


60# 


















6 


33* 


411 


50 


58* 


66f 














7 • 


28* 


35* 


42* 


50 


57| 


64* 












8 


25 


31* 


37* 


43| 


50 


56* 


62* 










9 


22* 


27* 


33* 


38| 


■44* 


50 


55| 










10 


20 


25 


30 


-35 


40 


45 


50 


55 


60 






11 


18ft 


22ft 


27ft 


31ft 


36ft 


40H 


45ft 


50 


54ft 


59ft 




12 


16* 


20* 


25 


29* 


33* 


37* 


41* 


45* 


50 


54* 


58* 


13 


ISA 


19ft 


23ft 


26-ff 


30fff 


34ft 


38^3" 


42ft 


46ft 


50 


C-5JLL 


14 


14* 


17* 


21* 


25 


28* 


32f 


35* 


39* 


42* 


46* 


50 


15 


i3i 


16| 


20 


23* 


26| 


30 


33* 


36| 


40 


43* 


46* 


16 


12* 


15| 


181 


211 


25 


28i 


31* 


34* 


371 


40* 


43* 


17 


11** 


14** 


17** 


2(W 


23ft 


26ft 


29ft 


32ft 




38ft 


41ft 


18 


n* 


13# 


16| 


19| 


22* 


25 


27* 


30| 


33gf 


36* 


38* 



103 



ASSOCIATION STANDARD GRADES 



RULES FOR THE GRADING 

of 

NORTHERN PINE 

SPRUCE AND TAMARACK 

LUMBER 

Reported by the 

BUREAU OF GRADES 

,lnd Adopted by the 

Northern Pine Manufacturers' Association 

PREFACE. 

The accompanying rules were adopted by 
the Bureau of Grades of the Mississippi 
Valley Lumbermen's Association and the 
Wisconsin Valley Lumbermen's Association 
in the fall of 1894, and have since been in 
force. In 1906 these two associations were 
merged into the organization called the 
Northern Pine Manufacturers' Association. 
Since that time there has been a constantly 
increasing demand for them, not only from 
persons in the lumber business, but from 
those in other lines who consume large 
amounts of lumber. 

The Army and Navy Departments of the 
United States rceognize these rules as the 
basis for grading White and Norway Pine, 
and the Bureau of Grades is receiving re- 
quests for them from the chiefs of army 
construction boards and navy yards. 

Requests from lumber dealers and others 
interested in Pine grades in foreign coun- 
tries are being steadily received, and these 
rules are generally recognized as the stand- 
ard for White and Norway Pine. 

Seven editions have been issued. Only 
slight changes have been made, and these 
have been suggested by the experience of 
the intervening period during which the 
work of unifying the grading of White and 
Norway Pine lumber has been carried on 
under the auspices of the organization men- 
tioned. The rules express, as nearly as it 
is possible to define them, the grades oi 
lumber being made under the supervision 
of the Bureau of Grades with its corps of 
inspectors. Ninety-five per cent of all the 
White and Norway Pine lumber made in 
the region west of and including the Wis- 
consin Valley in Wisconsin and in the 
Mississippi Valley between Minnesota and 
Missouri, is graded in accordance with these 
rules, and is subjected to the supervisory 



inspection of the employes of the Bureau of 
Grades. 

GRADES AND NOMENCLATURE 

The following are the standard grades 
adopted and the terms by which they are 
to be known: 

Thick Finishing. 

1st, 2d and 3d Clear, 1%, 

1% and 2-inch. 

A Select, 1%, iy 2 and 2-inch. 

B Select, 1%, iy 2 and 2-inch. 

C Select, 1%, 1% and 2-inch. 

D Select, 1%, iy 2 and 2-inch. 

Inch Finishing. . 

1st, 2d and 3d Clear. 

A Select. 

B Select. 

C Select. 

D Select. 

D Stock. 

Siding. 

A and Clear. 

B 

C 

D 

E 

Flooring. 

A Flooring. 

B Flooring. 

C Flooring. 

D Flooring. 

Farmers Clear Flooring. 

No. 1 Fencing, D. & M. 

No. 2 Fencing, D. & M. 

No. 3 Fencing, D. & M. 

Ship Lap, Grooved Roofing and D. & M. 

No. 1. 
No. 2. 

No. 3. 

Factory Plank or Shop Common. 

No. 1 Shop. 
No. 2 Shop. 
No. 3 Shop. 
Inch Shop. 
Short Box. 

Factory Selects. 

Factory A Select and Better. 
Factory B Select. 
Factory C Select. 



104 



Thick Common Lumber. 

Tank Stock. 
Select Common. 

No. 1 Common. 

No. 2 Common. 

No. 3 Common. 

No. 4 Common. 

No. 5 Common. 

Common Boards. 



No. 


1. 




No. 


2. 




No, 


3. 




No. 


4. 




No. 


5. 


Fencing". 


No. 


1. 




No. 


2. 




No. 


3. 




No. 


4. 


Dimension 


No. 


1. 




No. 


2. 




No. 


3. 


Lath. 


No. 


1. 




No. 


2. 





RULES FOR GRADING 
NORTHERN PINE, SPRUCE 
AND TAMARACK LUMBER. 



General Instructions. 

The aim of the uniform grading- inspec- 
tion is to harmonize the natural differences 
which exist in the characteristics of the 
different stocks co-operating in this bureau, 
making lumber of the same grades, at the 
different manufacturing points, of practi- 
cally equal value, whether the logs from 
which the lumber is cut are large or small, 
coarse-knotted, fine-knotted, black-knotted, 
red-knotted, sound or shaky. 

1. No arbitrary rules for the inspection 
of lumber can be maintained .with satis- 
faction. The variations from any given 
rule are numerous and suggested by prac- 
tical common sense, so nothing more definite 
than the general features of different grades 
should be attempted by rules of inspection. 
The following, therefore, are submitted as 
the general characteristics of the different 
grades. 

2. In the grading of finishing lumber in 
common practice, there is a recognized 



difference in classifying inch lumber, and 
lumber thicker than inch. 

3. A very large percentage of the one 
and one-fourth, one and one-half and two- 
inch lumber used for finishing purposes 
goes into work requiring each face to be 
shown, as in doors, sash, etc. With inch 
lumber, except shop common and partition, 
the uses are quite different, the almost in- 
variable practice being that one face of 
the board is shown and thut face the bet- 
ter one. 

4. The face side of the lumber is the 
side showing the best quality or appear- 
ance. 

5. Defects in lumber should be distrib- 
uted in proportion to the, size of the piece. 
Long or wide pieces of the same grade 
may contain more and greater defects than 
shorter or narrower pieces. The same per- 
centage should be observed in both long 
and short, wide and narrow. 

6. Wane in lumber is a defect which 
cannot be described by rule with satisfac- 
tion, and therefore must be left to the 
judgment of the grader. 

7. In a general way, D. & M. stock, ex- 
cept No. 3, should have a good bearing on 
back, and lumber S. 1 S. or S. 2 S. shows 
nearly a full face. 

8. The lowering of grade on the face 
side on account of wane, should be gov- 
erned by grade, width and defects in the 
piece. 

9. Due consideration in rough stock 
should be given for the amount of wane 
that would be surfaced off in milling. 

10. Lumber must be accepted on grade 
in the form in which it was shipped. Any 
subsequent change in manufacture or mill 
work will prohibit an inspection for the 
adjustment of claims, except with the con- 
sent of all parties interested. 

11. Mixed widths boards do not neces- 
sarily require as good edges as shiplap or 
dressed and matched stock of the same 
grade. 

12. Planing mill work should be taken 
into consideration in all grades of dressed 
lumber, and its effect on a piece must be 
left largely to the judgment of the in- 
spector. 

13. Thick C Select, except for factory 
.purposes, should be graded on its best side 
or face, not so much attention being given 
to the back; but in the grades of B Select 
and Better, the backs should, as a rule, be 
within one grade of the face. 

14. The grade of partition shall be de- 
termined from its poorer side. 



105 



15. Lumber when worked shall be graded 

the same as the respective grades when in 
the rough. 

16. Unless otherwise provided for, lum- 
ber worked two sides shall be graded from 
its better side or face; lumber worked one 
side shall be graded from its surfaced face. 

17. The examples given in this book do 
not in all cases include all of the different 
types in any grade. 

18. The interpretation of any grade is 
intended to cover all lumber between the 
next higher grade above, and the next 
grade below. 

19. It is not contemplated by these rules 
to cover car siding and roofing, the grades 
of which should be determined by special 
agreement. 



ASSOCIATION STANDARD GRADES. 



FINISHING. 



Clears. 

First Clear. — This should be twelve inches 
or wider and free froin^ all defects. 

Second Clear. — This should be ten inches 
or wider. When ten inches wide it should 
be free from all defects. A twelve-inch 
board must have a perfect face. A half- 
inch of white sap on each edge, or one 
inch of sap on one edge of back is allowed. 
In the absence of sap one or two small 
pin knots not to exceed one-half inch in 
diameter are admissible. Pieces wider 
than twelve inches must have a perfect 
face but can have sap or knot defects pro- 
portionately greater as the piece is wider. 

Third Clear. — This should be eight inches 
or wider. A piece eight inches wide should 
be free from all defects on both sides. In 
a ten-inch piece one or two small knots, not 
to exceed one-half inch in diameter, or in 
the absence of knots, white sap not to ex- 
ceed one-half inch in width on each edge, 
or one inch in width on one edge, is ad- 
missible. A piece from twelve inches to 
fourteen inches wide may have one inch 
of white sap on each edge of face or more 
sap on one edge. In the absence of sap or 
with less sap one or two small knots an 
inch in diameter are admissible. Wider 
stock can have more sap or slightly larger 
knots. The reverse side of Third Clear 
ten inches and wider, should not show 
poorer in quality than "A" Select face. 

See General Instructions. 



EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece lxll-16. Face side has 
a black knot on edge one and one-fourth by 
one inch, two feet from end but not show- 
ing through. One small black knot one- 
half inch in diameter one foot from end, 
balance of face side clear. Reverse side 
shows one inch of white sap for six feet 
on one edge and about one foot slightly 
discolored sap. 

Example 2. Piece 1x18-16. Face side 
shows two half-inch black knots and two 
small pin knots near one end, also a half- 
inch black knot near center. Reverse side 
shows practically the same defects except 
the knots are slightly larger. 

Example 3. Piece 1x16-16. Shows an 
inch and a half of white sap for eight 
feet on one edge of the face side; no 
other defects. Reverse side shows three 
inches of white sap for twelve feet on one 
edge; no other defects. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-14. Face side 
shows one and one-half inches white sap on 
each edge for four feet at one end. One 
small knot one-half inch in diameter near 
other end. Reverse side shows three inches 
of white sap for twelve feet on one edge 
and two inches of white sap on other edge, 
full length of the piece, and two small 
knots one-half inch in diameter. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-16. Has a clear 
face. Reverse side has one inch of slightly 
stained sap for two feet on one edge; 
otherwise perfect. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. This piece is 
free from all defects on both sides. 

"A" SELECT. 

1. "A" Select should be eight inches or 
wider. On the face side an eight-inch piece 
should be nearly perfect. An inch of white 
sap on one edge or one or two sound knots 
not to exceed one-half inch in diameter are 
admissible. 

2. A ten-inch piece will admit of an inch 
and a half of white sap full length of one 
edge or less sap on both edges of face with 
no other defects, or will admit of two or 
three knots one-half inch in diameter if 
well scattered, or one or two knots not 
over an inch in diameter if well located. 

3. Pieces fourteen inches and wider will 
admit of proportionately greater sap and 
knot defects as width increases, or very 
slight local shake, or a straight split for 
six or eight inches, or one or two large 
worm holes near end or edge. 

See General Instructions. 



106 



EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x8-16. Shows one- 
ilf inch of white sap on one edge full 
ngth of the piece, and one small knot 
te-half inch in diameter. 
Example 2. Piece 1x10-16. The face side 
is a quarter-inch of slightly colored sap 
r one foot, otherwise perfect. Reverse 
de shows a little sap slightly blue on two 
Iges. 

Example 3. Piece 1x10-16. Is perfect on 
>th sides, except a slight local shake in 
ie spot. 

Example 4. Piece 1x10-16. Very smooth 
appearance with one knot three-quarters 
an inch two feet from one end. An- 
her smaller knot near other end, also one 
ch of white sap two feet in length at one 
Ld and one-half inch of sap on opposite 
Ige of other end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. On face side 
is one knot one and one-half inches in 
ameter and one pin knot, both going 
rough the board; otherwise perfect. 
Example 6. Piece 1x12-16. Has two 
ree-fourth-inch knots that go through the 
>ard and an inch of white sap on one 
[ge full length of piece. 
Example 7. Piece 1x14-16. Face side 
iows one small knot a half-inch in 
ameter. A half-inch of stained sap for 
vo feet on one edge at center of board, 
everse side at center has two inches of 
ained sap on one edge for five feet and 
her edge has one inch of stained sap 
r four feet. This is considered a high 
pe of "A" Select. 

Example 8. Piece 1x16-16. Face side 
iows two black knots, one inch in diameter 
>ar one end and three small pin knots. 
everse side shows two knots one inch in 
ameter at one end. On one edge three 
ches of white sap for ten feet. Other 
Ige has two inches of slightly colored sap 
r eight feet. 

Example 9. Piece 1*4x16-16. One face 
is two inches of sap full length of one 
Ige, discolored in streaks. Reverse side 
iows three-fourths inch wane for three 
tches, and three inches slightly colored 
lp full length of one edge. 
Example 10, Piece 1^x19-16. Face shows 
five-eighths inch black knot one foot 
•om end. At same end on opposite cor- 
sr a check eight inches long. At the 
:her end is a slight shake for ten inches 
i center; also at the left from same end 
ear edge, a pitch pocket one and one- 
Mirth inches long. No sap on face. Re- 
srse side shows one-fourth to three-fourths 
ich worm eaten sap for eight feet on one 
Ige. The small black knot at end shows 
tirough from face side. 



"B" SELECT. 

1. "B" Select may be 4 inches or wider. 

2. In this grade white sap is not con- 
sidered a defect unless too many other 
imperfections appear. 

3. Knots, shake, season checks and a 
small amount of stained sap are admis- 
sible. 

4. A 4-inch or 6-inch piece should have 
but very little shake. Wider pieces can 
have more shake, but it should be local 
and not scattered over the face of the piece. 

5. Season checks equivalent to shake de- 
fects are admissible. 

6. Slightly stained sap is admissible when 
other defects are not of a serious nature, 
the amount of stained sap depending upon 
width of piece. 

See General Instructions. 



EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x8-16. Has two inches 
of bright white sap the entire length of 
piece on one edge. The other edge has two 
inches of bright white sap for three-quart- 
ers its length. ' The balance of that edge 
is discolored sap. Other end of piece has 
one small knot. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-16. Three-quarters 
of the entire face shows white sap and a 
small knot at one end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x10-16. Has one inch 
of stained sap for one-third the length of 
the piece. One small knot at each end and 
one five-eighths knot near center of board. 

Example 4. Piece 1x10-16. Has local 
shake near one end and one and one-half 
inch bright sap on both edges with small 
knot at end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. Has a small 
knot at each end, two and a half inches of 
slightly stained sap for four feet on one 
edge, and an inch and a half of white sap 
on the other end of opposite edge. The re- 
verse side has three inches of stained sap 
on both edges for five feet at one end. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-12. Shows one 
and ,one-half inches white sap on one edge 
for half length of piece; other edge shows 
two inches of white sap two-thirds of length. 
Scattered over the face of this board are six 
small knots varying in size from an inch 
to a small pin knot. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Both edges 
of this board have sap varying in width 
from two to three inches and running full 
length of the piece, the sap showing slight 
discolorations. No knot defects or shake 
are shown. 



107 



Example 8. Piece 1x20-16. Has a rot 
stain three inches wide and eight inches 
long at one end, one three-quarter inch 
unsound knot at other end and two half- 
inch knots. The reverse side has same ap- 
pearance, except a narrow streak of white 
sap and half-inch of stained sap for four 
feet. 

Example 9. Piece 1x14-16. Has three 
half-inch black knots, one and one-half 
inches of bright sap for eight feet on edge 
and two and one-half inches of bright sap 
for four feet on other edge. The reverse 
side has three inches of bright sap on both 
edges for three feet and three-quarter inches 
of wane for three feet and shows same 
knots as on face. 

Example 10. Piece 2x12-16. Has one poor 
knot three-quarter inches in diameter, but 
otherwise face is perfect. The reverse side 
shows stained sap on both edges three 
inches wide for four feet and one-half inch 
of wane for eight feet. 

Example 11. Piece 2x14-16. At one end 
near the edge has one and one-half inch 
knot; at the other end shake five inches 
wide for three feet on the same edge as 
knot. Reverse side shows three inches of 
slightly stained sap for eight feet. 

Example 12. Piece 1x18-16. At one end 
shows shell shake for two feet running 
across one-half of the face. One edge shows 
three inches of slightly stained sap for 
eight feet. This piece also has three small 
knots not over one-half inch in diameter 
scattered over the face. 

Example 13. Piece l 1 / 4xl4-16. Face side 
shows two inches of slightly colored sap at 
one end, running out at four feet, but no 
other imperfections. Reverse side shows 
sap over two-thirds of the piece, slightly 
colored in spots for six feet. No knots in 
this piece. 

Example 14. Piece 114x16-16. Face side 
shows five black knots well scattered from 
one-half to one inch in diameter. Also 
three-fourths inch slightly stained sap at 
one end running out at six feet. 

Example 15. Piece 1x12-16. The face 
shows two-thirds white sap; no other de- 
fects except that one edge shows fifteen 
inches wane on the back side one inch 
wide, but not to a feather edge o» the 
face side. 

Example 16. Piece 1x10-16. Shows four 
inches white sap the entire length on one 
edge. No other defects except wane on the 
back for eighteen inches. 

"C" SELECT. 

1. "C" Select may be 4 inches or wider. 

2. This grade will admit of quite seri- 



ous defects if the piece retains at the same 
time a fair appearance. 

3. The defects admissible are the same 
as those in "B" Select, but exist to a 
greater degree. 

4. Medium blue stain covering one-third 
the face of the piece or surface season 
checks equivalent to shake defect are ad- 
missible if not in combination with other 
marked defects. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x8-16. Shows three 
inches of stained sap for two feet and 
three small knots. The reverse side has 
stained sap in four places. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-16. Has an inch 
and a half of white sap on each edge full 
length of piece and eight small knots well 
scattered. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. Shows three 
feet of tight shake on one edge at one end 
and one foot of open shake on the other 
end; otherwise of good appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x10-16. Has white 
sap on the face side, no knots, but three 
feet of shake in center of board about three 
feet from one end. Board has a smooth 
appearance. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-16. Has five 
very small knots well scattered, a streak 
of stained sap on one edge and an inch of 
stained sap for two feet on the end of 
other edge. 

Example 6. Piece 1x10-16. The face is 
free from defect except two and a half 
inches of stained sap for eight feet on one 
edge; otherwise very smooth in appear- 
ance. The reverse side shows quite an 
amount of stained sap. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Has two 
inches of stained sap on each edge, two 
< ne-inch knots and two one-half inch knots. 
One quarter of one side shows sap clear 
across, slightly stained. 

Example 8. Piece 1x12-16. Has a very 
smooth appearance, but shows shake clear 
through for three feet at one end and four 
small knots. 

Example 9. Piece 1x12-16. Shows con- 
siderable white sap on each edge, with 
eight small knots ranging from a pin knot 
to one inch in diameter. 

Example 10. Piece 1x12-16. Quite smooth 
in appearance with shake four inches wide 
tapering off at one-third length of the 
piece. At other end of the piece, shake 
running in "V" shape for 18 inches. 



108 



Example 11. Piece 1x14-16. Has two 
inches of stained sap for four and one-half 
feet in center on one edge and a streak of 
stained sap at both ends of other edge. The 
reverse side shows one pitch spot 2x3 
inches and three inches stained sap, same 
as in center of the other side. Two or 
three inches of white sap on each edge of 
both ends. 

Example 12. Piece 1x14-16. Has one 
three-fourth-inch poor knot and three one- 
half-inch black knots, also four feet of 
tight sbake at one end. Reverse side 
shows same knot and shake defects with 
three inches of white sap for two feet. 

Example 13. Piece 1x18-16. At first 
appearance this, board seems to be clear, 
but on closer examination a great deal of 
close, tight shake is found to be scattered 
over at least one-half of the face. The 
shake, however, is very fine and tight. 

Example 14. Piece 1x16-16. Has the ap- 
pearance of an extra sound "D" Box. The 
knots are smaller and in general appear- 
ance much above the average "D" Box 
grade. The sap is white and there are ten 
small knots, three of which are one inch 
in diameter, and the remainder from one- 
half inch down to a pin knot. 

Example 15. Piece 1x13-14. Within one 
foot of end is one and one-fourth-inch 
sound black knot; also a one-fourth-inch 
black knot, and scattered over the face are 
two one-half inch and two pin knots with 
three inches of bright sap on one edge, 
running off at nine feet. 

Example 16. Piece 1^x12-16. Face has 

slightly colored sap two inches wide on 

one edge for ten feet; other edge has same 

amount and kind of sap for two feet, but 
no other imperfections. Reverse side 

shows slightly colored sap over the full 
width for eight feet in length. 

Example 17. Piece l%x20-16. Face side 
shows worm holes 16 inches from end in 
center; one three-fourths-inch black knot 
three feet from end on one edge; a one- 
half -inch black knot in center and seven 
feet from the other end within twelve 
inches of same end, one red knot three- 
fourths by one and one-half inches near 
edge; also three inches of white sap on 
both edges for twelve feet, with one-half 
inch wane for eight feet on one edge. Re- 
verse side shows less sap, but same knot 
defects, except that knots show larger. 

Example 18. Piece 114x16-16. Has two 
feet very fine shake across the face at one 
end, one and one-half inches of it on edge 
extending for four feet; another trace of 
shake on edge near opposite end, also one 



109 



and one-fourth inch soft rotten knot and 
one and one-fourth inches of dead sap 
tapering out at four feet. 

Example 19. Piece l%xl6-16. Has two 
feet very fine shake across face on one 
end, one and one-half inches on one side 
extending for four feet; another trace of 
shake on edge near opposite end and on 
same end one three-fourths-inch soft, rotten 
Knot, and one and three-fourths inches of 
dead sap, tapering off at four feet. At 
center of piece are two three-eighths-inch 
Pilots. The reverse side shows same rot- 
ten knot, and blue sap averaging two and 
one-half inches in width the whole length 
rf one edge. The other edge has two inches 
of stained sap for two feet. 

Example 20. Piece 1^x18-16. The face 
has nine black knots from one-fourth to 
one-half inch in diameter, well scattered, 
one of the one-half inch knots being un- 
sound. Also contains one and one-half 
inches of blue sap full length of one edge,, 
and a small amount of shell shake two feet 
from one end. Reverse side shows five of 
the one-half inch knots that run through, 
from the face, and three inches of dead 
sap the entire length of one edge. 

Example 21. Piece 1x8-14. Shows fine 
surface season checks in center of piece 
for three feet at one end and three small 
knots well scattered. 

Example 22. Piece 1x10-14. Has split 
on one end twelve inches long and two 
inches of slightly stained sap for four feet 
on one edge. 

For grade of Factory Plank, see shop 
common and Factory selects. 

"D" SELECT. 

1. "D" Select may be 4 inches or* 
wider. 

2. This grade admits any piece of lum- 
ber that has the appearance of finishing w? 
a percentage of cutting in which the de- 
fects are too numerous or too serious to 
admit of its being graded into "C" Select. 

3. Medium blue stain covering entire 
face or season checks equivalent to shake 
defect will be admitted if not in combina- 
tion with other marked defects. 

Above description embraces one inefi or 
thicker stock and is graded strictly i'v&im 
the face without regard to the back ajodl 
cannot be recommended for quality. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES. 
Example 1. 1x10-16. Face shows a great- 
deal of shake for two-thirds of length, 
and three spots of rough mill work. This 
piece is smooth in appearance, but ex- 
tremely shaky. 



Example 2. Piece 1x14-16. Very smooth 
in appearance. No knots, but fine shake 
over two-thirds of face, with some blue 
sap on each edge at one end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. Shows blue 
sap three inches wide on each edge for ten 
feet; no other imperfections. 

Example 4, Piece 1x8-16. Has smooth 
appearance. Shows partially blue sap over 
face for six feet; otherwise good. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-16. Shows a 
"B" Select face, but the reverse side shows 
the dry rot and worm hole defects of a 
No. 4 board. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. Shows blue 
sap well streaked over eight feet of the 
face. The balance of good appearance. 



"D" STOCK AND BOX. 

1. This is a grade of smooth-looking 
and sound-knotted lumber with edges free 
from wane and the grade practically free 
from shake. 

2. The knots may be either black or red, 
but should be sound and firmly set, varying 
in size from /an inch and a half down. 

3. A "D" Box Board may have any 
number of sound knots, depending entirely 
upon their size and location. 

4. A 12-inch "D" Stock board should 
contain a less number of knots than a 
"D" Box, and 8 and 10-inch "D" Stock 
boards relatively smaller knots and less in 
number. This grade is nothing more than 
ian extra smooth No. 1 Common. 

See General Instructions. 



EXAMPLES OF 



STOCK. 



Example 1. Piece 1x12-14. Has three 
red knots one inch in diameter, ten knots 
one-half inch in diameter, and ten small 
pin knots. There is no sap. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-14. Has three 
knots l^x% inches, part of them red and 
part black, and six knots 1 inch in di- 
ameter, also six small pin knots, red and 
black mixed. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Has six knots 
one-half to one inch in diameter and four- 
teen knots less than one-half inch in diame- 
ter, one and one-half inches of sap on one 
edge for entire length of piece, partly blue. 
Other edge has one inch partly blue sap. 
This board is perfectly smooth and sound 
in appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-16. Has twenty- 
eight knots, of which six are oblong, one- 
half by one and one-fourth inches, and 
eight round red knots one-half to one inch 
in diameter; the balance are pin knots. 



EXAMPLES OF 



BOX. 



Example 5. Piece 1x10-16. Has twenty | 
sound black knots extending over entire 
face, that will average less than one inch 1 
in diameter. Edges are square and piece ft 
is otherwise sound. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-16. Has twenty- 
five sound knots from one-quarter to one- 
half inch in diameter, five being red and 
balance black. Four of the one-half inch 
red knots at one end are in a cluster. The 
board is otherwise sound and of good ap- 
pearance. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Contains 
twenty-five red and black knots scattered 
over the face, five being one-half inch in j- 
diameter and the others smaller; also has 
two inches of bright sap full length of 
one edge and one-half inch, bright sap full ; 
length of other edge. The board is other- j 
wise perfect. 

Example 8. Piece 1x8-16. At one end 
in a space of three feet there are three \ 
black knots, one-half inch in diameter and | 
one black knot three-quarters of an inch in I 
diameter. The center contains two pin | 
knots; at the other end within a space of 
five feet there are eight sound red knots, 
two being one inch in diameter, two are 
one-half inch in diameter and four are pin 
knots. At a glance this would be consid- 
ered a fair type of "D" Stock. 

Example 9. Piece 1x8-16. There are 
twenty sound black knots in this piece, 
none of them exceeding one-half inch in 
diameter, and all within a space of twelve 
feet. This is a high grade of "D" Stock. 



Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. Well scat- 
tered over this piece are fifteen round black 
knots from one-eighth inch to one inch in 
diameter and at one edge, three feet from 
end, a cluster of three-quarters inch, sound 
red knots. An inch of white sap shows 
along two-thirds of one edge and nearly as 
much along the other edge. 

Example 2. Piece 1x14-16. Has seven- 
teen black knots ranging in size from one 
inch in diameter down to a pin knot; no 
other defects. This is considered a high 
type of "D" Box. 

Example 3. Piece 1x14-12. One end has 
a sound red knot, one by two inches in 
diameter, and a three-quarter inch red knot 
within six inches of it. The balance of 
the face contains eleven small knots well 
scattered. The piece is otherwise perfect. 

Example 4. Piece 1x14-16. Contains 
eighteen sound knots, three of which are 
one by one-half inches, five are three- 
quarters inch and ^en are pin fej^ots^ all 
well located. 



110 



Example 5. Piece 1x16-14. There are 
twenty-one sound knots in this piece, eight 
being black, two of which are one and 
one-half inches in diameter. 

Example 6. Piece 1x16-14. There are 
twenty-one sound knots in this piece; eight 
being black, two of which are one and one- 
half inches in diameter, and the balance 
three-quarters inch and less. There is also 
one and one-half inches of bright sap the 
entire length of one edge. 

Example 7. Piece 1x13-16. Has thirteen 
black and two red knots, all about one-half 
inch in diameter, well scattered over the 
face and two inches of bright sap for six 
feet on one edge. 



SIDING. 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

1. Beveled Siding should be graded from 
the face side only. 

2. Defects on the thin edge which will 
cover when laid should not be given the 
same consideration as defects elsewhere. 

-% 
''A" and Clear Siding. 

"A" and Clear Siding will admit of 
bright sap on thin edge which will cover 
when laid, or a half-inch of bright sap on 
thick edge for one to two feet, or in the 
absence of sap one or two pin knots. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece %x6-16. Shows one- 
half inch bright sap on thin edge of two- 
thirds of the length; otherwise perfect. 

Example 2. Piece %x6-16. Shows three- 
fourths inch of bright sap on thin edge for 
ten feet. One knot one-fourth inch in 
diameter, three feet from end, and at six 
inches from other end a slight trace of 
pitch. 

Example 3. Piece %x6-14. For seven feet 
on thin edge there is one-half inch of sap 
that is slightly discolored; at the center of 
the piece is one one-fourth inch black pin 
knot. 

Example 4. Piece %x6-14. On the thin 
edge there is a one-half inch black knot. 
Otherwise the piece is perfect. 

Example 5. Piece %x6-16. Contains two 
one-fourth inch black knots, one being three 
feet from end and the other near the center 
of the piece; no other defects. 

Example 6. Piece %x6-16. This piece is 
without a defect. 



Example 7. Piece %x6-16. Shows no de- 
fects except one-quarter inch of white sap 
on thick edge three feet in length. 

Example 8. Piece %x6-16. Shows one pin 
knot on thick edge less than one-half inch 
in diameter. 

"B" SIDING. 

"B" Siding will admit of any amount of 
white sap, or two or three sound knots not 
to exceed one-half inch in diameter, well 
scattered over the face of the piece. 

EXAMPLES. 



Example 1. Piece %x6-16. Shows a heavy 
pitch spot one inch long on thin edge, a 
torn defect on same edge that covers when 
laid, a pitch pocket one-fourth inch wide 
by one and one-fourth inches long, two 
inches from thick edge at the center of the 
piece, and for six feet on thick edge shows 
an inch of white sap. 

Example 2. Piece %x6-16. Has four very 
small, smooth knots, one-fourth inch or less 
in diameter within four feet of end near 
thin edge, and a one-half inch round red 
knot within two inches of thick edge and 
six feet from same end. 

Example 3. Piece %x6-16. Has one-half 
inch white sap the whole length of thick 
edge and a large curl four feet from one 
end with one-half inch sound knot. 

Example 4. Piece %x6-16. Has a black 
knot on the thin edge that will cover, a 
one-half inch black knot one inch from 
thick edge and two pin knots that show. 

Example 5. Piece %x6-16. Shows three- 
fourths inch of white sap on thick edge, six 
feet from end; a one-fourth inch black knot 
at center of piece, and at four feet from 
other end on thick edge a one-fourth inch 
black knot. 

Example 6. Piece %x6-16. Has a three- 
fourths inch black knot five feet from one 
end. The piece is not smoothly dressed, 
otherwise perfect. 

Example 7. Piece %x6-16. Has one-half 
by three-fourths inch knot on the thick 
edge, three feet from end, and one-half inch 
of white sap for two-thirds of length on 
thick edge. 

Example 8. Piece %x6-16. Has two one- 
half inch black knots within two and one- 
half feet of one end; another one-half inch 
knot five feet from same end, all of which 
show when laid. 

Example 9. Piece %x6-16. Has bright 
sap on thick edge, commencing at one end, 
one and one-fourth inches deep and running 
out at twelve feet. With the exception of 
two curls has no other defects. 



Ill 



Example 10. Piece %x6-16. Has an inch 
of sap on thick edge for ten feet. For one 
foot at end this sap is blue. Within three 
feet of other end is a three-eighths inch 
black knot. 

Example 11. Piece %x6-16. Has white 
sap covering the entire face; no other de- 
fects. 

"C" Siding. 

1. "C" Siding will admit of any amount 
of bright sap. 

2. Two or three small knots, not exceed- 
ing one inch in diameter, or more knots 
when smaller, or slight shake or season 
checks are admissible. 

3. A small amount of slightly blue sap 
on the thick edge is admissible, or more 
blue sap on the thin edge. 

4. Defects requiring one cut not to ex- 
ceed four inches of waste, are allowed in 
high line pieces twelve feet long and longer, 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece %x6-16. Has a three- 
fourths inch black knot five feet from one 
end. A small pitch pocket and a little very 
tight shake within twelve inches of same 
end of piece. 

Example 2. Piece -%x6-16. Has a half- 
inch black knot on thick edge, five feet 
from end, and at seven feet another same 
sized knot. Within five feet of the other 
end is a one-half inch loose knot and a 
one-quarter inch of blue sap for six feet on 
thick edge. 

Example 3. Piece %x6-16. Contains white 
sap one-half the width of the whole length 
and is slightly damaged in two spots by 
bad mill work. 

Example 4. Piece %x6-16. Has a one- 
half inch black knot three feet from the 
end that partly covers when laid. A pitch 
streak two inches long four feet from the 
same end, a three-fourths inch black knot 
five feet from end and three-quarters of an 
inch of white sap for three feet on thick 
edge at the same end. One-half inch of 
white sap shows for two feet on thick edge 
of other end with two feet of shake that 
will cover when laid. 

Example 5. Piece %x6-16. Has five pin 
knots well scattered over face of piece. On 
thick edge is one-quarter inch of stained 
sap for three feet. On thin edge is a lit- 
tle shake that nearly covers. 

Example 6. Piece %x6-16. Has three 
knot holes on thin edge that will cover 
when laid and four black knots one-quarter 
inch to one-half inch in diameter, well scat- 
tered. 



Example ?. Piece %x6-16. Has one and 
one-half inches of sap on thick edge for 
two-thirds of the length. Within five feet 
of the end one foot of the sap is dis- 
colored and for two feet it is blue for three- 
quarters of an inch in width; a three- 
quarters inch knot on the thin edge. This 
piece has a very smooth appearance. 

Example 8. Piece %x6-16. Has a one 
and one-half inch black loose knot six feet 
from end, but otherwise is nearly perfect. 
This is considered a cutting strip. 

Example 9. Piece %x6-16. Has one- 
quarter inch of wane for four feet on thin 
edge. Two-thirds of the face is covered 
with bright sap, except a slight discolora- 
tion from a crossing in piling. 

Example 10. Piece %x6-16. Is perfect 
with the exception of three-fourths inch of 
blue sap running three-fourths the length 
of the piece on thick edge. 

"D" Siding. 

"D" Siding will admit of considerable 
shake season checks and stained sap. With 
or without either of these defects a piece 
may have a number of small knots well 
scattered over the face. * 

EXAMPLES. 



Example 1. Piece %x6-16. Shows three 
inches blue sap on thick edge for three 
feet and a few small pin knots. 

Example 2. Piece %x6-16. Has three 
black knots one inch in diameter, and slight 
touch of shake. 

Example 3. Piece %x6-16. Looks to be 
clear, but contains considerable close shake. 

Example 4. Piece %x6-16. Has twelve 
small red and black knots well scattered, in 
size from one-quarter to one-half inch. 

Example 5. Piece %x6-16. Considerable 
blue and white sap; one-half of piece shows 
white sap and the other is stained, but not 
very blue. 

Example 6. Piece %x6-16. The face of 
this piece is covered with blue sap for about 
seven feet; the remainder is perfect. 

Example 7. Piece %x6-16. Slightly blue 
stain covers the entire face; otherwise per- 
fect. 

"E" Siding. 

1. This is the lowest recognized grade of 
Beveled Siding and will admit of the stain, 
knot and shake defects not admissible in 
"D" Siding. 

2. Many pieces showing seriously defec- 
tive mill work are found in this grade. 



112 



FLOORING. 



"A" Flooring. 

1. "A" Flooring is a one-faced strip and 
should lay with a practically clear face. 

2. A half inch of bright sap, or one or 
two small pin knots are admissible in this 
grade. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Has no defect. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-14. Has two small 
black pin knots; no other defects. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-12. Has a strip of 
perfectly bright sap on one edge three feet 
in length, varying in width from one- 
quarter to one-half inch; no other defect. 

"B" Flooring. 

"B" Flooring will admit of any amount 
of white sap, or two or three knots from a 
quarter to half an inch in diameter. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Free from all 
defects except a rough spot caused by 
dressing. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Has bright sap 
on edge one-half inch wide for half length 
of piece, and a small pin knot less than 
one-half an inch. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-14, Has at one 
end one and one-half inch white sap, taper- 
ing off and disappearing at three feet from 
end; no other defect. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has two small 
knots six feet apart, black but sound, one 
a full half inch in diameter, and the other 
smaller. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-12. The entire face 
is white sap; no defects. 

"C" Flooring. 

"C" Flooring will admit of bright sap 
face or two knots one inch in diameter, or 
three to five knots one-half inch or less 
in diameter, but not a combination of these 
defects unless of a decidedly less amount, 
and must be practically free from shake. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has a one- 
inch firm, sound, black knot, near the 
center of the piece; one three-eighths inch 
black, sound knot six feet from end and 



one and one-fourth inch knot four feet from 
same end; also eighteen inches of bright 
sap. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. At eight inches 
from end has one three-eighths inch knot; 
at three feet has one-fourth inch knot and 
at center two three-eighths inch knots, all 
being sound and black. At the other end 
one and one-half inches bright sap for ten 
feet. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-14. Contains three 
small pin knots well scattered and a small 
pitch pocket three-eighths inch long near 
end. At the other end is eighteen inches 
of light shake; smooth appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has five small 
black knots, the largest being one-fourth 
inch in diameter. Otherwise the piece is 
perfect. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight small 
one-fourth inch black knots and one-half 
inch of bright sap for five feet at the end. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. Has three 
inches of bright sap on one edge for full 
length of piece, except that the sap near 
one end is slightly stained, but the piece 
as a whole is very smooth in appearance. 

"D" Flooring. 

1. "D" Flooring is a grade between No. 
1 Fencing D. & M. and "O" Flooring, and 
will admit in a general way the imper- 
fections of both grades. 

2. In a knotty type the knots must be 
smaller and fewer in number than in No. 1 
Fencing, and may be either red or black. 

3. Medium stain covering entire face is 
allowed or tight local shake or season 
checks equal to shake defects. 

4. Defects requiring one cut, not to ex- 
ceed four inches of waste are allowed in 
high line pieces 12 feet long and longer. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-12. Has blue sap 
over the entire face for one-third of its 
length, but no other defects. This is con- 
sidered the limit of blue sap admissible. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Has blue sap 
across the face for three feet in center of 
the piece, and two one-half inch red sound 
knots two feet from each end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. Has fifteen 
sound black knots ranging from a half inch 
down to pin knots and well scattered; also 
three-fourths inch white sap on one edge 
for two-thirds of the length. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has one-half 
face bright sap with four one-half inch 
black knots and six pin knots well scat- 
tered. 
13 



Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has one black 
knot three-fourths by one and three-fourths 
inches five feet from one end, and two and 
one-half inch knots near other end, with 
slight pitch streak in center of piece for 
two feet. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-14. Has ten sound, 
black knots, the largest two being three- 
fourths inch in diameter and bright sap 
covering nearly entire face. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-14. Has one black 
knot, one by one and three-fourths inches 
in center of piece and a one-inch knot two 
inches from end. Also a rough spot near 
large knot in center. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-12. At five feet 
-from one end has one rotten knot, one and 
one-half inches in diameter. Otherwise the 
piece is perfect. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-14. Has stained 
sap on each edge of piece full length, the 
sap varying in width from one to one and 
one-half inches; no other defects. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Has ten small 
knots, all red, well scattered, averaging 
one-half inch in diameter. If the knots had 
been somewhat larger this piece would have 
graded No. 1. 

Farmers' Clear Flooring. 

1. Farmers' Clear Flooring is of a prac- 
tically clear appearance. 

2. The knotty defects shall not exceed 
that of a "C" Flooring. 

3. The leading defect is shake, which 
may be scattered over the face of the strip. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Shows the 
knotty defects of a "C" flooring and has 
tight shake scattered over two-thirds of its 
face; good appearance. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Shows two 
inches of blue sap for six feet on one edge; 
with considerable fine shake over the face; 
no other defects. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. At first ap- 
pearance this piece seems to be free from 
all defects. On closer inspection it is found 
to be very shaky, but the shake is close 
and tight. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has no other 
defects than slightly stained sap covering 
the entire face. 

No. 1 Fencing, D. & M. 

This should be simply sound No. 1 Fenc- 
ing worked to flooring, and of the character, 
when worked, described under the title of 
No. 1 Common Strips. 

See General Instructions. 



EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty- 
two sound red knots, one being a horn knot 
three-fourths by four inches long; two knots 
in middle, side' by side, are three-fourths 
of an inch in diameter and the balance of 
knots are one-half inch and less in size. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Has four sound, 
red knots, the two largest being three-, 
fourths inches by one and one-half inches, 
and is perfectly sound in every particular. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. There are seven 
round black knots and two red knots in 
this piece, the red* knots being three- 
fourths inch in diameter and located near 
one end. The largest black knot is one 
and one-fourth inches in diameter and four 
feet from same end. The balance of knots 
are one-half inch and less, and well scat- 
tered. It also has a little shell shake at 
opposite end from large knot and is con- 
sidered a liner between No. 1 and No. 2 
Fencing on account of having a combina- 
tion of defects mentioned. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has eighteen 
sound knots about one-half being black, and 
ranging in size from one-half inch to one 
inch in diameter. It is perfectly sound and 
is considered a good No. 1 strip. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has thirteen 
sound red knots averaging three-fourths inch 
in diameter, and two sound red knots one 
inch in diameter. At the center a little 
bright sap is shown and also one foot of 
wane on tongue. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. This is a sound 
heart piece containing seven red knots. One 
is a pitch knot well set and the balance 
are of small horn type. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-14. Has five per- 
fectly sound red knots, one and one-half 
inches in diameter, and seventeen small red 
knots one-fourth to three-fourths inch in 
diameter. This is a typical piece of No. 1 
Fencing. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-14. Has six sound 
red horn knots running from each edge and 
nearly meeting. These knots do not im- 
pair the strength of the piece. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Has a small 
cluster of black knots at center, two one- 
half by one inch black knots near one end 
and nine other small black knots well scat- 
tered. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. This is a Nor- 
way strip, full of pitch and flat grained, 
free from other defects and but for grain 
would go into "C" and better. 

Example 11. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty- 
one small sound knots, the two largest be- 
ing about one inch in diameter. On the 
back and at the center of the piece slight 
wane shows on both edges for thirteen 



114 



inches, but not enough to impair the tongue 
or groove. 

Example 12. Piece 1x6-16. Has one one- 
half inch knot, three feet from one end; 
one three-eighths inch knot four feet from 
other end; one five-eighths inch knot near 
center; all knots sound and firmly set. The 
whole face of the piece is slightly stained 
with blue sap; no other defects. 

No. 2 Fencing, D. & M. 

This should be simply No. 2 Fencing 
worked to flooring, and of the character, 
when worked, described under the title of 
No. 2 Common strips. 

See General Instructions. 



EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight black 
knots, three are one-half inch in diameter 
within three feet of one end and one of 
them is an edge knot, the other five knots 
are one and one-half inches in diameter, 
scattered over the face of the piece. At 
the opposite end from the large knots is a 
one-half inch hole where a knot has 
sloughed off in working. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-14. Has seven small 
black knots and would readily be admitted 
as a No. 1 strip if one of the edge knots 
had not come out in working. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-12. Has white sap 
full length of piece on one edge. One end 
has a streak of pitch averaging three- 
fourths inch for five feet at opposite end; 
an open pitch streak for two feet, and three 
one-inch knots. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-14. Has four black 
knots from one to one and three-fourths 
inches in diameter, two pitch knots one and 
one-half inches wide by four inches long, 
and seven knots one and one-half inches 
and smaller. All are well scattered over 
the face. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. At one end has 
one and one-half inch sound red knot and 
one one-half inch red knot. The center has 
two one-inch sound red knots and part of a 
one and one-half inch loose knot on grooved 
edge. Scattered over the face within six- 
feet of other end are ten sound pin knots 
and three two-inch sound red knots. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty- 
two black knots scattered over face, three 
being loose and on one edge a little light 
shake. None of these knots will exceed one 
inch in diameter. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-16. This is a 
smooth looking strip, its principal defect 
being a light shell shake extending over 
two-thirds of the face; also five small knots, 



well scattered, and a half-inch edge knot- 
hole. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. This is a sound, 
small knotted piece and would be No. 1 if 
it were not that a knot one inch by one- 
half inch is gone out of the edge. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Is coarse in 
appearance on account of two large limb 
knots extending across the face; knots are 
red. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Contains nine 
knots from one-half inch to one inch in 
diameter, part of them black and one edge 
knot partly broken out in dressing. On one 
edge is a slight trace of rot, but the piece 
is of a very sound character. 

Example 11. Piece 1x6-16. Has sound 
red knots of all sizes up to two inches and 
has one inch of black sap for six inches on 
one edge. This is considered a fine type of 
No. 2. 

Example 12. Piece 1x6-16. At first ap- 
pearance looks like a "D" Flooring strip, 
the apparent defect being a half-dozen small 
knots averaging less than an inch. On 
close inspection considerable shake is found, 
rather more than is admissible in No. 1. 

Example 13. Piece 1x6-16. Has too much 
blue stain to be admitted into either the 
grade of "D" or Shaky Clear Flooring, the 
entire face being covered, but on account 
of its otherwise good appearance is graded 
No. 2. 

No. 3 Fencing, D. & M. 

No. 3 Fencing D. & M. is the regular 
grade of No. 3 Fencing worked to flooring 
and may contain coarse knots, an occasional 
knot hole, splits, wane, worm holes, streaks 
of red rot, and a great deal of shake, but 
not a serious combination of these defects. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has black knots 
five-eighths to one inch in diameter, three 
feet from end, knot sloughed off edge one- 
half to five-eighths inch. Five inches from 
same end and on same edge, knot five- 
eighths by one and one-fourth inches 
sloughed off. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. If free from 
shake this piece would make a good No. 1 
Fencing Flooring, but has open shake clear 
across the face for one-half length of piece. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. Has ten branch 
knots across its face, average size one and 
one-fourth by two and seven-eighths inches, 
at intervals of say eighteen inches, running 



115 



the full length of piece; and also has sound 
red rot two inches wide in center of board 
running two feet at one end of piece. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has eight small 
rotten knots with firm rot stain extending 
from one knot to the other along the whole 
length of the piece. This piece has a de- 
cidedly unsound appearance at the first 
glance. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has four good 
sized branch knots on face, with some heart 
shake along the grooved edge; also three- 
fourths inch wane for two feet at one end 
of face. The back is also waney on both 
edges, so much so for half the length that 
the piece is almost slabby. 

COMMON LUMBER 



Common lumber may consist of White or 
Norway Pine, or a mixture of both. 

The characteristic of Common lumber, as 
distinguished from Finishing, consists of a 
general coarseness of appearance, caused by 
various defects and combinations of defects, 
in a greater or less degree according to the 
grade. 



No. 1 Common Boards and Strips 



1. No. 1 Common Boards and Strips in- 
cludes all sound, tight-knotted stock, whether 
red or black knots, free from very large, 
coarse knots, or any imperfections that will 
weaken the piece. 

2. This grade should be of a character 
fitting it for ordinary use, except finishing 
purposes. 

3. Knots, medium colored blue sap, or a 
small amount of shake are admissible if 
they do not affect the general utility of the 
piece. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x12-16. Has four red 
knots from one and one-half to two inches 
in diameter and one black knot one and 
one-half by three inches; also fourteen small 
knots, all sound and well scattered, these 
smaller knots varying in size from one-half 
to one and one-fourth inches. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. There are a 
great many knots in this piece, but they 
are well distributed, and are sound. Six of 
them are red, from one and one-half to two 
inches in diameter. Seven more red knots, 
about one and one-half inches, and four 
small, black knots not over an inch in 
diameter, . 



Example 3. Piece 1x12-14. Has the knot 
defects and general appearance of a "D" 
stock. It contains a dozen small sound 
black knots, and quite a little close shake 
at one end and an inch of blue sap on one 
edge, for nearly the full length of the 
piece. Without the shake it would pass 
easily for a "D" stock. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-16. Very smooth 
looking piece, but has six black knots, all 
sound, from one-half to one and one-half 
inches in diameter, and a slight touch of 
blue sap on edge. 

Example 5. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to drop 
siding. Has four red knots about one and 
one-fourth inches in diameter, and eleven 
small sound red knots, in size from one- 
half to one inch in diameter. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to ship 
lap. Has a great deal of sap, a portion of 
which is slightly stained, and in addition 
seven red knots about an inch in diameter, 
and fifteen smaller ones ranging from one- 
fourth to one inch in diameter. This has a 
smooth appearance for No. 1. 

Example 7. Piece 1x10-14. S. 2 S. This 
is a Norway board, smooth in appearance, 
with medium blue sap stain over entire 
face. Has six sound firmly set knots from 
one-fourth of an inch to one inch in diame- 
ter well scattered over face; no other de- 
fects. 

No. 2 Common Boards and Strips 

1. No. 2 Boards and Strips are subject 
to the same general inspection as No. 1, 
except that coarser and larger knots, not 
necessarily sound, more stained sap and 
shake are allowed. "V" and coarse limb 
knots, heart shake or slight trace of rot, 
when firm, or occasional worm holes, are 
defects admissible in this grade. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x12-16. Has seven 
black knots from one and one-half to two 
inches in diameter and eight smaller knots, 
part of which are red, and the others black; 
also shake at one end. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. Very smooth 
in appearance. Looks like a "D" stock; 
contains a number of small knots, and a 
srreat deal of close shake over the face of 
one-half of the board. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Has six large 
branch or "V" shaped knots, all red, from 
one and one-fourth to one and one-half 
inches wide, and from three to four inches 
long; also a half-dozen smaller red knots 
I from one to two inches in diameter. 






116 



Example 4. Piece 1x16-16. Has four large 
branch knots, all black, a little heart shake, 
or season check, a touch of red stain two 
inches wide at narrowest place, widening to 
five inches, in all about four feet in length; 
also eight or ten small knots well scattered. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-14. Has nine knots 
both red and black, from one and one-half 
to two inches in diameter; at least a dozen 
smaller knots from one-half to one and one- 
fourth inches, both red and black, all well 
scattered and firmly set. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-14. Contains ten 
red knots from two to three inches in 
diameter, and a half dozen smaller ones, all 
sound; also a single grub or worm hole. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-16. Has a great 
deal of blue sap, with a dozen small knots, 
both red and black, well scattered and 
sound. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. Has two red 
knots, two inches in size: four knots aver- 
aging an inch, and a half-dozen small ones. 
Type of a good No. 2. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Has a streak 
of very firm red rot, from one-half to one 
inch wide, running six feet in length from 
one end. Also a half dozen small knots, 
well scattered. The rot is barely percep- 
tible in the rough strip and it has there- 
fore a smoother appearance than the average 
No. 2 Fencing strip. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Has three 
large worm holes and considerable shake, 
both well scattered. In appearance very 
smooth, and an acceptable grade, whether 
used rough or D. & M. 

Example 11. Piece 1x12-14. The face 
contains a large number of sound knots, 
and would be No. 1 were it not that it also 
has six white worm or grub holes, well 
scattered. If it were ten inches wide, not 
more than three or four worm holes would- 
be admitted. 

No. 3 Common Boards and Strips 

1. The general appearance of this grade 
of lumber is coarse, admitting: 

2. Large loose or unsound knots. 

3. An occasional knot hole. 

4. A great deal of shake. 

5. Some red rot. 

6. Large worm holes. 

7. Any amount of blue sap. 

8. Not a serious combination of these 
defects in any one piece is admissible. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. Badly split 
at one end for six feet, and sprinkled with 
a dozen Knots. 



Example 2. Piece 1x16-14. Very shaky 
all over, so much so that shake can be 
plainly seen; no other defects. 

Example 3. Piece 1x14-14. Has twelve 
large knots from two to three inches in 
diameter, . some of them soft and unsound. 
Also a half dozen small knots and a split 
two feet in length at one end. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-16. Has six large 
branch knots, very coarse in appearance and 
which materially weaken the board; other- 
wise sound. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-14. Worked to 
ship lap. Has four black knots about one 
and one-half inches in size and one knot 
hole of same size. 

Example 6. Piece 1x10-14 Has eight small 
knots one inch in diameter. The knots are 
soft and rotten. If knots were sound, the 
board would pass for "D" stock. 

Example 7. Piece 1x10-14. Worked to 
ship lap. Has four sound knots one and a 
half inches in diameter, and One unsightly, 
coarse, black knot, two inches wide and six 
inches long. 

Example 8. Piece 1x10-16. Worked to 
ship lap. One end smooth and free from 
all defects except a few pin knots. The 
other end shows three feet containing red 
rot four to six inches in width. 

Example 9. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to 
flooring. Shows a dozen small black knots 
and red rot, of a firm texture, over one- 
third of its face. 

Example 10. Piece 1x10-16. Worked to 
shiplap. Has knot defects as are found in 
Nq. 1 Coininon, but also has a dozen large 
worm holes, well scattered, which made it 
a No. 3. 

Example 11. Piece 1x10-14. Worked to 
shiplap. Has four large black knots, three 
inches in diameter, one of them rotten; 
also a few pin knots and a little blue sap. 

Example 12. Piece 1x10-16. Full of coarse 
knots, all sound, but so extremely coarse in 
appearance that the board is classed as No. 
3. Without two or three of the coarse 
knots it would be a satisfactory No. 2. 

Example 13. 1x8-12. Worked to shiplap. 
Shaky all over, but smooth in appearance. 

Example 14. Piece 1x6-16. Has one inch 
of wane on one edge and considerable blue 
sap. Also one small knot hole an inch in 
diameter, and one large coarse knot. 

Example 15. Piece 1x6-16. Has streak 
of firm rot four feet long, from one to three 
inches wide; also some shake at other end. 

Example 16. Piece 1x6-16. Has three 
coarse black knots from two to three inches 
in diameter. 



117 



Example 17. Piece 1x10-14. Has one large, 

sound knot two and one-half inches in 
diameter at one end of piece. Two feet 
from same end has rotten knot three-fourths 
inch in diameter and five feet from same 
end has dead sap two and one-fourth inches 
wide on each edge for four feet; also two 
good sized worm holes, one knot hole, three- 
fourths by one inch, and six feet from end 
one sound red knot, one and one-half inches 
in diameter. 

Example 18. Piece 1x12-16. A nice, 
smooth looking board with the exception of 
a rotten limb knot one-half by two inches 
six feet from end and fourteen worm holes 
well scattered from end to end. Outside of 
above defects this piece would be a good 
No. 1 twelve-inch stock board. 

Example 19. Piece 1x16-14. Four feet 
from end of this piece is a bunch of five 
large sound knots in size from one and one- 
half to three inches in diameter, and run- 
ning along piece are six other sound knots 
ranging in size from one-half to one and 
one-fourth inches in diameter. Within four 
feet of the other end of piece there is a 
knot hole one and one-half inches in diame- 
ter, and an open gum seam about sixteen 
inches long. 

Example 20. Piece 1x8-14. Has several 
small black knots one-fourth to five-eighths 
inch in diameter and _three sound red knots 
from one and one-half to two inches in 
diameter. It also has two knot holes on 
same edge of board, one of them one and 
one-fourth by one and one-half inches in 
size and six feet from end of piece; the 
other, three-fourths by two inches and situ- 
ated three feet from same end. 

No. 4 Boards and Strips 

1. The predominating defect characteriz- 
ing this grade is red rot. 

2. Other types are pieces showing numer- 
ous large worm holes, or several knot holes, 
or pieces that are extremely coarse knot- 
ted, waney, shaky or badly split. 

3. Pieces, when extremely cross checked, 
are admissible in this grade. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. One-half of 
this board has the general appearance of a 
No. 2 common. The other half is composed 
of red rot, varying from firm to soft. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. Alternate 
streaks of white wood and red rot, fully 
one-half of the face being red. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Contains a 
dozen large worm holes, considerable rot 
and a few coarse knots. 



Example 4, Piece 1x12-14. Contains four' 
large knot holes with other knot defects. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. Has the knot| 
defect of a No. 2 board, but contains, also, » 
twenty -five or thirty large worm holes. No f 
rot or knot holes. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-12. Very badly 
split in two or three places. No serious rot 
or knot defects, but board is badly shat- 1 
tered. 

Example 7. Piece 1x10-16. Three-fourths ; 
of the face of this board shows red rot, but j 
very little soft rot. 

Example 8. Piece 1x4-16. Shows a good J 
face, but is excessively waney on back, j 
there being four feet of it showing all slab. 
Face equal to No. 2 in quality. 

No. 5 Boards 

No. 5 Boards is the lowest recognized t 
grade and admits of all defects known in 
lumber, provided the piece is strong enough 
to hold together when carefully handled. 

JOISTS, SCANTLING AND TIMBER. 



No. 1. 



1. No. 1 joists and scantling must be of 
a good, sound character, but will admit of 
defects that do not impair the strength of 
the piece. 

2. On basis of 2x4, wane on edge is ad- 
missible, one-half inch deep, for half the 
Length, or a proportionate amount for a 
shorter distance or on both edges. In any 
case, one side and two edges should allow 
a good nailing surface, it being understood, 
however, that the wane shall in no case 
extend over one-half the side of the piece. 

S. A few worm holes admissible. 

4. Stained sap is not considered a de- 
fect. 

5. Timbers and 3-inch plank admit pro- 
portionately greater defects. 

6. 2-inch dimension of this grade may 
contain 20 per cent of No. 1 tamarack, and 
3-inch and thicker and timbers may con- 
tain any amount of No. 1 tamarack. 

No. 2. 

1. No. 2 will admit of large, coarse 
knots, not necessarily sound, considerable 
wane, also shake, worm-holes, red, dozy 
streaks, crooked pieces .or other defects 
which weaken or impair the pieces to such 
an extent as to render it unfit for No. 1 
grade. 

2. Any amount of No. 2 Tamarack is 
admissible in this grade. 



118 



No. 8. 

No. 3 will admit a great deal of rot and 
all the imperfections allowed in No. 1 and 
No. 2, but in a much more pronounced 
form, and any amount of No. 3 tamarack. 

TANK STOCK 

1. Tank Stock shall he of dimension sizes, 
square edged, practically free from wane 
and shake, and may have any number of 
sound, water-tight knots. 

2. White sap is no defect. 

SELECT COMMON 

1. Select Common shall be of dimension 
sizes, and of a smooth, common appearance 
on the face side. 

2. White sap shall not be considered a 
defect in this grade. 

3. A slight amount of stain is admis- 
sible on the face, and any amount of 
sound, stained sap on the back. 

4. A small amount of shake may show 
on the face when not in combination with 
other marked defects. 

5. Any quantity of small sound knots, 
red or black, that do not give too coarse 
an appearance to the piece, are admissible. 

6. The face of piece should be practi- 
cally free from wane, while the back may 
show a moderate amount, as well as other 
defects. 



THICK COMMON LUMBER 



GENERAL RULE. 

Common lumber, one and one-fourth inches 
and thicker, shall be graded the same as 
inch lumber. 

No. 1 Common 

No. 1 Common shall be white pine unless 
otherwise specified, 4 inches or wider, and 
shall be graded the same as No. 1 Com- 
mon Boards. 

No. 2 Common 

No. 2 Common shall be white pine unless 
otherwise specified, 4 inches or wider, and 
shall be graded the same as No. 2 Com- 
mon Boards and Strips. 



No. 3 Common 

No. 3 Common shall be 4 inches or wider 
and graded the same as No. 3 Common 
Boards and Strips. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall be 4 inches or wider, 
and graded the same as No. 4 Common 
Boards and Strips. 

No. 5 Common 

No. 5 Common shall be 4 inches or wider 
and graded the same as No. 5 Common 
Boards and Strips. 

FACTORY LUMBER 



Factory Plank 

1. Grades as described under this head 
are valued for cutting up qualities only, 
and should not be confounded, either in 
quality or value, with grades outlined in 
another part of this book for yard pur- 
poses. 

2. Factory plank of all kinds, better than 
No. 3 Shop, shall be graded for the per- 
centage of Door cuttings that can be ob- 
tained. 

3. Two grades of Door cuttings only 
shall be recognized, and are to be known 
as No. 1 and No. 2 cuttings. 

4. The only defect admissible in No. 1 
Door Cuttings is white sap. 

5. The grade of No. 2 Door Cuttings will 
admit of one defect only in any one piece. 
This may be a small knot of sound charac- 
ter, not to exceed five-eighths of an' inch in 
diameter, or the defect may be slightly 
stained sap, which does not extend over 
more than one-half the surface of the piece 
on one side. 

Shop Common 

No. 1 Shop Common — The sizes and grades 
of cuttings admissible in the grade of No. 
1 Shop Common are as follows: 

1. No. 1 Stiles in width 5% or 6 inches, 
and in length from 6 feet 8 inches to 7 
feet 6 inches. 

2. No. 1 Rails, 9 or 10 inches wide and 
from 2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. 

3. No. 1 Muntins 5*4 inches wide and 
from 3 feet 6 inches to 4 feet in length. 

4. Any number of pieces of either the 
Stiles or Rails mentioned above are admis- 
sible in the grade of No. 1 Shop Common; 
but only two Muntins of the sizes men- 



119 



tioned above shall be considered, and one 
No. 2 door Stile may also be considered in 
securing the required percentage of cut- 
tings in any given plank. 

5. Each plank of No. 1 Shop Common 
shall contain not less than 50 per cent, nor 
more than 70 per cent, of Door cuttings of 
the sizes and grades above mentioned. 

No. 2 Shop Common — The sizes admissible 
in No. 2 Shop Common are as follows: 

1. Stiles in width 5% inches or 6 inches 
and from 6 feet 8 inches to 7 feet 6 inches 
in length. 

2. Rails 9 or 10 inches in width and 
from 2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. 

3. Top Rails 5% inches wide and from 
2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. Top 
Rails must, however, be of No. 1 Door cut- 
tings quality, but figured as No. 2 Door 
cuttings. 

4. Muntins 5}4 inches wide and from 3 
feet 6 inches to 4 feet in length. 

5. Any number of cuttings of any one 
of the above sizes are admissible in the 
grade of No. 2 Shop Common. 

6. Each plank of No. 2 Shop Common 
shall contain either one of the following: 
At least 25 per cent of No. 1 Door Cuttings, 
or not less than 40 per cent of all No. 2 
Door Cuttings, or not less than 33% per 
cent of No. 1 and No. 2 Door Cuttings 
combined. 

No. 3 Shop Common, one and one-fourth 
inches and thicker, will admit all below 
the grade described as No. 2 Shop Com- 
mon that is of a cutting type, and suitable 
for sash, door or other cuttings. 



Factory Selects 



Factory C Select — The grade of Factory 
C Select shall contain from 70 to 80 per 
cent of No. 1 Door cuttings in the sizes 
specified as admissible in No. 1 Shop. 

Factory B Select — The grade of Factory 
B Select shall contain from 80 to 90 per- 
cent of No. 1 Door cuttings in the sizes 
specified as admissible in No. 1 Shop. 

Factory A Select and Better — The grade 
of Factorv A Select and Better shall consist 
of all Plank cutting more than 90 per cent 
of No. 1 Door cuttings of the sizes specified 
as admissible in No. 1 Shop Common. 

Note: All factory plank shall be graded 
from the poor side, and in determining the 
percentages of door cutting, consideration 
must be given to the fact that plank are to 
be ripped full length in such manner as 

120 



will yield the highest grade and largest 
percentage of door cuttings before cross 
cutting, except in such cases where plank 
will yield a higher value by being first 
cross cut for rails. In such instances as 
when stock is cross cut for rails, where 
some of the stock so obtained is too poor 
for either No. 1 or No. 2 rails, and which 
yet contains stiles or muntins, or top rails, 
which can be obtained by ripping this cross 
cut stock, the door cuttings so obtained 
shall be figured in, when determining per- 
centages. 



Inch Shop Common 

1. There shall be only one grade of Inch 
Shop Common. 

2. Cuttings shall be 9% inches wide or 
wider, and 18 inches long or longer; or, 5 
inches wide or wider and 3 feet long or 
longer. 

3. Cuttings 9V 2 inches wide or wider and 
less than 3 feet long shall be free from 
defects on both sides, except, white sap. 

4. Cuttings 5 inches wide or wider and 
3 feet long or longer shall have a C Select 
or Better face. 

5. Each piece of Inch Shop Common shall 
contain 50 per cent or more of any one cut- 
ting, or combination of cuttings, described 
in the foregoing rules for. this grade. 



SHORT BOX 

Short Box shall include lumber twelve to 
forty-seven inches long inclusive, three 
inches and wider, and No. 4 and better. 



RULES FOR MEASUREMENT OF 
FACTORY PLANK 



Factory Plank may be measured with 
either a rule or a tape line. 

When a rule is used, the number of feet 
nearest the actual measurement shall be 
taken. 

The additional thickness over inch shall 
be added to the surface measurement of the 
total amount measured, 



V 




DOOR, SHOWING CUTTINGS. 



SASH, SHOWING CUTTINGS. 



121 



DOOR CUTTINGS 

The figures on the left of the brackets 
show the number of feet and decimal parts 
in each cutting. 

The figures on the right, show the num- 
ber of feet and approximate fractions of a 
foot in each piece of cutting grouped with- 
in the various brackets. These fractional 
figures on the right of the brackets are 
sufficiently accurate for practical purposes 
and are to be used in computing the per- 
centage of cuttings in a factory plank. 



STILES. 



5>A' 


x6' 


8" 


-2.92 


ft. 


s i 4' 


x6' 


10" 


— 2.99 


44 


*>%■ 


x7' 




— 3.06 


44 


5%' 


x7 


2" 


-3.14 


44 


$%" 


x7' 


4" 


— 3.21 


'44 


s%" 


x7 


6" 


-3.28 


44 


6" 


x6' 


8" 


-3.33 


44 


6" 


x6' 


10" 


— 3.42 


44 


6" 


x7' 




— 3.5 


ii 



6" x7 2" -3.56 " 

6" x 7 4" — 3.66 " 
6" x 7 6" — 3.75 " 



3v 



33 



-f 



MUIMTINS 

5%" x3 6" -1.53 ft 
5^"x3' 8" -1.6 " 

5y 4 " x 3' 10" — 1.68 " 
5y 4 "x4' -1.75 " 

RAILS. 

x2' 4" -1.75 ft. 
x2' 6" -1875" 

x2' 8" -2. " 
x 2' 10" -2.125" 
x3' -2.25" 



9" 
9" 

9" 
9" 

9" 

10" 
10" 

10" 
10" 

10" 



x2' 4"— 1.94 " 
x2' 6" -2.08 " 



x2' 8" -2.22 " 
x 2' 10" -2.36 " 

x3 -2.5 " 

TOP RAILS. 

5%"x2' 4" -1.02 ft. 
5%"xl 6" -1.09 ft. 

5%"x2' 8" -1.17 ft. 
5^" x 2' 10" -1.24 " 
5%" xZ' -1.31 " 



}t/ 3 

}m 

■1!4 






122 



-L.-ar.ti 

Owing to the rapidity with which Lath 
are manufactured and necessarily handled 
in grading, the misplacement of an occa- 
sional piece is practically unavoidable. For 
this reason a variation of ten per cent or 
Less off grade is provided for in our rules. 

is provision is intended to cover acci- 
dentally misplaced pieces only, and every 
r asonable effort should be made to have 
the grades conform to the specifications 
without regard to this percentage provided 
tat misplaced pieces. 

No. 1 White Pine Lath 

* 1. No. 1 White Pine Lath shall be but- 
ted to not less than thirty-one and three- 
fourths inches or forty-seven and three- 
lourth inches long; not more than one- 
« ighth of an inch scant of one and one- 
half of an inch wide; and not more than 
one-sixteenth of an inch scant of three- 
eighths of an inch thick; and of sound 
i aterial. 

2. Will admit wane one-third the thick- 
ness, and one-third the width for one-third 
■ Le length on one side of the piece or its 
equivalent otherwise located when not in 
combination with other serious defects. 

3. Any number of pin knots, three or 
four three-quarter inch knots well scattered, 
or more smaller knots, all well set, firm 
and sound, that do not weaken the piece, 
are admissible in a four-foot, and a pro- 
portionately less amount in a thirty-two 
inch No. 1 lath. 

4. Firm, fine shake extending over one- 
b: If the surface of the piece that does not 
materially impair its strength, is admissible 
when not in serious combination with other 
defects. 

5. A few worm holes in an otherwise 
ind piece are admissible. 

6. Stain shall not be considered a de- 
fect, although mould that has caused the 
surface of the piece to decay or scale off, 

a defect not admissible in this grade. 

7. Ten per cent or less of No. 2 lath 
shall be allowed in this grade. 

No. 1 Mixed Lath 

No. 1 Mixed Lath shall be graded by the 
me rules and specifications, and subject 
to the same percentage of No. 2 given for 
No. 1 white pine lath, and may consist of 
a mixture in any proportions of any two 
or more of the following named woods: 
White Pine, Norway Pine, Jack Pine, Spruce 



ana uaisam, ana not to exceed twenty per 
cent of Tamarack. 

No. 2 Lath 

1. No. 2 Lath may consist of any one 
or a mixture in any proportions of any two 
or more of the following named woods: 
White Pine, Norway Pine, Jack Pine, 
Spruce, Balsam and Tamarack. 

2. Pieces of No. 1 quality with an aver- 
age of not more than one-fourth of an inch 
scant in width, and one-eighth of an inch 
scant in thickness are admissible. 

3. No. 2 Lath may contain firm streaks 
and patches of rot; sound knots; an occa- 
sional loose knot or knot-hole; dead wood, 
worm holes, wane, season checks, shake 
and pitch-pockets, that by themselves or in 
combination with these or other defects do 
not seriously impair the usefulness of the 
piece. 

4. Both ends of a No. 2 lath should 
have at least an inch in width of firm wood 
for nailing. 

5. Ten per cent above or below this 
grade is admissible. 



123 



Association Standard Grades 

OF 

POPLAR, OAK, COTTONWOOD, 

GUM AND OTHER HARDWOODS 

Classification, Official Grading and Inspec- 
tion Rules of 

The Hardwood Manufacturers' 
Association of the United States 

With amendments, corrections and ad- 
ditions, which the different organizations 
set out below will conform to and be gov- 
erned by for a period of five years from 
the date hereof. The agreement ratify- 
ing the amendments, corrections and addi- 
tions also not to be changed for the said 
period of five years, except by and with 
the consent of all parties and Associations 
who have signed the said agreement. 

APPROVED AND ADOPTED BY 
THE EASTERN STATES RETAIL LUM- 
BER DEALERS' ASSOCIATION 

HUGH McILVAIN, 
Chairman, Philadelphia, Pa. 
RICHARD S. WHITE, 
-President, New York. 

THE NEW YORK LUMBER TRADE 
ASSOCIATION 

PATRICK MOORE, 
Chairman, New York. 

R. J. PERRINE, 
President, New York. 

THE HARDWOOD MANUFACTURERS' 
ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED STATES 

R. H. VANSANT, 

Chairman, Ashland, Ky. 

W. E. DE LANEY, 

President, Cincinnati, O. 

SALES CODE AND 
INSPECTION RULES 



Title 



These Terms, Rules and Regulations were 
adopted by the Hardwood Manufacturers' 
Association of the United States, February 
3, 1910, at their Eighth Annual Meeting, 
held at Cincinnati, Ohio, and are known 
as the Sales Code and Inspection Rules of 
the Hardwood Manufacturers' Association 
of the United States. 






I 



Purposes 

When quotations, orders and contracts 
covering the sale of forest products in^ 
which the members of this Association deal, 
contain the clause "subject to the Sale's 
Code and Inspection Rules of the Hardwood 
Manufacturers Association of the United 
States, adopted February 3, 1910," they shall 
be governed and controlled (with such ex- 
ceptions as are specifically made in writ- 
ing) by the following: — 



SALES CODE 
General Contingency Clause 

1. Quotations are based upon and order 
and contracts accepted under a "General 
Contingency Clause," which recognizes tha 
the Seller shall not be held liable for de 
lays or non-deliveries of material, when oc 
casioned by strikes, floods, fires, epidemics, 
car supply, delays of carriers or any other 
causes, whatsoever, beyond the control of 
the Seller. In any of these events, the 
Seller may suspend further performance 
under the same until such causes and 
their effects shall have been removed. 

Prior Sale — Change Without Notice — 
Credit Rating. 

2. All quotations are made subject to 
prior sale, change without notice, and ' 
Purchasers' credit rating proving satisfac- 
tory. 

Written Order. 

3. All orders and contracts shall be in 

writing. 

Order Acceptance 

4. All orders and contracts are subject 
to approval and acceptance at the Main 
or Home Office of Seller, and are not bind- 
ing unless confirmed in writing. Such 
acknowledgment shall contain all data ap- 
pertaining to order, and shipment to be 
made in accordance therewith. Omissions 
and errors shall be corrected by the Pur- 
chaser in return mail. All forms used shall 
show the address of Main or Home Office 
of Seller. 

Delivered Price — Freight Rates — Switching 
Charges— Damage 

5. The delivered price (f. o. b. destina- 
tion) includes only the usual freight charges . 
to point of delivery mentioned, and are 
based upon the freight rates in effect at 

24 



time of quotation,- with no allowance for 
Switching or other terminal charges at des- 
tination. The Seller does not guarantee 
lie continuance of those rates. In the 
»vent that freight rates change after ac- 
jeptance of order and before date of ship- 
ment, either party may cancel the contract, 
[f the other party refuses to make the price 
accord with the changed rates. % The Seller 
Hoes not guarantee safe delivery, nor in- 
sure against breakage, loss or damage to 
material while in transit. 



Time of Shipments 



) 6. (a) When order, or contract specifies 
F anite time for shipment, failure to ship 
I thin said time gives the Purchaser the 
t ivilege of cancelling the order or con- 
• t act by wire. (b) When no definite time 
\ i r shipment is specified, the Purchaser 
feijall not be entitled to cancel such order 
( I contract inside of thirty days from the 
uate of order or contract without the con- 
sent of the Seller. Whenever shipments 
are not made within thirty days, the Seller 
shall forthwith notify the Purchaser, giv- 
ing reasons for failure to ship. Purchaser 
I shall then have the privilege of forthwith 
cancelling by wire. Should Purchaser fail 
to so cancel, the Seller shall have an ad- 
ditional thirty days in which to ship; pro- 
I vided, however, that in case of Special 
| or Worked material on hand at time of 
cancellation, all material must be accepted 
by Purchaser. 

All material en route or loaded prepara- 
tory to shipping on such orders, at date 
of receipt of cancellation, at Home or Main 
j Office of Seller (with three days' grace if 
l Home or Main Office of Seller is not at 
point of shipment), shall be likewise ac- 
cepted. Otherwise order or contract shall 
' ;remain in effect until cancelled by mutual 
consent. 

Terms of Payment 

7. Seller must promptly send to Pur- 
chaser an invoice for each carload, or other 
shipment. Each invoice is due and paya- 
ble as follows: Freight is due upon ar- 
rival of shipment, and must be paid by 
Purchaser; original "Expense Bill" (or 
certified copy thereof) must be sent to 
Seller; balance of invoice (remainder after 
deducting freight) is due sixty days from 
date of shipment and bears interest after 
maturity; provided however, that Purchaser 
may pay the same ten days after date 
of invoice with a discount of 2%; or thirty 
days after date of invoice, with a discount 
of 1%. 



All payments must be made in funds 
at par New York or Chicago. Omissions and 
errors in invoice are subject to correction. 



Credit 

8. If, during the life of any order, or 
contract, the financial responsibility of the 
Purchaser becomes impaired or unsatisfac- 
tory to the Seller, cash payments, with 
above discounts, or satisfactory security, 
may be demanded, in default of which, 
the order or contract may be cancelled by 
the Seller. 



Reinspection 

9. In event of complaint by Purchaser 
on the quality of material shipped, Pur- 
chaser shall pay freight, unload and hold 
.ejected lumber intact, properly protected, 
and shall file complaint with Seller within 
dve days after receipt of shipment. If on 
quantity, the entire shipment must be held 
intact. Payment of freight or invoice shall 
not be considered as an acceptance of the 
shipment, nor shall such payment work a 
forfeiture of the right to enter complaints 
and make corrections. 

Upon receipt of complaint by Seller, ship- 
per shall at once request the Secretary of 
the Hardwood Manufacturers' Association 
to have reinspected the shipment in ac- 
cordance with the rules of the Hardwood 
Manufacturers' Association of the United 
States in effect at the time of execution 
of contract, and the purchaser shall lend 
reasonable assistance in the reinspection 
thereof. 

Certificates will be issued by the said 
Association showing the original shipper, 
the Purchaser and the results of such re- 
inspection, the original being mailed to the 
shipper and the duplicate to the Pur- 
chaser. 



Settlement on Reinspection 

10. Both Seller and Purchaser shall be 
bound by such reinspection. 

The Purchaser shall accept all material 
of the grade purchased, and all of the next 
lower grade not in excess of 5% of the 
total quantity invoiced, and shall pay for 
said grade at current proportionate prices 
as shown by the latest publication of 
market conditions issued by the Hardwood 
Manufacturers' Association. All de-grades 
in excess of 5% shall be the property of 
the Seller. 



125 



THE STANDARD THICKNESSES FOR 
DRESSED LUMBER 

Rough Stock. Dressed Stock. 

% surfaced two sides to 7/32" 

IK " " '' " 5 / 16 " 

11/ 1 ;: ;: ;; i3 / 16 " 

1% - i< 2 n/32 „ 

1% " " " iy 2 " 

2" " " " " 184'/ 

2y 2 " " " » - 2 %" 

23 C ;; " :; ;: 2 v 

314" a « << s „ 

3%" «« .. <i « 3 ^« 

38 4" ;; i! ;: t: 3 %* 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE 

MANUFACTURE, INSPECTION AND 

MEASUREMENT OF HARDWOOD 

LUMBER 

Manufacture 

1. Lumber shall be manufactured of 
practically uniform thickness and square 
edges, with all ragged ends trimmed off. 

Inspection 

2 The location, size, and kind of de- 
fects have much to do with the value of 
a board, and the inspector must depend 
to some extent on his own judgment, 
guided by the following rules: 

3. In inspecting all lumber, both sides 
ot the piece shall be taken into considera- 
tion in making the grade. 

4. m The face side of lumber is the side 
showing the best quality or appearance. 

5. Pieces of lumber that would take two 
or three standard defects may have large 
defects equal in damage to two or three 
standard defects. 

6. In grades below First and Seconds 
and in woods where no Select grade is pro- 
vided, boards 6 inches and over wide with 
one clear face shall be raised a grade 
above the reverse side. 

7. Lumber shipped rough must be ac- 
cepted on grades as shown in the rough, 
and not subject to any changes which 
may be caused by future mill working, 
except as to stained sap, as hereinafter 
stated. 

; 8. Sap that will show bright after dress- 
ing to standard thickness shall be con- 



1- ■ 



sidered bright; all sap to be estimated 
the average. 

9. Any stain that will show bright 
dressing to standard thickness shall no 
considered a defect. 

10. Splits that do not diverge more 
one inch for each foot in length are t- 
considered straight splits. 

11. Ordinary season checks are not 
be considered defects. 

12. A straight split not exceeding 6 in! 
es in length in one end of a piece | 
lumber 8 inches and over wide shall } ot § 
considered a defect. 

13. The rules for the inspection of 111 
ber are intended to define the poorest pi A 
that will go into a given grade; all 
better boards up to the next higher gn 
being also included in the grade describ , 
In hue boards twelve feet and longer si \ 
be given advantage in grade, and de- 
fect and shorter reduced. 

14. Clear face cuttings must show < tLu 
face clear of all defects excepting brij " 
sap, except as hereinafter stated. 

The reverse side of Clear Face Cutti] 
may contain small defects or one 
defect and not exceeding 2 inches in dis 
eter that will not materially weaken 
strength of the piece, and that wi] 
show through to the face when work* I 

Sound cuttings may contain firm 
pin worm holes, sap and other defe 
which would not materially weaken 
strength of the piece. 

The word "Cuttings" is intended to - 
elude both rippings and cuttings. 

15. Log run means the full run of 
log with all boards included that wi 
50% or better into sound cuttings. 1 
smallest cutting allowed must conta 
square inches and must not be shorter CL 
2 feet nor narrower than 3 inches, Wall 
and Cherry excepted, which will all 
minimum of 33%% sound cuttings an 
dimensions for the smallest cutting to | 
the same as above. 

16. Common and better means the 
run of the log with all grades below 
1 Common excluded. This grade 
contain at least 25% of Firsts and 
onds. 

16a. The percentages of Firsts allo» 
in the combined grade of Firsts and S 
onds in the different woods are as foil/ 
50%— Poplar. 
40% — Basswood, Soft Elm, Mexican M 

hogany, Cottonwood. 
35% — African Mahogany. 
33%%— White Ash, Birch, Hard Map 

Chestnut, Sycamore, Red and Wh 

Oak (Plain and Quartered), Bucie 1 

Red and Sap Gum. 



126 



25% — Soft Maple, Brown and Black Ash, 
Cuban Mahogany. 

20% — Beech, Butternut, Rock Elm, Hick- 
ory. Pecan, Walnut and Cherry. 

Measurement 

17. Lumber must be inspected and meas- 
ured as the inspector finds it, of full 
length and width. He shall make no al- 
lowance for the purpose of raising the 
grade. 

18. In the measurement of all lumber, 
fractions exactly on the half foot are to 
be dropped, and all fractions above the 
half foot are to be counted to the next 
higher figure on the board rule. 

19. A careful piece tally must be kept 
of all lumber showing the face measure. 
This shall be considered the board meas- 
ure in all lumber one inch and thinner. 
To obtain the board measure in stock 
thicker than one inch, multiply the face 
measurement by the thickness in inches. 

20. In the absence of the shortest 
lengths in the grade where the same is 
allowed, the per cent of the next longer 
lengths may be increased proportionately. 

21. Tapering lumber shall be measured 
at one-third the length of the board from 
the narrow end except strips. 

22. All widths and lengths mentioned in 
these rules shall be inclusive. 

23. The standard lengths are four to 
twenty feet, with fifteen per cent of odd 
lengths in feet in any grade admitted as 
standard lengths. 

24. The standard thicknesses for rough 
stock are: %, y 2 , %, %, 1, 1^4, iy 2 , 1%, 2, 
2^4, 2y 2 , 2%, 3, 3^, 3y 2 , 3% and 4 in- 
ches. 10% of the shipment may be 1/16" 
scant of the standard thickness. 

Standard Defects 

25. Each one of the following items con- 
stitute a standard defect, any of which 
may appear in the board up to the limit 
specified in the rule covering its quality. 

a. One knot one and one-fourth inches in 
diameter. 

b. Two knots so located that they will 
not exceed in damage one standard knot. 

c. Worm holes, grub holes, or rafting 
pin holes not exceeding in damage one 
standard knot. 

d. Heart, shake, rot, dote, or any other 
defects not exceeding in damage one stand- 
ard knot. 

e. Bark or waney edge not to exceed 
one inch in the average, running not to 
exceed one-third the length of the board, 
only showing on one side and to be mea- 
sured. 



POPLAR 

General Instructions, and the following 
rules are to govern the inspection: 

Bright Burls that will dress smooth are 
not to be considered defects in any grade. 

Sound Gum Spots are no defect in any 
grade. Open Gum Spots to be considered by 
the inspector. 

The standard lengths and thicknesses are 
as designated under the heading of each 
grade. 

Grades and Nomenclature 

The following are the standard grades of 
Poplar lumber adopted and the terms by 
which they are to be known: 

Rough Stock 

Grades. Standard Thicknesses. 

Panel and Wide No. 1 % to 2 inches 

Fas or Firsts and Seconds 

combined as one grade.... % to 4 inches 

Selects % to 4 inches 

Saps % to 2 inches 

Wide No. 2 % to 2 inches 

No. 1 Common % to 4 inches 

No. 2 Common % to 4 inches 

No. 3 Common % to 4 inches 

No. 4 Common % to 4 inches 

Scoots % to 4 inches 

Car Sign Boards 1 to 2% inches 

Wagon Box Boards 1 inch 

Shorts % to 4 inches 

Strips % to 2 inches 

Quartered Poplar 

Fas or Firsts and Seconds... % to 2 inches 

No. 1 Common % to 2 inches 

No. 2 Common % to 2 inches 

Squares 

4x4, 5x5, 6x6, 7x7, 8x8, 9x9, 10x10, 
11x11, and 12x12. 
Fas or Firsts and Seconds. 
No. 1 Common. 

Panel and Wide No. 1 

Panel and Wide No. 1 are combined as 
one grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 
feet and not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 18 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: % to 2 inches. 

Bright sap no defect. 

Panel. — 8 and 9-foot lengths must be 
clear. 



127 



Seventy-five per cent of the total quan- 
tity must be clear of defects on both 
sides; the balance of the quantity may 
contain three defects, provided ninety per 
cent of the piece can be used for Panels 
four feet and longer, in the full width of 
the board. 

Splits six inches long in one end not 
to be considered a defect in any board; 
splits longer than six inches not to be ad- 
mitted. 

Wide No. 1. — 8 and 9-foot lengths will 
admit one standard defect. 

10 and 11-foot will admit two standard 
defects. 

12 to 16-foot will admit three standard 
defects. 

17 to 20-foot will admit four standard 
defects. 

Splits admitted not to exceed fifteen 
inches in not to exceed ten per cent of the 
pieces. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas). 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 
15% of odd lengths 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 7 to 17 inches, up to 2 inches 
thick, 2!/4 inches and thicker, 7 inches and 
over wide. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 8 inches and over wide. 

8 to *9 inches must be clear. 

10 to 11 inches will admit 1 inch of 
bright sap. 

12 to 14 inches will admit one standard 
defect and 2 inches of bright sap, or 4 
inches of bright sap if there are no knots 
or equal defects. 

15 to 17 inches will admit two standard de- 
fects, or one standard defect and 3 inches of 
bright sap, or 6 inches of bright sap if there 
are no knots or equal defects. 

Seconds shall be 7 inches and over wide. 

7 inches must be clear. 

8 inches will admit 1 inch of bright 
sap. 

9 to 11 inches will admit one standard 
defect and 1 inch of bright sap, or 3 inches 
of bright sap or equal defects. 

12 to 14 inches will admit two stand- 
ard defects and 2 inches of bright sap, 
or one standard defect and 4 inches of 
bright sap, or 5 inches of bright sap if 
there are no other defects. 



15 to 17 inches will admit three stand- 
ard defects or two standard defects and 3 
inches of bright sap, or 6 inches of bright 
sap if there are no other defects. 

Splits not to exceed in length the width 
of the board admitted and to be consid- 
ered one standard defect, and not over 
twenty per cent of the whole in either qual- 
ity may be so split. 

Selects 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 
15% of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, 
and 10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 
10 feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Selects shall include the following differ- 
ent kinds of boards: 

1. A board having a face side as good as 
a First, the other side must be as good 
as a No. 2 Common. Sun checks admitted 
on the poor side of this board; 

(2) A board having a face side as good 
as a Second, the other side must be as good 
as a No. 1 Common. 

(3) A board that has one more standard 
defect than would admit it to a Second. 
Examples: 

(a) A board 6 to 7 inches wide with one 
standard defect. 

(b) A board 8 inches wide with 1 inch 
of bright sap and one standard defect. 

(c) Boards 9 and 11 inches wide with 
2 inches of bright sap and two standard 
defects, and accordingly as widths in- 
crease. 

Splits not to exceed the width of the 
board up to 10 inches are admitted. Boards 
over 10 inches in width will admit a 
split one-sixth the length of the board. 

Saps 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 
15% of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 4 to 17 inches. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Saps will admit standard defects as fol- 
lows: 

Up to 10 inches wide, none. 

11 to 12 inches wide, one. 

13 inches and wider, two. 

Splits not to exceed the width of the 
board up to 10 inches are admitted. Boards 
over 10 inches in width will admit a 
split one-sixth the length of the board, 
if there are no other defects. 

Bright sap or sap that will show bright 
after dressing" to standard thickness ad- 
mitted. 



128 



Wide No. 2 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 
15% of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, 
and 10 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 
10 feet. 

Widths: 18 to 23 inches, 24 to 27 in- 
ches and 28 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: % to 2 inches. 

Bright sap no defect. 

8-foot lengths will admit two standard 
defects. 

18 inches wide, except 8-foot lengths, 
may contain five standard defects and one 
additional defect for each two ' inches of 
additional width. 

Splits equal in length to the width of 
the board are admitted in not to exceed 
ten per cent of the boards, and are counted 
as a standard defect. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 
15% of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 5 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright sap admitted. 20% of sound dis- 
colored sap admitted on face. 

No. 1 Common shall be inspected to 
grade according to the percentage of clear 
face cuttings, as shown below: 
. No piece or cutting to be less than 5 
inches wide and 18 inches long. 

The following table explains fully how 
the widths and lengths of boards are to 
grade : 

Per No. of 
Width. Length. cent. Pieces. 

5 inches 8 to 14 feet 90% 2 

" 15 feet and over 90% 3 

6 to 7 inches 8 to 10 feet 85% 2 

" 11 feet and over 85% 3 

8 to 9 inches 8 to 10 feet 75% 2 - 

11 to 16 feet 75% 3 
" 17 feet and over 75% 4 

10 to 12 inches 8 to 11 feet 70% 2 

12 to 16 feet 70% 3 
" 17 feet and over 70% 4 

13 in. and over 8 to 11 feet 66 2/3% 3 
" 12 to 16 feet 66 2/3% 4 

" 17 ft. & over 66 2/3% 5 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths 25% may be 6, 7, and 
S feet, and not to exceed 10% under 8 
feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

No. 2 Common shall include all lumber 



that will not come up to the grade of 

No. 1 Common and that will work at least 
50% into sap or clear face cuttings. No 
cutting to be less than 4 inches wide and 
2 feet long. 

Sound discolored sap is not to be con- 
sidered a defect in this grade. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 
6 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 
feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

No. 3 Common must contain at least 
50% sound cuttings. 

No cutting to be less than 3 inches wide 
and 2 feet long. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber 
not up to the grade of No. 3 Common that 
can be used for cheap boxing, sheathing, 
crating, etc. Worm holes are not to be 
considered defects, and unsound lumber 
with sufficient substance to hold nails ad- 
mitted. 

Scoots 

Scoots shall include all lumber not up to 
the grade of No. 4 Common. 

STANDARD GRADES FOR SPECIFIC 
PURPOSES 

Car Sign Boards 

Lengths: 12 to 20 feet, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 12 and 13 feet. 
20% 14 and 15 feet, and the balance 16 
to 20 feet. 

Widths: 13 to 17 inches. 

Thicknesses: 1, 1%, iy 2 , 2, and 2y 2 in- 
ches. 

The face side must be free from all 
defects except bright sap. 

The reverse side of this stock must be 
sound and rigid, for the purpose of mak- 
ing a solid support for the face. Defects 
are allowed on the back which will not 
materially impair the strength of the 
piece. 

Wagon Box Boards 

Lengths: 10' 6", 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, and 
16 feet. 

Widths: 8 to 12" and 13 to 17". 

Sound discolored sap is not a defect. 

One sound knot not to exceed one inch 
in diameter, showing on one side only, shall 



129 



not be considered a defect in any piece or 
cutting. 

10' 6" lengths shall be clear, except as 
above described. 

11, 12, and 13-foot lengths may contain 
any defect that will cut off leaving the 
board 10' 6" long, as above described. 

14-foot lengths are used for making one 
side 10' 6" and one end 3' 6", as above 
described, so a split is a serious defect in 
this length; but 10% of all 14-foot lengths 
in a given lot may have one split not to 
exceed 6 inches in length. 

15 and 16-foot lengths may have any de- 
fects showing through the board, provided 
they will cut two pieces the same as a 
14-foot board, as above described. 

Shorts 

Lengths: 12 to 42 inches — in multiples of 
6 inches. 

Widths: 3 inches and up. 
Thicknesses : Stand ard. 

No. 1 

Will admit not to exceed one 6-inch split 
and two standard defects. 

No. 2 

Shall work 50% sound cutting. 

Wane admitted not to exceed 3 inches in 
width and one-third the length of the piece 
on one edge or the equivalent on both 
edges. 

This is to be used for Box Shook or cut- 
ting up purposes. 

STRIPS 

Strips shall be measured at the narrow 
end and tallied lengths separate on the half 
and even inches. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, aud 10 
feet, and not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 2%, 3, 3%, 4, 4y 2 , 5, 5%, and 
6 inches. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

No. 1 Strips shall be clear of all defects, 
excepting 1 inch of bright sap showing only 
on one face. 

Select Strips will admit bright sap with- 
out limit, or, in the absence of sap, two 
sound knots, not to exceed %-inch each 
in diameter, or one standard defect. 

No. 1 Common Strips will admit bright or 
sound discolored sap without limit. In 
addition thereto 8 to 12-foot lengths may 
have two standard defects; 14-foot and 
over, three. 



No. 2 Common Strips will admit all pieces 
that will not -come up to the grade of No. 
1 Common, which can be used for cheap work 
without waste of more than one-third the 
length of any one piece. Pin-worm holes ad- 
mitted. 

SQUARES 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Sizes: 4x4, 5x5, 6x6, 7x7, 8x8, 9x9, 10x10, 
and 12x12. 

Grades: Firsts and Seconds and No. 1 
Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas). 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Firsts are to be sound and free from 
hearts, shakes, and checks, but may have 
other defects, as follows: 

Bright 
Sap on 
Standard 2 

Knots edges 

4"x 4" 8 to 12 ft. 1 or 2" 

4"x 4" 13 ft. or longer 1 and 2" 

5"x 5" 1 8 to 12 ft. 1 or 2" 

6"x 6" [ 13 ft. or longer 2 and 3" 
7"x 7" 8 to 12 ft. 2 or 3" 

7"x 7" 13 ft. or longer 2 and 3" 

8"x 8" 8 to 12 ft. 3 or 3" 

8"x 8" 13 ft. or longer 3 and 3" 

9"x 9" 8 to 12 ft. 4 or 3" • 

9"x 9" 13 ft. or longer 4 and 8" 

10"xl0" 8 to 12 ft. 5 or 4" 

12"xl2" 13 ft. or longer 5 and 4" 

Seconds will admit all knots, as described 
in Firsts, but bright sap will be admitted | 
without limit. 

No. 1 Common 

No. 1 Common Squares will include all 
Squares not up to the grade of Firsts and 
Seconds, that will cut two-thirds their length 
clear in pieces that can be used for newells 
and short turnings not less than 3 feet long, 
or will admit of stained sap without limit, 
if they have no more defects than would 
go in a Second, or will admit of season 
checks running full lengh on two sides. 

QUARTERED POPLAR 

Defects in this kind of Poplar differ from 
those in plain sawed, and consist largely 
of spike knots and open gum spots. 

Bright sap no defect. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 



130 



Lengths: 8 feet and ofer, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 5 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

5 inches must be clear. 

6 to 7 inches, 8 to 12 feet long, will ad- 
mit two knots showing 1-inch space on edge, 
or one defect condensed not exceeding a 2- 
inch space. 

6 to 7 inches, 14 feet and longer, will ad- 
mit three knots showing 1-inch space on 
edge, or one or two defects condensed not 
exceeding 3 inches in space. 

8 to 9 inches, 8 to 12 feet long, will ad- 
mit two knots showing iy 2 inches space on 
edge, or one defect condensed not exceeding 

3 inches in space. 

8 to 9 inches, 14 feet long and longer, 
will admit three knots 1^ inches in space 
on edge, or one or two defects condensed 
not exceeding the same. 

10 inches and wider, 8 to 12 feet long, will 
admit two knots 2 inches in space on edge, 
or one defect condensed not exceeding the 
same. 

10 inches and wider, 14 feet and longer, 
will admit three knots 2 inches in space on 
edge, or one or two defects condensed not 
exceeding the same. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 
feet, and not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright sap no defect. 

No. 1 Common shall be inspected to grade 
according to the percentage of clear face 
quartered cuttings as shown below. 

No piece or cutting to be less than 4 
inches wide and 18 inches long. 

The following table explains fully how 
the widths and lengths of boards are to 
grade: 

No. 
Width. Length. Per cent. Pes. 

4 inches 8 to 12' 85 2 

13 to 20' 85 3 

5 to 6" 8 to 10' 80 2 

11 to 14' 80 3 

15 and 16' 80 4 

17 to 20' 80 5 

7 to 8" 8 to 12' 70 3 

13 to 16' 70 4 

17 to 20' 70 5 

9" and wider 8 to 12' 66 2/3 3 

13 to 16' 66 2/3 4 

" 17 and 18' 66 2/3 5 

•« 19 and 20' 66 2/3 6 



ffi>. 2 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 10% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 
feet, and not to exceed 10% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright or slightly discolored sap no de- 
fect. 

No. 2 Common shall include all lumber 
that will not come up to the grade of No. 
1 Common that will work at least 50% into 
clear face quartered cuttings. No piece or 
cutting to be less than 3 inches wide and 2 
feet long. 

POPLAR, DRESSED OR WORKED 
General Instructions. 

1. Dressed Poplar shall be inspected from 
the best or face side. The reverse side may 
contain defective dressing, but no other de- 
fects that would not go in the grade. 

2. Slightly chipped grain on face side ad- 
mitted, provided it does not exceed 6 inch- 
es square in Firsts and Seconds, 12 inch- 
es square in Saps and Selects, and 18 
inches square in No. 1 Common in the ag- 
gregate. 

3. Imperfect manufacture in dressed or 
worked stock, such as torn grain, broken 
knots, mismatched, insufficient tongue or 
groove, shall be considered defects and will 
reduce the grade accordingly. 

4. Partition, Ceiling, Flooring or Drop 
Siding, having less than three-sixteenths of 
an inch tongue, shall not be admitted in any 
grade above No. 2 Common. 

5. Wane on the reverse side, not exceed- 
ing one-third the width, and running not to 
exceed one-sixth the length of any piece, 
provided the wane does not extend into the 
tongue, or over one-half the thickness below 
the groove, will be admitted. 

Bevel Siding 

Bevel Siding is made from 1x4, 5, and 
6-inch strips, S. 4 S. to 27/32x3%, 4%, and 
5% inches and resawed on a bevel. 

No. 1. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, admit- 
ting 15% of odd lengths. Must be practi- 
cally free of defects except 1 inch of sap 
or two knots on thin edge that will cover 
by lap. 

Selects. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, admit- 
ting 15% of odd lengths. Will admit two 
sound knots %" in diameter, or one stand- 
ard defect. Sap admitted without limit. 



131 



No. 1 Common. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. Sound dis- 
colored sap and scattering pin-worm holes 
not to be considered defects in this grade. 
In addition thereto boards may contain 
standard defects or their equivalent as fol- 
lows: 

4-foot lengths, one. 

5 to 9-foot lengths, two. 

10 to 14-foot lengths, three. 

15 to 20-foot lengths, four. 

No. 2 Common. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. Will admit 
all pieces that will not come up to the 
grade of No. 1 Common which can be used 
for cheap siding without waste of more than 
one-third the length of any piece. Pin-worm 
holes admitted. 

Drop Siding 

Made from 1x4, 5, and 6-inch strips. 

Widths: 3*4, 4%, 5^ inches net face, 
counted as 4, 5, and 6-inch respectively. 

Thicknesses: % inch net after surfacing. 

The above covers all grades. 

No. 1. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, admit- 
ting 15% of odd lengths. Must be prac- 
tically free of defects on face side. 

Selects. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, admit- 
ting 15% of odd lengths. Will admit two 
sound knots %" in diameter, or one stand- 
ard defect. Sap admitted without limit. 

No. 1 Common. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. Sound dis- 
colored sap and scattering pin-worm holes 
not to be considered defects in this grade. 
In addition thereto boards may contain 
standard defects or their equivalent as fol- 
lows: 

4-foot lengths, one. 

5 to 9-foot lengths, two. 

10 to 14-foot lengths, three. 

15 to 20-foot lengths, four. 

No. 2 Common. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. Will admit 
all pieces that will not come up to the 
grade of No. 1 Common which can be used 
for cheap siding without waste of more 
than one-third the length of any one piece. 
Pin-worm holes admitted. 

Dressed Dimension Strips 

Widths, 3 inches and over; stock S. 2 S. }4 

Inch scant in width; stock S. 4 S. 

y 2 inch scant in width. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

No. 1 Dimension: Lengths, 6 to 20 feet, 

admitting 15% of odd lengths. Each piece 

must be practically clear on one face, 7 

to 9" widths, 1" of bright sap admitted on 

one edge showing on face side, 10 to 12" 



widths 1W of bright sap admitted on one 
edge showing on face side. 

Select dimension: Lengths, 6 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. Bright sap 
admitted without limit, and in addition 
thereto one standard defect or its equiv- 
alent admitted in boards 8" and under wide, 
and two standard defects or their equiv- 
alent admitted in boards 9 to 12" inclu- 
sive. 

No. 1 Common Dimensions: Lengths, 4 
to 20 feet, admitting 15% of odd lengths. 
Shall admit of any number of sound kuots 
that paint will cover, the board to work 
full length and w^idth. Bright or sound 
discolored sap and scattered pin-worm holes 
not to. be considered defects in this grade. 

No. 2 Common Dimension: Lengths, 4 to 
20 feet, admitting 15% of odd lengths. Shall 
include all boards that will work two-thirds 
or more of the same grade as No. 1 Com- 
mon, in not to exceed three cuts the full 
width of the boards, no cutting to be shorter 
than 3 feet. 

Casing and Base 

- Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: Net, 3^, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8y 2 , 
and 9^ inches, counted Ms inch wider than 
net face 

Thicknesses: 13/16 inch after surfacing. 

The above refers to and covers all grades. 

Firsts and Seconds. Each piece must be 
practically clear on face side. 

7 to 10-inch widths, 1 inch of bright sap 
admitted on one edge, showing on face 
side. 

Saps and Selects. Bright sap admitted 
without limit, and in addition one stand- 
ard defect or its equivalent to be admitted 
in boards 8" and under, and two standard 
defects or their equivalent in boards 9 to 
10" wide. 

No. 1 Common. This grade will include 
all stock that will not come up to the grade 
of Saps and Selects, that will work two- 
thirds of its length clear face in pieces 3 
feet long and longer, regardless of sap. 
Stained sap without limit, where there are 
no other defects, admitted in this grade. 



Flooring and Ceiling. 

Widths: 2%, 3%, 4%, and 5*4 inches 
net face, counted as 3, 4, 5, and 6 inches, 
respectively. 

Stock finished on the one-half inch shall be 
counted three-quarter inch wider than net 
face. 

Thicknesses: Flooring 13/16" after sur- 
facing. Ceiling 5/16" counted as %", 7/16" 



132 



counted as %", 9/1 6" counted as %", and 

Sll/16" counted as %". 
The above covers all grades. 
No. 1, Lengths: 8 to 20 feet, admitting 
15% of odd lengths. Must be practically 
free from defects on face side. 

Selects. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, admitting 
15% of odd lengths. Bright sap without 
limit or in the absence of sap two sound 
knots not to exceed % inch in diameter or 
one standard defect. 

No. 1 Common. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. Bright or 
sound discolored sap and scattering pin- 
worm holes not to be considered defects in 
this grade. In addition thereto boards may 
contain the following standard defects or 
their equivalent: 

4-foot lengths, one. 

6 to 10-foot lengths, two. 

12 to 14-foot lengths, three. 

16 to 20-foot lengths, four. 

No. 2 Common. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Will admit all pieces that will not come up 
to the grade of No. 1 Common which can 
be used for cheap work without waste of 
more than one-third the length of any one 
piece. Pm-worin holes admitted. 

Partition. 

The rules for Flooring and Ceiling shall 
apply, except that the reverse side of the 
piece must not be of a lower grade than 
the face. 

Mouldings 

No. 1 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% of 8, 9, and 10 feet, 
with not to exceed 10% under 10 feet. 

Widths, thickness, and pattern to be gov- 
erned by Universal Moulding Book, and to 
be graded as follows: 

Bright sap or slightly discolored sap shall 
be admitted without limit otherwise clear, 
except slightly chipped grain not to ex- 
ceed one-twelfth the length of any one 
piece. 

No. 2 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% of 6, 7, and 8 feet, 
with not to exceed 10% under 8 feet. 

Widths, thickness and pattern to be gov- 
erned by Universal Moulding Book, and to be 
graded as follows: 

No. 2 will include all moulding that will 
not come up to the grade of No. 1 that will 
work 50% clear in pieces 4 feet and longer. 
Sound discolored sap is no defect. 



PLAIN SAWED OAK, RED OR WHITE 

General Instructions and the, 1 following 
rules are to govern the inspection. 

Standard Grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 
1 Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, 
No. 4 Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9 and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: • Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 
10 feet and over long, and will admit stand- 
ard defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted and to be considered 
as one standard defect and not over 20% 
of the whole in either quality may be so 
split. 

Bright sap to one-third the width of the 
piece on the face side is no defect. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 
feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright sap is not a defect in this grade. 

6-foot lengths must be clear one face, 
up to 8 inches wide; over 8 inches wide will 
admit one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 

No. of 

Widths. Lengths. Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 7 to 11 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 12 to 16 feet 3 

4 to 11 inches 17 to 20 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 15 inches 12 to 16 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 17 to 20 feet 5 

16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 



133 



The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches, and it must not be 
shorter than 18 inches nor narrower than 
4 inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 
feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 
feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright sap is no defect. 

Pieces 4 feet long must be clear one face. 

Pieces 5 feet and longer must work at 
least 50% clear face cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 
18 inches nor narrower than 3 inches, and 
must contain 144 square inches. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must work at least 50% sound 
cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 
2 feet, nor narrower than 3 inches. 

Sound discolored sap is no defect. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber 
not up to the grade of No. 3 Common that 
can be used for cheap boxing, sheathing, 
crating etc. Worm holes are not to be 
considered defects, and unsound lumber with 
sufficient substance to hold nails admitted. 

STRIPS 

Strips shall be measured at the narrow 
end and tallied lengths separate on the half 
and even inches. 

Bright sap is no defect. 

Clear Face Strips 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 
feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 2, 2y 2 , 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4y 2 , 5, and 5% 
inches. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must show one clear face, free 
from all defects. 

No. 1 Common Strips 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 



134 



feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 2, 2%, 3, 3y 2 , 4,-4%, 5, and 5% 
inches. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

This grade must work 66 2/3% clear face 
in "not more than two pieces. No piece or 
cutting admitted which is less than 3 feet 
long and 2 inches wide. 

No. 2 Common Strips 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 
feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 
feet. 

Widths: 2, 2y 2 , 3, 3%, 4, 4%, 5, and 5% 
inches. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

This grade must work 50% clear face. 
No piece or cutting to be considered less 
than 2 feet long and 2 inches wide. 

Sound discolored sap is no defect. 

SPECAL GRADES 

Sound Wormy 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5 and 6 
feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must work at least 66 2/3% 
of cuttings, which shall contain no other 
defects except pin or spot worm holes. 

No cutting allowed that is not at least 

3 feet long and at least 3 inches wide. 
Sound discolored sap is no defect. 

Sound Wormy Strips 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 
6 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 

, Widths: 2, 2y 2 , 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4y 2 , 5, and 5y 2 
inches. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

This grade must work at least 66 2/3% 
clear face cuttings, except for pin or spot 
worm holes. 

No cutting allowed that is less than 

4 feet long by the full width of the 
piece. 

Sound discolored sap allowed. 

STEP PLANK 

Grades: Firsts and Seconds and No 1 
Common. 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 10% 
of odd lengths. s ' 

Widths: 10 to 15 inches. 

Thickneses; 1, J%, iy 2 , ana 2 inches, 



Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade, and must show one face and one 
edge free from all defects. The other side 
and other edge may contain sound defects 
that will not materially weaken the strength 
of the piece. 

Ten feet and over long may have one split 
not exceeding 12 inches in length. 

No. 1 Common 

No. 1 Common will include all lumber 
not up to the grade of Firsts and Seconds, 
that can be used for Step Plank with- 
out waste of more than one-third of the 
piece. 

No piece or cutting to be less than 4 feet 
long by the full with of the piece. 

QUARTER SAWED OAK, RED OR WHITE 

General Instructions and the following 
rules are to govern the inspecion: 

Standard Grades: Fas., or Firsts and 
Seconds, No. 1 Common, No. 2 Common, No. 
3 Common, and No. 4 Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade, and must show figure covering at 
least 90% of the face side. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 
feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 
10 feet and over long, and will admit 
standard defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows. 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
in proportion. 

One inch of bright sap is not a defect; 
each additional inch of sap to be considered 
as one standard defect. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted and to be considered 



as one standard defect and not over 20% 
of the whole in either quality may be so 
split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths, 25% may be 6, 7, and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright sap is not a defect in this grade. 

6-foot lengths must be clear one face up 
to 8 inches wide; over 8 inches will admit 
one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2-3% clear figured face as follows: 











No. of 




Widths. 




Lengths. 


Pieces 


4 


to 11 inches 


7 


to 11 feet 


2 


4 


to 11 inches 


12 


to 16 feet 


3 


4 


to 11 inches 


17 


to 20 feet 


4 


12 


to 15 inches 


7 


to 11 feet 


3 


12 


to 15 inches 


12 


to 16 feet 


4 


12 


to 15 inches 


17 


to 20 feet 


5 


16 


inches and over 


7 


to 11 feet 


4 


16 


inches and over 


12 


to 16 feet 


5 


16 


inches and over 


17 


to 20 feet 


6 



The smallest cutting allowed must contain 
144 square inches, and it must not be 
shorter than 18 inches nor narrower than 4 
inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 
feet, aud not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright sap is not a defect. 

Pieces 4 feet long must be clear one 
face. 

Pieces 5 feet and longer must work at 
least 50% clear face figured cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 
18 inches nor narrower than 3 inches. 

All cuttings must show figure on face 
side. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must contain at least 50% 
sound figured cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 
18 inches nor narrower than 3 inches and 
must contain 72 square inches. 



135 



No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber 
not up to the grade of No. 3 Common that 
can be used for cheap boxing, sheathing, 
crating, etc. Worm holes are not to be 
considered defects, and unsound lumber with 
sufficient substance to hold nails admitted. 

STRIPS 

Strips shall be measured at the narrow 
end and tallied lengths separate on the half 
and even inches. » 

Clear Face Strips 

Must show figure covering at least 90% 
of the face side. 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 

, Widths: 2, 2y 2 , 3, 3V 2 , 4, 4%, 5, and 5V 2 
inches. .. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must show one clear quar- 
tered face free from all defects, excepting 
one-half inch of bright sap on 2, 2%, 3, and 
3%-mch strips, and 1 inch on 4, 4%, 5, and 
5 % -mch strips. 

No. 1 Common Strips 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7 and 8 feet, 
and not to exceed 5% under 8 feet 
. Widths: 2, 2y 2 , 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4y 2 , 5 and 5y 2 
inches. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright sap is not a defect. 

Each piece must work 66 2/3% clear fig- 
ured face in not more than two pieces. No 
piece or cutting to be considered which is 
less than 3 feet long and 2 inches wide. 

No. 2 Common Strips 

^J?^ 1 .^ f S£* and over > admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5 and 6 feet! 
an Ar n i ) A to « xcee d 10% under 6 feet, 
inches. ' 2% ' 3 ' 3% ' 4 ' 4V2 ' 5 and 5 ^ 

Thicknesses: Standard. 
. This x ? rad ? must work 50% clear figured 
face. No piece or cutting to.be considered 
which is less than 2 feet long by 2 inches 
wide. Sound discolored sap is no defect. 



Sound Wormy 

nf L A e , n ,^ hs: 4 f eet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5 and 6 feet 

"wSU to l x ? eed 10 % under 6 feet. ' 

Widths: 3 inches and over 
Thicknesses: Standard. 



136 



Each piece must work at least 66 2/3% of 
cuttings, which shall contain no other de- 
tects except pin or spot worm holes. 

No cutting allowed that is not at least 3 
feet long and at least 3 inches wide 

Sound discolored sap is no defect. 

Sound Wormy Strips 

^ L ^S, g ? s: *, 4 f £ e JL and over ' admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5 and 6 feet 

an 4r- n ^ t0 e * ceed 10 % und er 6 feet 

inches % ' 3 ' 31/2 ' 4 ' 4y2 ' 5 and 5 ^ 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

This grade must work at least 66 2/3% 
wo e rm nolIs. CUttingS ' GXCept f ° r pin «^t 

No cutting allowed that is less than 4 feet 
long by the full width of the piece 

bound discolored sap allowed. 

SPECIAL GRADES 
STEP PLANK 

Common? : FlrStS a ° d Seconds and No. 1 

of^tngths.^ 1 aDd 0ver » admitti ^ 10 % 
Widths: 10 to 15 inches. 
Thicknesses: 1, iy 4 , iy 2 and 2 inches. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

™Fi rsts / nd SecoIld s are combined as one 
fvI d V nd m ,V st show one fa ce and one edge 
free from all defects. The other side aSd 
other edge may contain sound defects that 
Se p"e°ce materialIy Weaken the Btrength^f 

m % fj£ th % faee s , ide must show fi gure. 
10 feet and over long may have one snlit 
not exceeding 12 inches in length P 

No. 1 Common 

, 1T , N £ J. Comm <>n will include all lumber not 
up to the grade of Firsts and Seconds that 
can b e US ed for Step Plank without waste of 
more than one-third of the piece 

No piece or cutting to be less than 4 feet 
long by the full width of the piece 

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR RAIL- 
ROAD CONSTRUCTION OAK 
TIMBERS 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 

QT ,5 ose wh ° are n °t familiar with the ! 
anatomy of the oak tree should, when read 
ing over these rules, take into consideration j 



that the ruie describes the poorest piece that 
goes into the grade and that a large per 
cent, is above the grade described. 

Definition of Oak for Construction Purposes 

The term "Construction Oak" means all 
such products of Oak in which the strength 
and durability of the timber is the controll- 
ing element in its selection and use. The 
following is a list of products which are 
recommended for consideration as "Construc- 
tion Oak." 

Firsts are to be sound and free from 
heart, shakes and checks, but may have 
other defects as follows: 

I.— CONSTRUCTION OAK 

(A) Trestle and Bridge Timbers: Mud 
Sills, Stringers, Caps, Posts, Bracing, Bridge 
Ties, Guard Rails, Struts and Girts, Sash 
and Sway Braces. 

(B) Docking and Platform Timbers: Mud 
Sills, Posts, Bracing, Caps, Stringers, Joists, 
Dock and Platform or Flooring Plank and 
Wales. 

(C) Platform or Flooring Plank can be 
either square-edged or matched. 

(D) Locomotive 'Timbers : Sills, End and 
Truck limbers. 

(E) Car Timbers: Car Framing, includ- 
ing Upper Framing, Car Sills, End and 
Truck Timbers. Car Decking, Inside Lining. 

(F) Ties: Switch Ties, Cross Ties. 

(G) Framing for Building: Mud Sills, 
Posts, Girders, Framing, Joists, etc. 

(H) Bridge and Crossing Plank: Railroad 
Crossing Plank, Bridge Floor Planking. 

(HV2) Sheet Piling: Same as Crossing 
Plank, except may contain unlimited amount 
of heart. 

(H%) Round Piling, 

(I) Cattle Guards. 

(J) Track or Bumper Post. 

Items A, B, C, G hereafter designated as 
Structural Oak. 

II.— STANDARD DEFECTS 

Definition of "Defect": Fault, Blemish. 
Mark of imperfection that will materially 
injure the strength. 

Measurements which refer to the diameter 
of knots or holes shall be considered as re- 
ferring to the mean or average diameter. 

II.— (A) KNOTS 

(1) Sound Knot. A Sound Knot is one 
which is solid across its face, and which is 
as hard as the wood surrounding it; it may 
be any color and contain checks. 



(2) Loose Knot. A Loose Knot' is one not 
firmly held in place by growth or position. 

(3) Pith Knot. A Pith Knot is a Sound 
Knot with a pith hole not more than 14" in 
diameter in the center. 

(4) Rotten Knot. A Rotten Knot is one 
that is not sound and not as hard as the 
wood surrounding it. 

(5) Pin Knot. A Pin Knot is a Sound 
Knot not over %" in diameter. 

(6) Standard Knot. A Standard knot is 
a knot not over 2" in diameter. 

(7) Large Knot. A large Knot is a Sound 
Knot more than 2" in diameter. 

(8) Round Knot. A Round Knot is one 
which is oval or circular in form. 

(9) Spike Knot. A Spike Knot is one 
sawn in lengthwise direction. The mean or 
the average width shall be considered in 
measuring this knot. 

(10) Bird Peck. Bruises apparently caused 
by bird pecks during the growth process of 
the timber. Considered no defect. 

II.— (B) WORM DEFECTS 

(1) Pin Worm Holes. Pin Worm Holes 
are very small holes caused by minute in- 
sects or worms. These holes usually are not 
over 1/16" in diameter, or smaller, and the 
wood surrounding them is sound and does 
not show any evidence of the worm hole 
having any effect on the wood other than the 
opening. 

(2) Spot Worm Defects. (Also known as 
Flag Worm Defects). Spot Worm Defects 
are caused like Pin Worm Holes by minute 
insects or worms working on the timber dur- 
ing its growth. The size of the hole is 
about the same as Pin Worm Holes, but the 
surrounding wood shows a colored spot as 
evidence of the defect. This spot is usually 
sound, and does not affect the strength of 
the piece. 

(3) Grub Worm Holes. Grub Worm Holes 
are usually from about %" to 3/16" in 
width, and vary in length from about 1" 
to 1^4" or IY2" ** n d are caused by grubs 
working in the wood. 

(4) Wooden Rafting Pin Holes. This de- 
fect sometimes appears on river timber 
which has been rafted and holes bored in 
the solid wood for tying the timber, and a 
solid plug or pin driven in the hole, filling 
it completely. These defects must be treat- 
ed and considered the same as Knot De- 
fects. Ordinary Metal. Rafting Pin or 
Chain Dog Hole is considered no defect. 

II.— (C) SAP 

Definition of "Sap": The Alburnum of a 
tree — the exterior part of the wood next to 
the bark — Sap Wood not considered a defect. 

Sound Heart: The term Sound Heart is 



137 



used in these rules whenever heart of piece 
is split or opened and shows on outside of 
piece and its condition is sound and solid, 
not decayed. Openings between annual rings 
or checks not considered a defect. 

II.— (D) WANE 

Wane is bark or lack of wood from any 
cause on edges of timber. 

II.— (E) SHAKES 

Definition of "Shakes": Shakes are splits 
or checks in the timber which usually cause 
a separation of the wood between the annual 
rings. 

(1) Ring Shakes. Ring Shakes are open- 
ings between the annual rings usually show- 
ing only on the end of timber. 

(2) Through Shakes. Through Shakes are 
shakes which extend between two faces of 
the timber. 

(3) Checks. A small crack in the wood 
due to seasoning, not considered a defect. 

II.— (F) GRAIN 

Crooked or Cross Grain. Crooked or Cross 
Grain crosses the piece within a section 24" 
in running length of the piece. This is only 
considered a defect in certain smaller sizes 
of dimension for specific purposes. 

H._(G) ROT 

Any form of decay which may be detected 
as giving the timber a doty or rotten texture 
is a rot defect, including what is commonly 
known as dry rot. Water Stain, or what 
are sometimes scalded or burnt spots, usually 
caused by timber lying in the water under 
certain conditions before it is sawed, and 
burnt spots where the timber is improperly 
piled green, not considered defects, as they 
do not affect the strength of the piece. 

III.— STANDARD NAMES FOR 
CONSTRUCTION OAK 

Standard Names for Construction Oak Tim- 
ber: White Oak and Red Oak. Unless spe- 
cially mentioned, these terms include the 
following: 

White Oak- 
White Oak. 

Chestnut or Tanbark Oak. 
Burr or Mossy Cup Oak. 
Rock Oak. 
Post or Iron Oak. 
Overcup Oak. 
Live Oak. 



Swamp Post Oak. 
Basket or Cow Oak. 
Yellow or Chinquapin Oak. 

Red Oak — 

Red Oak. 
Pin Oak. 
Black Oak. 
Water Oak. 
Willow Oak. 
Spanish Oak. 
Scarlet Oak. 
Turkey Oak. 

Black Jack or Barn Oak. 
Shingle or Laurel Oak. 
Term. — Mixed Oak means any kind of Oak. 

IV.— STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR 
STRUCTURAL OAK TIMBERS 

(1) General Requirements. Except as 
noted, all Structural Timbers shall be White 
Oak, to be sound timber and sawed specified 
sizes; free from ring shakes and crooked 
grain, rotten knots, large knots in groups, 
rot, dote and wane in amounts greater than 
allowed in these specifications. 

(2) Roxed Hearts are permitted in pieces 
of 5 x 5 square and larger. The center of 
the heart should be boxed as near the center 
of the piece as practical, and not to exceed 
30%/ of the pieces can have the center of 
the heart nearer than 1%" from any face; 
20% may show one heart face, corner or 
edge, not to exceed 75% of the length of the 
piece. 

IV.— (3) WANE 

Explanatory : 

The term 20% of the number of pieces or 
amount shipped refers to each item and size 
of each car shipped. 

(a) Pieces 5x5 to 8x8 square may show 
1" wane, side measurement on any two cor- 
ners or edges, and this wane not to exceed 
more than 25% of the length of the piece 
singly, or 50% in aggregate. In the absence 
of wane on all corners excepting one, the 
one corner may contain wane 50% of the 
length of the piece as above described; not 
to exceed 20% of number of pieces may have 
this defect. 

(b) Pieces over 8x8 including 12x12 
square may show 1%" wane side measure- 
ment edge of any two corners or edges, and 
this wane not to exceed more than 33 1/3% 
of the length of the piece singly, or 66 2/3% 
in aggregate. In the absence of wane on all 
corners excepting one, the one corner may 
contain wane 66 2/3% of the length of the 
piece as above described not to exceed 20% 
of number of pieces may have this defect. 



t 



to 
fa 



138 



(c) Pieces over 12x12 square may show 
1%" side measurement any two corners or 
edges, and this wane not to extend more 
than 40% of the length of the piece singly, 
or 80% in aggregate. In the absence of 
wane on all corners excepting one, the one 
corner may contain wane 80% of the length 
of the piece as above described; not to ex- 
ceed 20% of number of pieces may have this 
defect. 

(d) In event that pieces have two faces 
as wide as above described and two faces 
narrower, the proportion of the amount of 
wane is admissible. 

(e) Pieces 1" to 5" thick, not exceeding 
8" wide, are governed by defect specifica- 
tions above mentioned with the exception 
that they shall not contain wane, and not to 
exceed 20% of pieces 2" and thicker may 
show sound heart on one face; pieces under 
2" thick must be free of heart. Pieces 8" 
and wider may contain wane as per para- 
graphs b and d. 

(f) Rough sizes of Structural Timber 
shall not vary more than y±" scant of speci- 
fied size. Dressed sizes may be %" scant 
after dressing. 

V.— (B) LOCOMOTIVE TIMBER OAK 
PASSENGER COACH DIMENSION OAK 
REFRIGERATOR CAR DIMENSION OAK 

Thickness cut to order, widths cut to order, 
lengths cut to order. Unless otherwise 
noted, must be cut from White Oak. This 
stock, wherever practical, should be cut out- 
side the heart, and must be free of heart 
shake in pieces under 6x6 square. No at- 
tempt should be made to box the heart in 
pieces smaller than 5x7 unless heart is very 
small and tight. When heart is well boxed 
it must be firm and tight, and the center 
of the heart must not be nearer than 2" 
from any face. Must be sawed full to sizes, 
with square edges, and cut from sound tim- 
ber, and free from worm holes, with the 
exception of a few small pin-worm holes well 
scattered, and an occasional spot worm. 
None of these defects, however, to affect 
the serviceability of the piece for the pur- 
pose intended. Must be free from split, rot 
or dote, large loose, rotten, or unsound 
knots; or, in other words, free of all defects 
affecting the strength and durability of the 
piece sound standard knots well scattered 
not considered a defect. 

V.— (C) FREIGHT CAR TIMBERS 

Freight Car Dimensions, including all cars 
other than Refrigerator and Passenger Cars. 
Sizes cut to order. Unless otherwise ordered, 



must be sawed from good Merchantable 
White or Red Oak Timber. This stock must 
be free from rot, shakes and splits, large, 
loose, rotten or unsound knots, any of which 
will materially impair the strength and 
durability of the pieces for purposes intend- 
ed. This stock is intended to work full size 
and length without waste for Side Posts, 
Braces, End Sills, End Plates, Drafting 
Timbers, Cross Ties, etc., used in the con- 
struction of ordinary Freight or Stock Cars. 
On pieces 3" x 4" or equivalent girth 
measure and larger (nothing under 2" thick) 
heart check showing on one corner or side 
admitted on 20% of the pieces in each car 
shipment. Well boxed, sound hearts ad- 
mitted in this material in pieces 5x6 and 
larger. 

On pieces 3x4 to 6x6, inclusive, or equiva- 
lent girth measurement and larger (nothing 
under 2" thick) in absence of heart defects, 
wane on one corner, %" side measurement 
admitted. 

Pieces over 6" x 6" square may contain 
1" wane side measurement on one corner, 
with other conditions same as 3x4 to 6x6 



V (D) TIES 

(1) Switch Ties Sawed. Thickness cut to 
order; widths cut to order lengths cut to 
order; unless, noted to be White Oak. Must 
contain three solid sides. One face or one 
corner (not both) may show sourM heart. 
Large sound knots, pin, spot, or an occa- 
sional grub worm hole not considered a de- 
fect. Sizes may vary y 2 " from specified 
sizes. 

(2) Cross Ties Sawed. Specifications same 
as Switch Ties. 

V.— (E) BRIDGE, DOCK, CROSSING 

PLANK 

Lengths, cut to order. 

Widths, cut to order. 

Thicknesses, cut to order. 

Sizes, cut to order, probably 2", 3" and 
4" thick, 6", 8", 10", and 12" wide, 12', 14', 
and 16' long. 

This product is intended to work full one 
good sound face, and this face side must 
be square edge. Sound knots, small pin 
and spot worm .holes no defect on face 
side. 

Must be free from rot and shake; prac- 
tically square edges, admitting 1" of wane 
on each edge of reverse face, running two- 
thirds the length. Sound hearts on one 
side, rafting pin holes, knot holes, or 
grub holes not exceeding 2" in diameter ad- 
mitted. 



139 



V.— (F) SHEET PILING. 

Same as V (B), except that it may con- 
tain sound heart or heart check. 

V.— (G) CATTLE GUARDS. 

To be governed by specifications for Con- 
struction Oak, reference IV. 

V.— (H) TRACK END OR BUMPING 
POSTS. 

To be governed by specifications for 
Structural Timbers, reference IV. 

SUPPLEMENT 

To Association Standard Grades Dated May 
1st, 1913. 

Rule for Sound, Square Edge Oak. 

Timbers: The center of the heart should 
be boxed as near the center of the piece 
as practical, not over 20% may show heart 
not to exceed 75% of the length of the 
piece in the aggregate. Not over 20% 
may show wane, not exceeding one sixth 
of the width of the piece - in the aggre- 
gate. 

Surface shake extending not over one- 
sixth the length of the piece, worm holes, 
knots, splits, or other defects that do not 
materially impair the strength of the piece 
in working full length and width permitted. 
Ordinary season checks are no defect. 

Plank: To have one sound face and two 
square edges on the face side, the face 
to be free from large unsound knots, rot 
or rafting pin holes, but will admit sound 
knots, splits, or other defects that do not 
materially impair the strength of the piece 
shall exceed in extent or damage a sound 
knot 2" in diameter in pieces 8" and under 
wide, and a sound knot 3" in diameter in 
pieces over 8" wide. The reverse side will 
admit heart and other defects that do not 
materially weaken the piece. 

Approved by Executive Grading Commission 

R. H. VANSANT, Chairman. 
W. E. DE LANEY, President. 

W. H. WELLER, Secretary. 

Cincinnati, Ohio, June 1, 1913. 

COTTONWOOD 

General Instructions and the following 
rules are to govern the inspection. 

Slightly discolored sap which will dress 



up sound, not necessarily bright, but not 
black, admitted in any grade. 

Standard Grades: Panel, Wide No. 1, 
Wagon Box Boards, Firsts and Seconds, No. 
1 Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, 
No. 4 Common. 

*Panel 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 
feet, and not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 18 to 23 inches; 24 to 27 inches, 
and 28 inches and over. 

Thicknesses : Standard. 

8-foot lengths must be clear. 

75% of the total quantity must be clear 
of knots on both sides; the balance of "the 
quantity may contain three defects, pro- 
vided 90% of the piece can be used for 
panels 4 feet and longer in the full width 
of the board. 

Splits 6 inches long in one end not to 
be considered a defect in any board; splits 
longer than 6 inches not to be admitted. 

Wide No. 1 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 18 to 23 inches; 24 to 27 inches, 
and 28 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

8-foot lengths will admit two standard de- 
fects. 

10 foot lengths and over will admit three 
standard defects. 

Splits 15 inches in length admitted in 
not to exceed 10% of the pieces. 

Wagon Box Board 

Lengths: 10' 6", 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, and 
16 feet. 

Widths: 8 to 12 inches, and 13 to 17 
inches. 

One sound knot not to exceed 1" in di- 
ameter, showing on one side only, shall not 
be considered a defect in any piece or 
cutting. 

10' 6" lengths shall be clear, except as 
above described. 

11, 12, and 13-foot lengths may contain 
any defect that will cut off leaving the 
board 10' 6" long, as above described. 

14-foot lengths are used for making one 
side 10' 6" and one end 3' 6", as above de- 
scribed, so a split Is a serious defect in 
this length; but 10% of all 14-foot lengths 



140 



ir a given lot may have one split not to 
exceed 6 inches in length. 

15 and 16-foot lengths may- have any de- 
fects showing through the board, provided 
they will cut two pieces the same as a 14- 
foot board, as above described. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. . 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting ' 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Standard defects are admitted as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 15 inches wide, four. 

16 to 17 inches wide, five. 
As widths increase defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted, and are to be con- 
sidered as one standard defect, but not over 
20% of the whole may be so split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths: 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 
feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Pieces 6 feet long must be clear one face 
up to 8 inches wide; over 8 inches wide 
will admit one standard defect. 

Other widths and] lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 

No. of 
Lengths. Pieces. 

7 to 11 feet 2 

12 to 16 feet 3 

17 to 20 feet 4 

7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 16 feet 4 

17 to 20 feet 5 

7 to 11 feet 4 

5 
6 



Widths. 

4 to 11 inches 

4 to 11 inches 

4 to 11 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

16 inches and over 



16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 
16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 

The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches, and it must not be 
shorter than 18 inches nor narrower than 
4 inches. 

Sound discolored sap no defect. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 



feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

No. 2 Common shall include all lumber 
that will not come up to the grade of No. 
1 Common, and that will work at least 50% 
into sound cuttings. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 
18 inches nor narrower than 3 inches, and 
must contain 144 square inches. 

Sound discolored sap no defect. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: . 4 feet and- over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses : Standard. 

Pieces 4 feet or over long shall work at 
least 25% into sound cuttings. 

No piece or cutting to be considered which 
is less than 3 inches wide and 2 feet 
long. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include ail lumber 
not up to the grade of No. 3 Common that 
can be used for cheap boxing, sheathing, 
crating, etc. Worm holes are not to be 
considered defects, and unsound lumber with 
sufficient substance to hold nails admitted. 



Lengths: 
of 6 inches. 
Widths: 3 
Grades: 



SHORTS 

12 to 42 inches — in multiples 

inches and over. 
No. 1 and No. 2. 

No. 1 



No. 1 will admit not to exceed one 6-inch 
split and two standard defects. 

No. 2 

No. 2 shall work 50% into sound cut- 
tings. 

Wane admitted not to exceed 3 inches in 
width and one-third the length of the piece 
on one edge, or the equivalent on both 
edges. 

This is to be used for Box Shook or cut- 
ting up purposes. 

SQUARES 

No. 1 shall be practically clear of knots. 

No. 2 shall admit of sound knots, stained 
sap, small season checks, splits not exceed- 
ing 12 inches in length, and pin-worm 
holes. 



141 



COTTONWOOD, DRESSED OR WORKED 

General Instructions 

1. Dressed Cottonwood shall be inspected 
from the best or face side. The reverse 
side may contain defective dressing, but no 
other defects that would not go in the 
grade. 

2. Slightly chipped grain on the face 
side admitted, provided it does not exceed 
in the aggregate 6 inches square in Firsts 
and Seconds 8 to 12 inches wide; 10 inches 
square in Firsts and Seconds; 13 inches 
and wider; 12 inches square in No. 1 Com- 
mon 6 to 12 inches wide, and 16 inches 
square in No. 1 Common 13 inches and 
wider. 

3. Imperfect manufacture in Dressed 
Stock, such as torn grain, broken knots, 
mismatched, insufficient tongue or groove, 
shall be considered defects and will reduce 
the grade accordingly. 

4. Partition, Ceiling, Flooring, or Drop 
Siding," having less than 3/16-inch tongue 
shall not be admitted in any grade above 
No. 3. 

5. Wane on the reverse side not exceed- 
ing one-third the width, and running not to 
exceed one-sixth the length of any one piece, 
provided the wane does not extend into 
the tongue, or over one-half the thick- 
ness below the groove, will be admitted. 

Standard Sizes of Dressed Cottonwood 

Finishing: %-inch S2S to 5/16-inch; %- 
inch S2S to 7/16-inch; %-inch S2S to 9/16- 
inch; 1-inch S2S to 13/16-inch; VA -inch S2S 
to 13/32-inch; 1%-inch S2S to 111/32-inch; 
2-inch S2S to 1 %-inch. 

Partition: Dressed to 13/16-inch thick; 
2%-inch; 3^-inch; 4*4 -inch, and 5^4-inch 
face width. 

Ceiling: %-inch dressed to 5/16-inch; 
%-inch dressed to 7/16-inch; %-inch dressed 
to 9/16-inch; %-inch dressed to 11/16-inch 
— same widths as Partition. 

Bevel Siding and Weatherboarding 

Bevel Siding is made from lx4-inch, 1x5- 
inch, and lx6-inch strips S4S to 13/16x3%- 
inch; 13/16x4% -inch and 13/16x5% -inch, re- 
sawed on a bevel. 

No. 1 Grade. Lengths: 8 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Will allow sound sap without limit, but 
is otherwise clear except small defects which 
the lap will cover. 

No. 2 Grade. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

May contain Imperfections in working, 
qv other defects which can be removed 



in two cuts without waste of more than 
10% of the length of any one piece. 

No. 3 Grade. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Permits all classes of defects, but must 
work without waste of more than one- 
third of the contents of any one piece. 

Drop Siding and Ceiling 

No. 1 Grade. Lengths: 8 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Shall be one face clear and be otherwise 
sound. 

No. 2 Grade. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

May contain imperfections in working and 
unsound defects which can be removed in 
two cuts without waste of more than 10% 
of the length of any one piece. 

No. 3 Grade. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Permits all classes of defects, but must 
work without waste of more than one- 
third the contents of any one piece. 

Partition 

No. 1 Grade. Lengths: 8 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Must be clear of knots on both sides. 

No. 2 Grade. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

May contain imperfections in wop-king, 
and other defects which can be removed 
in two cuts without waste of more than 
10% of the length of any one piece. 

No. 3 Grade. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Permits all classes of defects, but must 
work without waste of more than one- 
third of the contents of any one piece. 

Mouldings 
No c 1 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, with not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths, thickness, and pattern to be gov- 
erned by Universal Moulding Book, and to 
be graded as follows: 

Bright sap or slightly discolored sap shall 
be admitted without limit otherwise clear, 
except slightly chipped grain not to ex- 
ceed one-twelfth the length of any one 
piece. 

No. 2 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% of 6, 7, and 8 feet, 
with not to exceed 10% tinder 8 feet. 



142 



Widths, thickness, and pattern to be gov- 
erned by Universal Moulding Book, and to 
be graded as follows: 

No. 2 will include all moulding that will 
not come up to the grade of No. 1 that will 
work 50% clear in pieces 4 feet and longer. 
Sound discolored sap is no defect. 

GUM 

General Instructions and the following 
rules to govern the inspection: 

The standard grades are: Panel, Wide 
No. 1, Firsts and Seconds Red, Wagon Box 
Boards, Firsts and Seconds Sap, Red Com- 
mon, No. 1 Common Sap, No. 2 Common, 
No. 3 Common, and No. 4 Common. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Panel 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 18 to 23 inches, 24 to 27 inches, 
and 28 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard, % to 2 inches. 

8-foot lengths must be clear. 

75% of the total quantity must be clear 
of knots on both sides; the balance of the 
quantity may contain tbree defects, pro- 
vided 90% of the piece can be used for 
panels 4 feet and longer, in the full width 
of the piece. Splits 6 inches long in one 
end not to be considered a defect in any 
board; splits longer than 6 inches not to 
be admitted. 

In this grade bright sap or discolored 
sap, if sound, is not considered a defect. 

Wide No. 1 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be S, 9, and 10 
feet, and not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 18 to 23 inches, 24 to 27 inches, 
and 28 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard, % to 2 inches. 

8-foot lengths will admit two standard 
defects. 

10-foot lengths and over will admit three 
standard defects. 

Splits 15 inches in length admitted, in not 
to exceed 10% of the pieces. 

In this grade bright sap or discolored 
sap, if sound, is not considered a defect. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) Red 

Firsts and Seconds Red are combined as 
one grade. This grade shall show one red 
face. 



Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 
10 feet and over long, and free from all 
defects except in pieces 8 inches and over 
wide, which will admit one standard de- 
fect. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 15 inches wide-, four. 

16 to 17 inches wide, five. 

As widths increase defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted, and to be considered 
one standard defect, and not over 20% 
of the whole in either quality may be so 
split. 

Wagon Box Boards 

6", 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, and 



10' 



Lengths : 
16 feet. 

Widths: 8 to 12" and 13 to 17". 

Sound discolored sap is not a defect. 

One sound knot not to exceed one inch in 
diameter, showing on one side only, shall 
not be considered a defect in any piece or 
cutting. 

10' 6" lengths shall be clear, except as 
above described. 

11, 12, and 13-foot lengths may contain 
any defect that will cut off leaving the 
board 10' 6" long, as above described. 

14-foot lengths are used for making one 
side 10' 6" and one end 3' 6", as above 
described, so a split is a serious defect 
in this length; but 10% of all 14-foot lengths 
in a given lot may have one split not to ex- 
ceed 6 inches in length. 

15 and 16-foot lengths may have any de- 
fects showing though the board, provided 
they will cut two pieces the same as a 14- 
foot board, as above described. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) Sap 

Firsts and Seconds Sap shall grade the 
same as Firsts and Seconds Red, except that 
bright sap or discolored sap, if sound, is 
nott to be considered a defect in this 
grade. 

Red Common 

In this grade all cuttings shall show one 
red face. 



143 



Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Pieces 6 feet long must be clear one face 
up to 8 inches wide; over 8 inches will ad- 
mit one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work at 
least 66 2/3% clear face, as follows: 

No. of 

Pieces. 

2 



Widths. 

4 to 11 Inches 

4 to 11 inches 

4 to 11 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

16 inches and over 



Lengths. 

7 to 11 feet 
12 to 16 feet 
17 to 20 feet 

7 to 11 feet 
12 to 16 feet 
17 to 20 feet 

7 to 11 feet 



16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 
16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 

The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches, and it must not be 
shorter than 18 inches nor narrower than 4 
inches. 

No. 1 Common Sap 

No. 1 Common Sap -shall grade the same 
as Red Common, except that sound sap, re- 
gardless of discoloration, shall not be con- 
sidered a defect in this grade. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd length; 25% may be 4, 5, and 
6 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 
feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 2 Common shall include all lumber 
that will not come up to the grade of No. 
1 Common Sap, and that will work at least 
50% into sound cuttings. No piece or cut- 
ting can be shorter than 18 inches nor nar- 
rower than 3 inches, and must contain 144 
square inches. Black sap not to be con- 
sidered a defect in this grade. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 
15% of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 3 Common must contain at least 25% 
sound cutting. No piece or cutting to be 
considered which is less than 3 inches wide 
and 2 feet long. 

Black sap is not to be considered a defect 
in this grade. 



No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber 
not up to the grade of No. 3 Commqn that 
can be used for cheap boxing, sheathing, 
crating, etc. Worm holes are not to be 
considered defects and unsound lumber with 
sufficient substance to hold nails admitted. 

SHORTS 

Lengths: 12 inches and up to 42 inches 
— in multiples of 6 inches. 
Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 1 

No. 1 will admit not to exceed one 6-inch 
split and two standard defects. In this 
grade edges must be square. 

No. 2 

No. 2 shall work 50% sound cutting. 
Wane admitted not to exceed 3 inches in 
width and one-third the length of the piece 
on one edge or the equivalent on both 
edges. 

This is to be used for Box Shook or cut- 
ting-up purposes. 

QUARTER SAWED GUM 

Grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 1 Com- 
mon and No. 2 Common. 
Widths: 5 inches and over. 
Thicknesses: Standard. 
Discolored sap, if sound, admitted. 
No figure required. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 5 inches and over. 

5 inches must be clear. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 
10 feet and over long, and free from all 
defects, except pieces 8 inches and over 
wide, which will admit one standard de- 
fect. 

Seconds are 5 inches and over wide, 8 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 
8 to 10 inches wide, two. 
11 to 13 inches wide, three. 
14 to 15 inches wide, four. 
16 to 17 inches wide, five. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
I in proportion. 



144 



Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted, and to be consid- 
ered one standard defect, and not over 20% 
of the whole in either quality may be so 
split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Pieces 6 feet long must be clear one face 
up to 8 inches wide; over 8 inches will 
admit one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work at 
least 66 2/3% clear quartered face, as fol- 
lows: 







No. of 


Widths. 


Lengths. 


Pieces. 


4 to 11 inches 


7 to 11 feet 


•2 


4 to 11 inches 


12 to 16 feet 


3 


4 to 11 inches 


17 to 20 feet 


4 


12 to 15 inches 


7 to 11 feet 


3 


12 to 15 inches 


12 to 16 feet 


4 


12 to 15 inches 


17 to 20 feet 


5 


16 inches and over 


7 to 11 feet 


4 


16 inches and over 


12 to 16 feet 


5 



16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches, and it must not be 
shorter than IS inches nor narrower than 4 
inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 
6 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 
feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 2 Common shall include all lumber 
that will not come up to the grade of No. 
1 Common that will work at least 50% 
into sound quartered cuttings. No piece or 
cutting can be shorter than 18 inches nor 
narrower than 3 inches, and must contain 
144 square inches. 

Black sap not to be considered a defect 
in this grade. 

GITM, DRESSED OR WORKED 

General Instructions 



1. Dressed Gum shall be inspected from 
the best or face side. The reverse side 
may contain defective dressing, but no 
other defects that would not go in the 
grade. 

2. Slightly chipped grain on the face 
side admitted, provided it does not exceed admitting 15% of odd lengths 

145 



in the aggregate 6 inches square in Firsts 
and Seconds 8 to 12 inches wide; 10 inches 
square in Firsts and Seconds 13 inches and 
wider; 12 inches square in No. 1 Com- 
mon 6 to 12 inches wide and 16 inches 
square in No. 1 Common 13 inches and 
wider. 

3. Imperfect manufacture in dressed 
stock, such as torn grain, broken knots, 
mismatched, insufficient tongue or groove, 
shall be considered defects and will reduce 
the grade accordingly. 

4. Partition, ceiling, flooring, or drop 
siding, having less than three-sixteenth inch 
tongue, shall not be admitted in any grade 
above No. 3. 

5. Wane on the reverse side not exceed- 
ing one-third the width and running not to 
exceed one-sixth the length of any one piece, 
provided the wane does not extend into 
the tongue, or over one-half the thickness 
below the groove, will be admitted. 

Standard Sizes of Dressed Gum 

Finishing. %-inch S2S, 5/16-inch; %-inch 
S2S, 7/16-inch; %-inch S2S, 9/16; 1-inch 
S2S, 13/16-inch; l^-inch S2S, 13/32 inches; 
1% inches S2S, 1 11/32 inches; 2 inches 
S2S, 1% inches. 

Casing and Base. Dressed to 13/16-inch 
thick; 3i/ 2 , 4%, 5%, 6y 2 , 7y 2 , 8y 2 , 9y 2 , and 
IIV2 inch wide. 

Flooring and Partition. Dressed to 13/16- 
inch thick; 214, 3^4, 4^4, and 514 inches 
face width. 

Flooring to be S. 2 S. and center matched. 

Ceiling, %-inch dressed to 5/16-inch; y 2 - 
inch to 7/16-inch; %-inch to 9/16-inch; %- 
inch to 11/16-inch; same widths as parti- 
tions. 

Bevel Siding and Weatherboarding 

No. 1 Grade. Lengths: 8 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Shall be clear one face and otherwise 
sound. Sound sap without limit admitted. 

No. 2 Grade. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. 

May contain imperfections in working and 
unsound defects which can be removed 
in two cuts without waste of more than 
10% of the length of any one piece. 

No. 3 Grade. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Permits all classes of defects, but must 
work without waste of more than one- 
third of the length of any one piece. 



Drop Siding, Flooring and Ceiling 
No. 1 Grade. Lengths: 8 to 20 feet, 



Will allow sound sap without limit, but 
is otherwise without defects. 

No. 2 Grade. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. 

May contain imperfections in working 
and unsound defects which can be removed 
in two cuts without waste of more than 
10% of the length of any one piece. 

No. 3 Grade. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Permits all classes of defects, but must 
work without waste of more than one- 
third of the contents of any one piece. 

Partition 

No. 1 Grade. Lengths: 8 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Will admit sound sap without limit, but 
shall be otherwise clear both sides. 

No. 2 Grade. Lengths: 6 to 20 feet, ad- 
mitting 15% of odd lengths. 

May contain imperfections in working and 
other defects which can be removed in two 
cuts without waste of more than 10% of the 
length of any one piece. 

No. 3 Grade. Lengths: 4 to 20 feet, 
admitting 15% of odd lengths. 

Permits all classes of defects, but must 
work without waste of more than one- 
third of the contents of any one piece. 

Finish 

No. 1 Finish. Pieces 6 to 7 inches wide 
are clear; pieces 8 to 10 inches may have 
one standard defect; pieces 10 to 12 inches 
two standard defects; pieces 13 inches or 
over may have three standard defects or 
their equivalent in larger defects. (Sound 
sap is not to be considered a defect.) 

No. 2 Finish. Pieces are caluculated to 
work 75% clear in not over 3 pieces. Dis- 
colored sap, unless of an unsound nature, 
and small pin worm holes, are not consid- 
ered defects. 

Mouldings 
No. 1 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% of 8, 9, and 10 feet, 
with not to exceed 10% under 10 feet. 

Widths, thickness, and pattern to be 
governed by Universal Moulding Book, and 
to be graded as follows: 

Discolored sap, if sound, shall be admit- 
ted without limit; otherwise clear, except 
slightly chipped grain not to exceed one- 
twelfth the length of any one piece. 



No. 2 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% of 6, 7, and 8 feet, 
with not to exceed 10% under 8 feet. 

Widths, thickness and pattern to be gov- 
erned by Universal Moulding Book, and to 
be graded as follows: 

No. 2 will include all moulding that will 
not come up to the grade of No. 1 that 
will work 50% clear in pieces 4 feet and 
longer. 

BLACK GUM 

Black Gum is to be inspected according 
to the Rules of Tupelo Gum. See South- 
ern Cypress Mfrs. Asso. rules. 

BROWN AND WHITE ASH 

General Instructions and the following 
rules are to govern the inspection: 

Bright sap is no defect in any grade. 

Standard grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 
1 Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, 
Xo. 4 Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 
10 feet and over long, and will admit 
standard defects as follows: 

6 and 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 
feet and over long, and will admit stand- 
ard defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted and to be consid- 
ered as one standard defect and not over 
20% of the whole in either quality may be 
so split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 



146 



Widths: 4 inches and over. 
Thicknesses: Standard. 
6-foot lengths must be clear one face up 
. to 8 inches wide; over 8 inches wide will 
admit one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 

No. of 

Widths. Lengths. Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 7 to 11 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 12 to 16 feet 3 

4 to 11 inches 17 to 20 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 15 inches 12 to 16 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 17 to 20 feet 5 

16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches, and it must not be 
shorter than 18 inches nor narrower than 4 
inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths 25% may be 4, 5, and 
6 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 
feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Pieces 4 feet long must be clear. 

Pieces 5 feet and longer must work at 
least 50% clear face cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 
18 inches nor narrower than 3 inches and 
must contain 144 square inches. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must contain at least 50% 
sound cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 18 
inches nor narrower than 3 inches and must 
contain 72 square inches. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber 
not up to the grade of No. 3 Common that 
can be used for cheap boxing, sheath- 
ing, crating, etc. Worm holes are not to 
be considered defects, and unsound lumber 
with sufficient substance to hold nails ad- 
mitted. 

STRIPS 

Strips shall be measured at the narrow 
end and tallied lengths separate on the half 
and even inches. 



Clear Face Strips 

Lengths: 8 feet a.nd over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 
feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 2y 2 , 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4y 2 , 5, and 5y 2 
inches. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must show one clear face free 
from all defects except bright sap. 

No. 1 Common Strips 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths 25% may be 6, 7, and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 

Widths: 2y 2 , 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4y 2 , 5, and 5y 2 
inches. 

This grade must work 66 2/3% clear face 
in not more than two pieces. No piece or 
cutting must be considered which is less 
than 4 feet long and the full width of the 
piece. 

CHESTNUT 

General Instructions and the following 
rules to govern the inspection. 

Bright sap is no defect in any grade. 

Worm holes that are bunched so that 
they will not exceed in damage the num- 
ber of standard defects allowed in the piece 
will be admitted and to be considered as 
defects. 

Standard Grades:' Firsts and Seconds, No. 
1 Common, Firsts and Seconds Wormy, No. 1 
Common Wormy, Sound Wormy, No. 2 Com- 
mon Wormy and No. 3 Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 
feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard- 
Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 
10 feet and over long, and will admit 
standard defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 
feet and over long, and will admit stand- 
ard defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects, may increase 
in proportion. 



147 



must work 



Widths. 

4 to 11 inches 

4 to 11 inches 

4 to 11 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

16 inches and over 



Lengths. 
7 to 11 feet 
12 to 16 feet 
17 to 20 feet 
7 to 11 feet 
12 to 16 feet 
17 to 20 feet 
to 11 feet 



Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted and to be considered 
as one standard defect, and not over 20% 
of the whole in either 'quality may be so 
split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths 25% may be 6, 7, and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 
Widths: 4 inches and over. 
Thicknesses: Standard. 
6-foot lengths must be clear one face up 
to 8 inches wide; over 8 inches wide will 
admit one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 

No. of 

Pieces. 

2 

3 

4 

3 

4 

5 

4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches ? and it must not be 
shorter than 18 inches nor narrower than 4 
inches. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) Wormy 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 
feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 8 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 6 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 12 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted and to be consid- 
ered as one standard defect, and not over 
20% of the whole in either quality may be 
so split. 



In addition to above will admit worm 
holes without -limit. 

No. 1 Common Wormy 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7 and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 







No of 


Widths. 


Lengths. 


Pieces. 


4 to 11 inches 


7 to 11 feet 


2 


4 to 11 inches 


12 to 16 feet 


3 


4 to 11 inches 


17 to 20 feet 


4 


12 to 15 inches 


6 to 11 feet 


3 


12 to 15 inches 


12 to 16 feet 


4 


12 to 15 inches . 


17 to 20 feet 


5 


16 inches and over 


6 to 11 feet 


4 


16 inches and over 


12 to 16 feet 


5 


16 inches and over 


17 to 20 feet 


6 



The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches, and it must not 
be shorter than 18 inches nor narrower than 
4 inches. 

In addition to above will admit worm holes 
without limit. 

Sound Wormy 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Will admit worm holes without limit, 
but must work at least 66 2/3% into sound 
cuttings. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 
18 inches nor narrower tnan 3 inches, and 
must contain 144 square inches. 

No. 2 Common Wormy 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 
feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Will admit worm holes without limit, but 
must work at least 50% into sound cut- 
tings. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 
18 inches nor narrower than 3 inches and 
must contain 144 square inches, 



148 



No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Xo. 3 Common will include all lumber that 
does not come up to the grade of No. 2 
Common Wormy that can he used for cheap 
boxing, crating, sheathing, etc. 

BASSWOOD 

General instructions and the following 
rules are to govern the inspection. 

Bright sap is no defect. 

Standard grades: Firsts and Seconds. Xo. 
1 Common. Xo. 2 Common. Xo. 3 Common. 
Xo. 4 Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: S feet and over admitting 15% 
of odd lengths 20% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 10 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide. none. 

8 inches and over wide. one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, S 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

S to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide. four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length of 
the piece admitted and not over 209c of the 
whole in either quality may be so split, and 
to be considered as one standard defect. 

No. 1 Common 

Slightly discolored sap that will dress 
up sound, not necessarily bright, but not 
black, admitted. 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths: 25% may be 6. 7". and 
S feet, and not to exceed 5% under S 
feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and oyer. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

6-foot lengths must be clear one face up 
to 8 inches wide, over 8 inches wide will 
admit one standard defect. 



Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 

Xo. of 

Widths. Lengths. Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 7 to 11 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 12 to 16 feet 3 

4 to. 11 inches 17 to 20 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 15 inches 12 to 16 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 17 to 20 feet 5 

16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches, and it must not be 
shorter than IS inches nor narrower than 4 
inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Discolored sap that will dress up sound 
admitted without limit. 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths: 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 
feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Pieces 4 feet long must be clear one 
face. 

Pieces 5 feet and over must work at 
least 50 per cent clear face cutting. 

Xo piece or cutting can be shorter than 
IS inches nor narrower than 3 inches, and 
most contain 144 square inches. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 157c 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must contain at least 50% 
sound cutting. 

Xo piece or cutting can be shorter than 
18 inches nor narrower than 3 inches, and 
must contain 72 square inches. 

No. 4 Common 

Xo. 4 Common shall include all lumber 
not up to the grade of Xo. 3 Common that 
can be used for cheap boxing, sheath- 
ing, crating, etc. Worm holes are not 
to be considered defects, and unsound lum- 
ber with sufficient substance to hold nails 
admitted. 

BUCKEYE 

General instructions and the following 
rules are to govern the inspection. 
Bright sap is no defect. 
Standard grades: Firsts and Seconds, Xo. 



149 



1 Common, No. 2 Common, Mo. § Common, 
No. 4 Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths 20% may be 8, 9, and 
. 10 feet, and not to exceed 5% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 
10 feet and over long, and will admit stand- 
ard defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 
feet and over long, and will admit stand- 
ard defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted and to be consid- 
ered as one standard defect and not over 
20% of the whole in either quality may be 
so split. 

No. 1 Common 

Slightly discolored sap that will dress up 
sound, not necessarily bright, but no black, 
admitted. 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 
feet, and not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

6-foot lengths must be clear one face up to 
8 inches wide, over 8 inches wide will 
admit one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 

No. of 

Widths. Lengths. Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 7 to 11 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 12 to 16 feet 3 

4 to 11 inches 17 to 20 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 15 inches 12 to 16 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 17 to 20 feet 5 

16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches, and it must not be 
shorter than 18 inches nor narrower than 
4 inches. 



No. £ Common 

Black sap that will dress up sound ad- ! 
mitted without limit. 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and j 
6 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 6 i 
feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses : Standard. 

Pieces 4 feet long must be clear one 
face. 

Pieces 5 feet and longer must work at 
least 50 per cent clear face cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 
18 inches nor narrower than 3 inches, and 
must contain 144 square inches. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must contain at least 50% 
sound cutting. 

No piece or cutting to contain less than 
72 square inches. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber 
not up to the grade of No. 3 Common that 
can be used for cheap boxing, shea-th- 
ing, crating, etc. Worm holes are not to be 
considered defects, and unsound lumber with 
sufficient substance to hold nails admitted. 

WALNUT 

General Instructions and the following 
rules are to govern: 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting all 
odd foot lengths. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 25% 
8 feet and under. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Firsts shall be 8 feet and over long. 

6 and 7-inch widths must be free of de- 
fect. 

8 to 12-inch widths will admit one stand- 
ard defect, and 1 inch of bright sap. 

13 inches and over wide will admit two 
standard defects and 2 inches of bright sap. 

Seconds shall be 6 feet and over long. 

6 and 7-inch widths will admit one stand- 
ard defect and 1 inch of bright sap. 



8 and 9-inch widths will admit two stand- 
ard defects and 1 inch of bright sap. 

10 and 11-inch widths will admit three 
standard defects and 1 inch of bright sap, 
or two standard defects and 1% inches 
of bright sap, or 2% inches of bright 
sap. 

12 to 14-inch widths will admit three 
standard defects and iy 2 inches of bright 
sap, or two standard defects and 2 inches of 
bright sap, or 3 inches of bright sap. 

15 inches and over will admit four stand- 
ard defects and 2 inches of bright sap, 
or three standard defects and 2y 2 inches 
of bright sap, or 4 inches of bright sap. 

Splits not exceeding one-sixth the length 
of the piece admitted, and considered as 
one standard defect. Split boards limited 
to 20%. 

Must be graded from the best side. 

The poorest side must not grade lower 
than No. 1 Common. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over. 20% 7 feet 
and under admitted. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 
Must work 66 2/3% clear black face as 
follows : 

No. of 

Widths. Lengths. Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 4 to 7 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 8 to 10 feet 3 

4 to 11 inches 11 feet and over 4 

12 inches and over 4 to 7 feet 3 

12 inches and over 8 to 10 feet 4 

12 inches and over 11 feet and over 5 

The smallest cutting allowed must con- 
tain 144 square inches, and it must not be 
shorter than 18 inches nor narrower than 4 
inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Admits all lumber not up to the grade 
of No. 1 Common that will cut 33 1/3% 
clear black face in pieces containing 72 or 
more square inches. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Each piece must contain at least 33 1/3% 
sound cutting in pieces not less than 72 
square inches. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber 
not up to the grade of No. 3 Common 



that can be used for cheap boxing, sheath- 
ing, crating, etc. Worm holes are not to 
be considered defects, and unsound lumber 
with sufficient substance to hold nails ad- 
mitted. 

CHEERY 

General Instructions and the following 
rules are to govern: 

Standard grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 
1 Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, 
No. 4 Common. 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting all 
odd lengths. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Open Gum Spots or open streaks are a 
defect, and two of same shall be con- 
sidered equivalent to one standard defect. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 25% 
8 feet and under. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Firsts shall be 8 feet and over long. 

6 and 7-inch widths must be free from de- 
fects. 

8 to 12-inch widths will admit one stand- 
ard defect, and 1 inch of bright sap. 

13 inches and over wide will admit two 
standard defects and 2 inches of bright 
sap. 

Seconds shall be 6 feet and over long. 

6 and 7-inch widths will admit one stand- 
ard defect and 1 inch of bright sap. 

8 and 9-inch widths will admit two stand- 
ard defects and 1 inch of bright sap. 

10 and 11-inch widths will admit three 
standard defects and 1 inch of bright sap, 
or two standard defects and iy 2 inches of 
bright sap, or 2y 2 inches of bright sap. 

12 to 14-inch widths will admit three 
standard defects and \y 2 inches of bright 
sap, or two standard defects and 2 inch- 
es of bright sap, or 3 inches of bright 
sap. 

15 inches and over will admit four stand- 
ard defects and 2 inches of bright sap, or 
three standard defects and 2% inches of 
bright sap, or 4 inches of bright sap. 

Splits over 6 inches long, not exceeding 
one-sixth the length of the piece admitted, 
considered as one standard defect. Split 
boards limited to 20%. 

Must be graded from the best side. 

The poorest side must not grade lower 
than No. 1 Common. 



151 



No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over. 20% 7 feet and 
under admitted. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 
Must work 66 2/3% clear face, as fol- 
lows : 

No. of 

Widths. Lengths. Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 4 to 7 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 8 to 10 feet 3 

4 to 11 inches 11 feet and over 4 

12 inches and over 4 to 7 feet 3 

12 inches and over 8 to 10 feet 4 

12 inches and over 11 feet and over 5 

No cutting to be less than 4 inches wide 
and 18 inches long. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Admits all lumber not up to the grade 
of No. 1 Common that will work 33 1/3% 
clear face in pieces not less than 3 inches 
wide and 18 inches long. • 

Gum spots or streaks no defect in this 
grade. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Each piece must contain at least 33 1/3% 
sound cutting in pieces not less than 3 inch- 
es wide and 18 inches long. 

Gum Spots or streaks no defect in this 
grade. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber 
not up to the grade of No. 3 Common 
that can be used for cheap boxing, sheath- 
ing, crating, etc. Worm holes are not 
to be considered defects, and unsound lum- 
ber with sufficient substance to hold nails 
admitted. 

HICKORY AND PECAN 

General Instructions and the following 
rules are to govern the inspection: 

Standard Grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 
1 Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, 
and No. 4 Common. 

Bright sap is considered no defect in any 
grade. 

Bird Peck and Gum streak are to be 
considered. 



Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 8, 9, and 
10 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 10 
feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 
10 feet and over long, and will admit stand- 
ard defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 4 inches and over wide, 8 
feet and over long, and will admit stand- 
ard defects as follows: 

4 to 5 inches wide, none. 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 

8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not exceeding one-sixth the length 
of the piece are to be admitted and con- 
sidered as one standard defect; not over 
20% of the whole may be so split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 
15% of odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7 and 
8 feet, and not to exceed 10% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Pieces 3 inches wide must be clear. 

6-foot lengths must be clear one face up 
to 8 inches wide; over 8 inches will admit 
one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 

Widths. Lengths. No. of Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 7 to 11 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 12 to 16 feet 3 

4 to 11 inches 17 to 20 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 15 inches 12 to 16 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 17 to 20 feet 5 

16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

The smallest cutting allowed must contain 
144 square inches, and it must not be shorter 
than 18 inches nor narrower than 4 inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 feet, and 
not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 



152 



Pieces 4 feet long must be clear one face. 

Pieces 5 feet and longer must work at 
f least 50% clear face cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 18 
inches nor narrower than 3 inches, and must 
\ contain 144 square inches. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% "of 
odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must contain at least 50% sound 
cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 18 
inches nor narrower than 3 "inches and must 
contain 72 square inches. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not 
up to the grade of No. 3 Common that can be 
used for cheap boxing, sheathing, crating, 
etc. Worm holes are not to be considered 
defects, and unsound lumber with sufficient 
substance to hold nails admitted. 

PLAIN SAWED SYCAMORE 

General Instructions and the following rules 
are to govern the inspection: 

Standard Grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 1 
Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, and 
No. 4 Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 feet, 
and not to exceed 5% under 10 feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 10 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 and 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 feet 
and over long, and will admit standard de- 
fects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. ' 
8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length of 
the piece admitted and to be considered as 
one standard defect, and not over 20% of the 
whole in either quality to be so split. 

Bright sap to one-third the width of the 



piece on the face side is no defect. The re- 
verse side may contain sap without limit. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 feet, and 
not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright, sap is not a defect in this grade. 

6-foot lengths must be clear one face up to 
8 inches wide; over 8 inches wide will admit 
one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face, as follows: 

Widths. Lengths. No. of Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 7 to 11 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 12 to 16 feet 3 

4 to 11 inches 17 to 20 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 15 inches 12 to 16 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 17 to 20 feet 5 

16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

The smallest cutting allowed must contain 
144 square inches, and it must not be shorter 
than 18 inches, nor narrower than 4 inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, .admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25%- may be 4, 5, and 6 feet, 
and not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 2 Common shall include all lumber 
that will not come up to the grade of No. 1 
Common Sap, and that will work at least 50% 
into sound cuttings. No piece or cutting can 
be shorter than IS inches nor narrower than 
3 inches, and must contain 144 square inches. 
Black sap not to be considered a defect in 
this grade. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 3 Common must contain at least 25% 
sound cutting. No piece or cutting to be con- 
sidered which is less than 3 inches wide and 
2 feet long. 

Black sap is not to be considered a defect 
in this grade. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not 
up to the grade of No. 3 Common that can be 
used for cheap boxing, sheathing, crating, etc. 
Worm boles are not to be considered defects 
and unsound lumber with sufficient substance 
to hold nails admitted. 



153 



QUARTER SAWED SYCAMORE 

General Instructions and the following rules 
are to govern the inspection: 

Standard Grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 1 
Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, and 
No. 4 Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined . as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 feet, 
and not to exceed 5% under 10 feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 10 
feet and over long. 

6 to 7 inches wide must be free from all 
defects. 

8 inches and over wide will admit one 
standard defect. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 feet 
and over long, and will admit standard de- 
fects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 
8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase in 
Droportion. 

One inch of bright sap Js not a defect; each 
additional inch of sap to be considered as one 
standard defect. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length of 
the piece admitted and to be considered as one 
standard defect, and not over 20% of the 
whole in either quality may be so split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 feet, and 
not to exceed 10% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright sap is no defect in this grade. 

6-foot lengths must be clear one face, up to 
8 inches wide; over 8 inches wide will admit 
one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 

Widths. Lengths. No. of Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 7 to 11 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 12 to 16 feet 3 

4 to 11 inches 17 to 20 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 15 inches 12 to 16 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 17 to 20 feet 5 

16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12. to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 



The smallest cutting allowed must contain 
144 square inches, and it must not be shorter 
than 18 inches nor narrower than 4 inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 feet, 
and not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Pieces 4 feet long must be clear. 

Pieces 5 feet and longer must work at least 
50% clear face cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 18 
inches nor narrower than 3 inches. And must 
contain 144 square inches. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses : Standard. 

Each piece must contain at least 50% sound 
cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 18 
inches nor narrower than 3 inches, and must 
contain 72 square inches. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not 
up to the grade of No. 3 Common that can be 
used for cheap boxing, sheathing, crating, etc. 
Worm holes are not to be considered defects 
and unsound lumber with sufficient substance 
to hold nails admitted. 

BUTTERNUT 

General Instructions and the following rules 
are to govern the inspection: 

Standard Grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 1 
Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, and 
No. 4 Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 20% may be 8. 9. and 10 feet, 
and not to exceed 5% under 10 feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 10 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 feet 



154 






,and over long, and will admit standard de- 
fects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 
8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase in 
proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length of 
the piece admitted and to be considered as 
one standard defect, and not over 20% of the 
whole in either quality may be so split. 

Bright sap to one-third the width of the 
piece on the face side is no defect. The re- 
verse side may contain sap without limit. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be, 6, 7, and 8 feet, 
and not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Bright sap is not a defect in this grade. 

6-foot lengths must be clear one face, up to 
8 inches wide; over 8 inches wide will admit 
£>ne standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
06 2/3% clear face as follows: 

Widths. Lengths. No. of Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 7 to 11 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 12 to 16 feet 3 

• 4 to 11 inches 17 to 20 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 15 inches 12 to 16 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 17 to 20 feet 5 

16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 . 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

The smallest cutting allowed must contain 
144 square inches, and it must not be shorter 
than 18 inches nor narrower than 4 inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 feet, and 
not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Pieces 4 feet long must be clear one face. 

Pieces 5 feet and longer must work at least 
50% clear face cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 18 
inches nor narrower than 3 inches, and must 
contain 144 square inches. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 



Each piece must Work at least 80% sound 
cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 18' 
inches nor narrower than 3 inches and must 
contain 72 square inches. 

Sound discolored sap is no defect. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not 
up to the grade of No. 3 Common that can be 
used for cheap boxing, sheathing, crating, 
etc. Worm holes are not to be considered 
defects and unsound lumber with sufficient 
substance to hold nails admitted. 

MAPLE 

General Instructions and the following rules 
are to govern the inspection: 

Bright sap is considered no defect in any 
grade. 

Standard Crades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 1 
Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, No. 4 
Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 8, 9. and 10 feet, 
and not to exceed 10% under 10 feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over wide. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 10 
feet and over long, and will admit standard 
defects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 feet 
and over long, and will admit standard de- 
fects as follows: 

6 inches wide, one. 

7 to 8 inches wide, two. 

9 to 12 inches wide, three. 

13 to 15 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
in proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length of 
the piece admitted and to be considered as one 
standard defect, and not over 20% of the 
whole in either quality may be so split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 30% may be 6, 7, and 8 feet, and 
not to exceed 10% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 



155 



6-foot pieces will admit standard defects as 
follows : 

3 and 4 inches wide, none. 
5 to 9 inches wide, one. 
10 inches and over, two. 
Pieces 3 inches wide, 7 feet and over long, 
to be clear one face. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 

Widths. Lengths. No. of Pieces. 

4 to 11 inches 7 to 11 feet 2 

4 to 11 inches 12 to 16 feet 3 

4 to 11 inches 17 to 20 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 15 inches 12 to 16 feet 4 

12 to 15 inches 17 to 20 feet 5 

16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

No piece or cutting to be considered which 
is less than 3 inches wide or 2 feet long. 
Slightly discolored sap is no defect. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 feet, 
and not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 2 Common shall include all lumber 
that will not come up to the grade of No. 1 
Common Sap, and that will work at least 
50% into sound cuttings. No piece or cut- 
ting can be shorter than 18 inches nor nar- 
rower than 3 inches, and must contain 144 
square inches. Black sap not to be considered 
a defect in this grade. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 3 Common must contain at least 25% 
sound cutting. No piece or cutting to be 
considered which is less than 3 inches wide 
and 2 feet long. 

Black sap is not to be considered a defect 
in this grade. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not 
up to the grade of No. 3 Common that can be 
used for cheap boxing, sheathing, crating, etc. 
Worm holes are not to be considered defects 
and unsound lumber with sufficient substance 
to hold nails admitted. 

STRIPS 

Strips shall be measured at the narrowest 
end and tallied lengths separate on the half 
and even inches. 



Clear Face Strips 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% c 
odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 fee>; 
and not to exceed 5% under 10 feet. 

Widths: 2y 2 , 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4%, 5, and 5} i 
inches. 

Thicknesses: % to 2 inches. 

Each piece must show one face and tw 
edges clear. 

No. 1 Common Strips 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 10% o 
odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 feet, an< 
not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 2y 2 , 3, 3%, 4, 4y 2 , 5, and 5y 
inches. 

Thicknesses: % to 2 inches. 

Bright sap is considered no defect. 

Each piece must work 66 2/3% clear fact 
in not more than two pieces. No piece oi 
cutting to be considered which is less than 4l 
feet long by the full width of the piece. 

No. 2 Common Strips 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% ol 
odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 feet, ant 
not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

.Widths: 2y 2 , 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4%, 5, and 5% 
inches. 

Thicknesses: % to 2 inches. 

Each piece must work at least 50% clear 
face. 

No piece or cutting to be less than 2 feet 
in length by the full width of the piece. 

STEP PLANK 

Grades: Firsts and Seconds and No. 1 Com- 
mon. 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths. 

Widths: 10 to 15 inches. 

Thicknesses: 1, 1%; 1%, and 2 inches. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade, and must show one face and one edge 
free from all defects. The other side and 
other edge may contain sound defects that 
will not materially weaken the strength of 
the piece. 

10 feet and over long may have one split 
not exceeding 12 inches in length. 

No. 1 Common 

No. 1 Common will include all lumber not 
up to the grade of Firsts and Seconds, that 
can be used for Step Plank without waste of 
more than one-third of the piece. 



156 



tfo piece or cutting to be less than 4 feet 
by the full width of the piece. 

WHITE MAPLE 

i ades: No. 1 and No. 2. 
No. 1 must grade the same as Firsts and 
3Conds, except that both sides and both edges 
ust be all White. 

No. 2 must grade the same as Firsts and 
^conds, except that one side and two edges 
[ ust be all White. 

BEECH 

General Instructions and the following rules 
ire to govern the inspection: 

Bright sap is considered no defect in any 
I racle. 
V mdard Grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 1 

Dmmon, Mo. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, No. 4 

ommon. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
rade. 

; Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
i 3d lengths; 25% may be 8, 9, and 10 feet, 
I Qd not to exceed 10% under 10 feet. 
1 Widths: 6 inches and over wide. 
! Thicknesses: Standard. 
Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 10 
jet and over long, and will admit standard 
*fects as follows: 
t! to 7 inches wide, none. 
8 inches and over wide, one. 
Seconds shall be 6 inches and over wide, 8 
;et and over long, and will admit standard 
*fects as follows: 

6 inches wide, one. 

7 to 8 inches wide, two. 
9 to 12 inches wide, three. 

13 to 15 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase in 
-oportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length of 
le piece admitted and to be considered as one 
andard defect and not over 20% of the whole 
l either quality may be so split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
id lengths; 30% may be 6, 7, and 8 feet, 
nd not to exceed 10% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

6-foot pieces will admit standard defects 
s follows: 

3 and 4 inches wide, none. 

5 to 9 inches wide, one. 

10 inches and over, two. 

Pieces 3 inches wide, 7 feet and over long, 
o be clear one face. 



Other widths and lengths must work 
6 2/3% clear face as follows: 



Widths. 

4 to 11 inches 

4 to 11 inches 

4 to 11 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

16 inches and over 



Lengths. No. of Pieces. 

7 to 11 feet 2 

12 to 16 feet 3 

17 to 20 feet 4 

7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 16 feet 4 

17 to 20 feet 5 

to 11 feet 4 



16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

No piece or cutting to be considered which 
is less than 3 inches wide or 2 feet long. 

Slightly discolored sap is no defect. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 feet, and 
not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Pieces 4 feet long must be clear one face. 

Pieces 5 feet and longer must work at least 
50% clear face cutting. 

No piece or cutting to be less than 3 inches 
wide or 2 feet long. 

No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must contain at least 50% sound 
cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 18 
inches nor narrower than 3 inches and must 
contain 72 square inches. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not 
up to the grade of No. 3 Common that can 
be used for cheap boxing, sheathing, crating, 
etc. Worm holes are not to be considered 
defects, and unsound lumber with sufficient 
substance to hold nails admitted. 

Strips 

Strips shall be measured at the narrowest 
end, and tallied lengths separate on the even 
and half inches. 

Clear Face Strips 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 feet 
and not to exceed 5% under 10 feet. 

Widths: 2y 2 , 3, 3%, 4, 4%, 5, and 5y 2 
inches. 



157 



Thicknesses: % to 2 inches. 
Each piece must show one face and two 
edges clear. 

No. 1 Common Strips 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 feet, and 
not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 2%, 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4y 2 , 5, and 5y 2 
inches. 

Thicknesses : % to 2 inches. 

Bright sap is considered no defect in this 
grade. 

Each piece must work 66 2/3% clear face 
in not more than two pieces. No piece or 
cutting to be considered which is less than 
4 feet long by the full width of the piece. 

No. 2 Common Strips 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 feet, and 
not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 2%, 3, 3V 2 , 4, 4%, 5, and 5% 
inches. 

Thicknesses : % to 2 inches. 

Each piece must work at least 50% clear 
face. 

No piece or cutting to be less than 2 feet 
in length by the full width of the piece. 

WHITE BEECH 

Grades: No. 1 and No. 2. 

No. 1 must grade the same as Firsts and 
Seconds, except that both sides and edges 
must be all White. 

No. 2 must grade the same as Firsts and 
Seconds, except that one side and two edges 
must be all White. 

WHITE BIRCH 

General Instructions and the following rules 
are to govern the inspection: 

Bright sap is considered no defect in any 
grade. 

Standard Grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 1 
Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, No. 4 
Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
grade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 8, 9, and 10 feet, 
and not to exceed 10% under 10 feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 10 



feet and over long, and will admit standi 

r1ofor>+c qc -fnllnwa' 



defects as follows: 
6 to 7 inches wide, none. 



8 inches and over wide, one 

Seconds shall be 6 inches and over wi 

feet and over long, and will admit stana 

defects as follows: 

6 inches wide, one. 

7 to 8 inches wide, two. 
9 to 12 inches wide, three 

13 to 15 inches wide, four. 

As widths increase, defects may increase 
proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length 
the piece admitted and to be considered 
one standard defect, and not over 20% of 1 
whole in either quality may be so split, i 

No. 1 Common 



Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% 
odd lengths; 30% may be 6, 7, and 8 feet, a 
not to exceed 10% under 8 feet. 
Widths: 3 inches and over. 
Thicknesses: Standard. 
6-foot pieces will admit standard defects 
follows: 

3 and 4 inches wide, none. 
5 to 9 inches wide, one. 
10 inches and over wide, two. 
3 inches wide, 7 feet and over long, to 
clear one face. 

Other widths and lengths must WO 
66 2/3% clear face as follows: 



1 
rttin? 



U 

Fir? 
iH 

Pie* 

1. 
Pie 

Bt 



Widths. 
4 to 11 inches 
4 to 11 inches 
4 to 11 inches 
12 to 15 inches 
12 to 15 inches 
12 to 15 inches 
16 inches and over 
16 inches and over 
16 inches and over 



Lengths. No. of Piec<w 



7 to 11 feet 

12 to 16 feet 
17 to 20 feet 

7 to 11 feet 
12 to 16 feet 
17 to 20 feet 

7 to 11 feet 
12 to 16 feet 
17 to 20 feet 



:• 



No piece or cutting to be considered whi<| j ! 
is less than 3 inches wide or 2 feet long. 
Slightly discolored sap is no defect. 



No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% < 
odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5, and 6 feet, ar 
not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Pieces 4 feet long must be clear. 

Pieces 5 feet and longer must work at le; 
50% clear face cutting. 

No piece or cutting to be less than 3 inch 
wide or 2 feet long. 



* 



V 



158 



: 



No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Each piece must contain at least 50% sound 
cutting. 

No piece or cutting can be shorter than 18 
inches nor narrower than 3 inches and must 
contain 72 square inches. 

No. 4 Common 

i No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not 
<up to the grade of No. 3 Common that can be 
(used for cheap boxing, sheathing, crating, etc. 
[Worm holes are not to be considered defects, 
and unsound lumber with sufficient substance 
to hold nails admitted. 

RED BIRCH 

Red Birch must be graded the same as 
White Birch, except as follows: 

Firsts and Seconds to be 5 inches and over 
in width. 

Pieces 5 inches wide must show one face all 
red. 

Pieces 6 inches and over wide must show at 
least 75% red on one face. 

Lengths: 4 feet and over. 

ELM 

General Instructions and the following rules 
are to govern the inspection: 

Bright sap is considered no defect in any 
sjrade. 

Standard Grades: Firsts and Seconds, No. 1 
Common, No. 2 Common, No. 3 Common, No. 
I Common. 

Firsts and Seconds (Fas) 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one 
?rade. 

Lengths: 8 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
,dd lengths; 20% may be 8, 9, and 10 feet, and 
lot to exceed 5% under 10 feet. 

Widths: 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Firsts shall be 6 inches and over wide, 10 
? eet and over long, and will admit standard 
lefects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, none. 

8 inches and over wide, one. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 feet 
md over long, and will admit standard de- 
fects as follows: 

6 to 7 inches wide, one. 
8 to 10 inches wide, two. 

11 to 13 inches wide, three. 

14 to 16 inches wide, four. 



As widths increase, defects may increase in 
proportion. 

Splits not to exceed one-sixth the length of 
the piece admitted and to be considered as one 
standard defect and not over 20% of the 
whole in either quality may be so split. 

No. 1 Common 

Lengths: 6 feet and over, admitting 15% of 
odd lengths; 25% may be 6, 7, and 8 feet, and 
not to exceed 5% under 8 feet. 

Widths: 4 inches and over. 

6-foot lengths must be clear one face up to 
8 inches wide; over 8 inches wide will admit 
one standard defect. 

Other widths and lengths must work 
60 2/3% clear face as follows: 



Widths. 

4 to 11 inches 

4 to 11 inches 

4 to 11 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 

12 to 15 inches 



Lengths. No. of Pieces. 

7 to 11 feet 2 

12 to 16 feet 3 

17 to 20 feet 4 

7 to 11 feet 3 

12 to 16 feet 4 
17 to 20 feet 



16 inches and over 7 to 11 feet 4 

16 inches and over 12 to 16 feet 5 

16 inches and over 17 to 20 feet 6 

The smallest cutting allowed must contain 
144 square inches, and it must not be shorter 
than 18 inches nor narrower than 4 inches. 

No. 2 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths; 25% may be 4, 5 and 6 feet, 
and not to exceed 10% under 6 feet. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 2 Common shall include all lumber 
that will not come up to the grade of No. 
1 Common Sap, and that will work at least 
50% into sound cutting. No piece or cut- 
ting can be shorter than 18 inches nor nar- 
rower than 3 inches, and must contain 144 
square inches. Black sap not to be con- 
sidered a defect in this grade. 



No. 3 Common 

Lengths: 4 feet and over, admitting 15% 
of odd lengths. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

No. 3 Common must contain at least 25% 
sound cutting. No piece or cutting to be 
considered which is less than 3 inches wide 
and 2 feet long. 

Black sap is not to be considered a defect 
in this grade. 

No. 4 Common 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not 
up to the grade of No. 3 Common that can 
159 



be used for cheap boxing, sheathing, crat- 
ing, etc. Worm holes are not to be consid- 
ered defects and unsound lumber with suffi- 
cient substance to hold nails admitted. 

VEHICLE AND WAGON STOCK 
HICKORY VEHICLE WHEEL STOCK 

Definition of Terms in Rules for Grading 
Rims 

Very Dense Growth is a growth in which 
the non-porous part of the annual ring covers 
three-quarters of the area af the annual 
ring, and the remaining one-quarter contains 
a small number of pores. 

A Dense Growth is one on which the non- 
porous portion of the annual ring occupies 
at least two-thirds the annual rings, and 
is slightly more porous than the very dense 
growth and accordingly that timber which 
contains a less per cent of non-porous growth 
and a larger per cent of porous growth, 
is representative of a lower grade of tim- 
ber. 

Blemishes 

A blemish is that which, while marring 
the appearance of the timber, does not affect 
the strength of the timber. 

(a) Stains. A stain is a discoloration 
caused by improper care or handling, by 
improper piling, and by being left in the 
weather or on the ground during the warm 
or wet seasons. 

(b) Iron Streaks. An iron streak is sup- 
posed to be caused by the infiltration of 
foreign coloring matter through bird-pecks, 
and when it shows but slightly, apparently 
does not affect the mechanical qualities of 
the timber. 

Bird Pecfcs 

A bird peck is a slight defect caused by 
the bird pecking a hole in and through 
the bark of a tree into which there settles 
foreign substances that discolor the timber, 
and when showing slightly, apparently does 
not affect the quality of the timber. 

Bastard Rim 

A bastard rim is one in which the growth 
or annual rings do not run parallel to the 
thread of the wheel. 

Cross Grain 

A cross grain piece of timber is one in 
Which the growth or grain of the timber 
does not run parallel to the center line of 
the piece. 



Sound Knot 

A sound knot is one in which the wood; 
is as solid as the wood surrounding the, 
knot. 

Short Curve or Dip in the Grain or Growtl 

A short curve or dip in the grain or growth 
is a curvature or deflection caused by a [ 
knot. 

Snarl 

A snarl is a twisted grain or growth in the 
wood. 

Grub Holes 

A grub hole is a hole about one-quarter inch 
in diameter caused by grub worm boring s l 
hole, usually lengthwise to the growth of) r 
the timber. 

Powder Post 

A powder post piece of hickory timber is 
caused by a very small worm that continues 
to work in timber after it has been cut, sea- 
soned and even manufacturered into the fin- 
ished vehicle. While his work does not fre- 
quently appear on the outside, the inside 
may be entirely reduced to powder — hence 
the term "powder-post." 

Worm Holes 

A worm hole is a clean, open hole about 
one-sixteenth inch in diameter, and is easily 
visible, caused by a bug usually working in 
partly seasoned timber. 

Sun Check 

A sun check is a season check caused in 
seasoning and usually takes place in the 
best quality of timber. In some instances 
these checks are so very small that they do 
not impair the use or strength of the tim 
ber, and should be used at least in the low 
est grade. 

RIM INSPECTION 

"A" GRADE 

"A" Grade is the first and highest grade. 
In rim-strips of sizes 1^-inch square and 
smaller, the timber must be all white, of 
very dense growth, straight grain and free 
from streaks, stains and all defects, in sizes i 
larger than 1%-inch the timber may be 
either all white, or part red and part whltt 
mixed, of very dense growth, straight grain 



K 



160 



and free from streaks, stains and all de- 
fects. 

The red timber in these large sizes must 
not exceed one-half the size of the stick. 

"B" GRADE 

"B" Grade is the second grade and must 
be practically straight grain of dense growth. 
Of all white and of red and part white and 
part red timber. The red and part red and 
part white must be fully equal to or better 
in quality than the white in this grade. 

All rim strips in this grade must be free 
from all defects. 

"C" GRADE 

" "0" Grade is the third grade and must 
be medium quality of either white, red, or 
red and white mixed timber. This grade will 
admit of timber of good quality not admit- 
ted in the "A" and "B" grade on account 
of cross grain, and all slight blemishes such 
as iron streaks and stains, but that are equal 
in strength to the clear strips of this 
grade. 

Cross Grain. The grain shall not run in 
the length of the strip at any place at a 
greater angle than one inch in eighteen. 

Short curves or dips in grain not to be in- 
cluded in this grade. 

'D" GRADE 

"D" Grade is the fourth grade. The tim- 
ber in this grade, although clear and straight 
grain, of white or red, or white and red 
mixed, is of a weight and quality not admit- 
ted in higher grades. Also strips of high 
quality of timber equal in strength with the 
straight grain strips in this grade, but with 
blemishes such as iron streaks and stains, and 
defects such as knots and bird pecks that 
are sound, also cross grain, provided the grain 
shall not run in the length of the strip at any 
place at a greater angle than one inch in 
twelve. 

Short curves or dips in the grain with a 
length of less than four inches and more 
than %-inch in depth will not be admitted 
in this grade. 

Curves running longer than 4 inches and 
dips deeper than %" would be considered 
cross grain. 

"E" GRADE 

"E" Grade is the fifth and lowest grade, 
consisting of strips that can be used, but 
such as are not admitted in the higher grades 
on account of quality of timber and defects. 
Strips with slight season checks should be 
used in wheels of this grade. 



Strips with defects .such as powder post 
worm eaten timber, open defects such as grub 
holes, checks, splits, bird pecks, snarls and 
otherwise unsound, and very brash timber 
such as has practically no fiber and strength 
will not be admitted to this grade. 

Supplement to the Association Standard 
Grades, dated May 1, 1913 

Cincinnati, Ohio, July 15, 1914. 
The following rule for Wagon Box Boards 
was adopted by the Hardwood Manufacturers' 
Association, at Memphis, January 22, 1914, 
and accepted by the Farm Wagon Depart- 
ment of The National Implement and Ve- 
hicle Association in June, 1914. It is hereby 
promulgated as effective from this date, 
succeeding the previous rule on this stock. 

J. H. HIMMELBERGER, President. 
W. E. DE LANEY, Chairman of 
Grading Commission. 
W. H. WELLER, 

Secretary. 

WAGON BOX BOARDS 

Basswood, Bay Poplar (Tupelo), Cottonwood, 
Gum Poplar and Magnolia 

Widths: Wide, 13 to 17 inches. Narrow, 
9 to 12 inches. 

Lengths: 12, 14 and 16 feet, but 15% may 
be 11, 13, 15 feet. 

Thickness: ' Must be 1 inch thick when 
shipping dry. 

Defects: Must be free from defects ex- 
ecuting that no objection will be made to 
bright sap or sound discolored sap: also one 
sound knot, not to exceed 1*4 inches in diam- 
eter or its equivalent, showing on one face 
only. Eleven feet lengths to be free from 
splits; 12, 13 and 16 feet lengths will admit 
of a 12-inch split in one end or its equiv- 
alent in both ends; 14 and 15 feet lengths 
will admit of splits not to exceed 6 inches 
in one end or its equivalent in both ends. 

Note. — 16-foot lengths may have other de- 
fects so that the board will make one side 
11 feet long and one end piece 3 feet 6 
inches long. 

Note — Five per cent in feet of a shipment 
that can be reduced in measurement by 
cutting the end or edge or both to a size 
ordered must be accepted and measured as 
box boards, separate tally to be kept of 
such boards, showing reduction in measure- 
ment. 

Note. — Inspectors are cautioned that 
'woolly" Cottonwood and lumber so warped 
that it cannot be used for box boards, must 
be excluded from this grade. 



161 



WAGON STOCK 

Standard Dimensions 

The following dimensions given are the 
sizes adopted by this Association for rough 
material in the green state (unless other- 
wise specified) and are those in common de- 
mand by our members. 

The star (*) prefixing any size indicates 
that that size is more in demand than the un- 
marked sizes. 

Axles — Hickory 

(6 feet long.) 

2%x3% 3%x4% *4%x5% 

*3 x4 *4 x5 *5 x6 

*3%x4i / 4 4 x5V 2 5%x6% 

*3^x4% 414x5^4 6 x7 

GRADING AND INSPECTION RULES 

No. 1 or Wagonmakers' Grade 

Adopted by the National Wagon Manufac- 
turers' Association. 

GRADE 1 . — Live, tough black or shell bark 
hickory, cut 6 feet in length, to include all 
the clear and perfect stock. 

Defects as follows admissible: 

STAIN. — Penetrating not more than 1/16- 
inch and which has not developed into a 
rotting condition. 

KNOTS. — Four sound pin knots not exceed- 
ing %-inch in diameter, or two sound knots 
%-inch in diameter near the center line lon- 
gitudinally on top or side and not over 12 
inches of center or more than 6 inches of 
ends. Knots (except pin knots) not to be 
closer than 12 inches apart. 

SPLITS.— On either end, extending not 
more than 6 inches in axle or 3 inches on 
both ends. 

SEASON CHECKS.— Not more than %-inch 
deep and not more than 12 inches long. 

HEARTS OR HEART RINGS.— None. 

SHAKES.— That will plane out with %- 
inch cut. 

WORM HOLES AND GRUB HOLES.-^Not 
more than two pin worm holes not nearer than 
6 inches to each other. 

Not more than two grub holes that will 
penetrate more than 6 inches at either end 
of the piece. 

BIRD PECKS.— Bird pecks allowed if 
sound, or if unsound, part is not to exceed 
^-inch in diameter and not over 14-inch in 
depth. 

WANE. — Axles with wane will be measured 
excluding the wane. 

SAP. — Bright sap considered no defect. 

GRAIN. — Grain can cross 3 inches in entire 
length of axle. 



DEFECTS REMOVABLE.— If defects not 
admitted can be cut out so as to reduce axle 
to a smaller size used and ordered by the 
buyer, it shall be so inspected. 

Hewn axles shall be measured to square to 
the size they are ordered. 

Defects at end of axles that will admit 
of piece working 5 feet 6 inches long will 
be admitted. 

MAPLE AXLES 

(Sizes same as Hickory.) 

No. 1 or Wagonmakers' Grade. 

(These rules have not been adopted either 
by the wagon manufacturers or mills, but 
are suggested as being fair and equitable 
to both.) 

To be cut from live, tough, hard maple 
(no birds-eye or curly maple admitted), cut 
6-foot and 12-foot lengths to include all the 
clear and perfect stock. Defects as follows 
admissible: 

STAIN. — Penetrating not more than 1/16- 
inch and which has not developed into a rot- 
ting condition. 

KNOTS. — Four sound pin knots not ex- 
ceeding ^-inch in diameter, or two sound 
knots %-inch in diameter near the center 
line longitudinally on top or side and not 
over 12 inches of center or more than 6 
inches of ends. Knots (except pin knots) 
not to be closer than 12 inches apart. 

SPLITS. — Splits on either end, extending 
not more than 6 inches in the axle or 3 
inches on both ends. 

SEASON CHECKS.— Not more than %-inch 
deep and not more than 12 inches long. 

HEARTS OR HEART RINGS.— None. 

SHAKES.— That will plane out with %-inch 
cut. 

WORM HOLES AND GRUB HOLES.— Not 
more than two pin worm holes not nearer 
than 6 inches to each other. Not more than 
two grub holes that will penetrate more than 
6 inches at either end of the piece. 

BIRD PECKS. — Bird pecks allowed if 
sound, or if unsound, part is not to exceed *£- 
inch in diameter and not over *4-inch in 
depth. 

WANE 1 . — Axles with wane will be measured 
excluding the wane. 

SAP. — Bright sap considered no defect. 

GRAIN. — Grain can cross 3 inches in en- 
tire length of axle. 

CURLS.— None. 12-foot lengths to be in- 
spected as two 6-foot lengths. 

DEFECTS REMOVABLE.— If defects not 
admitted can be cut out so as to reduce 
axle to smaller size used and ordered by the 
buyer, it shall be so inspected* 



163 



BOLSTERS— Hickory or Oak. 
(Length 4' 1" and 4' 6" or multiples.) 



3x4 


3%x4fc 


3%x5% 


3x4% 


3i/ix5 


4 x5 


3x5 


3%x4% 


4 x6 


3x7 


3%x4% 





RULES 

GRADE. — To be cut from good, tough, 
straight-grained oak or hickory (when oak 
is specified it will be understood as being 
White or Red Oak) suitable for wagon ma- 
terial. To be clear and perfect stock, ex- 
cepting the following defects which will be 
admissible : 

STAIN, — Penetrating not more than 1/16- 
inch and which shows no signs of rot. 

KNOTS. — One sound knot not over %-mch 
in diameter, not more than 12 inches from 
the center of the piece, or 3 sound pin knots 
not exceeding ^-inch in diameter located in 
same manner. 

SPLITS.— None. 

SEASON CHECKS.— Not more than %-inch 
deep nor more than 12 inches long. 

HEART RINGS.— None. 

SHAKES.— If they can be planed out with 
%-inch cut. 

WORM HOLES.— Not more than 6 pin 
worm holes in a Bolster, these holes not to 
be in cluster or more than 3 holes, 6 inches 
apart. 

BIRD PECKS.— Allowed if sound. 

WANE. — -Will be measured excluding the 
wane. 

SAP. — Bright sap accepted. 

GRAIN. — Grain can cross 2 inches in 
length of Bolster as maximum. 

DEFECTS REMOVABLE.— If defects not 
admitted can be cut but so as to reduce 
Bolster to a smaller size used and ordered 
by the buyer, it shall be so inspected. 

SAND BOARDS— Hickory or Oak. 
(Length, 4' 1" and 4' 6" or multiples.) 



2%x3y 2 
3 x3y 2 



♦3 x4 
3^4x3% 
*3y 2 x4 



3V 2 x4y 2 
*4 x5 



RULES 
(Same as Bolsters.) 

REACHES — Hickory or Oak 



2 x4 




8' 


and 10' 


long 


2 x4% 




8' 


and 10' 


long 


2$x4$ 


10'. 


12' 


and 14' 


long 


10' 


12' 


and 14' 


long 


2%x5 


10' 


12' 


and 14' 


long 



RULES 

GRADE.^To be cut from good, tough, 
straight grained Oak or Hickory (when Oak 
is specified it will be understood as being 
White or Red Oak), suitable for wagon mate- 
rial. To be clear and perfect stock, free from 
KNOTS, SPLITS, HEARTS, GRUB HOLES, 
HEART RINGS, SHAKES, BIRD PECKS, or 
WANE. Bright Sap accepted. The following 
defects will be admitted: 

STAIN. — Penetrating not more than 1/16- 
inch and which shows no signs of rot. 

SEASON CHECKS.— Not over %-inch deep 
or 12 inches long. 

WORM' HOLES.— Not more than 6 pin 
worm holes in a Reach, these holes not to be 
in clusters of more than 3 holes, 6 inches 
apart. 

POLES — Ash or Oak 

(For Drop Poles.) 

*2%x4 x4 x4 —12' 

2y 2 x4y 2 x4y 2 x4y 2 — 12' 

(For Stiff Poles.) 
2i /2 x2y 2 x2y 2 x5 —12' 
2%x2%x2%x5 —12' 
3 x3 x3 x5 — 12' 
3^4x3^4x3^4x5 —12' 

RULES 

GRADE. — To be cut from good, tough, 
straight-grained oak or ash (when oak is 
specified, it will be understood as being White 
or Red Oak), suitable for wagon material. 
To be clear and perfect stock, free from 
KNOTS, SPLITS, HEARTS, GRUB HOLES, 
HEART RINGS, SHAKES or BIRD PECKS. 
Bright Sap accepted. The following defects 
will be admitted: 

STAIN. — Penetrating not more than 1/16- 
inch and which shows no signs of rot. 

SEASON CHECKS.— Not over ^4-inch deep 
or 12 inches long. 

WORM HOLES.— Not more than 6 pin 
worm holes in a Pole, these holes not to be 
in clusters of more than 3 holes, 6 inches 
apart. 



EVENERS— Hickory 



2x4 

2x4^ 



4' 2" long 
4' 2" long 



2^4x4^ 4' 6" long 
2%x5 4' 6" long 



RULES 



GRADE.— To be cut from good, tough, 
straight-grained Hickory suitable for wagon 
material. To be clear and perfect stock, free 
from KNOTS, SPLITS, HEARTS, GRUB 



163 



HOLES, HEART RINGS, SHAKES, WORM 
HOLES, or WANE. The following defects 
are admissible: 

STAIN. — Penetrating not more than 1/16- 
inch and which shows no signs of rot. 

SEASON CHECKS.— Not over 14-inch deep 
or 12 inches long. 

WORM HOLES.— None. 

BRIGHT SAP.— No objection. 

BIRD PECKS.— .Sound bird pecks admitted. 

TURNED SINGLETREES 
Oval Diameters 



At Center. 
Light 2" x2y 2 " 
Medium 2y±"x2%" 
Heavy 2y 2 "x3" 



At Ends. 
iy 2 "xl%" 

l%"xl%" 
13/ 4 "x2" 



Lengths. 
34" and 36" 
34" and 36" 
36" 



TURNED NECK YOKES 



At Center. 
Light 21/2" 
Medium 2%" 
Heavy 3 



Diameter 

At Ends. Lengths. 

iy 2 " 40" and 44" long 

1%" 40", 44" and 48" long 
2 " 44" and 48" long 

No adopted rules for grading single trees 
and neck yokes, but stock must be absolutely 
clear and made from young, tough hickory. 

SAWED FELLOES— Oak 

(26 pieces to set.) 
The sizes given are for green felloes cut 
full. 

Sizes Most Common 



l%x2y 2 
*2 x2% 
2y 2 x23 / i 
Circles 2' 11" 
3' 6" and 4' 2". 



234x2% 2%x3 

3^4x2% 3ytx3 

2^4x3 4y 2 x3 

and 3' 6"; 3' 2" and 3' 10" 



RULES 



GRADE. — Sound white or red oak, free 
from knots and also other defects, except 
that 1/16-inch stain will be allowed if said 
stain shows no sign of rot. Must be man- 
ufactured so that grain will run straight 
through center of each piece. Cut full sizes 
and proper circles. 

BENT RIMS 

(8 pieces to set.) 
The sizes given are for green rims. 

Sizes Most Common 
134x134 3 x2 414x2% 

2 x2 334x2% 5 x2 

2y 2 x2 4 x2 5%x2% 



Circles 3' 2" and 3' 10" 
10" and 4' 6". 



3' 6" and 4' 2"; 3' 



GRADE 

Wagon Manufacturers' Grade. 
(To replace what was formerly XXX.) 

These rules agreed upon jointly by the j 
Wagon and Rim Manufacturers, November 
21, 1906. 

MATERIALS. — Oak (any desirable species) . 

QUALITY. — Clear and straight-grained, but 
not excluding reasonably straight, the grain 
not to cross the rim in a less distance than 
24 inches to be sound, free from bark, wane, 
checks, (except checks on tread side), shakes, 
splits, knots and worm holes, but admitting 
not more than three small, sound knots, not 
more than %-inch in diameter on tread side; 
also, small worm holes not closer than 6 
inches apart. Not over 15 per cent of any 
shipment of rims shall be with knots or worm 
holes as above specified. 

WORKMANSHIP.— Planed on top and bot- 
tom sides; no skips, tears or imperfect plan- 
ing. Bending to be on the true circle of 
diameter specified. To be free from fiats or 
humps, kinks, breaks or buckles, and no 
straight or drop ends. 

WHITE OAK WAGON SPOKES 

(Wagonmakers' Grades.) 

RULES 

Second Growth Grade 

MATERIAL. — Spokes of this grade are to 
be made from first quality timber, practically 
clear and straight grained, of heavy weight 
and very dense growth that will indicate 
the very greatest strength. 

Defects 

CHECKS. — Small fine season checks not to 
exceed two inches in length and not running 
into the shoulder admitted. 

SPLITS.— None admitted. 

CROSS GRAIN.— Grain which does not run 
at a greater angle at any one point than 
one inch in twenty-four inches admitted. 
Curly spokes are considered cross-grained and 
not admitted. 

KNOTS. — Spokes having knots will not be 
admitted, but spokes showing a small sound 
spot having the appearance of a knot, but 
which is only a surface blemish, will be ad- 
mitted. 

SAP.— Half Sap that is bright and sound 
admitted. 
64 



BASTARD. — Not more than % bastard will 
be admitted. 

OTHER DEFECTS.— Evident defects not 
above enumerated not admitted. 

"A" GRADE 

MATERIAL. — Spokes of this grade are to 
be made from live timber of dense growth, 
good weight, practically clear and straight- 
grained. 

Defects 

CHECKS. — Small, fine season checks not 
to exceed two inches in length and not run- 
ning into the shoulder admitted. 

SPLITS.— None admitted. 

CROSS GRAIN. — Grain which does not run 
at a greater angle at any one point than 
one inch in twenty inches will be admitted. 
Spokes reduced from the second growth grade 
by reason of cross, grain will be admitted 
in this grade when the grain does not cross 
at a greater angle than one inch in eighteen 
inches. Curly spokes are not admitted. 

KNOTS.— Knots will not be admitted, but 
spokes showing a small sound spot having the 
appearance of a knot, but which is only a 
surface blemish will be admitted. 

SAP. — Half Sap that is bright and sound 
admitted, but when of the second growth 
grade or very dense growth reduced by reason 
of having too much bright sap, will be 
admitted to the extent of two-thirds bright 
sap. 

BASTARD. — Not more than half bastard 
will be admitted. 

DIPS. — Spokes having dips not more than 
one in a spoke and located anywhere except 
at shoulder or tenon admitted, provided 
such dip is not more than ^4-inch in depth 
and not less than four inches in length. 

OTHER DEFECTS.— Evident defects not 
above enumerated not admitted. 

"B" GRADE 

MATERIAL. — Spokes of this grade are to 
be made from timber of a weight and 
growth that will indicate fairly good strength. 

Defects 

CHECKS. — Small, fine, season checks not 
to exceed two inches in length and not run- 
ning into the shoulder admitted. 

SPLITS. — None admitted. 

CROSS GRAIN.— Grain which does not run 

at a greater angle at any one point than 

one inch in sixteen inches admitted. Spokes 

-I from the second growth grade because 



of excessive cross grain, but in which the 
grain does not run at a greater angle at any 
one point than one inch in fourteen inches, 
admitted. 

Spokes reduced from the "A" Grade for 
cross grain will be admitted to this grade 
if grain does not run at a greater angle than 
one inch in fifteen inches. 

KNOTS. — Knots will not be admitted, but 
spokes showing a small sound spot having 
the appearance of a knot, but which is 
only a surface blemish, will be admitted. 

Spokes reduced from the second growth 
and "A" Grades having one sound knot not 
over % inch in diameter, showing only on 
one side and not within five inches of either 
end of the spoke, admitted here. 

SAP. — Half Sap that is bright and sound 
will be admitted. 

Bright all sap spokes of second growth 
grade admitted. 

Spokes from "A" grade having three- 
fourths sap admitted. 

BASTARD. — Not more than half bastard 
will be admitted. 

Spokes of second growth grade will be ad- 
mitted in this grade where full bastard. 

Spokes of "A" Grade will be admitted 
in this grade where three-fourths bastard. 

DIPS. — Will be admitted in this grade 
where not more than one in a spoke and lo- 
cated anywhere except at shoulder or tenon, 
provided such dip is not more than % inch 
in depth and not less than four inches in 
length. 

WORM HOLES.— Black and pin worm holes 
in either second growth or "A" Grades of 
timber will be admitted here to the extent 
of not more than three in any spoke, but 
these must not be bunched. Powder post 
worm holes not admitted. 

OTHER DEFECTS.— Evident defects not 
above numerated not admitted. 



MANUFACTURE 

The following suggestions are made to the 
manufacturers of spokes, which, if heeded, 
will not only result in more perfect product, 
but remove the cause of much dispute and 
dissatisfaction: 

It is shown that there is a great deal of 
complaint on account of poorly manufactured 
spokes, such as tearing in the barrel by the 
lathe knives or by the adjustment of the 
knives not being in line making thick and 
thin places along the barrels; the grain nulled 
out; also, rough machine work in the throat, 
or on the tenon, by which the corners may 
be chipped off, the tenon not even thickness 
and not in the center of the spoke. There 
should also be great care taken in the fac- 
ing of spokes, so that the face and the back 



1G5 



are square with the tenon, and not diamond 
shapes, as is so frequently the case. Spokes 
should also be well sanded with a view 
of having them clean and smooth. 

It should also be understood that all spokes 
made under the foregoing rules will be 
branded only "Second Growth," "A" and 
"B" respectively, and that in no case will 
the spoke manufacturer brand these grades 
higher or lower than they will inspect under 
these rules nor will the wagon manufacturer 
request it. No restriction, however, is put 
upon the use of special brands. 



166 



V 



SPECIFICATIONS FOR FINISHING 
SPOKES FROM DRY STOCK 


OAK 1 


WESTERN REGULAR AND 
WIDE POINT PATTERN 


CALIFORNIA PATTERN | J 


K' 

o 

w 
•a 

o 


go. 

§5 

i o 


he: 

3 n> 
: S 
: ° 


rt> 3 

1 ° 


: o 


3 <t> 
1 2 
: o 


r 

rt> 3 
1 © 


Allowance 

for Shrink- 
age Half- 
Dry Stock.. 


VA 


U\ 


H 


154 








&f j 


1% 


m 


tt 


1% 








A* 


VA 


in 


% 


2 








A* 


IVa 


m 


H 


2^ 








A 


2 


2A 


,tt 


2^ 


2A 


% 


2H 


A 


2% 


2A 


n 


2% 


2A 


\% 


25* 


A | 


2H 


2A 


Ve 


2V 2 


2A 


tt 


2^ 


A 


2% 


2t 7 s 


n 


2% 


2t 7 b 


1 


2 7 / 8 


A 


2H- 


2A 


i 


2% 


2A 


Wb 


3 


A 


2% 


2B 


i& 


2% 


2H 


!*» 


3>g 


A* 


2% 


2*1 


iy* 


3 


21* 


1^ 


3K 


A* 


2% 


211 


i% 


&/* 


2*1 


l 1 ^ 


3% 


A I 


3 


3A 


ia 


3K 


3 X V 


1A 


SK 


A* 


3% 


3A 


Vi 


3 3 / 8 


&A 


IK 


3 3 4 


Af 


3K 


3A 


i% 


3^ 


3A 


1% 


4 


A* 












i 


I 


1 



TENONING. — Make the tenon even thick- 
ness throughout, and in the center of barrel 
and straight with the face. Dish the shoulder 
so that when two spokes are placed face to 
face about % inch apart at the shoulder 
and the points touching the shoulders will 
come to a straight line so that a common rule 
placed flat on the tenons, the edge of the 
rule should touch the shoulders all the way 
across both spokes. 

The above specifications for thickness of 
tenons are for thoroughly dry stock. When 
half dry, add allowance given; for entirely 
green stock, add double this allowance. 

THROATING.— Make the shoulder the same 
thickness as the barrel. Shape the knives 
to make the throat about % inch thinner than 
the barrel; also make the throat a little full 
near the shoulder to give strength and pre- 
vent splitting off in driving. Shape' the 
forms or cams to make the throat rounding, 
so the face and back will not be too large, 
but well proportioned. THe back must be 
proportionately wider than the face. Adjust 
machine to make shoulder straight (neither 
rounding at the corners, nor hollow in the 
center). Care should be taken to make 
both sides of the throat the same shape. 

FACING OR JOINTING.— Take measure- 
ments for width of tenon at the shoulder. 
Face the spoke as nearly as possible to a 
straight line from the point end to the tenon 
end, and back the spoke as nearly as possi- 
ble to a straight line from the point end 
to the shoulder. Taper the back of tenon 
on a straight line from the shoulder to the 
end, so the tenon will measure 1/16 inch less 
in width at the end (where it enters the hub) 
than at the shoulder. 

The above specifications for width of ten- 
ons are for thoroughly dry stock. When 
half dry, add allowance given: for entirely 
green stock, add double this allowance. 

ALLOWANCE FOR SHRINKAGE. — For 
spokes turned from stock from six to eight 
months old. and spokes turned from green 
stocks that have been under shed for three 
or four months, may be considered half dry, 
for which allowance is given above. For 
green stock, double this allowance. 



SPECIFICATIONS FOR TURNING 

.STANDARD WESTERN PATTERN and WIDE POINT CLUB SPOKES 

FF *OM PRY AND GREEN STOCK 




DO 

o 
o 


"h^ 


SIZE OF 
HEAD 


SIZE OF 

Barrel 


SIZE OF REG-' size OF 
ULAR POINT WIDE POINT 


TO 
c 
n 


E 8£ 




51 

K 
eg 




II 


Dry 

IK 

Green 


<% 


114 
l 3 4 


ik 
ia 


IA 

VA 
IA 

1 5 K 

HU 
\%i 

mt 
i% 

in 


IA 

IA 
1A 

IK 
iK 

IK 
•A* 


1« 
1^1 


I A 

IK 






Drv 

Green 


6% 


113 
l% 


ia 

ik 


1A 
lAi 


I* 
IA 






Dry 

Green 


7 


hi 

2 


ik 

1A 


1A« 

IK 


IA 

IK 






Dry 

Green 


"!% 






IK 


«1K 
IA< 






Dry 
2 

Green 


1% 


2A 

2K 


IA 


I A 


IN 


IK 
IA 


iK 
lAf 


Drv 

Gre^n 




2A 

-V 




2 

2A 
2K 

-A 
VA 

-A 




IA 
I A* 


lis JK 

: 5 :' in 




Dry 

Green 


7% 


2ft 

2 l / a f 


IA 


J A 
IA 


1% 
IA 


i J Kj 1H 

IV; l^ 
ift IK 

3 A 1H 


iK 


Drv 

Gre.n 


"•H 


-ia 

2V 8 i 


IK 
1% 


IA 

iK 


IA 

IA 


Drv 

Green 


<K 


2%f 




2AI 

2K 

- 1 

2-/8 

- 1 
2% 


136 

w 

'■■■ 

nv 

1% 


iK 

IA 
156 

m 


IK 

IK 


IK 
ifl 


iK 


Dry 
Grec . 


->% 


2}i 
2%f 




1:": 2 


IA 


Drv 

J* 

Green 


8 


»A 




112 

IK 


un *a 


Hi 
I«f 


Dry 

Green 


s% 


3A 


Hi 
HI* 


2 
2A 


1K| 2K 

l--f 2rVf 


IK 

IKf 


Dry 
3 

Green 


VA 


3 x 3 a 
«A 


Hi 

2K 


27e 
3 


A 


2K 


;- 


2K 
Bfti 
281 

2tV 


HI 

2' 


Drv 
Gre <-n 


8V 2 


*A 


2A 

2K 


1% 
3K 


HI 

-A 


2% 

2Af 




HS 
2K 


Dry 

J'* 
Green 


«% 




2% 

2A 


3% 
3K 


!■ 


2K 

SA< 


- ' 2X a 

2 A 2Af 


2 
2A 



Note: — "f" signifies full size. 



167 



TOTAL LENGTH OP HEAD AND THROAT. 
— Make exact length to figures given from 
head end to where throat and barrel knives 
lap, the head or square must be at least of 
ample length for tenon. 

SIZE OF HEAD. — Make measurement about 
where shoulder will be when tenoned. 

SIZE OF BARREL. — Make measurement 
just below where barrel and throat knives 
lap. Make hinds exact width as figures given. 
Front spokes having more taper should be 
made 1/16 inch less in width of barrel. 

SIZE OF POINT. — Measurement to be 
made % inch from point end of all lengths. 
From face to back is to be considered the 
wide way. 

REGULAR LENGTHS. — Fronts, all sizes, 
22 inches long; liinds, all sizes 2y 2 inches 
and under, 26 inches long; all sizes, 2% 
inches and over, 28 inches long. 

The above specifications for Dry are in- 
tended for thoroughly dry stock at least 
twelve months or mo-re old; and for Green 
are intended for entirely green stock. When 
stock is half dry, say six months old, allow 
for shrinkage about half the difference be- 
tween dry and green specifications. When not 
quite dry, make a little full of Dry Specifi- 
cations. When not quite green, make a 
little scant of Green Specifications. 

Keep your lathe knives 'adjusted to a 
straight line so the spoke will be of even 
thickness from the point to the throat. 

Adopted by Spoke Manufacturers' Associa- 
tion December 20, 1906. 

Revised March 25, 1908. 

Adopted by the National Wagon Manufac- 
turers' Association April 28, 1909. 

HARDWOOD DIMENSION MATERIAL 

Oak Chair and Furniture Stock 

All pieces must be taken as they are 
manufactured, and no allowance made to 
change grade by re-manufacture. All stock 
to be of practically uniform thickness and 
width, to be full thickness and width when 
dry. Any amount of bright sap admissible 
in all Chair and Furniture Dimension Stock. 
Seat Stock to have one clear face and two 
ends; no defect admissible in edges that will 
show after jointing. 

Chair Frame Stock to have one clear face, 
both ends, and .both edges. 

Table Tops take same inspection as Seat 
Stock. Squares for turning shall contain 
no defect that will not turn out. Squares for 
dressing , up and to be used as squares 
must be clear on all adges and ends that 
show. 

Chair Backs that show on two sides must 
be clear both sides, both edges, and both 



ends; all Quartered Oak must show figure 
on one face. No badly discolored or doty | 
sap admissible in any of the above stock. 

All band sawed pattern stock to show 
four clear sides unless contract is made to 
contrary setting forth that defects may be 
permitted on any one or more sides. 

IMPLEMENT STOCK 

Plow Handle Strips must be practically 
straight-grained, and clear of all defects, 
except slight streaks and small bird pecks, 
or small bright knots located so as not to in- 
terfere with the bending of the piece or its 
strength. 

CUBAN MAHOGANY 

Grades: Prime, Selects, Rejects, Shorts 
and Counters. 

Lengths: 2 feet and over. 
Widths: 3 inches and over. 
Thicknesses: Standard. 
All odd lengths must be measured. 

Prime 

Prime must be 6 inches and over wide, 
8 feet and over long, not to exceed 25% of 

5 and 9-foot lengths. 

Standard defects are admitted according to 
widths as follows: 

6 or 7 inches, 1 standard defect or its 
equivalent. 

8 or 9 inches, 2 standard defects or their 
equivalent. 

10 to 11 inches, 3 standard defects or their 
equivalent. 

12 inches or over, 4 standard defects or 
their equivalent. 

Selects 

Selects may be 4 inches and over wide, 6 
feet and over long, and must work two-thirds 
clear, with no cutting less than 4 inches wide 
and 3 feet long, or 3 inches wide and 4 
feet long. 

Rejects 

Rejects must be 3 inches and over wide, 

6 feet and over long, and must work 50% 
clear. No piece or cutting considered which 
is less than 4 inches wide and 2 feet long, 
or 3 inches wide and 3 feet long. 

Shorts 

Shorts must be 3 inches and over wide, 2 
to 7 feet long, and must be prime in quality. 

Pieces 3, 4 and 5 inches wide must be 
clear. 



168 



Pieces 6 inches and over wide must be 
graded same as Prime. 

Counters 

Counters must be 12 to 40 feet long, 16 
to 24 inches wide. Splits to be measured 
out. 

Clear Strips 

Clear Strips must be 2% to 5% inches 
wide, 5 feet and over long, clear of defects 
on one face and two edges. Reverse face 
must be sound. 

MEXICAN AND AFRICAN MAHOGANY 

Grades: First, Second, No. 1 Common, No. 
2 Common, Shorts and Counters. 

Lengths: 2 feet and over. 

Thicknesses: Standard. 

Widths: 3 inches and over. 

All odd lengths must be measured. 

One inch of bright sap in the aggregate is 
a standard defect. 

The percentage of Firsts in the combined 
grade of Firsts and Seconds to be as fol- 
lows: 

Mexican Mahogany — Not less than 40 per 
cent. 

African Mahogany — Not less than 35 per 
cent. 

Firsts 

Firsts must be 7 inches and over wide, 10 
feet and over long, and free from all defects, 
except that pieces 10 feet and over surface 
measure may have one standard defect or its 
equivalent. 

Seconds 

• Seconds must be 6 inches and over wide. 

Standard defects are admitted according to 
surface measure as follows: 

6 feet, 1 standard defect or its equivalent. 

9 feet, 2 standard defects or their equiv- 
alent. 

13 feet, 3 standard defects or their equiv- 
alent. 

18 feet and over, 4 standard defects or their 
equivalent. 

No. 1 Common 

No. 1 Common must be 4 inches and over 
wide, 6 feet and over long. 

Pieces 4 inches wide, 6 to 11 feet long, 
must work 66 2/3% clear in not over two 
pieces; 12 feet and over long must work 
66 2'3% clear in not over three pieces. No 
piece or cutting to be less than 2 feet long 
by the full width of the piece. 



Pieces 5 inches and over wide, 6 to 11 
feet long, must work 66 2/3% clear in not 
over two pieces; 12 feet and over long must 
work 66 2/3% clear in not over three pieces. 
No piece of cutting to be considered which 
is less than 4 inches wide and 2 feet long, 
or 3 inches wide and 3 feet long. 

No. 2 Common 

No. 2 Common must be 3 inches and over 
wide, 2 feet and over long, and must work 
50% clear. No piece or cutting consid- 
ered wkiich is less than 3 inches wide and 2 
feet long. 

Shorts 

Shorts must be 4 inches and over wide, 2 
to 5 feet long. 

Pieces 4 to 5 Inches wide must be clear. 

In pieces 6 inches and over standard de- 
fects are admitted according to surface mea- 
sure as follows: 

2 feet, 1 standard defect or its equivalent. 

4 feet, 2 standard defects or their equiv- 
alent. 

5% feet, 3 standard defects or their equiv- 
alent. 

6y 2 feet and over, 4 standard defects or 
their equivalent. 

Counters 

Counters must be 12 to 40 feet long, 18 
to 24 inches wide, and must be free from 
all defects. Splits to be measured out. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR GRADING OF LOGS 

Standard lengths for logs must be 12', 14' 
and 16' long, and all logs must be cut 4" 
longer than these lengths to allow for properly 
trimming the lumber. 

All logs must be straight and are to be 
measured at the small end, the narrow way 
inside of the bark. 

In all No. 1 logs the sap must be bright. 

Red and White Oak 

No 1 Logs must be 24" and up in diameter. 
Surface and ends clear. 

No. 2 Logs must be 18" and up in diam- 
eter, 18" to 20" inclusive must be surface 
and ends clear, 21" and up shall show 75% 
clear. 

No. 3 Logs must be 14" and up in diameter, 
14" to 16" inclusive must be surface and 
ends clear. 17" and up must show 50% 
clear. 



169 



White Ash 

No. 1 Logs must be 18" and up in diam- 
eter. Surface and ends clear. 

No. 2 Logs must be 14" and up in diameter. 
14" to 17" inclusive must be surface and 
ends clear. 18" and up must show 75% 
clear. 

Cottonwood 

No. 1 must be 24" aud up in diameter. 
Surface and ends clear. 

No. 2 must be 16" and up in diameter. 
16" to 19" inclusive must be surface and 
ends clear. 20" and up must show 65% 
clear. 

Gum 

No. 1 Logs must be 24" and up in diam- 
eter. Surface and ends clear and must not 
show over 5" of bright sap outside of the 
red. 

No. 2 Logs must be 20" and up in diam- 
eter. 20" and 23" inclusive must be surface 
and ends clear. 24" and up must show 75% 
clear. 



Elm and Soft Maple 

inclusive must show surface and 
20" and up must show 65% 



16" to 19' 
ends clear, 
clear. 



Hickory- 



Must be live timber 12" and over in diam- 
eter, and must show surface and -ends clear. 



No, 

eter. 

No, 

eter. 



Cypress 

1 Logs must be 24" and up in diam- 
Surface and ends clear. 



Official Weights on Logs 

Adopted February 5, 1913 

Basis. Actual. 

Pounds Pounds. 

Ash, per foot 10.00 9.84 

Cotton wood, per foot 11.50 11.45 

Cypress, per foot 9.00 8.99 

Gum, per foot 11.00 10.82 

Hickory, per foot 12.00 12.00 

Oak, per foot 11.00 10.95 



2 Logs must be 18" and up in diarn- 
18" to 21" inclusive must be surface 
and ends clear. 22" and up must show 75% 
clear. 

No. 3 Logs must be 14" and up in diam- 
eter. 14" to 16" inclusive must be surface 
and ends clear. 17" and up must show 50% 
clear. 

Walnut 

Logs to be 12" and over in diameter. 
Length 8 to 16 feet. Prime logs to be 
straight, sound and smooth. Deductions for 
excessive sap to be made according to the 
diameter of the log. Value arrived at in ac- 
cordance with the other defects. 



170 



OFFICIAL SYMBOLS 
FOR GRADE MARKS 



Panel a "°W/de/Y?/. 
W/de H92. 
Box Boards 

SA/>$ 

Selects 
NP/. Common. 
W?2. Common. 
WP3. Common 
W9<4. Common 



O 
A 
B 

t 
S 

A 
C 

a 



Universal Standard Log Scale 


A combination of the Doyle and 


Scribner rules. Doyle 27 


I neb e s 


and under. Scribner 28 


inches 




and over. 






OFFICIAL SCALE OF 




THE HARDWOOD MANUFACTURERS' 


ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED STATES 


LENGTH IN FEET 








8 


10 


12 


14 


16 


18 


20 


22 


24 




10 


18 


23 


27 


32 


36 


41 


46 


50 


54 




n 


24 


31 


37 


43 


49 


55 


61 


67 


74 




12 


32 


40 


48 


56 


64 


72 


80 


88 


9»» 




13 


40 


50 


61 


71 


81 


91 


101 


111 


122 




14 


50 


62 


75 


88 


100 


112 


125 


137 


150 




15 


60 


75 


91 


106 


121 


136 


151 


166 


181 




16 


72 


90 


108 


126 


144 


162 


180 


198 


216 




17 


84 


106 


127 


148 


169 


190 


211 


232 


253 




18 


98 


122 


147 


171 


196 


220 


245 


269 


294 




'9 


112 


141 


169 


197 


225 


253 


280 


309 


338 




20 


128 


160 


192 


224 


256 


288 


320 


352 


384 




21 


144 


181 


217 


253 


289 


325 


361 


397 


433 


5C 

a 
X 


22 


162 


202 


243 


283 


324 


364 


404 


415 


486 


23 


180 


226 


271 


313 


359 


406 


452 


496 


541 


o 


24 


200 


250 


soo 


350 


400 


450 


500 


550 


600 


7 


23 


220 


276 


331 


386 


441 


496 


551 


606 


661 




26 


242 


302 


363 


423 


484 


544 


605 


665 


726 


7 

PS 


27 

28 


2C4 
291 


330 
363 


397 
436 


463 


-530 
582 


596 


661 

728 


720 
800 


794 


509 


654 


873 


H 
W 


29 


305 


381 


457 


533 


609 


685 


761 


8i8 


914 


30 328 


411 


493 


575 


657 


739 


821 


y04 


986 


2 


31 


355 


444 


532 


622 


710 


799 


888 


976 


1065 


< 


32 


368 


460 


552 


644 


736 


828 


920 


1012 


1104 


5 


33 


392 


490 


588 


686 


784 


882 


980 


1078 


1176 




34 


400 


500 


600 


700 


800 


900 


1000 


1100 


1200 




35 


438 


547' 


657 


766 


876 


985 


1095 


1204 


1314 




36 


462 


577 


692 


807 


923 


1088 


1152 


1268 


1384 




37 


514 


644 


772 


901 


1029 


1158 


1287 


1415 


1544 




38 


534 


669 


801 


934 


1068 


1201 


1335 


1468 


1600 




39 


560 


700 


840 


980 


1120 


1260 


1400 


1540 


1682 




40 


602 


752 


903 


1053 


1204 


1354 


1505 


1655 


1806 




41 


636 


795 


954 


1113 


1272 


1431 


1590 


1749 


1908 




42 


671 


840 


1007 


1175 


1343 


1511 


1679 


1846 


2014 




43 


698 


872 


1046 


1222 


1396 


1571 


1745 


1918 


2092 




44 


740 


925 


1110 


1295 


1480 


1665 


1850 


2035 


2220 




45 


759 


949 


1139 


1329 


1518 


1707 


1898 


■ ••• 






46 


793 


991 


1190 


1388 


1587 


1785 


1983 








47 


828 


1035 


1242 


1449 


1656 


1S62 


2070 








48 


864 


1080 


1296 


1512 


1728 


1944 


2160 







171 



r 



Pacific Coast Lumber Products 



J. V. SMEATON and L. W. MacDONALD 

Managing Agents of 

The Robert Dollar Steamship Co. 

Shippers and Dealers 

Pacific Coast Lumber Products 
FIR, SPRUCE, RED WOOD 

PORT ORFORD and RED CEDAR 

SHINGLES 



Unexcelled facilities for prompt and efficient 
service to the lumber trade. 



WRITE, WIRE OR TELEPHONE YOUR INQUIRIES 

840-17 Battery Place, New York City 
Telephone, Rector 689 



174 



FEBRUARY 1, 1915 

STANDARD CLASSIFICATION, GRADING 
AND DRESSING RULES 

FOR 

DOUGLAS FIR, SPRUCE, CEDAR AND 
WESTERN HEMLOCK PRODUCTS 

Adopted by the 

WEST COAST LUMBER MANUFACTUR- 
ERS' ASSOCIATION 

Copyright 1915 West Coast Lumberman, 
Seattle, Washington 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 

1. All lumber is graded with special ref- 
erence to its suitability for the use in- 
tended. 

2. With this in view each piece is con- 
sidered and its grade determined by its gen- 
eral character, including the sum of all its 
defects. 

3. What is known as "Yard Lumber" 
such as Dimension, Common Board, Finish, 
etc., is graded from the face side, which 
is the best side, except that lumber which 
is dressed one side only is graded from the 
dressed side. 

4. Factory lumber, which is used for the 
manufacture of Doors, Sash, etc., and must 
show on both sides, is always graded from 
the poorer side. The grade is determined 
by the quantity of suitable cuttings obtain- 
able in each piece. 

5. The defects in lumber are to be con- 
sidered in connection with the size of the 
piece, and for this reason wider and longer 
pieces will carry more defects than smaller 
pieces in the same grade. 

6. No arbitrary rules for the inspection 
of lumber can be maintained with satisfac- 
tion. The variations from any given rule 
are numerous and suggested by practical 
common sense, so nothing more definite than 
the general features of different grades 
should be attemted by rules of inspection. 

7. Lumber must be accepted on grade in 
the form in which it was shipped. Any 
subsequent change in manufacture or mill 
work will prohibit an inspection for the ad- 
justment of claims, except with the consent 
of all parties interested. 

8. A. shipment of any grade must con- 
sist of a fair average of that grade, and 



cannot be made up of an unfair proportion 
of the better or poorer pieces that would 
pass in that grade. A shipment of mixed 
widths shall contain a fair assortment of 
each width. A shipment of mixed lengths 
shall contain a fair assortment of each 
length. 

9. Material not conforming to standard 
sizes shall be governed by special contract. 

10. Standard lengths for lumber are mul- 
tiples of one foot and two feet as specified. 

11. The grade of all regular stock shall 
be determined by the number, character, 
and position of the defects visible in any 
piece. The enumerated defects herein de- 
scribed admissible in any grade are intend- 
ed to be descriptive of the coarsest piece 
such grades may contain, but the average 
quality of the grade should be midway be- 
tween the highest and lowest pieces allowed 
in the grade. 

12. All dressed lumber shall be measured 
and sold at the full size of rough material 
used in its manufacture. 

13. All lumber one inch or less in thick- 
ness shall be counted as one inch thick. 

14. In determining the seriousness of the 
pitch pocket as a defect both its width and 
length must be considered. The tighter the 
pocket the longer it may be. 

15. Size and number of pockets admissi- 
ble in any piece must be left largely to 
the judgment of the grader and a reasonable 
deviation from the number of pockets speci- 
fied in the rules will be permissible. 

16. Pitch shakes are clearly defined open- 
ings between the grain of the wood, are 
either filled with granulated pitch or not, 
but in either case a serious defect, and 
must not be admitted in any grade above 
No. 2 Common. 

17. A pitch streak is a well defined ac- 
cumulation of pitch at one point in the 
piece and when not sufficient to develop a 
well defined streak, or where fiber between 
grains is not saturated with pitch, it shall 
not be considered a defect. 

18. A small pitch streak shall be equiv- 
alent to not over one-twelfth the width and 
one-sixth the length of the piece it is in. 

19. A standard pitch streak shall be 
equivalent to not over one-sixth the width 
and one-third the length of the piece it 
is in. 

20. Splits and Checks shall be considered 
as to length and direction. 

21. Wane is bark or lack of wood on 
edges of lumber from any cause. 

22. Chipped grain consists in part of the 
surface being chipped or broken out in 
small particles below the line of the cut, 
and as usually found should not be classed 
as torn grain and shall be considered a de- 



175 



^ 



feet only when it unfits the piece for use 
intended. 

23. Torn grain consists in a part of the 
wood being torn out in dressing. It occurs 
around knots and curly places, and is of 
four distinct characters — slight, medium, 
heavy and deep. 

24. Slight torn grain should not exceed 
1/32 of an inch in depth, medium 1/16 of 
an inch, and heavy % of an inch. Any 
torn grain, more than % of an inch shall be 
termed deep. 

25. Loosened grain consists in a point of 
one grain being torn loose from the next 
grain. It occurs on the heart side of the 
piece and is a serious defect, especially in 
flooring. 

26. In standard manufacture of Factory 
Flooring, Decking or thick dressed and 
matched stock, and stock grooved for 
splines, and for Shiplap, the finished width 
shall be •% inch less over all than the 
count or measured width of the rough mate- 
rial used in manufacture and the tongue 
and lap shall be measured to determine the 
finished width. 

27. Equivalent means equal, and in con- 
struing and applying these rules, the defects 
allowed, whether specified or not, are un- 
derstood to be equivalent in damaging ef- 
fect to those mentioned applying to stock 
under consideration. 

DEFECTS 

28. Recognized defects are knots, knot 
holes, splits, checks, wane, rot, rotten 
streaks, pin and grub worm holes, dog and 
picaroon holes, pitch seams or shakes, pitch 
pockets, chipped, torn and loose-grain, solid 
pitch, stained heart, sap stain and imperfect 
manufacture. 

KNOTS 

29. Knots shall be classified as pin, 
small, standard and large as to size, round 
and spike as to form and tight, loose and 
rotten as to quality. 

30. A Pin Knot is tight and not over % 
inch in diameter. 

31. A Small Knot is tight and not over 
% inch indiameter. 

32. A Standard Knot is tight and not 
over 1% inches in diameter. 

33. A Large Knot is tight and any size 
over iy 2 inches in diameter. 

34. A Round Knot is oval or circular in 
form. 

35. A Spiked Knot is one sawn in a 
lengthwise direction. 

36. A Tight -Knot or sound knot is one 
solid across its face, is as hard as the 
wood it is in, and is so fixed by growth or 



position that it will retain its place in the 
piece. 

37. A Loose Knot is one not held firmly 
in place by growth or position. 

38. A Rotten Knot is one not as hard as i 
the wood it is in. 

39. The mean or average diameter of 
knots shall be considered in applying or 
construing the rules. 

PITCH 

40. Pitch pockets are openings between 
the grain of the wood, containing more or 
less pitch, and surrounded by sound grain 
wood. 

SAP 

41. Bright Sap shall not be considered a 
defect in any of the grades, except as 
specially provided for in the following 
rules: 

42. Sap Stain shall not be considered a 
defect except as provided herein. 

43. Discoloration of heart wood or 
stained heart must not be confounded with 
rot or rotten streaks. The presence of 
rot is indicated by a decided softness of the 
wood where it is discolored, or by small 
white spots resembling pin worm holes. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

44. Defects in rough stock caused by im- 
proper manufacture and drying will reduce 
the grades, unless they may be removed by 
dressing such stock to standard sizes. 

45. Imperfect manufacture in dressed 
stock, such as torn grain, broken knots, 
mismatching, insufficient tongue or groove 
on Flooring, Ceiling, Drop Siding, etc., 
shall be considered defects and will reduce 
the grade accordingly as they are slight 
or serious in their effect on the use of the 
stock. Pieces of Flooring, Partition or 
Drop Siding, having less than 3/16 inch of 
tongue, and pieces of Ceiling with less than 
y 8 inch of tongue, will not be admitted in 
any grade above No. 3 Clear. Pieces with 
this amount or more of tongue will be ad- 
mitted in any grade. 

STANDARD SIZES. 

46. In the absence of a special agree- 
ment between the buyer and seller for each 
order, all dressed lumber is finished to the 
following sizes: 

47. Flooring — 1x3, finished size, 13/16x 
214 face; 1x4, finished size, 13/16x3^4 face; 
1x6, finished size, 13/16x5% face; 1^4x3, 
finished size, 11/16x2^4 face; 1^x4, fin- 
ished size, 1 1/16x3 U face; 1^x6, finished 



176 



size, 1 1/16x5% face; 1x6 F. G. Flooring, 
finished size, %x5%. Standard lengths are 
multiples of one foot. 

48. Ceiling— %x4, finished size, 5/16x3^4 
face; %x6, finished size, 5/16x5% face; 
y 2 x4, finished size, 7/16x3 }4 face; %x6, fin- 
ished size, 7/16x5% face; %x4, finished 
size, 9/16x3 %i face; %x6, finished size, 9/16x 
5% face; 1x4, finished size, 11/16x3% face; 
1x6, finished size, 11/16x5% face. Stand- 
ard lengths are multiples of one foot. 

49. Partition — 1x4, finished size, ll/16x 
3% face; 1x6, finished size, 11/16x5% face. 
Standard lengths are multiples of one foot. 

50. Drop Siding — 1x4, finished size, %x 
3% face, y± inch tongue; 1x6, finished size, 
%x5% face, % inch tongue; 1x8, finished 
size, %x7 face, % inch tongue. Standard 
lengths are multiples of two feet. 

51. Rustic — 1x6 channel, finished size, 
%x4%, % inch Rabbet; 1x8 channel, fin- 
ished size, %x6%, y 2 inch Rabbet; 1x6 V, 
finished size, %x4%, % inch Rabbet; 1x8 
V, finished size, %x6%, % inch Rabbet. 
For further particulars see diagrams of 
standard patterns. Standard lengths are 
multiples of two feet. 

52. Finish— Thickness SIS or S2S— 1 inch 
to % inch; 1% inches to 1 1/16 inches; 1% 
inches to 1 5/16 inches; 2 inches to 1% 
inches. 

53. Widths If Dressed on One or Both 
Edges — 4 inches to 3% inches; 5 inches to 
4% inches; 6 inches to 5% inches; 8 inches 
to 7% inches; 10 inches to 9% inches; 12 
inches to 11 ^ inches; 14 inches to 13 in- 
ches; 16 inches to 15 inches. Standard 
lengths are multiples of one foot. 

54. Battens — Are usually made of edg- 
ings of good, sound stock and worked to 
the following sizes: 3 inch flat to 5/16x 
2V 2 inch; 2 inch 0. G. to %xl% inch; 2% 
inch O. G. to 3 /4x2% inch; 3 inch 0. G. to 
%x2% inch. Standard lengths are multi- 
ples of one foot. 

."..I. Wagcn Bottoms — Finished sizes, 13/16 
and 1 1/16x38 inch and 42 inch face. 

56. Pickets— 1*4 inch square, 1 1/16x1 
1/16 inch S4S; 1% inch square, 15/16x1 
5/16 inch S4S; 1x3 flat, %x2% inch S4S. 

57. Standard Lath— % inch x 1% inch x 
4 feet 

58. Bevel Siding— 6 in., 3/16 inch thin 
edge; % inch thick edge; 5% inch wide. 4 
inch, same thickness, 3% inches wide. 
Standard lengths are multiples of one foot. 

59. Common Boards — SIS or Shiplap to 
% inch. 

60. Grooved Roofing— % inch x 7%, 9%, 
11% inch face. % inch groove iy 2 inches 
from each edge. 

61. Shiplap and D. & M. — 1x8, finished 
»i*A. SL*i , Xace: 1x10, finished size, 

1x12. finished size, %xll face. 



Standard lengths are multiples of two feet. 

62. Dimension, S1S1E or S4S — 2x4 to 

I%x3%; 2x6 to I%x5%; 2x8 to I%x7%; 
2x10 to I%x9%; 2x12 to l%xliy 2 ; 3x6 to 
2y 2 x5y 2 ; 3x8 to 2%x7%; 3x10 to 2%x9y 2 ; 
3x12 to 2%xll%. Stock more than 12 inches 
wide, sizes to % inch off in width. 

63. Timbers, S1S1E or S4S — 4x4 and 
larger, % inch off each way. Standard 
lengths are multiples of two feet unless 
otherwise specified. 

64. All sizes in Dimension and Timbers 
are subject to natural shrinkage. 

65^ Door Cuttings — Stiles, 5 or 6 inches 
wide; 6 feet 8 inches to 7 feet 6 inches 
long. 

66. Bottom Rails, 9 or 10 inches wide; 
2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet long. 

67. Rails, 5 or 6 inches wide; 2 feet 4 
inches to 3 feet long. 

68. Shop Common S2S— -1 inch to 13/16 
inch; 1% inches to % inch; 1% inches to 

1 5/32 inches; 1% inches to 1 13/32 inches; 

2 inches to 1 25/32 inches; 2% inches to 2 
9/32 inches; 3 inches to 2 25/32 inches; 4 
inches to 3 25/32 inches. 

CAR MATERIALS— STANDARD LENGTHS 

69. Car Siding— S, 9, 10 and 12 feet or 
multiples. 

70. Car Roofing — 5 feet or multiples. 

71. Car Lining— 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 
and 20 feet or multiples. 

72. Car Decking — 9 and 10 feet or mul- 
tiples. 

73. All orders shall be shipped in the 
standard length called for, unless otherwise 
specified, but no lengths of either car sid- 
ing, lining or roofing shall be shipped, ex- 
cept in the lengths specified or multiples 
thereof. Those who do not desire stock 
shipped in multiple lengths should so 
specify. Fractional lengths figured at next 
longest standard length. 

CAR SILLS AND FRAMING 

74. Sizes up to 6 inches in width shall 
measure full when green, and not more 
than % inch scant when dry or part dry. 
Sizes 6 to 12 inches in width shall measure 
full when green and not more than y± inch 
scant when dry or part dry. Sizes 12 to 
16 inches in width shall measure full when 
green and not more than % inch scant when 
dry or part dry. Unless otherwise speci- 
fied, % inch shall be allowed for each side 
which is to be dressed. Where stock is 
wanted dressed smooth all four sides, tim- 
ber shall be sawed % inch full over the 
dressed sizes required. In" pieces 3 by 6 
inches and under when ordered in lengths 



177 



exceeding 30 feet, sound knots shall not ex- 
ceed one-quarter the width of the face 
through which they project, and the grain 
shall not cross sufficient to impair the 
strength. Fractional lengths figured at 

next longest standard length, standard 
lengths in car sills and framing being 
multiples of two feet. 

FIR 

75. Fir is a wood adapted to many uses. 
It is the strongest softwood known, and 
for this reason is especially useful for 
bridge timber and framing lumber of all 
kinds. Owing to its handsome color and 
grain, and being susceptible of high polish, 
it is extensively used for finish. 

76. Fir is sawn and sorted with reference 
to the direction of the grain. The "Verti- 
cal Grain" (called "V. G." in these rules 
and all price lists) has the grain at or 
nearly at right angles with the face of the 
board, and is adapted to Flooring, Stepping, 
etc., because it does not "silver" with 
wear. "Flat Grain" (F. G.) means that 
the grain is parallel or nearly parallel witb 
the face of the board. The Flat Grain is 
selected for finish because of the beauty of 
the wood in this form. 

NAMES AND GRADES 

77. Flooring— No. 1 Clear V. G. ; No. 2 
Clear V. G.; No. 3 Clear V. G.; No. 4 Clear 
V. G.; No. 2 Clear and Better F. G. ; No 3 
Clear F. G.; No. 4 Clear F. G. 

78. Ceiling— No. 2 Clear and Better; No. 
3 Clear. 

79. Partition — No. 2 Clear and Better; 
No. 3 Clear. 

80. Drop Siding and Rustic— No. 2 Clear 
and Better; No. 3 Clear. 



81. Stepping — No. 2 Clear and Better V. 
G.; No. 3 Clear. 

82. Finish— Selected Grain; No. 2 Clear 
and Better; No. 3 Clear. 

83. Wagon Bottoms — One grade only V. 
G; one grade only F. G. 

84. Fencing — One grade only. 

85. Boards — Select Common; Common; 
No. 3 Common or Sheathing. 

86. Defects based on piece 4 inches wide, 
12 feet long, on all the following to and in- 
cluding Casing and Base, excepting where 
otherwise stated. 

VERTICAL GRAIN FIR FLOORING 



have perfect edges and be practically 
free from all defects. Bright sap showing 
not more than one-third of face half the 
length of piece will be admitted. Angle 
of grain not less than 45 degrees. 

88. No. 2 Clear.— Vertical Grain, 3, 4 ■ 
and 6 inch. Shall be well manufactured. 
Angle of grain not less than 45 degrees 
Will admit of slight roughness in dressing, 
and from one to three small, close pitch 
pockets, or equivalent defects. 

89. No. 3 Clear— Vertical Grain, 3 4 and 
6 inch. Angle of grain not less than 45 
degrees. Will admit of roughness in dress- 
ing; two small knots not over % inch in 
diameter or four small pitch pockets, any 
two of which may be open. It is generally 
understood .that this grade will admit such 
defects or combination of defects as will 
not impair its utility for cheap floors. A 
piece otherwise as good as No. 2, may have 
a defect that can be cut out and the piece 
laid with a loss of not more than 2% inches 
in its length, providing the defect is 4 
feet or more from the end of the piece. 

90. No. 4 Clear— Vertical Grain, 3, 4 and 
6 inch. Shall be anything below No. 3 
that can be utilized. 



FLAT GRAIN FIR FLOORING 

91. No. 2 Clear and Better — Flat Grain, 
3, 4 and 6 inch. Shall be well manufac- 
tured; will admit of slight roughness in 
dressing. Either of the following also per- 
mitted with the above: Three close pitch 
pockets, not to exceed two inches each in 
length; one small tight, smooth knot % 
inch in diameter, or their equivalent of 
combined defects. 



92. No. 3 Clear— Flat Grain, 3, 4 and 6 
inch. Will admit of roughness in dress- 
ing; two small knots not over % inch in 
diameter, or four small pitch pockets, any 
two of which may be open, or the equiva- 
lent of combined defects. A piece other- 
wise as good as No. 2 can have a defect 
that can be cut out and the piece laid 
with a waste of not more than 2y» inches 
in its length, providing the defect is 4 feet 
or more from the end of the piece. Ver- 
tical grain pieces that are a little below 
the line of No. 3 vertical grain will be ad- 
mitted in this grade. It is generally un- 
derstood that this grade will admit such 
other defects or combination of defects as 
will not impair its utility for cheap floors 
and sheathing. 

93. No. 4 Clear— Flat Grain, 3, 4 and 6 

« • V ^h, C le ar— Vertical Gram. 3, 4 and inch. Shall be anything below -rfe S M 
6-inch. Shall be well milled on face, must i can be utilized. 

178 



N 



FIR CEILING 

94. No. 2 Clear and Better — 3, 4 or 6 
inch. Shall be well manufactured. Will 
admit of slight roughness in dressing. 
Either of the following also permitted with 
the above: Three close pitch pockets, not 
to exceed 2 inches each in length; one 
small, tight, smooth knot Y 2 inch in diam- 
eter or their equivalent in combined de- 
fects. Both Vertical and Flat Grain ad- 
missible. Hemlock permitted in this grade. 

95. No. 3 Clear — 3, 4 and 6 inch. Same 
grade as in paragraph 92 applying to No. 3 
Flat Grain Flooring. Both Vertical and 
Flat Grain admissible. Hemlock permitted 
in this grade. 

FIR PARTITION 

96. Partition — 4 or 6 inch. Shall be 
graded from its poorest side. Grades to be 
the same as ceiling. Hemlock permitted. 

FIR DROP SIDING AND RUSTIC 

97. No. 2 Clear and Better — 4, 6 and 8 
inch. Defects based on piece 6 inches 
wide, 12 feet long. Shall be well manu- 
factured. Slight roughness in dressing 
admissible; will allow three small, tight 
knots not more than y 2 inch in diameter or 
four tight pitch pockets or their equivalent 
of combined defects. Hemlock permitted 
in this grade. 

98. No. 3 Clear — i, 6 and 8 inch. Will 
admit of roughness in dressing; three knots 
not larger than 1 inch in diameter, or five 
small pitch pockets, any three of which may 
be open, or their equivalent of combined de- 
fects. A piece that is otherwise as good 
as No. 2 may have a defect that can be 
cut out by wasting not more than 2y 2 inches 
in the length of the piece, providing that it 
is more than 4 feet from the end of the 
piece. Hemlock permitted in this grade. 

99. Note: In all grades of Flooring, 
Ceiling, Drop Siding, etc., wane on the re- 
verse side not exceeding one-third the width 
and one-sixth the length of any piece, pro- 
vided the wane does not extend into the 
tongue, is admissible. 

FIR FINISH 

100. Selected Grain— 1, 1%, 1% and 2 
Inches thick, 4 to 12 inches wide. Shall 
be free from sap and all defects, on face 
and edges, and selected for beauty and 
character of grain. 

101. No. 2 Clear and Better — Based on 
1x8-12. Rule to apply proportionately on 
narrower or wider and thicker stock. Will 
admit of slight roughness in dressing. Will 



I allow one straight split not longer than the 
width of the piece; a small amount of 
stain. In addition to one of the above one 
of the following will be allowed: Three 
small tight pitch pockets not to exceed two 
inches in length, three small, tight, smooth 
knots not over one-half inch in diameter, or 
their equivalent of combined defects. A 
piece 14 feet or longer may have a defect 
located six or more feet from the end of 
the piece that can be cut out by wasting not 
more than 1% inches in length provided bal- 
ance of piece be practically free from de- 
fects. Either flat or vertical grain ad- 
missible. 

102. No. 3 Clear— 1, 1^4, \y 2 and 2 in- 
ches thick, 4 to 12 inches wide. Based on 
1x8-12. Rules to apply proportionately on 
narrower and wider stock. Will admit of 
medium torn grain, heavy torn grain in 
two or three places; season checks that do 
not go through; stain covering one-fourth 
of the face of the piece. With any one of 
the above, one of the following or their 
equivalent of combined defects will be al- 
lowed: Four small pitch pockets or their 
equivalent "of larger pockets; one standard 
pitch streak; four small knots; two 1 inch 
knots or their equivalent of pin knots; four 
picaroon holes or other defects. 

103. Rough Clear — 4 inch and wider. 
Must be evenly manufactured, 1 inch, 1% 
inch and iy 2 inch, shall not be more than 
1/16 inch; and 2 inch not more than % inch 
scant in thickness, and must be y± inch 
more than finished size in width. Wane 
and season checks and other defects that 
will dress out in working standard sizes are 
admissible. Rough finish to be graded on 
the best side, but the reverse side must be 
not more than one grade lower. Subject 
to these provisions the rules governing 
dressed Finish shall apply to Rough. When 
like grade on both faces is required spe- 
cial contract must be made. 

FIR STEPPING 

104. No. 2 Clear and Better — 8 to 14 
inch. Defects based on piece 10 inches 
wide and 12 feet long. Shall be well man- 
ufactured. Will allow slight roughness in 
dressing or five close pitch pockets. With 
one of the foregoing defects, may have 
from one to three knots that do not show 
more than 2 inches on riser edge of the face 
side, or flat grain one-fourth of the face 
on the riser edge. 

105. No. 3 Clear — Will admit of medium 
torn grain in two or three places; season 
checks that do not go through; stain cover- 
ing one-fourth of the face of the piece. 
With any one of the above, one of the fol- 
lowing or their equivalent of combined de- 



179 



fects will be allowed; eight small pitch 
pockets or their equivalent of larger pock- 
ets; wane y 2 inch deep on back edge, one 
standard pitch streak, four small knots; 
two 1 inch knots. 

FIR TANK STOCK 

106. Must be water tight the full length 
of the piece, unless it is for cutting stock. 
Small knots, or pitch pockets which do not 
go through the piece, not to be considered 
defects. Edges to be practically clear or 
to contain no defects that will prevent a 
water-tight joint when worked. 

107. Two-inch stock to contain practically 
no sap. 3-inch stock when 12 inches wide, 
to allow 3 inches of sap on both edges of 
face side, not to extend over % of an inch 
through the piece. Can be either vertical 
or flat grain. 

FIR WIND MILL TOWER STOCK 

108. Shall be graded as SeleGt Common. 
Shall be S4S or 'SI SHE, % inch scant each 
way. 

FIR SILO STOCK 

109. No. 2 Clear or Better — Must be 
square edged to form water-tight joint the 
full length of piece. Will admit three 
sound, small knots, or three closed pitch 
pockets, or a combination of said defects. 
Defects to be based on a piece 12 feet long. 
Sap no defect. 

110. Select Common — Must be square 
edged the full length of the piece. Will 
admit any number of sound knots not ex- 
ceeding l 1 ^ inches in diameter, or pitch 
pockets that do not go through the piece. 
Bright sap no defect. 



FIR WAGON BOTTOMS 

111. To be graded the same as No. 2 and 
Better Flat Grain Flooring. See para- 
graph 91. 

FIR LATH 

112. Shall measure three to the inch in 
thickness and shall not be over 1/16 inch 
scant in width or V± inch scant in length 
when green. Shall be clear on face, ex- 
cept a small number of pin worm holes. 
Opposite side may have wane extending not 
over one-third the width and one-eighth the 
length of the piece. Season or sap stain 
shall no* be considered a defect. 



FIR TURNED PORCH COLUMNS 

113. No. 1 Columns to grade 80 per cent 
Clear; the balance of 20 per cent to admit 
of the following slight defects: Three small 
sound knots not over % inch in diameter 
on the smooth part of the turned shaft, or 
en the square, or three tight pitch pockets, 
to be not over 3 inches long, or the equiva- 
lent in both knots and pitch pockets. Bright 
sap shall be no defect. The 5x5 and the 
6x6 shall be bored through with not less 
than 1% inch bit. See paragraph 115. 

114. The 4x4 to be bored through the 
square ends. The Colonial Columns shall 
be bored through with not less than a 2 
inch bit. See paragraph 115. 

115. Boring to be at the option of the 
manufacturer. 

FIR CASING AND BASE 

116. To be graded same as Finish. See 
paragraphs 99 and 100. 

FIR COMMON 

Boards and Shiplap and D. & M. 

117. One Inch Select Common — 4 to 12 
inch. Shall be square edged. Will admit 
sound knots not over 1 inch in diameter in 
4 inch and 6 inch and not over iy 2 inches 
in 8 inch to 12 inch, but located away from 
the edge; medium sized pitch pockets and 
slight stain. But should be of a sound, 
strong character. Hemlock permitted in 
this grade. 

118. Common — Will admit of any two of 
the following, or their equivalent of com- 
bined defects: Wane y 2 inch deep on edge, 
1 inch wide on face, extending not over 
one-sixth of the length of the piece; knots 
not more than one-third of the width of 
the piece in diameter; stain; torn grain; 
pitch streaks; pitch pockets; seasoning 
checks; one straight split not longer than 
the width of the piece or a limited number 
of worm holes well scattered. These boards 
should be firm and sound and suitable for 
use in ordinary construction without waste. 
Hemlock permitted in this grade. 

119. No. 2 Common Boards or. Sheathing — 
Will admit of all stock below the grade of 
Common that is suitable for cheap sheath- 
ing and will allow: Coarse knots; knot 
holes; splits; rotten streaks; rotten sap, 
and any number of grub or pin worm holes. 
Hemlock permitted in this grade. 

FIR FENCING 

120. Common Fencing must be nun 
tured from sound stock; may contain 



180 



knots equal in diameter to not over one- 
third of the width of the piece, or spike 
knots the length of which is not over one- 
half of the width of the piece. May have 
wane V± inch deep on edge; not over 1 inch 
on face and one-fourth the length of the 
piece; torn grain; solid pitch; pitch pock- 
ets; stain, seasoning checks, and a limited 
number of worm holes well scattered. Hem- 
lock permitted in this grade. 

DIMENSION 

121. Common Dimension — Generally 
speaking, this stock must be suitable and 
of sufficient strength for all ordinary con- 
struction purposes without waste. Will 
admit of coarser knots than 1 inch Com- 
mon, which in a 2x4 should not be larger 
than 2 inches. Spike knots not over 2/3 
the width of the piece, wane not over y 2 
inch deep on edges and 1 inch wide on face, 
up to 2x6, and V 2 inch deep on edge and 
iy 2 inch wide on face on 2x8 and wider, 
extending not more than ^4 the length of 
the piece; stain, solid pitch, pitch pockets, 
season checks, one straight split not more 
than the width of the piece, 2 or 3 grub 
worm holes, a limited number of pin worm 
holes and torn grain. Hemlock permitted 
in this grade in 4 and 6 inch widths. 

122. No. 2 Common Dimension — This 
grade must be suitable for use in a cheaper 
class of construction than common. Will 
allow coarse and unsound knots and knot 
holes that do not unfit the piece for use in- 
tended, rotten streaks, pitch seams, pitch 
pockets, a reasonable amount of rotten sap 
and pin worm holes, a few grub worm holes 
well scattered. It is understood that no 
culls or stock that will not work without 
waste will be allowed in this grade. Hem- 
lock- permitted in this grade in 4 and 6 
inch widths. 

123. Select Common — 2x4 to 2x12 and 
3x4 to 4x6 shall be square edged. Will ad- 
mit any quantity sound knots, not over 1 
inch in diameter, or small pitch pockets not 
over 4 inches in length. Sizes larger than 
4x6 will admit sound knots not to exceed 
iy 2 inches in diameter; pitch pockets not to 
exceed 6 inches in length. 

FIR TIMBERS 

124. Common — Rough timbers, 4x4 and 
larger, shall not be more than *4 inch scant 
when green, to allow for variation in saw- 
ing, or y 2 inch scant when S1S1E or S4S, 
and be evenly manufactured from sound 

•* »ck, and must be free from knots that 
materially weaken the piece. 

"Timbers 10x10 in size may have a 



2 inch wane on one corner, or its equivalent 
on two or more corners, one-fourth the 
length of the piece. Other sizes may have 
proportionate defects. Season checks and 
checks extending not over one-eighth the 
length of the piece admissible. 

126. No. 2 Common Timbers — This is a 
grade of timber that will admit of large 
loose or rotten knots, shakes or rot that 
do not impair its utility for temporary 
work. Hemlock and white fir will be al- 
lowed in this grade. 

FIR SHIP DECKING 

127. Decking — Shall be uniformly sawn, 
firm grain and free from knots and defects 
on one face and calking edges. Flat sizes 
shall show edge grain on broad face. Will 
allow pin and small knots on under side 
and lower part of calking edges. Bright 
sap, whether green or seasoned, on face 
side corner not exceeding one-quarter the 
width or one-third the length. 

FIR TURNING SQUARES 

128. No. 2 Clear and Better — May con- 
tain any defects that will dress or turn 
off, and may also contain defects that will 
cover with paint, such as sound knots or . 
hard pitch pockets. If surfaced, size shall 
be reduced ^4 inch for each side dressed. 

FIR PIPE STAVES 

129. Must be water-tight the full length 
of the stave. Small knots or pitch pockets 
that do not go through the piece not to be 
considered defects. Edges must be practi- 
cally clear or to contain no defects that 
will prevent ;a water-tight joint when 
worked. Will admit sap on the inside of 
the stave not extending more than half way 
through the piece. Can be either flat or 
vertical grain. 

FIR FACTORY LUMBER 

130. Factory Plank — Grades as described 
under this head are valued for cutting 
qualities only, and should not be confound- 
ed, either in quality or value, with grades 
outlined for yard purposes. Factory plank 
of all kinds, better than No. 3 Shop, shall 
be graded for the percentage of Door Cut- 
tings that can be obtained. Two grades of 
Door Cuttings only shall be recognized, and 
are to be known as No. 1 and No. 2 Cut- 
tings. The only defect admissible in No. 
1 Door Cuttings is bright sap. The grade 
of No. 2 Door Cuttings will admit of one 
defect only in any one piece. This may be 
a small knot of sound character not to ex- 



181 



ceed % ; inch in diameter, or the defect may 
be slightly stained sap, which does not ex- 
tend over more than half the surface of 
the piece on one side, or one pitch pocket 
not more than 2 inches long and not extend- 
ing through the piece. 

131. Unless otherwise agreed, Fir Fac- 
tory stock shall contain not less than 65% 
of vertical grain stock. 

132. Factory Select and Better— The 
grade of Factory Select and Better shall 
contain 70% and more of No. 1 Door Cut- 

• mg x? in , B e siZ( ; s specified as admissible 
in No. 1 Shop. 

133. No. 1 Shop Common — The sizes and 
grades of cuttings admissible in the grade 
of No. 1 Shop Common are: (1) No 1 
Stiles in width 5 or 6 inches and in length 
from 6 ft. 8 in. to 7 ft. 6 in. (2) No 1 
Rails, 9 or 10 inches wide and from 2 ft 
4 in. to 3 ft. in length. (3) No. 1 Mun- 
tins, 5 inches wide and from 3 ft. 6 in to 

* .A n le ^ tn - ( 4 ) A ny number of pieces 
of either Stiles or Rails mentioned above 
are admissible in the grade of No. 1 Shot) 
Common; but only two Muntins of the sizes 
mentioned above shall be considered, and 
one No. 2 Door stile may also be considered 
in securing the required percentage of cut- 
*??? m . ~? y given P lank - (5) Each plank 
?t rxL Shop Comm on shall contain not less 
than 50% nor more than 70% of door cut- 
tings of the sizes and grades herein men- 
tioned. 

134. No. 2 Shop Common— The sizes ad- 
missible in No. 2 Shop Common are* (1) 
Stiles in width 5 or 6 inches and from 6 ft 

8 m. to 7 ft 6. in. in length. (2) Rails,' 

9 or 10 inches in width and from 2 ft 4 
in to 3 ft. in length. (3) Top rails, 5 inches 
wide and from 3 ft. 4 in. to 3 ft. in 
length. Top rails must, however, be of 
No. 1 Door Cuttings quality, but figured as 
No 2 Door Cuttings. (4) Huntings, 5 inches 
wide and from 3 ft. 6 in. to 4 ft in 
length. (5) Any number of cuttings of 
any one of the above sizes are admissible in 
the grade of No. 2 Shop Common. (6) 
Each plank of No. 2 Shop Common shall 
contain either one of the following: At 
least 25% of No. 1 Door Cuttings, or not 
less than 40% of all No. 2 Door Cuttings or 
not less than 33%% No. 1 and No. 2 Door 
Cuttings combined. 

135. No. 3 Shop Common — One and one- 
fou-rth inches and thicker, will admit all 
below the grade of /No. 2 Shop Common that 
is of a cutting type, and suitable for sash, 
door, or other cuttings. 

136. 1 inch Factory Select— This grade 
shall consist of lumber 5 inches and wider 
not less than 15/16 inch thick in the rough, 

182 



containing more than 70% of clear cuttings 
?L<- tbe B ? e ? <> r (Imariiy used in the manu- 
facture of interior finish. 

irJv? 7, * ^. inc ^ Shop Common— Must be 5 

thi?v S i« n «, Wlder V not ^ ess than 15 / 16 inch 
thick in the rough. Must be of a cutting 

tl PQ t^i 011 ^ 1 ?, not less than 50% nor more 
than 70% of No. 1 or No. 2 clear cuttings 
ordinarily used in the manufacture of inte- 
rior finish Cuttings to be 5 inches and 
wider and 3 feet and longer. 

138 All factory plank shall be graded 
troin the poor side, and in determining the 
percentages of door cuttings, consideration 
must be given to the fact that plank are to 
be ripped full length in such manner as will 
vield the highest grade and largest per- 
centage of door cuttings before cross-cut- 
ting except in such cases where plank will 
yield a higher value by being first cross cut 
tor rails. In such instances as when stock 
is cross cut for rails, where some of the 
stock so obtained is too poor for either No 
1 or No. 2 rails, and yet contains stiles or 
muntins or top rails, which can be ob- 
tained by ripping this cross cut stock, the 
door cuttings so obtained shall be figured in 
when determining percentages. 

FIR CAR MATERIAL 

139. Unless otherwise specified the rules 
governing the grading of Fir Lumber will 
apply. 

140 Special Rules for Grading Car Ma- 
terial— -All stock except Car Sills and Fram- 
ing shall be inspected on the face side to 
determine the grade. Stock surfaced one 
side, the dressed surface shall be consid- 
ered the face side. Stock rough or dressed ' 
two sides, the best side shall be considered I 
the face, but the reverse side of all 'such 
stock shall not be more than one grade 
lower. 

141. Lumber and timber sawed for spe- 
cific purposes must be inspected with a 
view to its adaptability for the use in- 
tended. 

142. All dressed stock shall be measured 
and sold at the full size of rough material 
necessarily used in its manufacture. 

m H S -„ C £? Siding— To be graded the same as 
T. & G. Flooring. 

^ o °% T Roofing— To be graded the same 
as T. & G. Flooring. 

145. Car Lining— This grade particularly 
refers to stock used for inside lining of 
freight cars. Material of this grade should 
be sound common lumber and will admit of 
roughness in dressing, and also may contain 
five pin, three small and one standard knot 



and five pitch pockets in any continuous five 
feet of length of the piece; or any combina- 
tion of tight knots or pitch pockets equivalent 
to those mentioned above. 

146. Standard Car Decking or Flooring — 
Shall be well manufactured from sound live 
timber and shall be free from splits, shake, 
rot, bark or waney edges, and unsound knots, 
or pitch pockets, pitch seams or large knots 
which would unfit the piece for the use in- 
tended. This grade will admit of sap and 
sound knots not to exceed one-third width of 
piece; provided they are not in clusters. 

147. Common Car Sills and Framing — 
Shall be well manufactured from sound live 
timber, sawed full size to sizes ordered and 
free from rot, unsound knots, cross grain, 
bark or waney edges, or shake and will 
admit of sound knots, provided they are not 
in groups, not to exceed one-third width <5f 
piece, pitch pockets or pitch seams that would 
not unfit the piece for the purpose intended. 

118. Select Common Car Stock — Shall be 
graded according to the rules for Select 
Common. 

149. Railroad Ties— Shall be sound com- 
mon lumber. 

FIR BRIDGE STRINGERS 

1'50. Common— Shall be sound common 
lumber, free from large, unsound knots or 
knots in clusters, or other defects that will 
materially unfit the piece for the purpose in- 
tended. 

151. Select Common— Sap shall not show on 
any one corner more than 10% of any side or 
edge measured across the surface anywhere 
along the length of the piece. Shall be free 
from shake, splits or pitch pockets over % 
inches wide or 5 inches long. Knots greater 
than two inches in diameter will not be per- 
mitted within one-fourth of the depth of the 
stringer from any corner nor upon the edge 
of the piece; knots shall in no case exceed 
three inches in diameter. 

SPRUCE 

152. Description— Western Spruce is a soft 
white wood, both odorless and tasteless in 
nature. It takes paint freely, consequently 
has few equals for Bevel Siding, Finish, Sash 
and Door Stock and many other specialties. 

153. General Instructions— Spruce Lumber 
shall be graded and classified according to 
the following rules and specifications as to 
quality and dressed stock shall conform to 
the standard sizes, except where otherwise ex- 
pressly stipulated between buyer and seller. 

154. There being but a limited amount of 



sap wood in Spruce, bright sap in any grade 
shall not be a defect. 

NAMES AND GRADES 

155. Flooring — Clear. A, B. 

156. Ceiling— Clear. A, B. 

157. Partition — Clear. A, B. 

158. Wainscoting— Clear. A, B. 

159. Porch Decking — Clear. A. B. 

160. Bevel Siding — A and Better, B, C. 

161. Finishing — Clear and A; B. 

162. Factory Lumber — Select and Better. 
No. 1 Shop. No. 2 Shop. No. 3 Shop. 1-Inch 
Factory Select. 1-Inch Shop Common. 

163. Moulding Stock — One grade only. 

164. Turning Squares — One grade only. 

165. Car Siding and Roofing — One grade 
only. 

166. Box Lumber— No. 1. No. 2. No. 3. 

SPRUCE FLOORING 

167. Clear— Shall be free from all defects 
on face. 

168. A— Will admit two slight defects in 
dressing or three close pitch pockets not to 
exceed 2 inches each in length. 

169. B — Will admit of slight roughness in 
dressing or four close pitch pockets not to 
exceed 3 inches in length, or two small, sound 
knots, not to exceed y 2 inch in diameter. 

SPRUCE CEILING 

170. Clear — Shall be practically free from 
all face defects. 

171. A — Will admit of two slight dressing 
defects, or close pitch pockets not to exceed 
a combined length of 6 inches. 

172. B — Will admit slight roughness in 
dressing or close pitch pockets not to exceed 
a combined length of 12 inches, two sound 
knots not exceeding y 2 inch in diameter. 

SPRUCE PARTITION 

173. Spruce Partition — i or 6 inch. Shall 
be graded from its poorest side. Grades to 
be the same as Ceiling. 

174. Spruce Wainscoting — Shall be graded 
same as Ceiling. 

175. Spruce Perch Decking — Shall be grad- 
ed same as Flooring. 

SPRUCE BEVEL SIDING 

176. A and Better — Will admit of slight 
defects in dressing, or two close pitch pock- 
ets not over 2 inches in length or other minor 
defects, but each piece shall be suitable for 
use the full length without waste, containing 
no defects that will not cover with paint, 
making a smooth surface. 



X83 



p- 



177. B — Will admit of knots up to ¥ 2 inch 
in diameter, small pitch pockets, roughness 
in dressing or other recognized defects, not 
to exceed four of any of the said defects, or 
their equivalent, in any one piece. 

17S. C — Will admit all Siding below a B 
grade, and may contain any of the recognized 
defects, provided any piece* can be used for 
the purposes intended, with a waste not ex- 
ceeding 15 per cent. 

SPRUCE FINISH 

179. Clear and A — Being the highest grade 
in Spruce Finish, shall be free from serious 
defects, and capable of use for finishing work 
without waste. May be of any width or 
length, and if under 10 inches in width, shall 
be "free from defects. If 10 inches or over, 
will admit slight defects, such as roughness 
in dressing. 

180. B — Will admit of sound knots up to 
1 inch in diameter, roughness in dressing, 
close pitch pockets not over 4 inches long, or 
other proportionate defects. In widths 12 
inches or less there shall not be more than 
four of said defects to any one piece. 

SPRUCE FACTORY LUMBER 

181. Factory Plank— Grades as described 
under this head are valued for cutting quali- 
ties only, and should not be confounded, 
either in quality or value, with grades out- 
lined for yard purposes. Factory plank of all 
kinds, better than No. 3 Shop, shall be grad- 
ed for the percentage of door cuttings that 
can be obtained. 

182. Two grades of door cuttings only shall 
be recognized, and are to be known as No. 1 
and No. 2 cuttings. The only defect admissi- 
ble in No. 1 Door Cuttings is bright sap. The 
grade of No. 2 Door Cuttings will admit of 
one defect only in any one piece. This may 
be a small knot of sound character, not to 
exceed % inch in diameter, or the defect may 
be slightly stained sap, which does not ex- 
tend over more than one-half the surface of 
the piece on one side, or one pitch pocket not 
more than 2 inches long, and not extending 
through the piece. 

1S3. Factory Select and Better — The grade 
of Factory Select and Better shall contain 
70% and more of No. 1 Door Cuttings in the 
sizes specified as admisible in No. 1 Shop 
Common. 

184. No. 1 Shop Common — The sizes and 
grades of cuttings admissible in the grade of 
No. 1 Shop Common are: (1) No. 1 Stiles in 
width 5 or 6 inches and in length from 6 ft. 
S in. to 7 ft. 6 in. (2) No. 1 Rails, 9 or 10 
inches wide and from 2 ft. 4 in. to 3 ft. in 



length. (3) No. 1 Muntins, 5 inches wide 
and from 3 ft. 6 in. to 4 ft. in length. (4) 
Any number of pieces of either stiles or rails 
mentioned above are admissible in the grade 
of No. 1 Shop Common; but only two muntins 
of the sizes mentioned above shall be consid- 
ered, and one No. 2 Door stile may also be 
considered, in securing the required percent- 
age of cuttings in any given plank. (5) Each 
plank of No. 1 Shop Common shall contain 
not less than 50% nor more than 70% of door 
cuttings of the sizes and grades above men- 
tioned. 

185. No. 2 Shop Common — The sizes ad- 
missible in No. 2 Shop Common are: (1) 
Stiles in width 5 or 6 inches, and from 6 ft. 
8 in. to 7 ft. 6 in. in length. (2) Rails 9 or 
10 inches in width and from 2 ft. 4 in. to 3 
ft. in length. (3) Top rails. 5 inches wide and 
from 2 ft. 4 in. to 3 ft. in length. Top rails 
must, however, be of No. 1 Door Cutting qual- 
ity, but figured as No. 2 Door Cuttings. (4) 
Muntins, 5 inches wide and from 3 ft. 6 in. 
to 4 ft. in length. (5) Any number of cut- 
tings of any one of the above sizes are ad- 
missible in the grade of No. 2 Shop Common. 
(6) Each plank of No. 2 Shop Common shall 
contain either one of the following. At least 
25% of No. 1 Door Cuttings, or not less than 
40% of all No. 2 Door Cuttings or not less 
than 33 1-3% No. 1 and No. 2 Door Cuttings 
combined. 

186. No. 3 Shop Common — One and one- 
fourth inches and thicker, will admit all be- 
low the grade of No. 2 Shop Common that is 
of a cutting type, and suitable for sash, door, 
or other cuttings. 

157. 1 inch Factory Select — This grade 
shall consist of lumber 5 inches and wider 
not less than 15/16 inch thick in the rough, 
containing more than 70% of clear cuttings 
of the sizes ordinarily used in the manufac- 
ture of interior finish. 

158. 1 inch Shop Common — Must be 5 
inches and wider, not less than 15/16 inch 
thick in the rough. Must be of a cutting 
type to contain not less than 50% nor more 
than 70% of No. 1 or No. 2 Clear cuttings 
ordinarily used in the manufacture of interior 
finish. Cuttings to be 5 inches and wider 
and 3 feet and longer. 

159. All factory plank shall be graded 
from the poor side, and in determining the 
percentages of door cuttings, consideration 
must be given to the fact that plank are to 
be ripped full length in such manner as will 
yield the highest grade and largest percentage 
of door cuttings before cross cutting, except 
in such cases where plank will yield a higher 
value by being first cross cut for rails. In 
such instances as when stock is cross cut for 
rails, where some of the stock so obtained is 



184 



too poor for either No. 1 or No. 2 rails, and 
yet contains stiles or muntins, or top rails, 
which can be obtained by ripping this cross 
cut stock, the door cuttings so obtained shall 
be figured in when determining percentages. 

SPRUCE MOULDING STOCK 

190. Spruce Moulding Stock — Shall consist 
of lumber 10 to 18 feet in length, suitable 
for ripping moulding strips from 1 inch to 6 
inches wide. May contain defects, such as 
pitch pockets and splits, running lengthwise 
of the piece, or other recognized defects. 
This grade shall contain not less than 60 per 
cent of rippings, running 1 inch and wider, 
10 feet and longer, 25 per cent of which 
should average 3 inches and wider, and 80 per 
cent, to be 12 feet and longer. 

SPRUCE TURNING SQUARES 

101. No. 1 — May contain any defects that 
will dress or turn off; may also contain de- 
fects that will cover with paint, such as 
sound knots, or hard pitch pockets. If sur- 
faced, the size shall be reduced *4 inch for 
each side dressed. 

"B AND BETTER" CAR SIDING AND 
ROOFING 

192. Will admit small, tight pitch pock- 
ets, sound knots up to *£ inch in diameter, or 
slight roughness in dressing which will cover 
with paint, making a smooth surface. 

SPRUCE BOX LUMBER 

193. The value and grade of this lumber 
is determined from its adaptability for the 
manufacture of ordinary packing boxes. Or- 
dinary sizes being defined as boxes not over 
20 inches in length, nor more than 15 inches 
in width. Wide boards, or those of special 
widths, will admit more defects than narrow 
or random widths. It is not intended that 
boxes shall be clear, and defects that do not 
impair the strength or the usefulness of or- 
dinary boxes are not considered, except that 
if the cuttings are of better quality, a smaller 
percentage will be accepted in each grade. 

194. There shall be three recognized grades 
of box lumber, i. e., No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3. 

195. No. 1 — Shall be generally sound, and 
contain from 75 to 90 per cent of cuttings 
suitable for boxes of ordinary size and qual- 
ity, as referred to above. In computing per- 
centages, cuttings of assorted size shall be 
used. Assorted sizes to be defined as pieces 
running in widths from 6 to 12 inches, and 
in lengths from 12 to 20 inches. 



196. No. 2 — Generally similar in character 
to No. 1, containing from 60 to 75 per cent of 
box cuttings. 

197. No. 3 — Shall consist of all lumber be- 
low the grade of No. 2, and shall contain 40 
to 60 per cent of box cuttings. 

SPRUCE LATH 

198. Shall measure three to the inch in 
thickness and shall not be over 1/16 inch 
scant in width or % inch scant in length 
when green. Shall be clean on face, except 
a small number of pin worm holes. Opposite 
side may have wane extending not over one- 
third the width and one-eighth the length of 
the piece. Season or sap stain shall not be 
considered a defect. 

CEDAR 

199. Red Cedar is too well known to re- 
quire a particular description here. The trade 
throughout the United States is acquainted 
with this wood in the form of shingles. ■ 

200. As far as decay is concerned, Red 
Cedar is the most lasting of woods. For this 
reason it is especially adapted for Shingles, 
Siding and all outside finish, as well as for 
many special uses. 

NAMES AND GRADES 

201. Flooring— No. 1 Clear; No. 2 Clear; 
No. 3 Clear. 

202. Ceiling— No. 1 Clear; No. 2 Clear; 
No. 3 Clear. 

203. Corrugated Decking — No. 2 Clear and 
Better. 

204. Bevel Siding— Clear; A; B. 

205. Finish — No. 1 Clear; No. 2 Clear; 
No. 3 Clear. 

206. Cedar Flooring — To be graded the 
same as Fir Flat Grain Flooring. 

207. Cedar- Ceiling — To be graded the same 
as Fir Ceiling. 

RED CEDAR CORRUGATED DECKING 

20S. No. 2 Clear and Better — To be grad- 
ed the same as Fir Ceiling. 

RED CEDAR BEVEL SIDING 

209. Clear, 4 or 6 inch — Must be strictly 
clear, except slight defects on thin edge that 
will cover when laid. 

210. A, 4 or 6 inch— Will admit of slight 
roughness in dressing, sap or other minor 
defects, but each piece shall be suitable for 
use the full length without waste. Contain- 
ing no defects that will not cover with paint, 
making a smooth surface. 



185 



v 



211. B, 4 or 6 inch— Will admit all Siding 
below "A" grade and not impair its utility 
for cheap siding. Defects such as loose 
knots or knot holes that can be cut out at a 
loss of not to exceed 20 per cent of the strip 
will be allowed. 

RED CEDAR FINISH 

212. No. 1 Clear — 4 or 6 inch. Must be 
strictly clear both sides; 8 inch must be 
clear on face side, excepting 1 inch of sap or 
one small knot on reverse side; 10 and 12 
inch must be strictly clear on face side, ex- 
cept 1 inch of sap on face side or two small 
knots on reverse side; 14 inch and wider pro- 
portionately more defects. 

213. No. 2 Clear — 1 to 8 inch. Allows the 
equivalent of 1 inch of sap or two small 
knots; 10 and 12 inch allows equivalent of 2 
inches of sap or four small knots; 14 inch 
and wider allow proportionately more defects. 

WESTERN HEMLOCK 

214. Western Hemlock is a wood well 
adapted to many uses. It is strong, holds 
nails well, and therefore makes good fram- 
ing lumber. It is hard and wears well as 
flooring. It is easily dressed to a smooth 
surface, and takes a fine polish, which, to- 
gether with the beauty of grain and color, 
makes a fine interior finish. The Western 
Hemlock is entirely free from the "wind 
shake" so common in the Hemlock of the 
East. This lumber has been sold in the East 
under various names, such as "Alaska Pine," 
"Columbia Pine," "Gray Fir," "Washington 
Pine," etc., and has given good satisfaction. 

215. In a general way the rules for grad- 
ing Fir and Spruce are applied to Hemlock. 



186 



SAN FRANCISCO PORTLAND, ORE. 

SEATTLE NEW ORLEANS 

W. R. GRACE & CO. 

HANOVER SQUARE, 
NEW YORK 

Pacific Coast Lumber 

Specialties: 

LARGE DIMENSIONS 
LONG LENGTHS 

Red Cedar Shingles and Fir Lath 



Douglas Fir :: Spruce 
Redwood :: Cedar 

GENERAL AGENTS: 

Atlantic and Pacific Steamship Co. 



188 



DOMESTIC LIST NO. 6 



PACIFIC LUMBER INSPECTION BUREAU 

Incorporated 

With which is Consolidated the Oregon and 

Washington Lumber Inspection Bureau, 

Incorporated 



PACIFIC COAST STANDARD RULES 

of 

DOUGLAS FIR, HEMLOCK, SPRUCE, RED 

&&AR AND PORT ORFORD CEDAR, 

LUMBER 

— Delivery F. A. S. at Mills 
For 

Domestic Shipment 



TERMS 



Sixty (60) Days on Approved Credits — or 

Two (2) per cent Discount for Cash 

on F. A. S. price only — in exchange 

for Documents 

Otherwise 

IDiscount pro rata at rate of One per cent 

per Month for unexpired part of Sixty 

(60) Days, dating from Delivery 

at Mill 



ABREVIATIONS. 

!B M Board, i. e., 1" measure 

■8 F Superficial feet, same as B. M. 

EG Edge grain; either vertical or 

within angle of 45° from verti- 
cal 

F G Flat grain; nearly parallel with 

surface. Or other than edge 
grain 

Spf'd G. .. .Specified grain; either flat or 
edge grain, or specified quan- 
tities of each as may be or- 
dered 



D & M Dressed and matched, i. e., sur- 
faced 1 side and T & G edges 

Sized Sized 1 edge 

S 1 E Surfaced 1 edge 

S 1 S Surfaced 1 side 

S 1 S 1 E. .Surfaced 1 side and 1 edge 

S 1 S 2 E . . Surfaced 1 side and 2 edges 

S 2 S Surfaced 2 sides 

S 2 S 1 E . . Surfaced 2 sides and 1 edge 

S 2 S 2 E . . Surfaced 2 sides and 2 edges 

S 4 S . . Surfaced 4 sides 

S 4 S C S.. Surfaced 4 sides and 1/16" calk- 
ing seam on each edge 

A D Air dried; this refers to lumber 

which has been stuck and is 
as dry as weather conditions 
permit 

K D Kiln dried 

G Green 

F A S Free alongside; within reach of 

ship's tackles, not exceeding 
ninety feet from vessel at load- 
ing point 

A S 4 S.... After surfaced 4 sides 



CONDITIONS OF SALE 

First. The conditions printed herein shall 
apply to any and all quotations or con- 
tracts or sales made upon or under this 
price list, or where prices are provided for 
according to this list, and the prices pub- 
lished herein are not separate from the 
conditions of sale, unless otherwise express- 
ly agreed, but are issued and published sub- 
ject thereto only. A contract or sale or 
quotation, providing for prices according to 
this list, shall, therefore, carry with it all 
the provisions of this list, unless otherwise 
expressly agreed, as the prices are pub- 
lished under that condition only. 

Second. Prices named are in U. S. gold 
coin. 

Third. Rates in the following schedule 
apply to standard assortments, consisting 
of not less than six (6) listed sizes in at 
least two (2) listed groups of contiguous 
random lengths. Random lengths are all 
lengths in each group, mill run. Odd 
lengths at shipper's option. Any reference 
to lengths other than random lengths, as 
listed herein, shall be construed to mean 
specified lengths. 

Fourth. The seller shall not (unless he 
has previously been furnished with a specifi- 
cation) be bound to supply without special 
arrangement, or as provided in the various 
foot-notes in this schedule: 

Sizes and grades not listed 

Special lengths in any group 

Excessive quantities of any one dimen- 
sion or of special or long lengths or 
wide widths 



189 



^ 



Large quantities of grades, other than 
No. 1 Common. 

Fifth. All dimensions are sold subject to 
any natural shrinkage, whether "green," 
partially or wholly seasoned. 

Sixth. The quantity, quality and grade 
shall be determined at loading mill accord- 
ing to the Domestic Grading Rules of the 
West Coast Lumber Manufacturers' Associa- 
tion, Inc., as set forth herein, by the tally 
and inspection of a regularly approved in- 
spector licensed by the Pacific Lumber In- 
spection Bureau, Inc., who, on completion 
of the loading, shall furnish a certificate of 
said Bureau, sworn to before a Notary 
Public, and countersigned by one of the su- 
pervisors of said Bureau, certifying to the 
quantity, character and condition of the ship- 
ment at time of delivery to carrier. Such 
certificate shall be furnished by the manu- 
facturer, one-half the cost of inspection and 
tally to be charged to the buyer. 

Seventh. The certificate mentioned in the 
foregoing paragraph shall be final and ac- 
cepted as proof of the character and con- 
dition of the cargo at port of shipment. 

Eighth. When a quotation is given (with- 
out the specification of assortment being 
known to seller), the price quoted shall 
apply only to such sizes, lengths and grades 
in this schedule as take the rate of $20 
per 1,000 feet B. M., and as to other sizes, 
lengths and grades- is subject to the same 
variations from said $20 as appear in this 
schedule. 

When a quotation is requested for an 
average price, on a specification known to 
a seller, the price quoted shall apply as an 
average rate per 1,000 feet B. M. on the 
entire assortment of lumber. 

Ninth. Delivery: Unless otherwise ar- 
ranged and agreed upon between buyer and 
seller, delivery will be made to ship at 
safe port (to be named by seller or his 
agent) within reach of ship's tackles, ac- 
cording to custom, within ninety (90) feet 
of vessel, at the average rate of 50 M. 
feet B. M'., or its equivalent, per working 
day. The act of God, arrest and restraint 
of Governments and people, civil commo- 
tions, floods* fires, strikes, lockouts, acci- 
dents to mills and/or docks and/or wharves, 
and any other hindrances beyond the con- 
trol of seller or his agents, always excepted. 

Tenth. Marking: The cost of marking 
lumber when required by buyer to be at 
buyer's expense. 

Eleventh. The seller, at his option, may 
include in his shipments, up to 15% of 
Hemlock in sizes 1x2 to 4x12, inclusive, in 
common grades, to be graded and priced 
under the same rules and prices as apply 
to Fir, the grade and quantity of Hemlock 
to be shown on the certificate of inspection. 



NOTES TO INSPECTORS 

All fractions of a foot in length will J 
measured as of contents of the next Ion** 
even length. 

All lumber sawn less than one i^T* f 
thickness shall be measured as of one in. I* 
i. e., surface measure. 

All rough lumber, one inch and over L 
thickness, shall be measured at board mesf 
ure contents. 

All worked or surfaced lumber shall I 
measured at the board measure contet k 
before working. 

Stock shall be worked as follows as I 
thickness: 

1 inch surfaced one side to 13/16" 
1 inch surfaced two sides to %" 
Over 1 inch to 4 inches, inclusive, M" 
Over 4 inches, W off , 

Stock shall be worked as follows V& * \ 
widths : 

6 inches and under, %" off 
Over 6 inches y 2 " off 
Tongued and grooved, surfaced one sid: 
green or seasoned, will be worked accqr . 
ing to official patterns for worked sizes if 
eluded in this list. 

In "Kiln Dried" or "Air Dried" stocf 
bright sap is not considered a defect, e ,: 
cept as hereinafter provided. 

When an inspector receives instructioi! 
to grade a shipment according to any ru 
contained in this list he will grade strict. | 
according to the rule specified, unless s; • 
cial instructions are shown, by contraef 
between buyer and seller. Such speci. 
grading to be noted on certificate of li 
spection. 

Enumerated defects permissible in anl 
grade are intended to be descriptive of tt 
coarsest piece such grade may contain. 

All lumber shall be graded from the besi 
side except Factory Lumber. 

All dimensions are sold subject to an! 
natural shrinkage, whether green, partialli 
or wholly seasoned. As it is a well know 
fact that all lumber does not shrink alike 
therefore when seasoned lumber is shipped 
especially so in the grade of Clears, it will 
at the time of loading, be considered'i'b; 
the Supervisor and Inspector whethetf i 
will work to the dry standard in its^Hj 
in accordance with the official patterns fo. 
worked sizes, included in this list. 

RECOGNIZED DEFECTS ^. 

Are Knots, Knot holes, Splits, Sal 
Wane, Rot, Rotten streaks, Worm j] 
Pitch seams, Pitch pockets, Solid ] 
Chipped grain, Torn grain, Loosened &-\ 
Black sap and Heart stain. 



190 



KNOTS 

•Shall be classified as Pin, Small, Standard 
md Large as to size; Round and Spike as 
to form; and Sound, Loose, Encased, Pith 
and Rotten as to quality. 

A Pin knot is sound and not over y 2 inch 
in diameter. 

A Small knot is sound and not over 1 
nch in diameter. 

A Standard knot is sound and not over 
iy 2 inches in diameter. 

A Large knot is sound, and any size over 
.y 2 inches in diameter. 

A Round knot may be oval or circular in 
orm, and the mean or average diameter 
hall be considered in applying these rules. 
A Spike knot is one sawn in a length- 
vase direction. 
A Sound knot is one solid across its face, 
s hard as the wood it is in, and so fixed 
y growth or position tbat it will retain its 
lace in the piece. 
A Loose knot is one not held firmly in 
lace by growth or position. 
An Encased knot is one surrounded wholly 
r in part by bark or pitch. 
A Pith knot is a small sound knot with 
pith hole not more than *4 inch in the 
mter. 

PITCH 

Pitch seams or Pitch shakes are well de- 
led openings between the grain of wood 
•retaining more or less pitch; either granu- 
ted or liquid. 

PITCH POCKETS 

A Pitch pocket is a well defined accumu- 
I tion of pitch at any place in the piece. 

A large pitch pocket is one y 8 inch and 
1 er in open width and over 8 inches in 
I igth. 

A medium pitch pocket is one % inch in 

en width, over 4 inches but not over S 

mes in length. 

A. small pitch pocket is one less than y s 

)h in open width, and not exceeding 4 

;hes- in length. 

1 pitch pocket showing open on both 

es of the piece y 8 inch or more in width 
11 be considered the equivalent of a knot 



GRAIN 

•ipped grain consists of a part of the 

.ce being chipped or broken out in 

• ' particles below the surface, but shall 

e classed as torn grain. 

u grain consists of a part of the wood 

torn out in dressing, usually around 

or curly places. 



Loosened grain consists of the point of 
one grain being torn loose from the next 
grain, noticeable on the heart side of a 
piece. 

Firm grain consists of solid wood be- 
tween the annular rings, or with the an- 
nular rings close together. 

Edge grain shall be so graded when It 
shows grain on edge for one-half of width. 

SAP 

Colored, blue or black. 

Bright sap shall not be considered a de- 
fect, in any of the grades, except as spe- 
cially provided for in the following rules. 

SUNDRIES 

Slight variations in sawing shall not be 
considered a defect when not rendering the 
piece unfitted for ordinary use. 

Imperfect manufacture in dressed stock, 
such as Chipped grain, Torn grain, Loosened 
grain, Broken knots, Mismatching, or In- 
sufficient tongue or groove will reduce the 
grade, according to whether such defects 
are slight or serious in their effect upon 
the use of the piece. 

Equivalent, in the application of these 
rules, means that the defects allowed, 
whether specified or not, are understood to 
be equivalent in damaging effect to those 
specially mentioned. 

The grades of all regular stock shall be 
determined by the number, character and 
position of defects visible in any pie<*e. 

FIR GRADING RULES 

Hemlock shall be graded under these 
rules when sold or shipped under paragraph 
No. 11, conditions of sale. 

Green Rough Clears 

No. 1 Flooring Strips must be firm, edge 
grain stock, sound and well sawn. Will 
allow bright sap green or seasoned one- 
quarter the width and one-half the length, 
otherwise must be free from defects on 
one face and two face corners. Angle of 
strain not more than 45 degrees from verti- 
cal. 

No. 2 Flooring Strips must be edge and/or 
flat grain, sound and well sawn. Will al- 
low bright sap on one-half the width of 
face or from one to three small, close pitch 
pockets, each not to exceed 2 inches in 
length, that do not extend through the 
piece, or from one to three tight pin knots 
when not appearing on face corners, or 
their equivalent of combined defects. Based 
on 16-foot lengths. 



191 



Ceiling: and Rustic Stock 

No. 2 Clear and Better shall be sound 
and well sawn, edge and/or flat grain stock 
admissible. Will allow bright sap when 
not exceeding one- third width or length, 
three close pitch pockets, each not more 
than 2 Inches in length, three tight pin 
knots if not appearing on face corners, or 
their equivalent of combined defects. Based 
on 16-foot lengths. 

Finish Stock 

No. 2 Clear and Better shall be sound 
and well sawn, edge and/or flat grain stock 
admissible. Will allow bright sap when not 
exceeding one-quarter the width, thickness 
or length; in addition one of the following 
shall be permitted: three tight pin knots, 
one tight small knot, three to four small, 
close pitch pockets that do not extend 
through the piece, each not more than 2 
inches in length, or their equivalent of 
combined defects. Rules to apply propor- 
tionately on narrower and wider stock. 
Based on 1x12 16-feet. 

Edge Grain Clears in width 10 inches and 
wider must be of sound, firm grain, well 
sawn and shall show edge grain on face 
for at least one-half of width. Will allow 
bright sap one-quarter the width and length, 
otherwise must be free from defects on one 
face and two face corners. 

Flat Grain Clears must be of sound, firm 
grain, well sawn. Will allow bright sap 
one-quarter the width and length, otherwise 
must be free from recognized defects on 
one face and two face corners. 

Other Clears shall be sound, firm grained 
lumber, well sawn. 

Will Allow 

In dimensions two inches and less in 
thickness, of contents 24 inches or less to 
the linear foot; narrow pitch pockets not 
over 4 inches long, when not extending 
through the piece and small knots when 
appearing on one side only. Small amount 
of bright sap when not exceeding one- 
quarter the width or length. 

In dimensions 3 to 6 inches thick, 6 to 
10 inches wide; narrow pitch pockets not 
over 6 inches long,, that do not extend 
through the piece and on one side or edge. 

Light colored sap not exceeding one-quar- 
ter face or edge or one-half the length. 

Knots not exceeding 1 inch in diameter 
when on one side and lower half of edges. 

In dimensions larger than above: 

Pitch pockets not over 6 inches long. 

Light colored sap on corners not exceed- 
ing 3 inches on face and edge. 



Knots 2 inches and less in diameter, ac j 
cording to size of piece, when on one f ac< , 
and one-half of each corresponding edge . f 
leaving one face and upper half of eacl ■' 
edge clear. 

No. 3 Clear 

Flooring, Ceiling, Rustic and Finish Stool 
shall be sound, strong lumber, well manu < 
factured. 

Will Allow 

Three tight, sound 1-inch knots or equiva < 
lent of smaller knots, if not appearing oi 
face corners. 

Eight small pitch pockets or four medi 
um pitch pockets, each not over 6 inches ir! 
length, or equivalent of combined defects, , 

Other Sizes in this grade will allow: 

In sizes under 6x6: 

Small, sound knots, small or medium pitcl 
pockets if not over 6 inches in length. 

In sizes 6x6 and over: 

Small and Standard knots varying accord 
ing to size of piece, medium and small 
pitch pockets. 

Defects in all cases to be considered ir 
connection with size of piece and its gen 
eral quality. 



p 



Selected Common 

This is a grade selected from the grade 
of No. 1 Common, and shall consist oi 
lumber free from defects that materially 
impair the strength of the piece, well 
manufactured and suitable for high class 
constructional and structural purposes oi 
the purpose for which it is intended, in- 
cluding bridge timbers, floor joists, ship 
timbers, factories and warehouses, designed 
to carry heavy loads, etc. 

No. 1 Common 

This grade shall consist of lengths 8 feet 
and over (except shorter lengths be or- 
dered) of a quality suitable for ordinary 
constructional purposes. Will allow small 
amount of wane, large sound knots, large 
pitch pockets, colored sap one-third the 
width and one-half the thickness, slight 
variation in sawing and slight streak of 
solid heart stain. 

Defects to be considered in connection ;, 
with the size of the piece. 

Discoloration through exposure to the ele-^ 
ments or season checks not exceeding in b: 
length one-half the width of the piece shall j 
not be deemed a defect excluding lumber \: 
from this grade, if otherwise conforming 
to the grade of No. 1 Common, 



192 



No. 2 Common 

This grade shall consist of lumber 6 feet 
and over (except shorter lengths be or- 
dered) having defects that prevent it being 
graded as No. 1 Common, but must be suit- 
able for a cheaper class of construction 
than the preceding grade. 

Will admit large coarse knots, knot holes 
and splits that do not render the piece 
unfit for use; colored sap, or wane on cor- 
ner leaving a fair nailing surface, worm, 
holes, large pitch pockets and solid heart 
stain one-half the piece. 

No. 3 Common 

This grade will admit all stock below the 
?rade of No. 2 Common, such as shakes, 
arge coarse knots, rotten knots, knot holes, 
splits, excessive mouldy sap stock, heart 
stain in any amount, streak of white 
specked heart stain or scattered small rot- 
:en spots, sap rot and worm holes. 

This grade shall be either Fir, White 
?ir, Hemlock or Spruce or a combination 
)f all at seller's option. 

No. 1 Ship Plank 

Including Outboard Planking, Garboards, 
;Vales, Clamps, Rails and lumber for simi- 
ar purposes, shall be firm grain, free from 
arge knots or other defects impairing its 
ise. for the purposes intended. 

Will allow small, tight, hard knots when 
iot on face corners or calking seam. Bright 
ap on face side edges not exceeding one- 
uarter the width or thickness. Small pitch 
, lockets not extending through the piece, 
'.aid defects to be considered in connec- 
ion with size of piece and its quality 
therwise. Must be well sawn. 

No. 2 Ship Plank 

This grade shall include material not 
uited for grading as No. 1, but shall con- 
orm generally to the grade of "Selected 
'ommon." Must be well sawn. 

Decking 

Shall be uniformly sawn, firm grain and 
ree from knots and defects on one face 
nd calking edges. Flat sizes shall show 
dge grain on broad face. Will allow pin 
nd small knots on under side and lower 
art of calking edges. Bright sap, whether 
reen or seasoned, on face side corner not 
xceeding one-quarter the width or one- 
hird the length. 



CAR SIDING AND ROOFING 

Master Car Builders' Rules 

No. 2 Clear and Better Edge Grain 

Material of this grade shall be well 
manufactured with angle of grain not less 
than forty-five degrees. This stock shall be 
kiln-dried and practically free from all 
defects, but will admit of bright sap on 
the face; not exceeding three small close 
pitch pockets not over 2 inches long, one 
pin knot, slight roughness in dressing, but 
not a serious combination of these defects. 

No. 2 Clear and Better Flat Grain 

Material of this grade shall be well 
manufactured. The stock shall be kiln-dried 
and practically free from all defects, but 
will admit of bright sap on the face; not 
exceeding three small close pitch pockets 
not over 2 inches long, one pin knot, slight 
roughness in dressing, but not a serious 
combination of these defects. 

No. 3 Clear 

Material of this grade should be sound 
common lumber and will admit of rough- 
ness in dressing, bright sap, and also may 
contain five pin, three % inch knots and 
one standard knot and five pitch pockets in 
any continuous 5 feet of length of the 
piece; or any combination of tight knots or 
pitch pockets equivalent to those men- 
tioned above. This grade particularly, re- 
fers to stock used for inside lining of 
freight cars. 



FACTORY LUMBER 

Grades as described under this head are 
valued for cutting up qualities only and 
should not be confounded either in quality 
or value with grades outlined for yard 
purposes. 

Factory Lumber of all kinds shall be 
graded for the percentage of clear cuttings 
obtainable. 

Select and Better 

Shall consist of lumber containing 80 per 
cent or more of clear cuttings of sizes 
ordinarily used in the manufacture of doors. 

No. 1 Shop Common 

Shall consist of 8-inch and wider, except- 
ing that 6-inch pieces containing one or 
more Stiles are admitted. This grade shall 



193 



contain not less than 50 per cent and up 
to 80 per cent of clear cuttings ordinarily 
used in the manufacture of doors. 

No. 2 Shop Common 

Shall be of the same width as No. 1 
Shop Common and shall contain not less 
than 25 per cent or more than 50 per cent 
of clear cuttings ordinarily used in the 
manufacture of doors. 

No. 3 Shop Common 

Will admit all below the grade of No. 2 
Shop Common that is of a cutting type and 
suitable for sash, door and other cuttings. 

One-inch Factory Select 

Shall consist of lumber 5 inches and wider 
not less than 15/16 inch thick in the rough, 
containing not less than SO per cent of clear 
cuttings of the size ordinarily used in the 
manufacture of Interior Finish. 

Inch Shop Common 

There shall be but one grade of inch Shop 
Common. Each piece must contain not less 
than 50 per cent of clear cuttings 5 inches 
and wider, 3 feet and longer. 



FLOORING 

Fir Flooring No. 1 Edge Grain, shall be 
free from all defects on face and two face 
corners, except bright sap, green or sea- 
soned, one-quarter the width and half the 
length; must be well manufactured. Angle 
of grain not more than 45 degrees from 
vertical. 

Fir Flooring No. 2. Shall be well manu- 
factured, both edge and/or fiat grain. Will 
admit of slight roughness in dressing, 
bright sap, green or seasoned, one-half the 
width of face. One of the following is 
also permitted with one of the above two 
defects: Three close pitch pockets, each 
not over 2 inches in length, that do not 
extend through the piece; three tight, 
smooth knots, each not more than % inch 
in diameter. Based on 16-foot lengths. 

Fir Flooring No. 3. This grade shall con- 
form generally to the grade of "Selected 
Common. ' ' 



STEPPING 



Stepping No. 1. Shall be graded from 
best side and show edge grain on face to I ets not to exceed 4 inches each in lengtb 

194 



extent of not less than one-half of widO 
and be generally free from defects on on* 
face and one face corner. Must be wel 
manufactured and may contain bright saj 
one-quarter the width; in absence of sap, i 
piece may contain small, close pitch pock 
ets, each not over 2 inches long, one sucl 
for each 4 linear feet. In absence of botl 
of the above defects a piece may contain i 
defect 4 feet or more from the end, thai 
will cut out with a loss of not more thar 
2y 2 inches in its length. 

Stepping No. 2. Must be well manufac- 
tured and shall show edge grain on face 
to extent of not less than one-half of width. 
Will admit of slight roughness in dressing, 
bright sap one- third the width, or small, 
close pitch pockets, or tight pin knots, oi 
their equivalent of combined defects. The 
riser edge may have knots and/or pitch 
pockets and/or sap or combined defects, ii 
such defects do not show more than 1% 
inches on face of piece. In absence of the 
above defects a piece may contain two de- 
fects that will cut out with a loss of not 
more than 4 inches in the length of piece. 
Such cuttings must be 4 feet or longer and 
have one face and two face corners free 
from defects. 

Stepping No. 3. This grade shall be re- 
gardless of grain and conform generally tc 
the grade of "Selected Common." 

RUSTIC 

No. 2 Clear and Better. Shall be wel] 
manufactured, either edge and/or flat grain. 
Will allow slight roughness in dressing, 
three tight, smooth pin knots or four tight 
pitch pockets, or their equivalent of com- 
bined defects. Based on 1x6 — 16 feet 

No. 3 Clear. Will admit roughness in 
dressing, three or four tight, smooth, small 
knots or six small, close pitch pockets or 
their equivalent of combined defects. Based 
on 1x6—16 feet. 

CEILING 

No. 2 Clear and Better. Shall be well 
manufactured, either edge and/or flat grain. 
Will admit slight roughness in dressing. 
With the above either of the following will 
be permitted: Three close pitch pockets, 
each not to exceed 2 inches in length; three 
tight, smooth pin knots, if not appearang 
on face corners, or their equivalent of com- 
bined defects. Based on 16-foot lengths. 

No. 3 Clear. Edge and/or flat grain. 
Will admit roughness in dressing. 4-inch 
stock admits of not to exceed four tight 
knots % inch in diameter or two knots 1 
inch in diameter, or three open pitch pock- 



or the same number of tight pitch pockets, 
or their equivalent of combined defects. 
Based on 1x4 — 16 feet. 

CROSS ARM STOCK 

Must "be sound, straight grained lumber, 
well sawn. Will allow small close pitch 
pockets that do nut extend through the 
piece and sound, tight pin knots if well 
scattered; must be suitable for the purpose 
intended. 

MINING TIMBER 

No. 1. This grade shall consist of lumber 
free from serious shakes, splits or rot. 
Will allow variations in sawing, sap stain, 
solid heart stain extending over not more 
than half of piece, large knots, a few well 
scattered worm holes, and wane 3 inches 
on one corner or its equivalent on two or 
more corners. Will admit 159c Hemlock. 

No. 2 shall conform generally to the 
grade of No. 3 Common. 

RAILROAD TIES 

No. 1 Ties must be cut square, free from 
stain, rot, large shakes and large knots 
where the rails lie. Will allow wane on 
one corner that does not reduce face width 
more than 1 inch, slight variation in saw- 
ing. 

No. 2 Ties must be free from rot. Will 
allow defects such as shakes, that do not 
render the piece unfit for Tie purposes, 
knots, solid heart stain, wane on one cor- 
ner that does not reduce face width more 
than 2 inches or its equivalent on two 
:»r more corners, variation in sawing or 
?uch other defects as would exclude it from 
grading No. 1. 

CAR STAKES 

Fir and/or Hemlock 3x4. 4x4, 4x5 and 
*x0 must be suitable for such purposes. 
Will allow slight variation in sawing, pitch 
pockets, knots that do not seriously impair 
:he strength of the piece, solid heart stain. 
flight wane on one or more corners. 

LATH 

" Three thicknesses to one inch. 

Will allow sap stain, slight wane, a few 
.vorin holes and/or pin knots. Hemlock, 
>pruce and Fir allowed. 

PICKETS 

1x3 inches x 4 feet or longer. No. 1 
vill allow variation in size of ^ inch in 



b at 


east 


3*;" 

9%" 
11%" 
13%" 

15%" 


in 


width 



thickness and % inch in width, pitch pock- 
ets and two sound hard knots not over 1 
inch in diameter. 

Xo. 2. Will allow variation in size of % 
inch in thickness and 14 inch in width. 
sap stain, pitch pockets, slight wane on 
one corner, two sound knots not to exceed 
l 1 ^ inch in diameter or two 1-inch knots 
and two pin knots. 

WIDTHS OF SEASONED ROUGH FINISH 
STOCK AT TIME OF SHIPMENT. 



4" must measure at 

5" 

6" 

S" 
10" 
12" 
14" 
16" 



SPRUCE 

Description: Western Spruce is a soft 
white wood, both odorless and tasteless in 
nature. It takes paint freely, consequent- 
ly has few equals for Bevel Siding, Finish, 
Sash and Door Stock and many other spe- 
cialties. 

General Instructions: Spruce Lumber 

shall be graded and classified according to 
the following rules and specifications as to 
quality, and dressed stock shall conform 
to the table of standard sizes, except 
where otherwise expressly stipulated be- 
tween buyer and seller. 

There being but a limited amount of sap 
wood in Spruce, bright sap in any grade 
shall not be a defect. 

Shipments of Rough Clear lumber by 
cargo shall include the usual percentage of 
Selects accumulating in manufacture. 

NAMES AND GRADES 

Flooring: Clear. "A." 

Ceiling: Clear. "A." 

Partition: Clear. "A. 

Wainscoting: Clear. 

Porch Decking: Clear. 

Bevel Siding: Clear. 

Finishing: First and 
Third Clear, Select. 

Factory Lumber: Select and Better. Xo. 
1 Shop. No. 2 Shop. Inch Shop. 

Moulding Stock: One grade only. 

Turning Squares: One grade only. 

Car Siding and Roofing: One grade only. 

Box Lumber: No. 1. No. 2. No. 3. 



•B." 




"B." 




'• ~B." 




•A." 'B 


" 


"A." ' 


'B." 


A." "B." 


"C." 


Second 


Clear. 



195 



FLOORING 

Clear shall be free from all defects on 
face. 

"A" will admit two slight defects in 
dressing or three close pitch pockets not 
to exceed 2 inches each in length. 

"B" will admit of slight roughness in 
dressing or four close pitch pockets not to 
exceed 3 inches each in length, or two 
small round knots, not to exceed % inch in 
diameter. 

CEILING 

Clear shall be practically free from all 
face defects. 

"A" will admit of two slight dressing 
defects, or close pitch pockets not to ex- 
ceed a combined length of 6 inches. 

"B" will admit slight roughness in 
dressing or close pitch pockets not to ex- 
ceed a combined length of 12 inches, two 
sound knots - not exceeding y 2 inch in di- 
ameter. 

PARTITION 

Shall be graded same as Ceiling, on one 
face side, with reverse side not more than 
one grade lower. 

WAINSCOTING 

Shall be graded same as Ceiling. 

PORCH DECKING 

Shall be graded same as Flooring. 

BEVEL SIDING 

Clear shall be practically free from de- 
fects; will admit of very slight defects on 
thin edge, which will cover -when laid. 

"A" will admit of slight defects in 
dressing, or two close pitch pockets not over 
2 inches each in length or other minor de- 
fects, but each piece shall be suitable for 
use the full length without waste, contain- 
ing no defects that will not cover with 
paint, making a smooth surface. 

"B" will admit of knots up to y 2 inch 
in diameter, small pitch pockets, rough- 
ness in dressing or other recognized de- 
fects, not to exceed four of any of the 
said defects, or their equivalent, in any 
one piece. 

"C" will admit all Siding- below a "B" 
grade, and may contain any of the recog- 
nized defects, provided any piece can be 
used for the purposes intended, with a 
waste not exceeding 15 per cent. 



FINISH 

First and Second Clear, being the high i 

est grade in Spruce Finish, shall be fret f 

from serious defects, and capable of ust t 
for finishing work without waste. 

May be of any width or length, and il ° 
under 10 inches in width, shall be free 
from defects. If 10 inches or over, will )(i 
admit slight defects, such as roughness iE I 
dressing. 

Third Clear will admit of sound knots v 
not over % inch in diameter, slight rough- • 
ness in dressing, small close pitch pockets, 
or other minor defects. In widths under 
12 inches there shall not be more than 
three of said defects to any one piece. 



Select will admit of sound knots up to j 

1 inch in diameter, roughness in dressing, . 

close pitch pockets not over 4 inches long, . 

or other proportionate defects. In widths j 
12 inches or less there shall not be more 
than four of said defects to any one piece. 



FACTORY LUMBER 

Grades as described under this head are 
valued . for cutting up qualities only and 
should 'not be confounded either in quality 
or value with grades outlined for yard 
purposes. 

Factory Lumber of all kinds shall be 
graded for the percentage of clear door 
cuttings obtainable. 

Factory Lumber shall be 8 inches and 
wider, and 8 to 20 feet long. 

Select and Better: This grade shall 
consist of all lumber containing more than 
80 per cent of clear cuttings of the sizes 
ordinarily used in the manufacture of 
doors. 

No. 1 Shop shall be 8 inches and wider, 
excepting that 6 inch pieces containing 
one or more stiles are admissible. 

This grade shall contain not less than 50 
per cent, nor more than 80 per cent, of 
Clear Cuttings of the sizes ordinarily used 
in the manufacture of doors. 

No. 2 Shop shall be of the same widths 
as No. 1, and shall contain not less than 
25 per cent, nor more than 50 per cent, of 
Clear Cuttings of the sizes ordinarily 
used in the manufacture of doors. 

Inch Shop Common: There shall be but 
one grade of Inch Shop Common. Each 
piece must contain not less than 50 per 
cent, of cuttings 6 inches and wider, 3 
feet and longer. 



196 



MOULDING STOCK 

Shall consist of lumber 10 to 18 feet in 
length, suitable for ripping moulding strips 
from 1 inch to 6 inches wide. May con- 
tain defects, such as pitch pockets and 
splits, running lengthwise of the piece, or 
other recognized defects. 
♦ This grade shall contain not less than 
60 per cent, of rippings, running 1 inch 
and wider, 10 feet and longer, 25 per cent, 
of which should average 3 inches and 
wider, and 80 per cent, to be 12 feet and 
longer. 

TURNING SQUARES 

No. 1 may contain any defects that will 
dress or turn off; may also contain de- 
fects that will cover with paint, such as 
sound knots, or hard pitch pockets, etc If 
surfaced, the size shall be reduced % inch 
for each side dressed. 

B AND BETTER CAR SIDING AND 
ROOFING 

Will admit small tight pitch pockets, 
sound knots up to y 2 inch in diameter, or 
slight roughness in dressing which will 
cover with paint, making a smooth sur- 
face. 

BOX LUMBER 

The value and grade of this lumber is 
determined from its adaptability for the 
manufacture of ordinary packing boxes. 
Ordinary sizes being defined as boxes not 
over 20 inches in length, nor more than 15 
inches in width. Wide beards, or those of 
special widths, will admit more defects 
than narrow or random widths. It is not 
intended that boxes shall be clear, and de- 
fects that do not impair the strength or 
the usefulness of ordinary boxes are not 
considered, except that if the cuttings are 
of better quality, a smaller percentage will 
be accepted in each grade. 

There shall be three recognized grades 
of box lumber, i. e., No. 1, No. 2, and 
No. 3. 

No. 1 shall be generally sound, and con- 
tain from 75 to 90 per cent, of cuttings 
suitable for boxes of ordinary size and 
quality, as referred to above. In comput- 
ing percentages, cuttings of assorted sizes 
shall be used. Assorted sizes to be defined 
as pieces running in widths from 6 to 12 
inches, and in lengths 12 to 20 inches. 

No. 2: Generally similar in character 
to No. 1, containing from 60 to 75 per 
cent, of box cuttings. 



No. 3 shall consist of all lumber below 
the grade of No. 2, and shall contain 40 to 
60 per cent, of box cuttings. 

Specified Widths: Whenever Spruce Box 
Lumber is ordered of specific width, then 
the cuttings used in computing percent- 
ages shall be of the same widths as the 
lumber ordered. In this case the percent- 
age of each grade shall be 15% less; that 
is, No. 1 Box shall contain 60% or more 
of cuttings; No. 2 Box shall contain 45% 
to 60% and No. 3 shall contain 26% to 
4o%. 

PORT 0RF0RD CEDAR 

The wood is almost white, having a yel- 
lowish tinge with a very slight trace of 
red. It is rather hard, straight, even 
grained, tough, decidedly odorous and ex- 
tremely durable. In addition, it works 
similarly to the finest white pine and does 
not lose its shape after manufacture. 

For sash and door stock, row boat lumber 
and similar uses where a light, strong, 
durable and easily worked wood is desired, 
this cedar is second to none. Its straight 
grain and the facility with which it is 
worked gives this wood a high place 
among those used for match and pattern 
making. Because of the aroma exuded 
from the wood it is highly desired for use 
in the manufacture of moth-proof chests 
and drawers, and for this purpose is pre- 
ferred to Western red cedar. 

NO. 1 AND 2 CLEAR 

One inch and thicker is sold both grades 
combined. Should contain at least 25 per 
cent. No. 1 Clear; balance No. 2 Clear. 

NO. 1 CLEAR 

Eight inches and wider, 10 feet and 
longer. 

Free of all defects on face side, except 
will allow 10 per cent, bright sap. 

NO. 2 CLEAR 

Eight inches and wider, 10 feet and 
longer. 

Free of all defects on face side, except 
will allow 25 per cent, bright sap or oil 
streak, occasional sound knots not exceed- 
ing y 2 inch diameter. Will allow one such 
defect to eight linear feet on 12 inches 
wide and under. Wider widths proportion- 
ately. 

Example No. 2 Clear: Pieces lxS to 12 
inches, 16 feet. Is perfect on one side, ex- 



197 



cept may contain 25 per cent, bright sap 
or cil streak, and two sound knots % inch 
in diameter. 

Pieces 13 to 18 inches, 16 feet, may con- 
tain 25 per cent, bright sap or oil streak, 
one knot IY2 inches in diameter or two 
knots % inch diameter. 

Pieces 20 inches or wider may contain 
three knots 1% inches in diameter or six 
% inch or twelve y 2 inch knots. 

NO. 3 CLEAR OR FACTORY C 

Eight inches and wider. 

This grade is intended for special work 
where large cuttings are required and 
should cut not less than 70 per cent, or 
more than 85 per cent, of No. 1 Door 
Cuts. 

NO. 1 AND 2 CLEAR STRIPS 

1x3, 1x4 and 1x6 wide, 10 feet and 
longer, to be graded for Siding, Flooring, 
Ceiling and Finish. Will allow any amount 
of bright sap; other defects to be consid- 
ered the same as in 8 inch and wider. 

SELECTS 

l\3 to 1x12, 10 feet and longer. 

This is a grade of one face finishing 
lumber and will admit of several small 
defects; two or three knots from % inch 
to 1%. inches in diameter, small amount 
of wane, sticker stain or stained sap on 
one side of piece. 

Example No. 1: Piece 1x3 or 1x4, 10 
feet and longer, will allow any amount of 
bright sap on face or stained sap on back. 

Example No. 2: Piece 1x6 to 1x12, 10 
feet and longer, bright or slightly dis- 
colored sap on one or two sides or occa- 
sional small sound knots that do not de- 
tract from appearance of piece. 

SHOP COMMON 

The sizes and grades of cuttings ad- 
missible in the grades of No. 1 and No. 2 
Shop Common are as follows: 

1% inches and thicker; 6 inches and 
wider, No. 1 and No. 2 Shop. 

Factory lumber of all grades shall be 
graded from poor side for the percentage 
of door cuttings that may be obtained. 

Two grades of door cuttings only shall 
be recognized and are to be known as No. 
1 and No. 2 Cuttings. 

No. 1 Cuttings to be free from all de- 
fects except white sap. 

No. 2 Cuttings will admit of one defect 
in each piece, i. e., one sound knot % inch 



in diameter, or slightly stained sap or oil 
streak on one side extending over not to 
exceed one-half of the piece. 

Sizes: No. 1 Stiles, 5 and 6 inches wide 
by 6 feet 8 inches to 7 feet 6 inches. 

No. 1 Rails, 9 and 10 inches wide by 2 
feet 4 inches to 3 feet. 

No. 1 Muntins, 5^4 inches wide by 3 fee*t 
6 inches to 4 feet. 

NO. 1 SHOP 

Any number of pieces of either Stiles or 
Rails are admissible in the grade of No. 1 
Shop, but only 2 Muntins shall be consid- 
ered; 1 No. 2 Door Stile may also be in- 
cluded in securing the required percentage 
of cuttings. Each piece of lumber shall 
contain not less than 50 per cent, or more 
than 70 per cent, of the sizes and grades 
above mentioned. 

NO. 2 SHOP 

Each piece of lumber must contain: 25 
per cent. No. 1 Door Cuttings, or 40 per 
cent. No. 1 and No. 2 Door Cuttings, or 
50 per cent. No. 2 Door Cuttings. 

Example: Piece 6 inches wide, 16 feet 
long: 1 No. 2 Stile or 2 No. 2 Rails, or 1 
No. 2 Rail and 2 No. 2 Muntins. 

Piece 12 inches wide, 16 feet long: 1 No 
1 Stile and 1 No. 2 Muntin; 1 No. 2 
Stile and 2 No. 1 Rails; 2 ' No. 1 Rails 
and 2 No. 2 Muntins; 2 No. 2 Stiles and 
1 No. 2 Rail; 3 No. 2 Rails and 1 No. 2 
Muntin. 

DRESSING 

Four inches and wider, 10 feet and 
longer. 

This grade shall contain any number of 
small pin knots or lesser number of knots 
y 2 inch in diameter well scattered through- 
out piece. Sap, bright or stained, no 
defect. 

SHELVING 

Thirteen inches and wider, 10 feet and 
longer. 

This grade shall contain one or two clear 
edges excepting sap; otherwise the same as 
dressing grade. 

COFFIN BOX 

Thirteen inches and wider, 8 feet and 
longer. 

Coarse sound knotted common. 



198 



^ 



SHOP COMMON 

1x6 and wider. 

Cuttings shall be 10 inches wide or 
wider, 22 inches long or longer, or 6 inches 
wide or wider and 3 feet long or longer. 
Each piece to contain 50 per cent, or more 
of cuttings described. 

COMMON LUMBER 

The characteristics of Common Lumber, 
as distinguished from Finishing Lumber, 
consist of a general coarseness of appear- 
ance caused by various defects and com- 
binations of defects in a greater or less 
degree, according to the grade. 

No. I Common Boards and Strips include 
all sound, small tight-knotted stock and a 
small amount of stained sap, knots vary- 
ing in size from y 2 to lV^ inches. 

No. 2 Common Boards and Strips are 
subject to same general inspection as No. 
1, except that coarser and larger knots, 
and more stained sap are allowed. "V" 
and coarse firm limb knots also admissible 
in this grade. 

No. 3 Common Boards and Strips include 
large, loose or unsound knots, an occa- 
sional knot hole, some shake, some red rot 
and any amount of blue sap. A serious 
combination of these defects in any one 
piece is not admissible. 

THICK COMMON LUMBER 

General Rule: Common lumber, 1^4 
inches and thicker, shall be graded the 
same as 1-inch lumber. 

TANK STOCK 

Tank Stock shall be of dimension sizes, 
square edged, practically free from wane 
and having any quantity of sound, water- 
tight knots. White sap is no defect. 

WHARF PLANKING 

Two inches, 3 inches and 4 inches thick, 
6 inches and wider, 8 feet long and long- 
er, should have one sound face. Will allow 
knots and other defects same as are in- 
cluded in No. 2 Common Boards. 

RED CEDAR 

Red Cedar is too well known to require 

a particular description here. The trade 

throughout the United States is acquainted 

with this wood in the form of shingles. 

As far as decay is concerned, Red Cedar 
is the most lasting of woods. For this 
reason it is especially adapted for Shin- 



gles, Siding and all outside finish, as well 
as for many special uses. 



NAMES AND GRADES 



No. 



Flooring. No. 1 Clear. 
No. 3 Clear. 

Ceiling. No. 1 Clear. 
3 Clear. 

Corrugated Decking. 
Better. 

Bevel Siding. Clear. "A. 

Finishing. No. 1 Clear. 
No. 3 Clear. 



No. 2 Clear. 



2 Clear. 
No. 2 Clear 



No. 

and 



No. 2 Clear. 



FLOORING 



To be graded 
Grain Flooring. 



the same as Fir Slash 



CEILING 

To be graded the same as Fir Ceiling. 

CORRUGATED DECKING 



To be graded 



No. 2 Clear and Better, 
the same as Fir Ceiling. 

BEVEL SIDING 



Clear 4 or 6-inch. Must be strictly 
clear, except slight defects on thin edge 
that will cover when laid. 

"A," 4 or 6-inch. Will admit of slight 
roughness in dressing, sap or other minor 
defects, but each piece shall be suitable 
for use the full length without waste. 
Containing no defects that will not cover 
with paint, making a smooth surface. 

"B," 4 or 6-inch. Will admit all Siding 
below "A" grade and not impair its utility 
for cheap siding. Defects such as loose 
knots or knot holes that can be cut out at 
a loss of not to exceed 20 per cent, of the 
strip will be allowed. 

FINISHING 

No. 1 Clear. 4 or 6-inch. Must be 
strictly clear both sides; 8-inch must be 
clear on face side, excepting 1 inch of sap 
or one small knot on reverse side; 10 and 
12-inch must be strictly clear on face side, 
except 1 inch of sap on face side or two 
small knots on reverse side; 14 inch and 
wider proportionately more defects. 

No. 2 Clear. 4 to 8-inch. Allows the 
equivalent of 1 inch of sap or two small 
knots; 10 and 12-inch allow equivalent of 
2 inches of sap or four small knots; 14 
inch and wider allows proportionately more 
defects. 



199 



RED CEDAR SHINGLES 

Perfection-18". Variation of 1", under 
or over, in length, allowed in 10 per cent. 
Random widths, but not narrower than 3". 
When dry 20 courses to measure not less 
than 8%". To be well manufactured. 97 
per cent, to be clear, remaining 3 per 
cent, admits slight defects 16" or. over 
from butt. 

Puget A-18". Random widths, but not 
narrower than 2". When dry, 20 courses 
to measure not less than 8%". Admits 
feather tips and 16" shingles resulting 
from shims, and other defects 8" or over 
from butt. 

Eureka-18". Variation of 1", under or 
over, in length allowed in 10 per cent. 
Random widths, but not narrower than 3". 
When dry, 25 courses to measure hot less 
than 9%". To be well manufactured. 90 
per cent, to be clear, remaining 10 per 
cent, admits slight defects 14" or over 
from butt. 

Skagit A-18". Random widths, but not 
narrower than 2". When dry, 25 courses 
to measure not less than 9^". Will ad- 
mit feather tips, and 16" shingles result- 
ing from shims, and other defects 8" or 
over from butt. 

Extra Clear-16". Variation of 1", under 
or over, in length, allowed in 10 per cent. 
Random widths, but not narrower than 
2*4". When dry, 25 courses to measure 
not less than 9%". To be well manufac- 
tured, 90 per cent, to be clear, remaining 
10 per cent, admits slight defects 12" or 
over from butt. 

Choice A-16". Random Widths, but not 
narrower than 2". When dry, 25 courses 
to measure not less than 9". Admits wane 
and 12" shingles resulting from shims, and 
other defects 6" or over from butt. 

Extra *A*-16". Variations of 1", under 
or over, in length, allowed in 10 per cent. 
Random widths, but not narrower than 2". 
When dry, 25 courses to measure not less 
than 7%". To be well manufactured. 80 
per cent, to be clear, remaining 20 per 
cent, admits defects 10" or over from 
butt. If not to exceed 2 per cent, (in the 
20 per cent, allowing defects 10" from 
butt) shows defects closer than 10", the 
shingles shall be considered up to grade. 

Standard A-16". Random widths, but 
not narrower than 2". When dry, 25 
courses to measure not less than 7%". Ad- 
mits wane and 12" shingles resulting from 
shims, and other defects 6" or over from 
butt. 



PACKING 

All shingles to be packed in regulation 
frame 20" in width. 

Openings shall not average more than 
1W to the course. 

Perfection and Puget A shall be packed 
20-20 courses to the bunch, 5 bunches 
the M. 

Eureka, Skagit A, Extra Clear, Choice A, 
Extra *A*, Standard A (Dimension shin- 
gles excepted), shall be packed 25-2 
courses to the bunch, 4 bunches to the M. 

Dimension shingles (5") shall be packed 
24-24 courses to the bunch, 4 bunches to 
the M. 

The character "M" indicates the multi- 
ple or unit by which Red Cedar Shingles 
are bought and sold. 

Every bunch shall be branded with full 
name of the grade as stated in these rules. 

Color of wood and ' sound sap shall not 
be considered defects. 

Percentage, when specified in these rules, 
applies in a general way to the total 
amount of shingles of like grade in a car. 



200 



PACIFIC LUMBER 

INSPECTION BUREAU 

Incorporated 



STANDARD GRADING RULES, ETC 

of 

DOUGLAS FIR LUMBER 

List for 

Export Shipment 

CONDITIONS OF SALE 



In any offer, bargain or sale made on the 
basis of this list the following conditions 
are understood and accepted by both parties 
as forming a part of the contract between 
buyer and seller: 

1. The rates in the following schedule 
shall apply to ordinary assortments usually 
shipped to foreign markets, i. e., consisting 
of fair average quantities of sizes in all 
usual lengths. Random lengths are all 
lengths in each group, mill run. Odd 
lengths at shipper's option. 

2. The seller shall not (unless ■ he has 
previously been furnished with a specifica- 
tion) be bound to supply without special 
arrangement, or as provided in the various 
foot notes in this schedule: 

Sizes and grades not listed. 

Special lengths in any group. 

Excessive quantities of any one dimension 
or of special or long lengths or wide widths. 

Large quantities of grades, other than 
merchantable. 

3. All dimensions are sold subject to any 
natural shrinkage, whether "green," par- 
tially or wholly seasoned. 

4. The quantity, quality and grade shall 
be determined at loading mill according to 
the Grading Rules of the Export Branch of 
the West Coast Lumber Manufacturers' As- 
sociation, as set forth herein by the survey 
and inspection of a regularly approved in- 
spector licensed by the Pacific Lumber In- 
spection Bureau, Inc., who, on completion 
of the loading, shall furnish a certificate of 
said Bureau, sworn to before a Notary Pub- 
lic, and countersigned by one of the super- 
visors of said Bureau, certifying to the 
quantity, character and condition of the 
shipment. Such certificate shall be fur- 
nished by the loading mill. 



5. The certificate mentioned in the fore- 
going paragraph shall be accepted as proof 
of the character and condition of the cargo 
at port of shipment and shall relieve the 
shipping mill from any responsibility for 
impairment of condition or otherwise occur- 
ring in transit, although the cargo is shipped 
"unseasoned," unless otherwise provided by 
special contract. 

6. When a quotation is given (without 
the specification of assortment being known 
to seller), the price quoted shall apply only 
to such sizes, lengths and grades in this 
schedule as take the rate of $20 per 1000 
feet B. M., and as to other sizes, lengths 
and grades is subject to the same varia- 
tions from said $20 as appear in this 
schedule. 

When a quotation is requested, for an all 
L-ound price, on a specification known to a 
seller, the price quoted shall apply as an 
average rate per 1000 feet B. M. on the 
entire assortment of lumber. Prices named 
are all in U. S. Gold Dollars. 

When a C. I. F. price is given, it is 
understood that the cargo will be insured 
under ordinary San Francisco or English 
form of policy, as buyer may prefer, for 
invoice amount, less freight and 10 per 
cent, added. Rate of exchange to be taken 
at $4.80. 

7. When more than two separate parcels 
are required in any one vesfcel, each and 
every parcel shall be charged extra per 1000 
feet, as follows: 

Any number of parcels, none of 
which are of lesser quantity 
than 300,000 feet No charge 

Two parcels, one of which is 
over 300,000 feet, and the 
other of any quantity under 
300,000 feet No charge 

Three parcels or more: — ■ 

Every parcel over 300,000 feet. No charge 
Every parcel 201 M 

to 300 M 20c per M ft. B.M. 

Every parcel 101 M 

to 200 M 40c per M ft. B.M. 

Every parcel 100 M 
and iess 80c per M ft. B.M. 

8. Delivery: Unless otherwise arranged 
and agreed upon between buyer and seller, 
delivery will be made to ship at usual safe 
port (to be named by seller or his agent) 
within reach of ship's tackles, according to 
custom, at the average rate of 50 M feet 
B. M., or its equivalent, per working day. 
The act of God, arrest and restraint of 
Governments and people, civil commotions, 
floods, fire, strikes, lockouts, accidents to' 
mills and, or docks and, or wharves, and 
any other hindrances beyond the control 
of seller or his agents, always excepted. 



201 



9. Prices in this schedule are based on 
delivery to sailing vessels. Delivery to 
steamers subject to special negotiations at 
time of sale. 

10. Marking: The cost of marking lum- 
ber when required by buyer to be at buy- 
er's expense. 



GRADING 

NOTES TO INSPECTORS 

Sale Measure 

All fractions of a foot in length shall be 
measured as of the contents of one foot. 

All lumber sawn less than one inch in 
thickness shall be measured as of one inch, 
i. e., surface measure. 

All rough lumber, one inch and over in 
thickness, shall be measured at board meas- 
ure contents. 

All worked or surfaced lumber shall be 
measured at the board measure contents be- 
fore working. 

Sizes 4 inches and under in thickness and 
6 inches and under in width will be worked 
%-inch less for each side or edge surfaced. 

Sizes over 4 inches in thickness and 6 
inches and over in width will be worked 
^4-inch less for each side or edge surfaced. 

In sizes 4 inches and under in thickness 
and over 6 inches in width each side will 
be surfaced %-inch less and each edge 
^4-inch less. 

Tongued and Grooved, surfaced one side, 
will be worked: 

3/16-inch less in thickness; 

%-inch. narrower on face. 

In "Kiln Dried" or "Air Dried" stock, 
bright sap is not to be considered a defect. 

All dimensions are sold subject to any 
natural shrinkage, whether green/ partially 
or wholly seasoned. As it is a well known 
fact that all lumber does not shrink alike, 
therefore, where seasoned lumber is shipped, 
especially so in the grades of Clears and 
Selects, it will, at the time of loading, be 
considered by the Supervisor and Inspector 
whether it will work to the dry standards 
in its size in accordance with the official 
chart for worked sizes, included in this list. 



RULES 
CLEARS 



Edge Grain Clears, in widths 10 inches 
and wider, shall show edge grain on face 
for at least % of width, and otherwise free 
from defects on one face and two edges. 



Other Clears shall he sound lumber well 
sawn, one side and two edges, free from I 
knots and other defects impairing its use 1 
for the probable purpose intended. 

Will Allow 

In dimensions two inches and less in j 
thickness of contents, 24 inches or less to 
the linear foot. 

Narrow pitch pockets not over 4 inches 
long, when not extended through the piece 
and small knots when appearing on one 
side only. . I 

Small amount of light colored sap when 
not exceeding y 8 the width or ^4 the length. I 

In dimensions 3 to 6 inches thick, 6 to 
10 inches wide. 

Narrow pitch pockets not over 6 inches 
long on one side or edge. 

Light colored sap not exceeding ^ face 
or edge or ^ the length. - 

Knots not exceeding 1 inch in diameter 
when on one side and lower half of edges. 

In dimensions larger than above. 

Pitch pockets when not extending through 
the piece. 

Light colored sap on corners not exceeding 
3 inches on face and edge. 

Knots 2 inches and less in diameter, ac- 
cording to size of piece, when on one face 
and y 2 of each corresponding edge, leaving 
one face and upper half of each edge clear. 

SELECTS 

Shall he sound, strong lumber, well sawn. 

Will Allow 

In sizes 6x6 and less, knots not to ex- 
ceed 1 inch in diameter; sap on corners *4 
the width and ^ the thickness; small pitch 
pockets when not exceding 6 inches in 
length. 

In sizes over 6x6, knots not to exceed 2 
inches in diameter, varying according to 
the size of the piece; sap on corner not to 
exceed 2 inches on both face and edge; 
pitch pockets not to exceed 6 inches in 
length. 

Defects in all cases to be considered in 
connection with the size of the piece and its 
general quality. 

MERCHANTABLE 

This grade shall consist of sound, strong 
lumber, free from shakes, large, loose or 
rotten knots and defects that materially 
impair its strength; well manufactured and 
suitable for good substantial constructional 
purposes. 



202 



Will Allow 

Slight variations in sawing, sound knots, 
pitch pockets and sap on corners, 1-3 the 
width and y 2 the thickness or its equiva- 
lent. Defects in all cases to be considered 
in connection with the size of the piece and 
its general quality. In timber 10x10 inches 
and over sap shall not be considered a de- 
fect. Discoloration through exposure to ele- 
ments, other than black sap, shall not be 
deemed a defect excluding lumber from this 
grade, if otherwise conforming to Merchant- 
able grade. 

COMMON 

This grade shall consist of lumber having 
knots, sap and other defects which exclude 
it from grading as Merchantable, but of a 
quality suitable for rough kinds of work. 

SHIP PLANK 

Including Outboard Planking, Garboards, 
Wales, Clamps, Rails and lumber for simi- 
lar purposes, shall be close grained lumber, 
free from large knots or other defects im- 
pairing its use for the purposes required. 

Will Allow 

Sap on edges not exceeding y± the face 
and 1-3 the length. 

Sound hard knots not exceeding l 1 /^ inches 
in diameter when not on corners or calking 
portion of edges. 

Pitch pockets if narrow and not extend- 
ing through the piece. 

DECK PLANK 

Shall be uniformly sawn, olose graiued 
and free from knots and defects on one 
face and calking edges. Flat sizes shall 
show edge grain on broad face. 

Will Allow 

Sap on corners of upper side not exceed- 
ing *4 face width or 1-3 length. 

Sound hard knots not exceeding 1 inch in 
diameter on lower side and lower half of 
calking edge. 

FLOORING 

Fir Flooring No. 1. Edge Grain, shall be 
free from all defects and well manufac- 
tured. Angle of grain not more than 45 
degrees from vertical. 

Fir Flooring No. 1. Flat Grain, shall be 
well manufactured and free from all defects 



except occasional slight , roughness in dress- 
ing. 

Fir Flooring No. 2. Shall be well manu- 
factured, both edge and flat grain. Will 
admit of slight roughness in dressing, 
bright sap one-half of the width of the 
face. One of the following is also permit- 
ted with one of above two defects: three 
close pitch pockets not to exceed 2 inches 
in length; three tight smooth knots each 
not more than % of an inch in diameter. 
Based on 16-foot lengths. 

Fir Flooring No. 3. This grade shall con- 
sist of lengths 6 feet and up regardless of 
grain and conform generally to grade of 
Merchantable. Imperfect edges shall not be 
considered a defect in this grade. 

CEILING 

Fir Ceiling No. 1. Shall conform to the 
grade of No. 1 Flat Grain Flooring. 

STEPPING NO. 1 

This grade shall show edge grain on face 
to extent of not less than y 2 of width and 
be free from defects on face and edges, 
and shall conform generally to grade of 
"Clears." 

STEPPING NO. 2 

This grade shall show edge grain on face 
to extent of not less than y 2 - of its width 
and conform generally to grade of "Selects." 

RUSTIC 

Rustic No. 1. Shall conform to the grade 
of No. 1 Flat Grain Flooring. 

Rustic No. 2. Shall conform to the grade 
of No. 2 Flooring. 

MINING TIMBER 

This grade shall consist of sound lumber 
free from bad shakes, splits, rot and rotten 
knots. Will allow slight variations in saw- 
ing, moderate wane and sap. 

RAILROAD TIES 

Ties must be cut square, free from stain, 
rot and large shakes and large knots where 
the rails lie. Will allow moderate wane 
and slight variations in sawing. Sap al- 
lowed. 

PICKETS 

Pickets 1x3 in.— 4 ft.— 4 ft. 6 in.— 5 ft. 
Will allow variations in size of % of an 
inch in thickness and % of an inch in 



203 



width. Sap, pitch pockets and two sound 
hard knots not over 1 inch in diameter 
allowed. 

STAVES 

No. 1 Staves 1x3 in. x 4 ft. Sawn full 
size clear. If seasoned will allow % of an 
inch scant in width. 

No. 2 Staves 1x3 in. x 4 ft. Will allow 
variations in size of y 8 of an inch in thick- 
ness and "Ys of an inch in width. Sap and 
two sound hard knots not over % of an inch 
in diameter allowed. 

LATH 

Lath, three thicknesses to one inch. Will 
allow sap. 



204 



^ 



STANDARD PATTERNS 







■J 


& 


■V 


t 








k* 


V 






f<^ 






iw 






1 




g 




= >» 


o 


-Jf 


*- ^ — > 


-11 


<o 




\u 


*TS 






*) 












c 






* 






1 




U 


t 




& 


^ 




s£| 


-«• 


♦ 






k/+|+J* 


; 


" 


i r 


s? 


r#° 




t 


m 




d 


^ 




z 




j ~* v 


o 




< _ As: ' 




-1 


-*e 






lO 




\s> 


-§ 




*: 


T. 






■s 






c 






*: 






^ r 




1 




:^ 




3t 




5 * =<i 






^1 


rsfsl 







H&43M& 












i 


t 








v 5 








+ 


** 






c 




\£> 


? 




z 


0. 

1 




8 


1 

'4 


«— y — > 


y 


»o 




u- 


■s 




5+ 

>< 


"S 




-i* 


c 




__ 


af 






I 








| 




B *f 






> 




; si* * 


f 




*-sH 


fef^i 







= M 




+. 


J 




r 


z 4 








tf 




z: 


4 


*— = ^ ••— » 




u 




k- 


-s 




v> 


£ 




X 


2 




VP 


j 






1 ■ 






^ 




"* 




-rff- 




* 









*-*i"f$\& 


I 


) ' 


i 








S 


i 






t 


! 

- 10 






V 

£ 


) 


4 \£ h 


1 


i 

"C 

-5 




"v3 














if 


I 




** 


V 




■#f£ 


t 



205 



STANDAED PATTERNS 






•'y-ft 



m 






jj 



-#-tefi» 





^-y- 




a 


; 


i 








¥ 


i 




2 


•A 


*-s* — - 


i 


c 




to 


-z 




^ 


} 




I 


+ 






** 




I- a*- 


$ 


® 


~r 





5 S i s «* = i 




^ 


UI 


» 


>? 






<0 






c 




£ 


§ 




z 


u 




o 


J 


- — # — ► 


id 


1 




* 


-* 
d 




s 


-5 






c 






1 








-y-fefe 


t 









«-£- 


*-£» 






'1 

** 






t 












CO 






c 













'« 2 




u 


*> <? 




H 


f 1 




O 




*-sr-4 


2> 


&3 




d 


V c 




z: 




s* "* 


1 

r 


-i 




*s-l 


-*-> 






\ 


















^ 








^ j 


1 


' 














<>* 


** 





STANDARD PATTERNS 



M? 






\xj- ii\ 



5 5 



Y v 



♦.y-hs" 



206 



:$ f 



ifr 



XT 



c c 



o tf 



«0 



"5 



-3? 



g 

> 

x 



f 



STANDARD PATTERNS 




C 

8 



£\* 



^-5 



af 



**ui 



I 

p* 



00 



*4 



8TA.VDABD PATTERNS 



j+r 






i i 



i- 









I* 1 



$6* 



¥ft 



4*£ 









** 



207 




f$ 



T~£l 






r 



V 
V 






•£:- 



iO 

"S 



c d 



JJ 








z 



w 






sffirtS 



-i 



208 








j^ -*> 






IS) Or 

i r 


>9 

is 

1*" 


r 


1 




4 


* 




z 


- 


> 


-4 

w 


* ill 

< T 


j 
I 


i 
> 

j 

* 


■t *« 

■4 ? 




S 


c ci 






x a: 






J, ~^ 




i_ 


i! 


% 


w 




Prom Bulletin No. 10 

U. S. Dept. of Agriculture 

Division of Forestry 

LIST OF THE MORE IMPORTANT WOODS 
OF THE UNITED STATES 

(Arranged alphabetically.) 

A.— CONIFEROUS WOODS 

Woods of simple and uniform structure, 
generally light, soft but stiff; abundant in 
suitable dimensions and forming by far the 
greatest part of all the lumber used. 

Cedar 

Light, soft, stiff, not strong, of fine tex- 
ture, sap and heartwood distinct, the former 
lighter, the latter a dull, grayish brown or 
red. The wood seasons rapidly, shuinks and 
checks but little, and is very durable. Used 
like soft pine, but owing to its great dur- 
bility preferred for shingles, etc. Small sizes 
used for posts, ties, etc. Cedars usually oc- 
cur scattered, but they form, in certain lo- 
calities, forests of considerable extent. 

a. White cedars. — Heartwood a light gray- 
ish brown. 

1. White cedar (Thuya occidentalis) (Ar- 
borvitae) : Scattered along streams and 
lakes, frequently covering extensive swamps; 
rarely large enough for lumber, but com- 
monly used for posts, ties, etc. Maine to 
Minnesota and northward. 

2. Canoe cedar (Thuya gigantea) (red 
cedar of the West) : In Oregon and Washing- 
ton a very large tree, covering extensive 
swamps; in the mountains much smaller, 
skirting the water courses an important 
lumber tree. Washington to northern Cali- 
fornia and eastward to Montana. 

3. White cedar (Chamgecyparis thyoides) : 
Medium-sized tree, wood very light and soft. 
Along the coast from Maine to Mississippi. 

4. White cedar (Chamgecyparis lawsoni- 
ana) (Port Orford cedar, Oregon cedar, Law- 
son's cypress, ginger pine) : A very large 
tree, extensively cut for lumber; heavier and 
stronger than the preceding. Along the coast 
line of Oregon. 

5. White cedar (Libocedrus decurrens) (in- 
cense cedar) : A large tree, abundantly scat- 
tered among pine and fir; wood fine grained. 
Cascades and Sierra Nevada of Oregon and 
California. 

b. Red cedars. — Heartwood red. 



6. Red cedar (Juniperus virginiana) (Sa- 
vin juniper) : Similar to white cedar, but | 
of somewhat finer texture. Used in cabinet- » 
work in cooperage, for veneers, and especially I 
for lead pencils, for which purpose alone 
several million feet are cut each year. A J 
small to medium sized tree scattered through 
the forests, or, in the West, sparsely cover- 
ing extensive areas (cedar brakes). The red 
cedar is the most widely distributed conifer 
of the United States, occurring from the 
Atlantic to the Pacific and from Florida to 
Minnesota, but attains a suitable size for 
lumber only in the Southern, and more es- 
pecially the Gulf, States. 

7. Redwood (Sequoia sempervirens) : Wood 
in its quality and uses like white cedar; the 
narrow sapwood whitish; the heartwood light 
red, soon turning to brownish red when ex- 
posed. A very large tree, limited to the 
coast ranges of California, and forming con- 
siderable forests, which are rapidly being 
converted into lumber. 

Cypress 

8. Cypress (Taxodium distichum) (bald cy- 
press; black, white and red cypress): Wood 
in appearance, quality, and uses similar to 
white cedar. "Black cypress" and "white 
cypress" are heavy and light forms of the 
same species. The cypress is a large decid- 
uous tree, occupying much of the swamp and 
overflow land along the coast and rivers of 
the Southern States. 

Fir 

This name is frequently applied to wood 
and to trees which are not fir, most commonly 
to spruce, but also, especially in English 
markets, to pine. It resembles spruce, but is 
easily distinguished from it, as well as from 
pine and larch, by the absence of resin ducts. 
Quality, uses, and habits similar to spruce. 

9. Balsam fir (Abies balsamea) : A me- 
dium-sized tree scattered throughout the 
northern pineries; cut, in lumber operations 
whenever of sufficient size, and sold with 
pine or spruce. Minnesota to Maine and 
northward. 

10. White fir (Abies grandis and Abies 
concolor) : Medium to very large sized tree, 
forming an important part of most of the 
Western mountain forests, and furnishing 
much of the lumber of the respective regions. 
The former occurs from Vancouver to cen- 
tral California apd eastward to Montana; the 
latter from Oregon to Arizona and eastward 
to Colorado and New Mexico. 

11. White fir (Abies amabilis) : Good- 
sized tree, often forming extensive mountain 
forests. Cascade Mountains of Washington 
and Oregon. 



210 



S^ 



12. Red fir (Abies nobilis) (not to be con- 
founded with Douglas fir; see No. 37): Large 
to very large tree, forming with A. amabilis 
extensive forests on the slope of the moun- 
tains between 3,000 and 4,000 feet elevation. 
Cascade Mountains of Oregon. 

13. Red fir (Abies magnifica) : Very large 
tree, forming forests about the base of 
Mount Shasta. Sierra Nevada of California, 
from Mount Shasta southward. 

Hemlock 

Light to medium weight, soft, stiff but 
brittle, commonly crossgrained, rough and 
splintery: sapwood and heartwood not well 
defined; the wood of a light, reddish-gray 
color, free from resin ducts, moderately dur- 
able, shrinks and warps considerably, wears 
rough, retains nails firmly. Used principally 
for dimension stuff and timbers. Hemlocks 
are medium to large sized trees, commonly 
scattered among broad-leaved trees and coni- 
fers, but often forming forests of almost 
pure growth. 

14. Hemlock (Tsuga canadensis) : Medium- 
sized tree, furnishes almost all the hemlock 
of the Eastern market. Maine to Wisconsin; 
also following the Alleghanies southward to 
Georgia and Alabama. 

15. Hemlock (Tsuga mertensiana) : Large- 
sized tree, wood claimed to be heavier and 
harder than the Eastern form and of su- 
perior quality. Washington to California and 
eastward to Montana. 

Larch or Tamarack 

Wood like the best of hard pine, both in 
appearance, quality, and uses, and owing to 
its great durability, somewhat preferred in 
shipbuilding, for telegraph poles, and railroad 
ties. In its structure it resembles spruce. 
The larches are deciduous trees, occasionally 
covering considerable areas, but usually scat- 
tered among other conifers. 

16. Tamarack (Larix americana) (Hack- 
matack) : Medium-sized tree, often covering 
swamps, in which case it is smaller and of 
poor quality. Maine to Minnesota, and south- 
ward to Pennsylvania. 

17. Tamarack (L. occidentalis) : Large- 
sized trees, scattered, locally abundant. 
Washington and Oregon to Montana. 

Pine 

Very variable, very light and soft in 
"soft" pine, such as white pine; of medium 
weight to heavy and quite hard in "hard" 
pine, of which longleaf or Georgia pine is 
the extreme form. Usually it is stiff, quite 
strong, of even texture, and more or less 
resinous. The sapwood is yellowish white; 



211 



the heartwood, orange brown. Pine shrinks 
moderately, seasons rapidly and without 
much injury; it works easily; is never too 
hard to nail (unlike oak or hickory) ; it is 
mostly quite durable, and if well seasoned 
is not subject to the attacks of boring in- 
sects. The heavier the wood, the darker, 
stronger and harder it is, and the more it 
shrinks and checks. Pine is used more ex- 
tensively than any other kind of wood. It 
is the principal wood in common carpentry, 
as well as in all heavy construction, bridges, 
trestles, etc. It is also used in almost every 
other wood industry, for spars, masts, planks, 
and timbers in shipbuilding, in car and 
wagon construction, in cooperage, for crates 
and boxes, in furniture work, for toys and 
patterns, railway ties, water pipes, excelsior, 
etc. Pines are usually large trees with few 
branches, the straight, cylindrical, useful 
stem forming by far the greatest part of the 
tree; they occur gregariously, forming vast 
forests, a fact which greatly facilitates their 
exploitation. Of the many special terms 
applied to pine as lumber, denoting some- 
times differences in quality, the following 
deserve attention: 

"White pine," "pumpkin pine," "soft 
pine," in the Eastern markets refer to the 
wood of the white pine (Pinus strobus), and 
on the Pacific Coast to that of the sugar 
pine (Pinus lambertiana). 

"Yellow pine" is applied in the trade to 
all the Southern lumber pines; in the North- 
east it is also applied to the pitch pine (P. 
rigida) ; in the West it refers mostly to bull 
pine (P. ponderosa). 

"Yellow longleaf pine," "Georgia pine," 
chiefly used in advertisement, refers to long- 
leaf pine (P. palustris). 

"Hard pine" is a common term in car- 
pentry, and applies to everything except 
white pine. 

"Pitch pine" includes all Southern pines 
and also the true pitch pine (P. rigida), but 
is mostly applied, especially in foreign 
markets, to the wood of the longleaf pine 
(P. palustris). 

For the great variety of confusing local 
names applied to the Southern pines in their 
homes, part of which have been adopted in 
the markets of the Atlantic seaboard, see 
report of Chief of Division of Forestry for 
1S91, page 212, etc., and also the list below. 

a. Soft pines. 

18. White pine (Pinus strobus) : Large 
to very large sized tree; for the last fifty 
years the most important timber tree of the 
Union, furnishing the best quality of soft 
pine. Minnesota, Wisconsin, Michigan, New 
England, along the Alleghanies to Georgia. 

19. Sugar pine (Pinus lambertiana): A 
very large tree, together with Abies con-. 



color, forming extensive forests; important 
lumber tree. Oregon and California. 

20. White pine (Pinus monticola) : A 
large tree, at home in Montana, Idaho, and 
the Pacific States; most common and locally 
used in northern Idaho. 

21. White pine (Pinus flexilis) : A small 
tree, forming mountain forests of consider- 
able extent and locally used; Eastern Rocky 
Mountain slopes; Montana to New Mexico. 

b. Hard pines. 

22. Longleaf pine (Pinus palustris) 
(Georgia pine, yellow pine, long straw pine, 
etc.): Large tree forms extensive forests 
and furnishes the hardest and strongest 
pine lumber in the market. Coast region 
from North Carolina to Texas. 

23. Bull pine (Pinus ponderosa) (yellow 
pine) : Medium to very large sized tree, 
forming extensive forests in Pacific and 
Rocky Mountain regions; furnishes most of 
the hard pine of the West; sapwood wide; 
wood very variable. 

24. Loblolly pine (Pinus taeda) (slash 
pine, old field pine, rosemary pine, sap pine, 
short straw pine, etc.): Large-sized tree, 
forms extensive forests; wider-ringed, coarser, 
lighter, softer, with more sapwood than the 
longleaf pine, but the two often confounded. 
This is the common lumber pine from Vir- 
ginia to South Carolina, and is found exten- 
sively in Arkansas and Texas. Southern 
States: Virginia to Texas and Arkansas. 

25. iNorway pine (Pinus resinosa) : Large- 
sized tree, never forming forests, usually 
scattered or in small groves, together with 
white pine; largely sapwood and hence not 
durable. Minnesota to Michigan; also in New 
England to Pennsylvania. 

26. Shortleaf pine (Pinus echinata) 
(slash pine, Carolina pine, yellow pine, old 
field pine, etc.): Resembles loblolly pine; 
often approaches in its wood the Norway 
pine. The common lumber pine of Missouri 
and Arkansas. North Carolina to Texas and 
Missouri. 

27. Cuban pine (Pinus cubensis) (slash 
pine, swamp pine, bastard pine, meadow 
pine) : Resembles longleaf pine, but com- 
monly has wider sapwood and coarser 
grain; does not enter the markets to any 
great extent. Along the coast from South 
Carolina to Louisiana. 

28. Bull pine (Pinus jeffreyi) (black 
pine) : Large-sized tree, wood resembling 
bull pine (P. ponderosa) ; used locally in 
California, replacing P. ponderosa at high 
altitudes. 

The following are small to medium sized 
pines, not commonly offered as lumber in 
the market; used locally for timber, ties, 
etc. : I 



212 



29. Black pine (Pinus murrayana) (lodge- 
pole pine, tamarack) : Rocky Mountains and 
Pacific regions. 

30. Pitch pine (Pinus rigida) : Along 
the coast from New York to Georgia and 
along the mountains to Kentucky. 

31. Jersey Pine (Pinus inops) (scrub 
pine) : As before. 

32. Gray Pine (Pinus banksiana) scrub 
pine) : Maine, Vermont, and Michigan to 
Minnesota. 

Redwood. (See Cedar). 

Spruce 

Resembles soft pine, is light, very soft, 
stiff, moderately strong, less resinous than 
pine; has no distinct heartwood, and is of 
whitish color. Used like soft pine, but also 
employed as resonance wood and preferred 
for paper pulp. Spruces, like pines, form 
extensive forests; they are more frugal, 
thrive on thinner soils, and bear more shaped 
but usually require a more humid climate. 
"Black" and "white spruce," as applied by 
lumbermen, usually refer to narrow and wide 
ringed forms of the black spruce (Picea 
nigra) . 

33. Black spruce (Picea nigra) : Medium- 
sized tree, forms extensive forests in north- 
eastern United States and in British America; 
occurs scattered or in groves, especially in 
low lands throughout the Northern pineries. 
Important lumber tree in Eastern United 
States. Maine to Minnesota, British Amer- 
ica, and on the Alleghanies to North Carolina. 

34. White spruce (Picea alba): Gener- 
ally associated with the preceding; most 
abundant along streams and lakes, grows 
largest in Montana and forms the most im- 
portant tree of the subarctic forest of 
British America. Northern United States, 
from Maine to Minnesota, also from Mon- 
tana to Pacific, British America. 

35. White spruce (Picea engelmanni): 
Medium to large sized tree, forming ex- 
tensive forests at elevations from 5,000 to 
10,000 feet above sea level; resembles the 
preceding, but occupies a different station. 
A very important timber tree in the central 
and southern parts of the Rocky Mountains. 
Rocky Mountains from Mexico to Montana. 

36. Tide-land spruce (Picea sitchensis) : 
A large- sized tree, forming an extensive 
coast-belt forest. Along the seacoast from 
Alaska to Central California. 

Bastard Spruce 

Spruce or fir in name but resembling hard 
pine or larch in the appearance, quality, and 
uses of its wood. 

37. Douglas spruce (Pseudotsuga doug- 
lasii) (yellow fir, red fir, Oregon pine) : One 



of the most important trees of the Western 
United States; grows very large in the Pa- 
cific States, to fair size in all parts of the 
mountains, in Colorado up to about 10,000 
feet above sea level: forms extensive forests, 
often of pure growth. Wood very variable, 
usually coarse-grained and heavy, with very 
pronounced summer wood, hard and strong 
("red" fir), but often fine-grained and light 
("yellow" fir). It replaces hard pine and is 
especially suited to heavy construction. From 
the plains to the Pacific Ocean; from Mexico 
to British America. 

Tamarack. (See Larch.) 

Yew 

Wood heavy, hard, extremely stiff and 
strong, of fine texture with a pale yellow 
sapwood, and an orange red heart; seasons 
well and is quite durable. Yew is exten- 
! sively used for archery, bows, turner's ware, 
etc. The Yew form no forests, but occur 
scattered with other conifers. 

38. Yew (Taxus brevifolia) : A small to 
medium sized tree of the Pacific region. 

B. — BROAD-LEAVED WOODS (HARD- 
WOODS) 

Woods of complex and very variable struc- 
ture and therefore differing widely in quality, 
behavior, and consequently in applicability to 
the arts. 

Ash 

Wood heavy, hard, strong, stiff, quite 
tough, not durable in contact with soil, 
straight grained, rough on the split sur- 
face and coarse in texture. The wood 
shrinks moderately, seasons with little in- 
jury, stands well and takes a good polish. 
In carpentry ash is used for finishing 
lumber, stairways, panels, etc.; it is used in 
shipbuilding, in the construction of cars, 
wagons, carriages, etc., in the manufacture 
of farm implements, machinery, and specially 
of furniture of all kinds, and also for har- 
ness work; for barrels, baskets, oars, tool 
handles, hoops, clothespins, and toys. The 
trees of the several species of ash are rapid 
growers, of small to medium height with 
stout trunks; they form no forests, but occur 
scattered in almost all our broad-leaved for- 
ests. 

39. White ash (Fraxinus americana) : 
Medium, sometimes large sized tree. Basin 
of the Ohio, but found from Maine to 
Minnesota and Texas. 

40. Red ash (Fraxinus pubescens) ; 
Small-sized tree. North Atlantic States, but 
extends to the Mississippi. 



41. Black ash (Fraxinus sambucifolia) 
(hoop ash, ground ash): Medium-sized tree, 
very common. Maine to Minnesota, and 
southward to Virginia and Arkansas. 

42. Blue ash (Fraxinus quadrangulata) : 
Small to medium sized. Indiana and Illinois; 
occurs from Michigan to Minnesota and south- 
ward to Alabama. 

43. Green ash (Fraxinus viridis) : Small- 
sized tree. New York to the Rocky Moun- 
tains, and southward to Florida and Arizona, 

44. Oregon ash (Fraxinus oregana) : Me- 
dium-sized tree. Western Washington to 
California. 

Aspen. (See Poplar.) 

Basswood 

45. Basswood (Tilia americana) (lime 
tree, American linden, lin, bee tree) : Wood 
light, soft, stiff but not strong, of fine tex- 
ture, and white to light brown color. The 
wood shrinks considerably in drying, works 
and stands well; it is used in carpentry, in 
the manufacture of furniture and wooden- 
ware, both turned and carved, in cooperage, 
for toys, also for paneling of car and carriage 
bodies. Medium to large sized tree, common 
in all Northern broad-leaved forests; found 
throughout the Eastern United States. 

46. White basswood (Tilia heterophylla) : 
A small-sized tree most abundant in the Al- 
leghany region. 

Beech 

47. Beech (Fagus ferruginea) : Wood 
heavy, hard, stiff, strong, of rather coarse 
texture, white to light brown, not durable 
in the ground, and subject to the inroads of 
boring insects; it shrinks and checks con- 
siderably in drying, works and stands well 
and takes a good polish. Used for furniture, 
in turnery, for handles, lasts, etc. Abroad it 
is very extensively employed by the carpenter, 
millwright, and wagon maker, in turnery as 
well as wood carving. The beech is a medi- 
um-sized tree, common, sometimes forming 
forest; most abundant in the Ohio and Mis- 
sissippi basin, but found from Maine to Wis- 
consin and southward to Florida. 

Birch 

Wood heavy, hard, strong, of fine texture; 
sapwood whitish, heartwood in shades of 
brown with red and yellow; very handsome, 
with satiny luster, equaling cherry. The 
wood shrinks considerably in drying, works 
and stands well and takes a good polish, but 
is not durable, if exposed. Birch is used for 
finishing lumber in building, in the manufac- 



ture of furniture, in wood turnery for spools, 
boxes, wooden shoes, etc., for shoe lasts and 
pegs, for wagon hubs, ox yokes, etc., also in 
wood carving. The birches are medium-sized 
trees, form extensive forests northward and 
occur in all broad-leaved forests of the East- 
ern United States. 

48. Cherry birch (Betula lenta) (black 
birch, sweet birch, mahogany birch) : Me- 
dium-sized tree; very common. Maine to 
Michigan and to Tennessee. 

49. Yellow birch (Betula lutea) (gray 
birch): Medium-sized tree; common, Maine 
to Minnesota and southward to Tennessee. 

50. Red birch (Betula nigra) (river birch) : 
Small to medium sized tree; very common; 
lighter and less valuable than the preceding. 
New England to Texas and Missouri. 

51. Canoe birch (Betula papyrifera) (white 
birch, paper birch): Generally a small tree; 
common, forming forests; wood of good qual- 
ity but lighter. All along the northern 
boundary of United States and northward, 
from the Atlantic to the Pacific. 

Black Walnut. (See Walnut.) 
Blue Beech 

52. Blue beech (Carpinus caroliniana) 
(hornbeam, water beech, ironwood) : Wood 
very heavy, hard, strong, stiff, of rather fine 
texture and white color; not durable in the 
ground; shrinks and checks greatly, but works 
and stands well. Used chiefly in turnery for 
tool handles, etc. Abroad, much used by mill 
and wheel wrights. A small tree, largest in 
the Southwest, but found in nearly all parts 
of the Eastern United States. 

Bois D'Arc. (See Osage Orange.) 

Buckeye — Horse Chestnut 

Wood light, soft, not strong, often quite 
tough, of fine and uniform texture and creamy 
white color. It shrinks considerably, but 
works and stands well. Used for wooden 
ware, artificial limbs, paper pulp, and locally 
also for building lumber. Small-sized tree, 
scattered. 

53. Ohio buckeye (Aesculus glabra) (fe- 
tid buckeye) : Alleghanies, Pennsylvania to 
Indian Territory. 

54. Sweet buckeye (Aesculus flava) : Alle- 
ghanies, Pennsylvania to Texas. 

Butternut 

55. Butternut (Juglans cinerea) (white 
walnut) : Wood very similar to black wal- 
nut, but light, quite soft, not strong and of 



light brown color. Used chiefly for finishing 
lumber, cabinetwork, and cooperage. Medium- 
sized tree, largest and most common in the 
Ohio basin; Maine to Minnesota and south- 
ward to Georgia and Alabama. 

Catalpa 

56. Catalpa (Catalpa speciosa) : Wood 
light, soft, not strong, brittle, durable, of 
coarse texture and brown color; used for ties 
and posts, but well suited for a great variety 
of uses. Medium-sized tree; lower basin of 
the Ohio River, locally common. Extensive- 
ly planted, and therefore promising to become 
of some importance. 

Cherry 

57. Cherry (Primus serotina) : Wood 
heavy, hard, strong, of fine texture; sapwood 
yellowish white, heartwood reddish to brown. 
The wood shrinks considerably in drying, 
works and stands well, takes a good polish, 
and is much esteemed for its beauty. Cherry 
is chiefly used as a decorative finishing lum- 
ber for buildings, cars, and boats, also for 
furniture and in turnery. It is becoming too 
costly for many purposes for which it is nat- 
urally well suited. The lumber-furnishing 
cherry of this country, the wild black cherry 
(Prunus serotina), is a small to medium sized 
tree, scattered through many of the broad- 
leaved woods of the western slope of the 
Alleghanies, but found from Michigan to 
Florida and west to Texas. Other species of 
this genus as well as the hawthorns (Cra- 
taegus) and wild apple (Pyrus) are not com- 
monly offered in the market. Their wood is 
of the same character as cherry, often even 
finer, but in small dimensions. 



Chestnut 

58. Chestnut (Catanea vulgaris var. ameri- 
cana) : Wood light, moderately soft, stiff, 
not strong, of coarse texture; the sapwood 
light, the heartwood darker brown. It shrinks 
and checks considerably in drying, works easi- 
ly, stands well, and is very durable. Used in 
cabinetwork, cooperage, for railway ties, tele- 
graph poles, and locally in heavy construc- 
tion. Medium-sized tree, very common in the 
Alleghanies, occurs from Maine to Michigan 
and southward to Alabama. 

59. Chinquapin (Castanea pumila) : A 
small-sized tree, with wood slightly heavier 
but otherwise similar to the preceding; most 
common in Arkansas, but with nearly the 
same range as the chestnut. 

60. Chinquapin (Castanopsis chrysophylla) : 
A medium-sized tree of the w T estern ranges of 
California and Oregon. 



214 



Coffee Tree 

61. Coffee tree (Gynmocladus canadensis) 
(coffee nut) : Wood heavy, hard, strong, very 
stiff, of coarse texture, durable; the sapwood 
yellow, the heart wood reddish brown; shrinks 
and checks considerably in drying; works and 
stands well and takes a good polish. It is 
used to a limited extent in cabinetwork. A 
medium to large sized tree; not common. 
Pennsylvania to Minnesota and Arkansas. 

Cottonwood. (See Poplar.) 

Cucumber Tree. (See Tulip.) 

Elm 

Wood heavy, hard, strong, very tough; -mod- 
erately durable in contact with the soil; com- 
monly crossgrained, difficult to split and 
shape, warps, and checks considerably in dry- 
ing, but stands well if properly handled. The 
broad sapwood whitish, heart brown, both 
with shades of gray and red; on split surface 
rough; texture coarse to fine; capable of high 
polish. Elm is used in the construction of 
cars, wagons, etc., in boat and ship building, 
for agricultural implements and machinery; in 
rough cooperage, saddlery and harness work, 
but particularly in the manufacture of all 
kinds of furniture, where the beautiful fig- 
ures, especially those of the tangential or 
bastard section, are just beginning to be duly 
appreciated. The elms are medium to large 
sized trees, of fairly rapid growth, with stout 
trunk, form no forests of pure growth, but are 
found scattered in all the broad-leaved woods 
of our country, sometimes forming a consider- 
able portion of the arborescent growth. 

62. White elm (Ulmus americana) (Amer- 
ican elm, water elm) : Medium to large sized 
tree, common. Maine to Minnesota, south- 
ward to Florida and Texas. 

63. Rock elm (Ulmus racemosa) (cork elm, 
hickory elm, white elm, cliff elm): Medium 
to large sized tree. Michigan, Ohio, from 
Vermont to Lowa, southward to Kentucky. 

64. Red elm (Ulmus fulva) (slippery elm, 
moose elm) : Small-sized tree, found chiefly 
along water courses. New York to Minnesota, 
and southward to Florida and Texas. 

65. Cedar elm (Ulmus crassifolia) : Small- 
sized tree, quite common. Arkansas and 
Texas. 

66. Winged elm (Ulmus alata) (Wahoo) : 
Small-sized tree, locally quite common. Ar- 
kansas, Missouri, and eastern Virginia. 

Gum 

This general term refers to two kinds of 
wood usually distinguished as sweet or red 
gum, and sour, black, or tupelo gum, the 



former being a relative of the witch-hazel, 
the latter belonging to the dogwood family. 

67. Tupelo (Nyssa sylvatica) (sour gum, 
black gum) : Maine to Michigan, and south- 
ward to Florida and Texas. Wood heavy, 
hard, strong, tough, of fine texture, frequently 
crossgrained, of yellowish or grayish white 
color, hard to split and work, troublesome in 
seasoning, warps and checks considerably, and 
is not durable if exposed; used for wagon 
hubs, wooden ware, handles, wooden shoes, 
etc. Medium to large sized trees, with 
straight, clear trunks; locally quite abundant, 
but never forming forests of pure growth. 

68. Tupelo gum (Nyssa uniflora) (cotton 
gum) : Lower Mississippi basin, northward 
to Illinois and eastward to Virginia, other- 
wise like preceding species. 

69. Sweet gum (Liquidambar styraciflua) 
(red gum, liquidambar, bilsted) : Wood rather 
heavy, rather soft, quite stiff and strong, 
tough, commonly crossgrained, of fine texture: 
the broad sapwood whitish, the heartwood 
reddish brown; the wood shrinks and warps 
considerably, but does not check badly, stands 
well when fully seasoned, and takes good 
polish. Sweet gum is used in carpentry, in 
the manufacture of furniture, for cut veneer, 
for wooden plates, plaques, baskets, etc., also 
for wagon hubs, hat blocks, etc. A large- 
sized tree, very abundant, often the principal 
tree in the swampy parts of the bottoms of 
the Lower Mississippi Valley; occurs from 
New York to Texas and from Indiana to 
Florida. 

Hackberry 

70. Hackberry (Celtis occidentalis) (sugar 
berry) : The handsome wood heavy, hard, 
strong, quite tough, of moderately fine tex- 
ture, and greenish or yellowish white color; 
shrinks moderately, works well, and takes a 
good polish. So far but little used in the 
manufacture of furniture. Medium to large 
sized tree, locally quite common, largest in 
the Lower Mississippi Valley; occurs in near- 
ly all parts of the Eastern United States. 

Hickory 

Wood very heavy, hard, and strong, pro- 
verbially tough, of rather coarse texture, 
smooth and of straight grain. The broad sap- 
wood white, the heart reddish nut brown. It 
dries slowly, shrinks and checks consider- 
ably; is not durable in the ground, or if ex- 
posed, and, especially the sapwood, is always 
subject to the inroads of boring insects. 
Hickory excels as carriage and wagon stock, 
but is also extensively used in the manufac- 
ture of implements and machinery, for tool 
handles, timber pins, for harness work, and 
cooperage. The hickories are tall trees with 



215 



slender sterns, never form forests, occasionally 
small, groves, but usually occur scattered 
among other broad-leaved trees in suitable 
localities. The following species all contrib- 
ute more or less to the hickory of the mar- 
kets: 

71. Shagbark hickory (Hicoria ovata) 
(shellback hickory) : A medium to large 
sized tree, quite common; the favorite among 
hickories; best developed in the Ohio and 
Mississippi basins; from Lake Ontario to 
Texas, Minnesota to Florida. 

72. Mockernut hickory (Hicoria alba) 
(black hickory, bull and black nut, big bud, 
and white-heart hickory) : A medium to large 
sized tree, with the same range as' the fore- 
going; common, especially in the South. 

73. Pignut hickory (Hicoria glabra) 
(brown hickory, black hickory, switch-bud 
hickory): Medium to large sized tree, 
abundant; all Eastern United States. 

74. Bitter nut hickory (Hicoria minima) 
(swamp hickory) : A medium-sized tree, fa- 
voring wet localities, with the same range as 
the preceding. 

75. Pecan (Hicoria pecan) (Illinois nut) : 
A large tree, very common in the fertile bot- 
toms of the Western streams. Indiana to 
Nebraska and southward to Louisiana and 
Texas. 

Holly 

76. Holly (Ilex opaca) : Wood of medium 
weight, hard, strong, tough, of fine texture 
and white color; works and stands well, used 
for cabinetwork and turnery. A small tree, 
most abundant in the Lower Mississippi Val- 
ley and Gulf States, but occurring eastward 
to Massachusetts and north to Indiana. 

Horse-Chestnut, (See Buckeye.) 

Ironwood. (See Blue beech.) 

Locust 

This name applies to both of the following: 

77. Black locust (Robinia pseudacacia) 
(black locust, yellow locust) : Wood very 
heavy, hard, strong, and tough, of coarse tex- 
ture, very durable in contact with the soil, 
shrinks considerably and suffers in seasoning; 
the very narrow sapwood yellowish, the heart- 
wood brown, with shades of red and green. 
Used for wagon hubs, tree nails or pins, but 
especially for ties, posts, etc. Abroad it is 
much used for furniture and farm imple- 
ments and also in turnery. Small to medium 
sized tree, at home in the Alleghanies, ex- 
tensively planted, especially in the West. 

78. Honey locust (Gleditschia triacanthos) 
(black locust, sweet locust, three-thorned 
acacia) ; Wood heavy, hard, strong, tough, of 



216 



coarse texture, susceptible of a good polish, 
the narrow sapwood yellow, the heartwood 
brownish red. So far, but little appreciated 
except for fencing and fuel; used to some ex- 
tent for wagon hubs and in rough construc- 
tion. A medium-sized tree, found from Penn- 
sylvania to Nebraska, and southward to Flor- 
ida and Texas; locally quite abundant. 

Magnolia, (See Tulip.) 

Maple 

Wood heavy, hard, strong, stiff, and tough, 
of fine texture, frequently wavy-grained, this 
giving rise to "curly" and "blister" figures 
not durable in the ground or otherwise ex 
posed. Maple is creamy white, with shades 
of light brown in the heart; shrinks moder 
ately, seasons, works and stands well, wears 
smoothly, and takes a fine polish. The wood 
is used for ceiling, flooring, paneling, stair- 
way, and other finishing lumber in house, ship 
and car construction; it is used for the keels 
of boats and ships, in the manufacture of 
implements and machinery, but especially for 
furniture, where entire chamber sets of maple 
rival those of oak. Maple is also used for 
shoe lasts and other form blocks, for shoe 
pegs, for piano actions, school apparatus, for 
wood type in show bill printing, tool handles, 
in wood carving, turnery, and scroll work. 
The maples are medium-sized trees, of fairly 
rapid growth; sometimes form forests and 
frequently constitute a large proportion of the 
arborescent growth. 

79. Sugar maple (Acer saccharum) (hard 
maple, rock maple) : Medium to large sized 
tree, very common, forms considerable for- 
ests. Maine to Minnesota, abundant, with 
birch, in parts of the pineries; southward to 
northern Florida; most abundant in the region 
of the Great Lakes. 

SO. Red maple (Acer rubrum) (swamp or 
water maple) : Medium-sized tree. Like the 
preceding, but scattered along water courses 
and other moist localities. 

81. Silver maple (Acer saccharinum) (soft 
maple, silver maple) : Medium-sized, com- 
mon; wood lighter, softer, inferior to hard 
maple, and usuallv offered in small quantities 
and held separate in the market. Valley of 
the Ohio, but occurs from Maine to Dakota 
and southward to Florida. 

82. Broad-leafed maple (Acer macrophyl- 
lum) : Medium-sized tree, forms considerable 
forests, and like the preceding has a lighter, 
softer, and less valuable wood. Pacific Coast. 

Mulberry 

83. Red mulberry (Morbus rubra): Wood 
moderately heavy, hard, strong, rather tough, 
of coarse texture, durable; sapwood whitish, 



heart yellow to orange brown; shrinks and 
checks considerably in drying; works and 
stands well. Used in cooperage and locally in 
shipbuilding and in the manufacture of farm 
implements. A small-sized tree, common in 
the Ohio and Mississippi valleys, but widely 
distributed in the Eastern United States. 



Oak 

Wood very variable, usually very heavy and 
hard, very strong and tough, porous, and of 
coarse texture; the sap wood whitish, the 
heart "oak" brown to reddish brown. It 
shrinks and checks badly, giving trouble in 
seasoning, but stands well, is durable, and 
little subject to attacks of insects. Oak is 
used for many purposes; in ship-building for 
heavy construction, in common carpentry, in 
furniture, car, and wagon work, cooperage, 
turnery, and even in wood carving; also in 
the manufacture of all kinds of farm imple- 
ments, wooden mill machinery, for piles and 
wharves, railway ties, etc. The oaks are 
medium to large sized trees, forming the pre- 
dominating part of a large portion of our 
broad-leaved forests, so that these are gen- 
erally "oak forests" though they always con- 
tain a considerable proportion of other kinds 
of trees. Three well-marked kinds, white, 
red, and live oak, are distinguished and kept 
separate in the market. Of the two principal 
kinds white oak is the stronger, tougher, less 
porous, and more durable. Red oak is usually 
of coarser texture, more porous, often brittle, 
less durable, and even more troublesome in 
seasoning than white oak. In carpentry and 
furniture work, red oak brings about the 
same price at present as white oak. The red 
oaks everywhere accompany the white oaks, 
and like the latter are usually represented by 
several species in any given locality. Live 
oak, once largely employed in shipbuilding, 
possesses all the good qualities (except that 
of size) of white oak, even to a greater de- 
gree. It is one of the heaviest, hardest, and 
most durable building timbers of this coun- 
try; in structure it resembles the red oaks, 
but is much less porous. 

84. White oak (Quercus alba) : Medium 
to large sized tree, common in the East- 
ern States, Ohio and Mississippi valleys; 
occurs throughout Eastern United States. 

85. Bur oak (Quercus macrocarpa) 
(mossy-cup oak, over-cup oak): Large-sized 
tree, locally abundant, common. Bottoms 
west of Mississippi; range farther west than 
preceding. 

86. Swamp white oak (Quercus bi-color) ; 
Large-sized tree, common. Most abundant in 
the Lake States, but with range as in white 
oak. 



87. Yellow oak (Quercus prinoides) 
(chestnut oak, chinquapin oak) : Medium- 
sized tree. Southern Alleghanies, eastward 
to Massachusetts. 

88. Basket oak (Quercus michauxii) (cow 
oak): Large-sized tree, locally abundant; 
lower Mississippi and eastward to Delaware. 

89. Over-cup oak (Quercus Iyrata) (swamp 
white oak, swamp post oak) : Medium to 
large sized tree, rather restricted; ranges as 
in the preceding. 

90. Post oak (Quercus obtusiloba) (iron 
oak) : Medium to large sized tree. Arkansas 
to Texas, eastward to New England and 
northward to Michigan. 

91. White oak (Quercus durandii) : Me- 
dium to large sized tree. Washington to 
Alabama. 

92. White oak (Quercus garryana) : Me- 
dium to large sized tree. Washington to 
California. 

93. White oak (Quercus lobata) : Medi- 
um to large-sized tree; largest oak on the 
Pacific Coast; California. 

94. Red oak (Quercus rubra) (black oak) : 
Medium to large-sized tree; common in all 
parts of its range. Maine to Minnesota, and 
southward to the Gulf. 

95. Black oak (Quercus tinctoria), (yellow 
oak): Medium to large-sized tree; very com- 
mon in the Southern States, but occurring 
north as far as Minnesota, and eastward to 
Maine. 

96. Spanish oak (Quercus falcata), (red 
oak) : Medium-sized tree, common in the 
South Atlantic and Gulf region, but found 
from Texas to New York and north to Mis- 
souri and Kentucky. 

97. Scarlet oak (Quercus coccinea) : Me- 
dium to large-sized tree; best developed in 
the lower basin of the Ohio, but found from 
Maine to Missouri, and from Minnesota to 
Florida. 

98. Pin oak (Quercus palustris) (swamp 
Spanish oak, water oak): Medium to large- 
sized tree, common along borders of streams 
and swamps. Arkansas to Wisconsin, and 
eastward to the Alleghanies. 

99. Willow oak (Quercus phellos) (peach 
oak) : Small to medium sized tree. New 
York to Texas, and northward to Kentucky. 

100. Water oak (Quercus aquatica) (duck 
oak, possum oak, punk oak): Medium to 
large sized tree, of extremely rapid growth. 
Eastern Gulf States, eastward to Delaware, 
and northward to Missouri and Kentucky. 

101. Live oak (Quercus virens) : Small- 
sized tree, scattered along the coast from 
Virginia to Texas, 



217 



102. Live oak (Quercus chrysolepis) 
(maul oak, Valparaiso oak) : Medium-sized 
tree; California. 

Osage Orange 

103. Osage orauge (Madura aurantiaca) 
(Bois d'Arc) : Wood very heavy, exceedingly 
hard, strong, not tough, of moderately coarse 
texture, and very durable; sapwood yellow, 
heart brown on the end, yellow on longitud- 
inal faces, soon turning grayish brown if ex- 
posed; it shrinks considerably in drying, but 
once dry it stands unusually well. Formerly 
much used for wheel stock in the dry regions 
of Texas; otherwise employed for posts, rail- 
Way ties, etc. Seems too little appreciated; 
it is well suited for turned ware and es- 
pecially for wood carving. A small-sized 
tree, of fairly rapid growth, scattered 
through the rich bottoms of Arkansas and 
Texas. 

Persimmon 

104. Persimmon (Diospyros virginiana) : 
Wood very heavy and hard, strong and 
tough; resembles hickory, but is of finer tex- 
ture; the broad sapwood cream color, the 
heart black; used in turnery for shuttles, 
plane stocks, shoe lasts, etc. Small to me- 
dium sized tree, common and best developed 
in the Lower Ohio Valley, but occurs from 
New York to Texas and Missouri. 

Poplar and Cottonwood 

(See also Tulip wood). — Wood light, very 
soft, not strong, of fine texture and whitish, 
grayish to yellowish color, usually with a 
satiny luster. The wood shrinks moderately 
(some crossgrained forms warp excessively), 
but checks little; is easily worked, but is not 
durable. Used as building and furniture 
lumber, in cooperage for sugar and flour bar- 
rels, for crates and boxes (especially cracker 
boxes), for wooden ware and paper pulp. 

105. Cottonwood (Populus monilifera) : 
Large-sized tree; forms considerable forests 
along many of the Western streams, and 
furnishes most of the cottonwood of the mar- 
ket. Mississippi Valley and west; New Eng- 
land to the Rocky Mountains. 

106. Balsam (Populus balsamifera) (balm 
of Gilead) : Medium to large sized tree; 
common all along the northern boundary of 
the United States. 

107. Black cottonwood (Populus tricho- 
carpa) : The largest deciduous tree of Wash- 
ington; very common. Northern Rocky Moun- 
tains and Pacific region. 

108. Cottonwood (Populus fremontii var. 
wislizeni) : Medium to large sized tree, com- 
mon, Texas to California, 



109. Poplar (Populus grandidentata) : Me- 
dium-sized tree, chiefly used for pulp, Maine 
to Minnesota and southward along the Alle- 
ghanies. 

110. Aspen (Populus tremuloides) : Small 
to medium-sized tree, often forming exten- 
sive forests and covering burned areas. Maine 
to Washington and northward, south in the 
Western mountains to California and New 
Mexico. 

Sour Gum. (See Gum.) 

Red Gum. (See Gum.) 

Sassafras 

111. Sassafras (Sassafras sassafras) : Wood 
light, soft, not strong, brittle, of coarse 
texture, durable; sapwood yellow, heart or- 
ange brown. Used in cooperage, for skiffs, 
fencing, etc. Medium-sized tree, largest in 
the Lower M'issisippi Valley, from New Eng- 
land to Texas and from Michigan to Florida. 

Sweet Gum. (See Gum.) 
Sycamore. 

112. Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis) 
(button wood, button-ball tree, water beech) : 
Wood moderately heavy, quite hard, stiff, 
strong, tough, usually crossgrained, of coarse 
texture, and white to light brown color; the 
wood is hard to split and work, shrinks mod- 
erately, warps and checks considerably, but 
stands well. It is used extensively for 
drawers, backs, bottoms, etc., in cabinetwork, 
for tobacco boxes, in cooperage, and also for 
finishing lumber, where it has too long been 
underrated. A large tree, of rapid growth, 
common and largest in the Ohio and Missis- 
sippi valleys, at home in nearly all parts of 
the Eastern United States. The California 
species — 

113. Platanus racemosa resembles in its 
wood the Eastern form. 

Tulip Wood 

114. Tulip tree (Liriodendron tulipiferal 
(yellow poplar, white wood) : Wood quite 
variable in weight, usually light, soft, stiff 
but not strong, of fine texture, and yellowish 
color; the wood shrinks considerably, but sea- 
sons without much injury; works and stands 
remarkably well. Used for siding; for panel- 
ing and finishing lumber in house, car, and 
ship building, for side-boards and panels of 
wagons and carriages; also in the manufac- 
ture of furniture, implements and machinery, 
for pump logs, and almost every kind of 
common wooden ware, boxes, shelving, draw- 
ers, etc. An ideal wood for the carver and 



119 



V 



oy man. A large tree, does not form for- 
sts, but is quite common, especially in the 
jhio Basin; occurs from New England to 
Missouri and southward to Florida. 

115. Cucumber tree (Magnolia acumin- 
ta) : A medium-sized tree, most common 

In the Southern Alleghanies, but distributed 
I om New York to Arkansas, southward to 

labama and northward to Illinois. Re- 
-mbling, and probably confounded with, tulip 

ood in tbe markets. 

Tupelo. (See Gum.) 
Walnut. 

116. Black walnut (Juglans nigra) : Wood 
hoavy, hard, strong, of coarse texture; the 

rrow sapwood whitish, the heartwood choco- 
late brown. The wood shrinks moderately 
D drying, works and stands well, takes a 
! K>d polish, is quite handsome, and has been 
[ r a long time the favorite cabinet wood 
this country. Walnut, formerly used even 
for fencing, has become too costly for or- 
nary uses, and is to-day employed largely 
i a veneer, for inside finish and cabinet- 
- ork ; also in turnery, for gunstocks, etc. 
lack walnut is a large tree, with stout 
unk, of rapid growth, and was formerly 
lite abundant throughout the Alleghany 
gion, occurring from New England to 
sxas, and from Michigan to Florida. 

White Walnut. (See Butternut.) 



White Wood. 



(See Tulip, and also Bass- 
wood. ) 



Yellow Poplar. (See Tulip.) 






XftflTED Sf ATES GOVERNMENT SPECI- 
FICATION FOR PORTLAND CEMENT 

From Circular of the Bureau of Standards 
No. 33 



SPECIFICATION 
Definition 

1. The cement shall be the product ob- 
tained, by finely pulverizing clinker produced 
by calcining to incipieDt fusion an intimate 
mixture of properly proportioned argillaceous 
and calcareous substances, with only such 
additions subsequent to calcining as may be 
necessary to control certain properties. Such 
addition shall not exceed 3 per cent., by 
weight, of the calcined product. 

Composition 

2. In the finished cement, the following 
limits shall not be exceeded: 

Per cent. 

Loss on ignition for 15 minutes 4 

Insoluble residue 1 

Sulphuric anhydride (SO s ) 1.75 

Magnesia (MgO) 4 

Specific Gravity 

3. The specific gravity of the cement 
shall be not less than 3.10. Should the 
cement as received fall below this require- 
ment, a second test may be made upon a 
sample heated for 30 minutes at a very dull 
red heat. 

Fineness 

4. Ninety-two per cent of the cement, by 
weight, shall pass through the No. 100 sieve, 
and 75 per cent shall pass through the No. 
200 sieve. 

Soundness 

5. Pats of neat cement prepared and 
treated as hereinafter prescribed shall re- 
main firm and hard and show no sign of 
distortion, checking, cracking or disinte- 
grating. If the cement fails to meet the 
prescribed steaming test, the cement may 
be rejected or the steaming test repeated 
after seven or more days at the option of 
the engineer. 

Time of Setting 

6. The cement shall not acquire its 
initial set in less than 45 minutes and 
must have acquired its final set within 10 
Aours. 

219 



Tensile Strength 

7. Briquettes made of neat cement, after 
being kept in moist air for 24 hours and the 
rest of the time in water, shall develop ten- 
sile strength per square inch as follows: 

Pounds 

After 7 days 500 

After 28 days 600 

8. Briquettes made up of 1 part cemeut 
and 3 parts standard Ottawa sand, by 
weight, shall develop tensile strength per 
square inch as follows: 

Pounds 

After 7 days 200 

After 28 days 275 

9. The average of the tensile strengths 
developed at each age by the briquettes in 
any set made from one sample is to be con- 
sidered the strength of the sample at that 
age, excluding any results that are mani- 
festly faulty. 

10. The average strength of the sand 
mortar briquettes at 28 days shall show an 
increase over the average strength at 7 days. 

Brand 

11. Bids for . furnishing cement or for 
doing work in which cement is to be used 
shall state the brand of cement proposed 
to be furnished and the mill at which made. 
The right is reserved to reject any cement 
which has not established itself as a high- 
grade Portland cement, and has not been 
made by the same mill for two years and 
given satisfaction in use for at least one 
year under climatic and other conditions at 
least equal in severity to those of the work 
proposed. 

Packages 

12. The cement shall be delivered in 
sacks, barrels, or other suitable packages 
(to be specified by the engineer), and shall 
be dry and free from lumps. Each package 
shall be plainly labeled with the name of 
the brand and of the manufacturer. 

13. A sack of cement shall contain 94 
pounds net. A barrel shall contain 376 
pounds net. Any package that is short 
weight or broken or that contains damaged 
cement may be rejected, or accepted as a 
fractional package, at the option of the 
engineer. 

Inspection 

14. The cement shall be tested in accord- 
ance with the standard methods hereinafter 
prescribed. In* general the cement will be 
inspected and tested after delivery, but par 



be called for in the specifications or con- 
tract. Tests may be made to determine the 
chemical composition, . specific gravity, fine- 
ness, soundness, time of setting, and tensile 
strength, and a cement may be rejected in 
case it fails to meet any of the specified 
requirements. An agent of the contractor 
may be present at the making of the tests or 
they may be repeated in his presence. 

15. In case of the failure of any of the 
tests, and if the contractor so desires, the 
engineer may, if he deem it to the interest 
of the United States, have any or all of the 
tests made or repeated by the Bureau of 
Standards, United States Department of Com- 
merce and Labor, in the manner hereinafter 
specified, all expenses of such tests to be 
paid by the contractor. All such tests shall 
be made on samples furnished by the engi- 
neer. 

Chemical 

The composition of normal Portland cement 
has been the subject of a great deal of 
investigation and it can be said that the 
quantities of silica, alumina, oxide of iron, 
lime, magnesia, and sulphuric anhydride can 
vary within fairly wide limits without mate- 
rially affecting the quality of the material. 

A normal American Portland cement 
which meets the standard specifications for 
soundness, settling time and tensile strl igth, 
has an approximate composition within the 
following limits: • 

Per cent. 

Silica 19-25 

Alumina 5-9 

Iron oxide 2-4 

Lime 60-6411 

Magnesia 1-4 i§x 

Sulphur trioxide 1-L75' 

Loss on ignition 0.5-3.00 

Insoluble residue 0.1-1.00 

It is also true that a number of cements 
have been made both here and abroad which 
have passed all standard physical tests in 
which these limits have been exceeded in 
one or more particulars, and it is equally 
true that a sound and satisfactory cement 
does not necessarily result from the above 
composition. 

It is probable that further investigation 
will give a clearer understanding of the con- 
stitution of Portland cement, but at present 
chemical analysis furnishes but little indica- 
tion of the quality of the material. 

Defective cement usually results from im- 
perfect manufacture, not from faulty com- 
position. Cement made from very finely 
ground material, thoroughly mixed and prop- 
erly burned, may be perfectly sound when 
containing more than the usual quantity of 



tial or complete inspection at the mill may [ lime, while a cement low in lime may be 

220 



entirely unsound, due to careless manufac-" 1 
ture. 

The analysis of a cement will show the 
uniformity in composition of the product from 
individual mills, but will furnish little or 
no indication of the quality of the material. 
Occasional analysis should, however, be made 
for record and to determine the quantity of 
sulphuric anhydride and magnesia present. 

The ground clinker as it comes from the 
mill is usually quick setting, which requires 
correction. This is usually accomplished by 
the addition of a small quantity of more or 
less hydrated calcium sulphate, either gyp- 
sum or plaster of Paris. Experience and 
practice have shown that an addition of 3 
per cent or less is sufficient for the purpose. 

Three per cent of calcium sulphate 
(CaS0 4 ) contains about 1.75 per cent sul- 
phuric anhydiide (S0 3 ), and as this has been 
corsidered the maximum quantity necessary 
to control time of set, the specification limits 
the S0 3 content to 1.75 per cent. 

The specification prohibits the addition of 
any material subsequent to calcination except 
the 3 per cent, of calcium sulphate permitted 
to regulate time of set. Other additions may 
be difficult or impossible to detect even by a 
careful mill inspection during the process of 
manufacture, but as the normal adulterant 
would ' 9 ground raw material, an excess of 
"insolu Ae residue" would reveal the addi- 
tion of silicious material, and an excess in 
"loss on ignition" would point to the addi- 
tion of calcareous material when either is 
adi;?d in sufficient quantity to make the 
ac" eration profitable. 

le effect of relatively small quantities of 
,nesia (M'gO) in normal Portland cement, 
while still under investigation, can be con- 
sidered harmless. Earlier investigators be- 
lieved that as magnesia had a slower rate of 
hydration than lime, the hydration of any 
tree magnesia (MgO) present would occur 
after the cement had set and cause disin- 
regration. 

The effect of magnesia was considered 
especially injurious when the cement was 
jxposed to the action of sea water. More 
ecent investigation has shown that cement 
•an be made which is perfectly sound under 
.11 conditions when containing 5 per cent, of 
aagnesia, and it has also been found that 
he lime in Portland cement exposed to sea 
7ater is replaced by magnesia. 

The maximum limit for magnesia has been 
st at 4 per cent, as it has been established 
iat this quantity is not injurious and it is 
igh enough to permit the use of the large 
iiantities of raw material available in most | 
actions of the country. 

221 



SPECIFICATIONS FOR YELLOW PINE 
RAILROAD CROSS TIES. 

Standard Sizes: 7 in. x 9 in. x 8 ft. 
6 in. ; 6 in. x 9 in. x 8 f t. ; 6 in. x 8 in. 
x 8 ft. 

STANDARD QUALITY (HEARTS) 

First Class Ties. All ties to be manu- 
factured from Georgia or Florida long leaf 
yellow pine timber, of good sound quality, 
straight, and free from loose or unsound 
knots, wind shakes, or other imperfections 
that would affect their strength or dura- 
bility. Ties to be hewn smooth on four 
sides, with ends sawed square. 

One inch of sap will be allowed on 
each corner measured across the face. 

Second Class Ties. The same as first 
class, except one inch less on face; also 
ties of first class size, which have slight 
defects not materially impairing their use- 
fulness, but which excludes them from 
first class. Not over ten (10) per cent. 
of second class ties to be shipped on an 
order for first class ties. 

SOUND AND SQUARE EDGE QUALITY 

(SAPS) 

Ties gotten out under standard quality- 
regardless of sap. 



Navy Department Specifications 

YELLOW-PINE LUMBER FOR NAVY 
YARD AND SHIP USE. 

39P1. February 5, 1913. Superseding 
"39P1," June 10, 1912. 

General Rules 

All lumber must be sound, commercial 
long-leaf yellow pine, except that pine 
combining large, coarse knots witb coarse 
grain will not be accepted; must be well 
manufactured, full to size, saw butted, 
and sball be free from the following de- 
fects: Unsound, loose and hollow knots, 
worm holes and knot holes, through shakes 
or round shakes that show on the sur- 
face; and shall be square edge unless 
otherwise specified. 

A through shake is hereby defined to be 
through or connected from side to side, 
or edge to edge, or side to edge. 

In the measurement of dressed lumber 
the width and thickness of the lumber be- 
fore dressing must be taken; lumber less 
than 1 inch thick shall be measured as 1 
inch. 

To comprise yellow-pine boards, planks, 
ceiling, flooring, decking, margin pieces, 
hewn timber, and hewn sticks for masts 
and spars. 

When factory inspection is made, the 
Government inspector will plainly mark 
with proper stamp all lumber, 1 inch in 
thickness and above, on ends in such man- 
ner that the material can be easily identi- 
fied at destination as having been inspected. 

Note. — These specifications conform in gen- 
eral to "Rules Regulating the Classification 
and Inspection of Yellow Pine Lumber," 
generally known as "Interstate Rules." 

No. 1 Yellow Pine 

1. I. Boards (thickness, under 2 inches). 
— Must be bright, with heart face both 
sides, except that 1 inch of bright sap 
is allowed on the one edge for widths 
8 inches and under. For greater widths 
allowance of bright sap in proportion to 
width. To be free from splits, shakes, 
and centers. Must be free from wane. 
Sound, tight knots will be allowed as 
follows: For widths under 11 inches, one 
knot of 1% inches diameter for each 6 
feet of length. For widths of 11 inches 
and over, one knot of 1% inches diameter 
for each 6 feet of length. Fifty per cent 
of the total number of pieces must be free 
from knots. 

2. II. Planks (thicknesses of 2 inches 
and over up to 5% inches.) — Must be 



bright and free from splits, shakes, anc 
centers. Must be free from wane. On< 
side to show all heart and the other sidf 
to show not over 1/6 bright sap on th< 
face. 

(a) In widths under 9 inches, sound, tigh; 
knots will be allowed as follows: Thick 
nesses up to 3% inches, one knot of 1% 
inches diameter for each 6 feet of length 
Thicknesses of 4 inches and over, one knoi 
of 1% inches diameter for each 6 feet o] 
length. Fifty per cent of the pieces t< 
be clear of knots. 

(b) In widths of 9 inches and over 
sound, tight knots will be allowed as foil 
lows: Thicknesses up to 4% inches, on< 
knot of iy 2 inches diameter for each ( 
feet of length. Forty per cent of th< 
pieces to be clear of knots. Thicknesses 
of 5 inches and over, one knot of 1% 
inches diameter for each 6 feet of length 
Forty per cent of the pieces to be clea; 
of knots. 

3. III. Dimension sizes (6 inches thicl 
and over). — Must be bright and free fron 
splits and shakes. Must be free fron 
wane. No face to show more than 1/6 o 
the width of the face sap. Sound, tigh 
knots will be allowed as follows: 

(a) For thicknesses under 8 inches, on 
knot of 2 inches diameter for each 6 fee 
of length. 

(b) For thicknesses of 8 inches and over 
the size of knots may be proportionate! 
larger. 



No. 2 Yellow Pine (Prime) 

4. I. Boards. — Must be bright, free fror 
centers, round or through shakes, and larg 
or unsound knots. 

(a) Widths 7 inches and under must shov 
one heart face. 

(b) Widths over 7 inches must sho\ 
two-thirds heart on both sides. 

5. II. Plank. — Must be bright, free fror 
round or through shakes, and large o 
unsound knots at least 50 per cent to b 
free from centers. 

(a) Widths 7 inches and under mus 
show three corners heart. 

(b) Widths over 7 inches must shov 
two-thirds heart on both sides. 

6. III. Dimension sizes. — Must be brigh 
and free from injurious shakes and knots 

(a) Square lumber must show two-third 
heart on two sides and not less than ont 
half heart on two other sides. 

(b) Sizes where width does not exceei 
thickness by 3 inches must show two-third 
heart on face and heart edges for twcl 
thirds of length. 

(c) Sizes where width exceeds thicknes 
, by 3 inches or more shall show two-third 



heart on face and heart on edges for one- 
half the length. Wane may be allowed 
% of the width of the piece measured 
across face of wane extending y± of the 
length on one corner or its equivalent on 
two or more corners, provided that not over 
10 per cent of the pieces of any one size 
shall show such wane. 

Merchantable Yellow Pine 

All sizes under 9 inches shall show some 
heart the entire length on one side; sizes 
9 inches and over shall show some heart 
the entire length on two opposite sides. 
Wane may be allowed y 8 " of the width of 
the piece measured across face of the 
wane, and extending % of the length of 
the piece on one corner or its equivalent 
on two or more corners, provided that not 
more than 10 per cent of any size shows 
such wane. 

No piece poorer than merchantable will 
be accepted. 

No. 1 Yellow-pine Ceiling 

7. To be best quality clear yellow pine; 
to be well seasoned and well manufactured, 
and free from all defects. To be matched, 
dressed, and center beaded on both sides; 
width and thickness as may be ordered. 

% Length to be from 12 to 16 feet. 

Yellow-pine Flooring (Vertical Grain) 

8. To be best quality long-leaf yellow 
pine. M'ust be all heart, except that 1 
inch of bright sap will be allowed on one 
corner to be rift or vertical grain the 
entire length, free from splits, shakes, and 
knots; the heart face must be free from 
pitch pockets and resin streaks; to be well 
seasoned, matched, and dressed on both 
sides. Width and thickness to be as 
ordered; length to be from 12 to 16 feet. 
Flooring shall show one heart face regard- 
less of sap opposite side free from through 
or round shakes or knots exceeding 1 
inch in diameter or more than four in a 
board on the- face side. 

Yellow-pine Decking 

9. To be of best quality fine-grained, 
long-leaf yellow pine, that has not been 
tapped, from the Gulf ports; to be in lengths 
16 to 40 feet and up, averaging at least 
24 feet; to be well manufactured, well 
seasoned, and sawed fair and full to the 
sizes given. To be all heart and edge 
^rain, free from splits, shakes, heart cen- 
ters, and corner knots; 2 by 5 inches, 2 



3 by 5 inches, 3 by 6 inches, and inter- 
mediate sizes to have no knots exceeding 
1 inch in diameter; smaller sizes to have 
no knots exceeding % inch in diameter; 
larger sizes to have no knots exceeding 1% 
inches diameter. 

10. Perfectly sound, tight knots up to 
the sizes given above will be allowed on 
the under side of piece or in the lower 
half of calking edges, but no knots must 
show on corners after working. 

11. In square decking one face and in 
other decking one wide face must be abso- 
lutely clear and must show edge grain 
its entire length. 

Margin Pieces 

12. To conform in quality to the above 
specifications, except the requirements as 
to edge grain, which are modified as fol- 
lows: 

Up to 6y 2 inches in width, to show all- 
edge grain. 

Seven to 9y 2 inches, inclusive, to show 
6 inches edge grain, all on one side. 

Ten inches and over, no requirement as 
to edge grain, and bright sap allowed on 
lower face and sides not to exceed a total 
of y 8 of the width or ^i of the thick- 
ness. 

Yellow-pine Hewn Timber 

13. To be in lengths from 25 to 70 
feet and to average at least 40 feet. No 
stick to contain less than 600 feet board 
measure; at least 50 per cent of the total 
to average 1,500 feet board measure, and 
the remainder at least 1,000 feet board 
measure. 

14. To be best quality fine-grained, long- 
leaf yellow pine from the Gulf ports. To 
be sound and free from rot, red heart, 
twisted growth, and cat face. To be free 
from nnsound, rotten, or injurious knots. 
No sound knot to exceed 3 inches in diam- 
eter, and the number of knots in each stick 
not to exceed one to every 7 feet of length. 
To be free from injurious rotten shakes, 
wind shakes, or resin shakes. To be prac- 
tically straight. Taper to be uniform and 
not to exceed 1 inch in 15 running feet. 
Must be well manufactured; hewn on four 
sides, a few slight ax marks being al- 
lowed. May show \y 2 inches wane on all 
four corners, or not exceeding 3 inches of 
wane on only one corner of any stick, 
nor for more than one-half the length of 
same. Not over 25 per cent of the num- 
ber of pieces to show score hacks, subject 
to an allowance of 1 inch measured off, 
each side showing same, and no score 



ijoy 6 inches, 3 by 3 inches, 3 by 4 inches. L hacks allowed deeper than one-half inch 

223 



on any face. To show heartwood at least 
one-third the length on two faces and 
one-fifth the length on other two sides. 

15. Measurement to be as follows: 

The length to be taken inside the pin- 
holes, and the breadth and depth to be 
taken at the middle of the stick, which, 
with the length, shall be considered size 
for computation. Trimming must be done 
if found necessary. Each log to be plainly 
numbered on both ends, corresponding num- 
ber to be given on invoice followed by size 
of log. 

Yellow Pine — Hewn Sticks for Masts and 
Spars 

16. Lengths to be from 05 to 85 feet 
and up, averaging 70 feet. To be from 17 
to 24 inches in diameter at middle of 
length, and to average at least 2,200 feet 
board measure to stick. To be best qual- 
ity fine-grained, long-leaf yellow pine from 
the Gulf ports. To be sound and free from 
rot, red heart, twisted growth, and cat 
face. 

17. To be straight; no sweep allowed. 
Taper to be uniform, and not to exceed 1 
inch in 15 running feet. May show 3 
inches wane on each corner, or such an 
amount as will, in the judgment of the 
inspector, not injure the sticks for the 
purpose intended. Must be fairly manu- 
factured; hewn on four sides; a few slight 
ax marks will be allowed. Not over 25 
per cent to show score hacks, subject to 
an allowance of 1 inch measured off each 
side showing same, and no score hack al- 
lowed deeper than one-half inch. 

18. To show heart at least one-third 
of the length on each of the four sides. 

19. To be free from unsound, rotten, or 
injurious knots. No sound knots to ex- 
ceed 3 inches in diameter, and the num- 
ber of knots in each piece not to exceed 
one to every 7 feet in length. To be 
free from wind, resin, or any other in- 
jurious shake. 

20. Measurement to be as follows: 

The length to be taken inside of pin- 
holes. The breadth and depth at the 
middle of the length shall, with the length, 
be considered the size for computation. 
Trimming must be done if found neces- 
sary. 

Note. — Copies of the above specifications 
can be obtained upon application to the 
various Navy pay offices or to the Bureau 
of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Depart- 
ment, Washington, D. C. 

REFERENCES: C. and R., 39P1 (AP), 
May 23, 1912. C. and R., Z39P1 (AT), 
Dec. 31, 1912. S. and A., 112083. 



SOUTHERN LUMBER AND TIMBER 

ASSOCIATION RULES OF 

FEBRUARY 14TH, 1883. 

KNOWN AS THE RULES OF "83." 

Classification 

Flooring shall embrace four and five quar- 
ter inches in thickness by three to six inches 
in width. For example: 1x3,. 4, 5 and 6: 
1^4x3, 4, 5 and 6. 

Boards shall embrace all thicknesses undei 
one and a half inches by seven inches anc 
up wide, including one and a half inches it 
thickness by seven inches in width. Foi 
example, %, 1, 1% and 1% inches thick bj 
7 inches and up wide. 

Scantling shall embrace all sizes from 
two to five inches in thickness and two tc 
six inches in width. For example: 2x2, 
2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6, 3x3, 3x4, 3x5, 3x6, 4x4. 
4x5, 4x6, 5x5 and 5x6. 

Plank shall embrace all sizes from om 
and one-half inches to six inches in thick- 
ness, not including six inches by sever 
inches and up in width. For example: 1%, 
2, 2i/ 2 , 3, 3y 2 , 4, 4%, 5, 5^4, 5Y 2 , 5%x". 
inches and over wide. 

Dimension sizes shall embrace all sizes sii 
inches and up in thickness by seven inches 
and up in width including six by six. Foi 
example: 6x6, 6x7, 7x7, 7x8, 8x8, 8x9 and 
up. 

Stepping shall embrace one to two and 
half inches in thickness by seven inches and 
up in width. For example: 1, l^L, iy 2 , 2 
and 2y 2 by 7 inches and up wide. 

Rough-edge or Flitch shall embrace all 
sizes one inch and up in thickness by eight 
inches and up in width, sawed on two sides 
only. For example: 1, iy 2 , 2, 3, 4 and up 
thick by 8" and up wide, sawed on two 
sides only. 

Square Edge Inspection 

Flooring shall show no wane, shall be free 
from through or round shakes or knots ex- 
ceeding \y 2 inches in diameter, or more than 
six in a board; sap no objection. 

Boards shall show no wane, shall be free 
from round or through shakes, large or un- 
sound knots; sap no objection. 

Scantling shall be free from injurious 
shakes, unsound knots, or knots that impair 
strength; sap no objection. 

Plank shall be free from unsound knots, 
wane, through or round shakes. Sap no ob- 
jection. 

Dimension sizes — Sap no objection; no wane 
edges, no shakes to show on outside of stick. 

All stock to be well and truly manufac- 
tured, full to sizes and saw butted. 



224 



Merchantable Inspection 

Flooring shall show one heart face, re- 
gardless of sap on opposite side, free from 
through or round shakes or knots exceeding 
one inch in diameter, or more than four in 
a board on the face-side. 

Boards nine inches and under wide shall 
show one heart face and two-thirds heart on 
opposite side; over nine inches wide shall 
show two-thirds heart on both sides all free 
from round or through shakes, large or un- 
sound knots. 

Scantling shall show three corners heart, 
free from injurious shakes or unsound knots. 

Plank nine inches and under wide shall 
show one heart face and two-thirds heart on 
opposite side; over nine inches wide show 
two-thirds heart on both sides, all free from 
round or through shakes, large or unsound 
knots. 

Dimension sizes — All square lumber shall 
show two-thirds heart ou two sides and not 
less than one-half heart on two other sides. 
Other sizes shall show two-thirds heart on 
faces, and show heart two-thirds of the 
tength on edges, excepting where the width 
exceeds the thickness by three inches or 
>ver, then it shall show heart on the edges 
for one-half the length. 

Stepping shall show three corners heart, 
free from shakes and all knots exceeding 
one-half an inch in diameter, and not more 
:han six in a board. 

Rough-edge or Flitch shall be sawed from 
?ood heart timber, and shall be measured 
;n the middle on the narrow face, free from 
njurious shakes or unsound knots. 

All stock to be well and truly manufac- 
ured, full to size and saw butted. 



Prime Inspection 

Flooring shall show one entire heart face 
and two-thirds heart on the opposite side, 
clear of splits, shakes or knots exceeding one 
inch in diameter, or more than four in a 
board. 

Boards shall show one heart face and two- 
thirds heart on opposite side, free from 
shakes and large or unsound knots. 

Scantling shall show three corners heart 
and not to exceed one inch of sap on fourth 
corner, measured diagonally, free from heart 
shakes, large or unsound knots. 

Plank shall show one entire heart face; 
on opposite face not exceeding one-sixth its 
width of sap on each corner, free from un- 
sound knots, through or round shakes; sap 
to be measured on face. 

Dimension Sizes — On all square sizes the 
sap on each corner shall not exceed one-sixth 
the width of the face. When the width does 
not exceed the thickness by three inches, to 
show one-half heart on narrow faces the en- 
tire length exceeding three inches, to show 
heart on narrow faces the entire length; sap 
on wide faces to be measured as on square 
sizes. 

Rough-edge or Flitch shall be measured in 
the middle on narrow face, inside of sap free 
from shakes or unsound knots. 

Clear Inspection 

Flooring, Stepping and Boards shall be free 
of knots, sap, pitch, and all other defects. 

Scantling shall be free of sap, large knots 
and other defects. 

Plank shall be free of sap, large knots or 
other defects. 

Dimension sizes shall be .free from sap, 
large or unsound knots, shakes through or 
round. 



225 



STANDARD WEIGHTS OF CYPRESS 
LUMBER 

Lbs. per M. 

Lumber, rough, 2 inches and under 3,000 

Lumber, rough, 2y 2 and 3 inches 3,500 

13/16- inch Flooring and Ceiling 2,200 

%-inch Ceiling 1,600 

13/16-inch Ceiling 1,300 

%-inch Ceiling .' . . 1,000 

%-inch Bevel Siding 1,000 

Shingles, all grades 300 

%-inch Plaster Lath 500 

%-inch Fence Lath 900 

11,4 x 1% x 4 D. & H. Pickets 1,200 

% x 2y 2 x 4 D. & H. Pickets 1,700 

2-inch 0. G. Battens 300 

2%-inch 0. G. Battens 350 

3-inch 0. G. Battens 400 

STANDARD WEIGHT WASHINGTON 
RED CEDAR SHINGLES 

Lbs. per M. 

Perfection, 18 inches 220 

Puget A, 18 inches 220 

Eureka, 18 inches 200 

Skagit A, 18 inches 200 

Extra Clear, 16 inches 180 

Choice A, 16 inches 180 

Extra A, 16 inches 160 

Standard A, 16 inches 160 

WEIGHTS OF SHINGLES AND LATH t 

Lbs. per M. 

Red Cedar, 16", 6 to 2" 160 

Red Cedar, 16", 5 to 2" 180 

Red Cedar, 18", 5 to 2" 200 

Red Cedar, 18", 5 to 2^4" 220 

Redwood, 16", 5 to 1%" 175 

White Cedar, 16" 200 

Pine, 16" 225 

Cypress, 16" 300 

Hemlock, 16" 225 

LATH 

Pine, % x 1W, 4' 400 

Norway 450 

Cypress 500 

Hemlock 430 

Red Cedar 350 

Fir 500 

Yellow Pine 500 

Basswood 500 

Sheathing, lath, B. M' 1,500 

TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SHINGLES 
REQUIRED FOR A ROOF 

Multiply the length of the ridge pole by 
twice the length of one rafter. If the shin- 
gles are to be exposed >% inches to the 



weather, multiply by 9; if 5 inches to the 
weather, multiply by 8, which gives you the 
number of shingles needed. 

Shingles are packed in bundles of 250 each; 
900 shingles, laid 4 inches to the weather, 
will cover 100 square feet of roof; 800 shin- 
gles, laid ±y 2 inches to the weather, will 
cover 100 square feet. Five pounds of shingle 
nails will fasten them on. 

The weight of 1,000 shingles is approxi- 
mately 250 pounds. 



NAILS REQUIRED IN CARPENTER 
WORK 



. 



To case and hang door, 1 pound. 

To case and hang one window, ^4 pound. 

Base, 100 lineal feet, 1 pound. 

To put on rafters, joists, etc., 3 pounds to 
1,000 feet. 

To put up studding, 3 pounds to 1,000 feet. 

To lap a 6-inch pine floor, 15 pounds to 
1,000 feet. 

NUMBER OF NAILS TO THE 
POUND 

Size. No. per lb. 

6 penny fence, 2 inches 80 

8 penny fence, 2% inches 50 

10 penny fence, 3 inches 34 

12 penny fence, 3% inches 39 

3 penny fine, 1% inches 760 

3 penny, 1 % inches , . 480 

4 penny, iy 2 inches 300 

5 penny, 1% inches 200 

6 penny, 2 inches 160 

7 penny, 2% inches 128 

8 penny, 2% inches 92 

9 penny, 2% inches 72 

10 penny, 3 inches 60 

12 penny, 3% inches 44 

16 penny, Sy 2 inches 32 

20 penny, 4 inches 24 

30 penny, 4*4 inches 18 

40 penny, 5 inches 14 

50 penny, 5% inches 12 

TO FIND THE NUMBER OF LATH 
REQUIRED FOR A ROOM 

Find the number of square yards in the 
walls and ceiling and multiply by 16, the 
number estimated to a square yard. The 
result will be the number of lath necessary 
to cover the room. 

Most lath are 4 feet long and \y 2 inches 
wide, and they are put up in bunches of 50. 
The weight of 1,000 pine lath is approxi- 
mately 450 pounds. 

At 16 lath to the square yard, 1,000 lath 
will cover 63 yards of surface, and 11 pounds 
k. of lath nails will nail them on. 



226 



\ 



HOW TO FIGURE PLASTERING 

Multiply the distance around the four sides 
)f the room in feet by the height of the room 
«n feet. Multiply the product by the price 
per square yard and divide this product by 9, 
oecause there are 9 square feet in a square 
yard. For the ceiling, multiply the length of 
the room by the width of the room in feet 
md then by the price per square yard, and 
divide by 9 as before. Add these two results 
ind you have the entire cost of plastering 
he room. 
To every barrel of lime estimate about % 

I )f a cubic yard of good sand for plastering. 
One-third of a barrel of stucco will hard 

I inish 100 square yards of plastering. 

1 Six bushels of lime, 40 cubic feet of sand 

l md 1% bushels of hair will plaster 100 
square yards with two coats of mortar. 

In plastering, no deductions are made for 
>penings, because it is considered that the 
>xtra work in finishing around them balances 
he material saved. 

STONE AND BRICK WORK 

A cord of stone (128 cubic feet), 3 bushels 
'f lime (there are about 1% cubic feet in a 
, >ushel), and a cubic yard of sand will make 
00 cubic feet of wall. 
To find the number of cords of stone ne^led 
o build a foundation wall, multiply together 
he length, height, and thickness in feet and 
ivide by 156. 

A cubic yard of sand is called a load. 

Five hundred bricks make a load. 

A bricklayer's hod will hold 20 bricks. An 

• rdinary bricklayer can lay 1,500 bricks in a 

ay of ten hours, where the joints are left 

i ough; about 1,000 bricks a day when both 

I aces are to be worked fair; and not more 

I ttan 500 a day when carefully joined and 

II aced with picked bricks of a uniform color. 
i Three-fourths of a cubic yard of sand and 

[ ■% barrels of cement will lay 100 feet of 
ubble stone. 

, Five-eighths of a cubic yard of sand and 
[ y s barrels of lime will lay 1,000 bricks. 
Five courses of bricks will make one foot 
i height. 



STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, WEIGHTS 
AND MEASUREMENTS 

of 

Railroad Ties, Round and Octagonal Poles. 

Cross Arms, Piling and Insulator 

Pins and Brackets 

RAILROAD TIES 

Long Leaf Yellow Pine — Hewed or Sawed 

7"x9"x8% ft. standard 1" Sap on comers 

7"x8"x8y 2 ft. 

7"x9"x8 ft. 

7"x8"x8 ft. 

6"x9"x8 ft. 

6"x8"x8 ft. 

6"x8"x8 ft. Savannah Merchantable 

6"x8"x8 ft. Sound and Square Edge 



Southern Cypress — Hewed or Sawed 

6"xG" and up face x 8 ft. 
6"x8"x8 ft. 

Must be strictly Red Cypress. 



Chestnut and Oak — Hewed and Sawed 
Mixed Oak 7" x 7" x 8Y 2 ft. 

11 v x 6" x sy 2 ft. 

" 6" x 9" x 8 ft. 

" 6" x 8" x 8 ft. 

" 6" x 7" x 8 ft. 

" 6" x 6" and up 8 ft. 

Chestnut 6" x 9" x 8 ft. 

. . . . , 6" x 8" 

6" x 7" 

6" x 6" 



x 8 



ft. 
ft. 
x 8 ft. 
' and up 8 ft. 
x 6" and up 7 ft. 



227 



y 



Yellow Pine Octagonal Poles 

Approximate 
Standard Sizes Weight 

5" top 8" butt 25 ft. long 325 lbs. 

6" " 8" " 25 " " 400 " 

7" "9" " 25 " " 532 " 

7" "9" " 28 " '• 600 " 

7" " 10" " 2S ^ " 675 " 

7" " 10" " 30 " " 725 " 

7" " 11" " 30 " V 815 " 

8" " 10" " 30 " " 808 " 

8" " 12" " 30 " " 1000 " 

7" " 10" " 32 " " 768 " 

8" " 12" " 32 " '* 1070 " 

7" " 10" " 35 " " 840 " 

7" " 12" " 35 " " 1050 " 

&» " 12" " 35 " " 1170 " 

7" " 12" " 40 s< " 1275 " 

8" " 14" " 40 " " 1720 " 

7" " 13" " 45 " " 1600 " 

7" " 14" " 50 " " 1950 " 

7" " 15" " 55 " " 2360 " 

7" " 15" " 60 " 4< 2575 " 

Poles must be strictly sound, free from 
rot, rotten knots, shakes, splits, large cluster 
knots or any defect to weaken the pole. 

Standard manufacture and quality, sawed 
octagonal tapering, top pointed, butts tarred 
for six feet, balance pole painted primer coat 
heavy filled paint, absolutely sound in every 
respect. 



Chestnut Poles — Round 

Poles must be cut from live growing tim- 
ber, peeled and reasonably well proportioned, 
tops must be sound and butts must not con- 
tain more than 10% butt rot, wind shakes 
shall not exceed one ring and this must not 
be an open shake. Rough knots, if sound and 
trimmed, shall not be considered a defect. 
Must be commercially straight, and have 
ends cut square. 

Tops for a 7" pole must measure 22" cir- 
cumference if a seasoned pole, and if green 
or wet, 22%". Eight-inch pole if dry must 
measure 25" circumference and if green or 
wet, 26" circumference. 



Size 



Estimated 
Weight 



6" 


" 25 '• " 


500 


7" 


" 25 " " 


575 


S" 


" 25 " " 


640 


6" 


" 30 " " 


600 


7" 


" 30 " " 


720 


8" 


" 30 " " 


900 


6" 


" 35 " " 


800 


7" 


" 35 " " 


900 


S" 


" 35 " " 


1050 


6" 


" 40 " " 


1100 




' 40 " " 


1250 


8" 


" 40 " " 


1350 


6" 


' 45 " " 


1250 


7" 


« 45 " " 


1400 


8" 


' 45 " " 


1550 


6" 


' 50 " " 


1600 


7" 


' 50 ' 4 " 


1S00 


8" 


1 50 " " 


2000 


7" 


' 55 " " 


1950 


8" 


' 55 " " 


2150 


7" 


' 60 " " 


2400 


8" 


' 60 " " 


2600 


7" 


* 65 " " 


2700 


8" 


' 65 " " 


2800 


7" 


« 70 " " 


3000 


8" 


« 70 " " 


3200 


7" 


' 75 " " 


3600 


8" 


' 75 " " 


3800 



s. 

;: 



Cypress Poles 

Estimated 
Size Weight 

t '-> 30 ft. long 900 lbs. 

•• 35 " " 1100 " 

" 40 " " 1400 " 

" 50 " " 1700 " 

Southern Juniper Poles 

Estimated 

Size Weight 

top 20 ft. long 150 lbs. 

11 20 " " 200 " 

" 20 " " 250 " 

" 25 " " 225 " 

" 25 " " 285 " 

" 25 " «' 365 " 

11 25 il " 450 «' 

" 30 " " 400 " 

" 30 " " 450 " 

" 30 " " 540 " 

" 35 « 4 " 500 " 

" 35 " " 580 " 

" 35 " " 700 " 

" 40 " " 850 " 

" 40 " " 900 " 

" 45 " " 950 " 

" 45 " " 1050 " 

" 50 " " 1100 " 

" 50 " " 1200 " 

" 55 " " 1550 " 

" 60 " " 1800 " 



228 



Yellow Pine Cross Arms — Finished Standard 

Sizes 
314" x 434"— Quality % Heart. 
2%" x 3%"— Quality % Heart. 
314" x 414" — Quality Standard. 

Weight 3 to 3^ lbs. per lineal ft. 



i*n*th 


Fin Holes 




Spactojt 


Lax Belt 


Brace Hoi 


„ 


of 
Arm • 










Hole* 








Ho. 

2 


8Ua 
VA 


End 

4 


Cent,. 


Bide 


Ho. 


Size 


Spac'g 


2 ft. 4 ft. 


20 




2-/ 2 ang 








3 ft. 


2 


VA 


4 


28 




2-/ 2 " 














4 ft. 


4 


VA 


4 


16 


12 


2-A " 














5 ft. 


4 


VA 


4 


18 


17 


2-y 3 " 








6 ft. 


4 


VA 


4 


24 


20 


1-H stt. 


2 


H 


21 


6 ft. 


6 


VA 


4 


16 


12 


1-H " 


2 


H 


21 Ji 


8 ft. 


6 


VA 


4 


18 


17'/ 2 


1-Ks " 


2 


H 


21 


8 ft. 


8 


VA 


4 


16 


12 


1-^8 " 


2 


H 


21^1 


9 ft. 




















10 ft. 


8 


VA 


4 


\VA 


15tf 


1-a " 


2 


f* 


21 


10 ft. 


10 


VA 


4 


16 


12 


l-H " 


2 


H 


21 'A 


6 ft. 


6 


1-ft 


4 


16 


12 


i-rt " 


2 


*$ 


21 


.') ft. 


10 


1-ft 


4 


16 


12 


\-H " 


2 


% 


21 



Special Sizes for Heavy Work. 

31/2" x 4y 2 " weight 3% to 4 lbs. lineal foot 

4" x 5" " " 

3%" x 4y 2 " " 5 to 5y 2 lbs. 

4%" x 5%" 

3%" x 4%" " 5% lbs. 

5" x 6" 

Insulator Pins and Brackets 

Standard Sizes, Approximate weight per M. 
and quality given in the following: 

Oak Pins, overstock, IVi" x 8", 275 lt»s., 
standard quality. 

Oak Pins, painted, 1 %" x 9", 400 lbs., 
standard quality. 

Oak Pins, painted, iy t " x S", 275 lbs., 
standard quality. 

Locust Pins, iy>" x 9", 450 lbs., standard 
grade. 

Locust Pins, lyj" x 9", 450 lbs., Commer- 
cial. 

Locust Pins, 1%" x 8", 300 lbs., standard 
grade. 

Locust Pins. 114" x 8", 300 lbs., commer- 
cial. 

Painted Oak Brackets, iy." x 2 x 12 
lbs., standard. 

Painted Oak Brackets, 1%" x 2" x 12", TOO 
lbs., standard. 

Painted Oak Brackets, i'j" x 2" x 10", 
500 lbs., standard. 

Painted Oak Brackets, 2" \ 2'," x 12", 850 
lbs., standard. 

Pole Steps, 1%" x 3" x 7^", 500 lbs., 
plain. 

Pole Steps, 1%" x 3" x 7%", 500 lbs.. 
creosoted. 

229 



WEIGHTS OF DOORS, SASH AND 
BLINDS. 



Size. 


1 fc 


IK 


IK 


4 Panel, 2-6x6-6 


30 lbs. 


35 lbs 


42 lbs. 


4 4t 2-8x6-8 


32 " 


37 " 


46 " 


4 * 4 2-10x6-10 


35 " 


40 " 


52 " 


4 " 3x7 


38 " 


45 " 


55 " 



Four Panel, 2 ft. 6 in. x 6 ft. 6 in., 26 lbs. 

FOUR LIGHT WINDOWS, CHECK RAIL. 





Thick- 




Un- 


Size. 


ness. 


Glazed. 


glazed 


12x24 


IH 


20 lbs. 


8 lbs 


12x28 




* 


22 " 


9 


12x32 




* 


25 " 


11 


12 x36 




* 


27 " 


?2 


14 x30 




* 


27 " 


12 


14 x32 




■ 


29 " 1 


12 


14 x34 






35 " 


13H " 


14 x36 




32 " 


13 



EIGHT LIGHT WINDOWS. 



9x12., 
10 x 14.. 
10x16.. 
12 x 14. . 
12 x 16.. 
12 x 18. . 
14 x 20. . 



IH 


14 lbs. 


6 lbs 




18 " 


8 " 


•V 


20 " 


9 " 


VA 


23 M 


11 " 




24 " 


12 " 


" 


27 M 


13 " 


" , 


35 " 


15 " 



TWELVE LIGHT WINDOWS. 



8x 10 


l l 8 


17 lbs. 


7 lbs 


9x 12 




20 M 


9 •" 


9x 12 


IH 


22 " 


10 " 


10 x 14 




26 " 


12 '• 


lOx 16 


11 


29 " 


13 " 


10 x 18 


* ' 


32 " 


13 " 



Mouldings, 1 
16 lbs. 



1 inch, per 100 feet lineal, 



WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 



Troy Weight. 

24 grains-! pwt. 12 ounces=l pound. 
20 pwts.«=l ounce. 

Used for weighing gold, silver and jewels. 
Apothecaries* Weight. 
20 grains- 1 scruple. 8 drams=l ounce 

3 scruples= 1 dram. 12 ounces= 1 pound. 

The ounce and pound in this are the same as in 
Troy weight. 

Avoirdupois Weight. 

27 11-32 grains- 1 dram. 4 quarters=l cwt 
16 drams- 1 ounce. 2.000 Ibs.-l short ton 

16 ounces- ! pound. 2,240 lbs. = 1 long ton. 

25 pounds=l quarter. 

Dry Measure. 

2 pints- 1 quart. 4 pecks->l bushel. 

8 quarts=l peck. 36 bushels=l chaldron. 

Liquid Measure. 
4 gills-1 pint. 31 V 2 gallons-1 barrel. 

2 pints- 1 quart. 2 barrels- 1 hogshead. 
4 quarts=l gallon. 

Tune Measure. 

GO seconds- 1 minute. 24 hours=l day. 
60 minutes— 1 hour. 7 days-1 week 

28. 29. 30 or 31 days=l calendar month (30 days- 

1 month in computing interest). 
365 days~l year. 366 days-1 leap year. 

Circular Measure. 

60 seconds-! minute. 80 degrees=l sign 

60 minutes=l degree. 90 degrees-1 quadrant 

4 quadrants=12 signs, or 360 degreee«l circle. 

Long Measure. 

*l iof? eS i =1 f S ot * *° rods^l furlong. 

3 feet=l yard. 8 furlongs=l sta. mile 
6»/ 2 yards=l rod. 3 miles-1 league 

Cloth Measure. 
2 / 4 inches- 1 nail. 4 quartere-l yard. 

4 nails-l quarter. 

Mariners* Measure. 
1™ /fSJ* 1 fat , n °ra- 5.280 feet-1 stat. mile 

7y 2 cable lengths=l mile. 

Miscellaneous. 
4 iSSSS!"! E aIm / 18 inches^! cubit. 

i Ui£f s "\ l naDd - 21 8 in = l B **>le cubit 

6 inches-i span. 2% Xt.-l military pace 

,. Square Measure. 

144 sq. inches=l sq. foot. 40 sq. rods-1 rood 

9 sq feet- 1 sq. yard. 4 rdods- 1 acre 
wV4sq. yds.«l sq. rod. 640 acres- 1 sq. milt. 



Surveyors' Measure. 

li!i££?7!J: ak - <«Kis=, chain. 

« (f2c U r a e r ^ C 1 h stm1.V 60Sq,lare rods = l •«* 
36 sq. imles (6milessq.)=l township. 
Cubic Measure. 

2^ 5 8c^ biC r h ^s^nd U a b rd ouJheT (ShPg> 
268.8 cubic inches= 1 standard gallon 
1 cubic foot=about four-fifths of a bushel. 
Metric Equivalents. 
Linear Measure. 
1 centimeter=0.3937 in. 1 in =:? 54 centlm^.n, 
1 decimeter=3.937 in = \ \ centimeters. , 

. 0.328 feet. J 1ft. =3.048 decimeters. 

1 meter=39.37in.=1.0936 \ , 
yards. } 1 yard=0.9144 meter. 

IkUon^e^^ \ 

!KUometer=0.62137mUe. lmile=1.6093 kilometers j 

Square Measure. 
1 sq. cehtimeter=0.1550 J 1 sq. inch=6.452 square 
1 J5* *?• . I centimeters. 

1 sq. dectmeter=01076 1 sq. foot =9: 2903 square i 
, ,r q -. ' decimeters. 

1 hckur= 2 47Ves. { a^re^O^hekur 

^- kll ometer=0.386 1 sq. m.=2.59 sq. kUo- 
J meters. 
Measure of Volume. 



1 cu. centimeter=0.061 

cu. in. 
1 cu. decimeter= 0.0353 

cu ft. 
Icu.mr.l __ S 1308cu.yd'. 



leu. in. =16.39 ca. centi- 
meters. 

cu. ft. =28.317 cu.deci. 
meters, 
cu. yd =0.7646 cu.m'r 



6 Ld? 2 l 59 f d ' 1 ^d=3.624steres. 
1 liter= V n??7 Qt : < ? ry - * qt - d ry=1.101 liters. 
( 1-0567 qthq. 1 qt. liq.=0.9463 liter. 
1 dekaliter= 2 ;SJ 17 «^. 1 gal.=0-3785 dekaliter. 

1 **»*eWS&, I SSS5§lh d S5!lf5. 

Weights. 
1 gram. =0.03527 ounce. 1 ounce=28.85 grams, 
nl , SF T =2 ?°% ,bs ' . l ! b=0.4536 kilogram 
1 metric ton=l.l023. ) 1 English ton=0 9072 
English ton. ) metric ton. 

Approximate Metric Equivalents. 
1 decimeter=4 inches. 
lmeter=l 1 yards. 
1 kilometer=54 of mile. 
1 hektar=2H acres. 
1 stere or cu. meter= # 
of a cord. 



liter=f 1() 6 c lt. liquid 
me '-!0.9qt.dry. 
1 hektoliter=2-H bush- 
1 ki!ogram=2mbs. 
1 metric ton=2,200 lbs. 



230 



Ready Reckoner 

Showing number of feet in sticks 
from 1 "xl " — 20 ft. to 
36"x36"— 50 ft. long 



231 



LU 
UJ 
a. 

Z 

i I 

5 

z 

I III 


5 




* r "g2aaas$58S 


^ l: t- « l» « ji tc o w i^ 

---ISOIWMW 


:*££ ^ ^ ^! ^ 


»* w 2228888§8 


— — cm cm cm m eo •» 


S 


5j «2U85wS 


^ ^ 7 - 

M "^ c " ^ — — CM CM * S3 f* 


a 


^ X X X X 

Mc-c./-:t-©CMu;r~©cM>o 


^ 


& CC -r . -, o r. « S £ £ 


aasr ^ X* ^ x* 

cm cc .- t- c cm ».- i~ p -n iC 


K 5 


cm eo «* ;© ac c cm -f CD x p 

XXXXXXXXXXX 


CMj-r-r«X3CM-roee© 


UJ 

III 
U. 

z 

X 

o 

2 
Ul 

_ 


B 




C5 >C r~ — iC « cm ec Q i?C i - 
HMMnnnnM 


5 


--'•*sssasss 




» 




Kf OftMicac — ■ T r- © 


2 






= 


-N«*»00O«^<S«O 


:sS8E£S SCCS SCR 


e 


2* w\'aj\ «Kj\ tkX Jk 


^^f^cf^\« ^ 


s| 




-MW^»(J0O«'<f(6l»O 





LU 
U. 

2 

I 
1- 

Z 

UJ 

-J 


g 


*a eb -i cm x 


S 


-^CMtj CM 


- 


X CM ~- CM '.£ 


s 


sssssS 


■ 


CM CM CM ~C ~C 


o 


5 suss 


H l 


X X X X X 

- -„. _ 


aJ 
111 

LL 

z 
I 

C3 
Z 


B 


io do — r- 55 J2 


- 


aSSiS^S 


■ 


"*" "32S 


s 




a 


eo us c~ o ■* t— 


2 


cm ^ Ss ab — i -»■ 




H 





h 

Ld 
L±J 

L 

Z 

I 
h 



z 

•j 
j 


e 


«OCOWOQM«Cc5 


s 




s 


CM0C'Ji»XQCM'*CO«O 


5 


— r~CM-«rIc!CxosQCM?c 

— — cMeo-».o«or~ce© — 


" 


rP $ XS? SIX tf 


a 


2£gS°.28S888 


B 




S 




8 


^sssss^ssss 


= 


5? 4? 3^ ^* ^ 

r~ — -j-CMcno-* — X«D^» 
^. — cm 55 S5 ■* ■O'O to r» 


2 




- 


^^SS^^^^SSS 


f 


32 * ^^? i&P ^ 


2 


a? 1^ ^r^! Hif 


a 


^ooocjso^oocn^o 


2 






-2 


ea<N^cMcMC<>CMe1c«3CM(N| 



232 



h 

u 

LJ 

It 

Z 

I 
h 


z 

LJ 
J 


$ 


2§§§§S| 


- 

S2|gSS2|| 


«D 




iff r- O 55 iff r- O N ■- 

i — jvl c-) -J 


s 


c5ro^f-5o^-r£7 


3gS§5$S2| 


s 


- x ^ 55 ^ S ^ — 


^ ass ass a? ; 

SS82§8gg| 


s 




35 S5£ i££ X 

Mfcoxao«« 
■w to-oo © <m •»»• i— a> — 


o 


SgSSSgggSS 


3388|SSS§ 


s 


aS5SgS§2|§ 


Kot^a-ftTeoo 


8 


- -C — M iff « — ■fl" t^ o 


5 «e o*CNt:?N 


a 


cc-*»x^cs'rcxci 


^oojofflsw^o 


a 




<?< •* «e i- oc o — <n -S> 


c 


sgssssssgs 


4? 3S? 33? JS? 

323§g38§S? 


s 




f«oecNt«xo 


5 


'n-.c-i-'MOocotcoq 


25 3?X 32£ 3? 


2 


3? 

— — OJC'JM-^-^ifftOl- 


cc x r- ;c to iff -«r -r w 

"■Mro-yifftOt^oCO> 


5 


C: (N00'»OO'M»'<fQ 


23S5S3SS2SB 


o 


r- O iff O iff O iff O O O 


3? ,$S£ 3SS # 


s| 


3x3 
8 x 4 
3x6 
3x8 
3x 10 
3x 12 
3x 14 
3x 16 
3x 18 
3x20 


■*coac©e*-feoao© 


•*■*■**» 



h 

Ld 

U 
L 

Z 

I 

h 



Z 

u 
J 


e 


SSS||S||2 


§!§§§§§§ 


» 


§8S|||||| 


ssggggsa 


5 


iff. iff tc — O BC « ift n 


33|gg|23 


o 


^ 4?:S? SEg? J 


Nt80^5?i«Q 


5 




(CXONTSXO 

c* to -- vcant^N 


© 


Sc3« to © c-5 S 2! H 


illiilii 


S 




-ggfgjlgg 


S 


g88S8SSg8 

— -i — e* c* e* ?S 


IsisllSI 


s 


o>5« -oxtocw 


2 — — (M C-» C*« M 


s 




S8|SSf|| 


o 


INl90l60"flO*Q 


8§S§II§1 


8 


^ ^^ ^s^ x 

xonteonmon 
iff r-OJ — -«• to x — W 




s 


-r iff to X C — rffiff O 
ifftOXO««fft^O — 


oc,j.©toe<ix*»Q 
t~©coiffx©r;x 


s 


8S888§38§ 


N»Q*X(N«0 


a 


£ 2535 S535 X 

iffiffr^ — OoOCOiffr-: 


gacONjexo 


o 


as 3535 aex 35 


SS8SSSS8 


- 




^- g £§Z2l 


2 


2R 3535 ^Sk X 

H5u:JxbCNM 


XfQOUX'VQ 
■» to * R - UTtO 


r 


X ^^! SS£ 35 

B^cxo-niita 
NWfL-t-xac- 


WceOtX(NCSO 


s 


Sg°-§3R888 


(0XQ«")i»«O 






^2382288 


| 




*fftCX©r*Tj"t©X© 





233 



'-Z : - C '^ O O « 

- :.- - - C1 % - 



OO'fOCNOO 









JCKO^flMC 



(nc5<n men Sr 



S8S2S38 






- - 



3S3S!2S 









-W © O C* 00 I" C 

O oo <3> — 03 -<r « 






^S5|SS 



R S -3 3 8 



noowoS 



3? ^5?^ X 



| | || 3 | 



p -ga? as 

* *° "" s 



~") ~ c? 52 5 2 



SSii 



-NNNW? 






cooooo 



SO tO CO »* 3 8 



C C rt •- O r. 



oooooo 



234 



525^5 



gSSgg 



5 j? s a s 



SS!53 



ggfgS 



SggSSSS 



SSS88 



£5? 



S°388 



^82 



- or ~. ~ 



\ 



? ' Z - ' 



t*3 



* S § o 



S3 £3 



5*5 



- — c -- 
= -r 3; u- 



Ills 



3S£ a? 

* r- r, % 



:S2 



- 



5R 35 



_~ ^ 



3? 3? 

?5h 



3 X ?1 



Q Q — ^-O C CO -.O © CO O C 



^ ^^ ^ 

-r*c*iOOC:©i7Sc>»eoc2 
ci ro >o oc C4 ir; o ■"?• OS -r C2 



•s^s ^4? a?;s 

: »i J t^ - r^ t~ O 'O cc u; 



;S83S83S3|cS 



— ^h — — ,-c <N o» eo ec « -r 






288S8gs8£$s 



jtj? ;£:r :?:$? 



TO<00»5|00059 



28825888883 
00 * 5 2 2 2 * 8 8 8 £ 



^^ ^^ ^^ 

!flOrto*t-o>0«t-; 



cK^K eKeK cK^K 

I' t» 0C O Nf <C I> f "fi * 



s '- « °> 5 2 £ 2 g 8 £ 



^ ^^ :s^ 

■osoi-ocOcxTcooorjeo 



:££ 33? :££ 

SS33SS38S32 



^^cK oKe*K wKi^ 

:©c©-*^oo-«j'©-<rootx 



i£3? ^ X£ 






:«■* toooODf; 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



I m h ■ ii in || 

017 111 022 1 # 



